@prefix edm: .
@prefix dcterms: .
@prefix dc: .
@prefix skos: .
edm:dataProvider "CONTENTdm"@en ;
dcterms:isReferencedBy "http://resolve.library.ubc.ca/cgi-bin/catsearch?bid=1209095"@en ;
dcterms:isPartOf "University Publications"@en ;
dcterms:issued "2016-06-22"@en, "1945"@en ;
edm:aggregatedCHO "https://open.library.ubc.ca/collections/calendars/items/1.0169865/source.json"@en ;
dc:format "application/pdf"@en ;
skos:note """ PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
Wtjt Untersrttp
OF
Jfrtttei) Columbia
CALENDAR
THIRTY-FIRST SESSION
1945-1946
VANCOUVER. BRITISH COLUMBIA
1945
Vol. 31 No. 1
B B IMPORTANT NOTICE
THE DOMINION-PROVINCIAL YOUTH
TRAINING BURSARIES
Under the Dominion-Provincial Youth Training Programme a sum of
money has been set aside to aid University students who can offer proof
of scholastic ability and financial need.
Applications may be filed under one of the following sections.
SECTION I.
Regular students in any year, in any Faculty, who are not eligible under
Section II.
SECTION II
Regular students (but not First Year students) who are proceeding to
degrees in Engineering, Science (Mathematics, Physics, or Chemistry),
Medicine, Dentistry, or Nursing.
Application forms may be secured from Colonel F. T. Fairey, Director
of Technical Education, Victoria, B. C, to whom they must be returned
by September 1st, 1945. The awards will be made on the recommendation
of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in
consultation with Colonel Fairey. ®f)e Unfoergttp
OF
ISrttfeJ) Columbia
CALENDAR
THIRTY-FIRST SESSION
1945-1946
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA
1945 '■■&<$■• . *tr*>„;;« . - , x ,.-=-.■
m>wm>
m
$ ;
•t;.-
'k? *:<
CONTENTS
Visitor
Chancellor
Page
..... 5
..... 7
.... 7
President 7
The Board of Governors ..'. 7
Hie Senate 7
Convocation ;...-. 8
Officers and Staff. _.. 9
Historical Sketch 17
\\"pie Constitution of the University 19
Location and Buildings 20
General Information 26
Admission to the University 30
Registration and Attendance 32
Fees 35
Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans 89
Faculty of Arts and Science
Time Table of Lectures 74
Regulations in Reference to Courses:
Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A 83
Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com 99
Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E - 102
Course Leading to the Degree of B.Ed „. „ 103
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A 104
Teacher Training Course 118
Professional Course in Social Work 115
Pre-Medical Courses .-. 117
Examinations and Advancement.. 117
Courses of Instruction:
Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 119
Biology and Botany 123
Chemistry 130
Classics - 187
Commerce 143
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology : 145
154
158
163
171
178
183
187
193
199
206
208
Education
English
Geology and Geography
History
Home Economics
Mathematics
Modern Languages
Philosophy and Psychology
Physics ,
Social Work
Zoology
Faculty of Applied Science
Time Table
Foreword
Admission
Regulations in Reference to Courses...
General Outline of Courses
Courses in ,
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
216
221
222
228
225
229
Forestry and Forest Engineering...
Geological Engineering -
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgical Engineering
284
236
288
■<
'-4 " ' . .". '. "
*^3Boip Mining Engineering .
Nursing and Health
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc.
Examinations and Advancement
Courses of Instruction:
Department of Biology and Botany 254
" " Chemistry 256
" Civil Engineering _ 258
" " English 266
" Forestry 266
" " Geology and Geography 271
" Mathematics 273
" " Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 274
' " " Mining and Metallurgy 282
" Nursing and Health 287
" " Physics 290
" Zoology 291
Faculty of Agriculture
General Information 295,
Regulations in Reference to Courses:
For the B.S.A. Degree 296
The Occupational Course, Short Courses, Extension Courses 297
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A 299
Teacher Training Course - 301
Examinations and Advancement 301
Courses of Instruction:
Department of Agricultural Economics 303
" " Agronomy 304
" " Animal Husbandry f307
;" " Dairying 308
" Horticulture 310
" « Poultry Husbandry - 813
" English 316
Genetics ~~ - 816
Double Courses
For B.A. and BA.Sc.:
Arts and Science, and Nursing 321
Arts and Science, and Engineering 321.
For B.A. and B.S.F.:
Biology and Botany (Forestry Option), and Forestry 322
Economics or Political Science, and Forestry 323
For B.Com. and B.S.F. 323
For BA. and B.S.A 324
For B.Com. and B.S.A 324
Endowments and Donations 326
List of Students in Attendance, Session 1944-45 .,. 330
Degrees Conferred, 1944 357 ,'-l
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Awarded, 1944 366 , •-tj'sj
University Summer Session 371
Department of University Extension 374 i
University Service, Training Corps 376'
Government Training Provisions for Discharged Men 378 ' *»
Student Organization 381
Alumni Association > 385
Summer Session Students' Association 386 > j,t :j
Inter-University Exchange of Undergraduates 387 jail
Affiliated Colleges: ''1«H
Victoria College 887 >fR|
Union College of British Columbia 389 '-.-4*
The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia 889 -| ,' fSfSftpS^MgSR
-Jf '-■
August
IMh Friday )
llth Saturday J
■ 15th Wednesday
15th- Wednesday
September
1st Saturday
3rd Monday
4th Tuesday
llth Tuesday
18th Tuesday
21st Friday -
to.
20th Thursday, 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m.
21st Friday, 9 a.m. to
4 p.m.
24th Monday
ACADEMIC YEAR
19 4 5
Supplemental examinations—Second Year Nursing.
Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examinations.
Last day for submission of applications for admission to Second Year Nursing.
ACADEMIC YEAR begins.
Labour Day. University closed September 1st to
3rd inclusive.
Supplemental examinations.
Last day for registration of all First and Second
Year students. (See August 15th, above.)
Last day for registration of all other undergraduates except students in Extra-Sessional
v Classes and Directed Reading Courses.
I Programme for students registering for the first
time.
Lectures begin at 8:30 a.m.
~f'T" .
■•'"l. \\
October
^ 1st Monday
5th Friday
8th Monday
10th Wednesday
10th Wednesday
12th Friday
15th Monday
24th Wednesday
31st Wednesday
Last day for handing in graduation essays and
theses (Autumn Congregation).
Meeting of. the Faculty Council. (Subsequent
meetings to be held at the call of the President.)
Last day for change in students' courses. ,
Last day for payment of First Term fees of all
undergraduates except students in Extra-Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses.
Payment of first instalment of scholarship
money.
Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.
Thanksgiving Day.- University closed.
Last day for registration and payment of fees
of graduate students and of students in Extra-
Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses.
Meeting of the Senate.
Congregation.
m:
December
5th Wednesday
7tb Friday
19th Wednesday
21st Friday
25th Tuesday
Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.
Meeting of the Senate.
First Term ends.
Christmas Day. University closed December 24th
to 26th inclusive.
- - .-n
The University op British Columbia
January
1st Tuesday
7th Monday
16th Wednesday
1946
New Year's Day. University closed December
31st to January 2nd inclusive.
Second Term begins.
Last day for payment of Second Term fees. Payment of second instalment of scholarship money.
February
6th Wednesday
8th Friday
20th Wednesday
April
18th Thursday
18th Thursday
19th Friday
22nd Monday to
May
3rd Friday
3rd Friday
3rd Friday
llth Saturday
13th Monday
14th Tuesday
16th Thursday
16th Thursday
24th Friday
Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.
Meeting of the Senate.
\\
Last day of lectures. a ,
Last day for handing in graduation essays and
theses.
Good Friday. University closed April 19th and
20th.
Sessional examinations.
Last day for handing in applications for scholarships. *
Field work in Applied Science begins immediately
at the close of the examinations.
Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.
Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
Meeting of the Senate.
Congregation.
Meeting of Convocation.
Victoria Day. University closed May 24th and
25th.
June
July
1st Monday
2nd Tuesday
King's Birthday. University closed.
Dominion Day. University closed June 29th and
July 1st.
Summer Session begins.
August
15th Thursday
16th Friday
23rd Friday
23rd Friday
31st Saturday
Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examinations.
Summer Session ends.
Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
Meeting of the Senate.
ACADEMIC YEAR ends. IpHf^f^ .$p '':> - . M ' •■■■■•■• "^
t?l
■Si'?
THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VISITOR
Col. The Hon. W. C. Woodward, LieHitenant-Governor of
British Columbia.
CHANCELLOR
The Hon. Eric W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D.
PRESIDENT
Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., K.C,
F.R.S.C
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
(a) Ex-officio:
The Hon. Eaic W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D. (Chairman).
Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D.,
K.C., F.RS.C.
(b) Elected by Senate: ^M
s" Arthur E. Lord, B.A., Vancouver.
H. T. Logan, M.C, M.A., Duncan.
r Terms expire 1947.
J. F. Waiter, B.A.Sc, Ph.D., F.R.CS., F.G.S.A., Victoria.
Term expires 1946.
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:
1 William George Motrin, Vancouver,. Term expires 1949.
j Edward H. Barton, Chilliwack. Term expires 1949.
The Hon. Mr. Justice Denis Murphy, B.A., LL.D., Vancouver.
Term expires 1945.
Joseph Badenoch Clearihue, M.C, M.A., B.C.L., K.C, Victoria.
1 '* Term expires 1945.
R. H. Neelands, Vancouver. Term expires 1947.
'--V George T. Cunningham, Vancouver. Term expires 1947.
SENATE
(a) The Chancellor, The' Hon. E^tc W. Hamber, B.A., LL.D.
The President (Chairman), Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar,
B.A, LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., K.C, F.RS.C
(b) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A., M.A.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc'.,
LL.D., M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.CE.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A.,
Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C
Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture:
?,'-•' J. C Berry, M.S.A., Ph.D.; G. H. Harris, B.S.A., M.S., Ph.D. Terms
expire 1948. The University or British Columbia
" 131
"■■ ■_'-?!
Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science:
F. A. Forward, B.A.Sc, M.C.I.M., Mem.A.LM.E., M.Aust.I.M.M.;
H. J. MacLeod, O.B.E., B.Sc, M.Sc, A.M, Ph.D, MemA.I.E.E,
M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E. Terms expire 1948.
Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science:
Walter H. Gage, M.A, 0. J. Todd, A.B, Ph.D, F.R.S.C. Terms expire
19487-
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:
H. N. MacCorkindale, B.A, Vancouver. Term expires 1946.
Francis J. Burd, Vancouver. Term expires 1946.
John W. Spencer, Victoria. Term expires 1946.
(d) The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Vancouver, A. R.
Lord, B.A.
The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Victoria, H. O. Enolish,
B.A, B.S.A.
(e) Representative of the High School Principals and Assistants, W. R.
McDougall, B.A, North Vancouver. Term expires 1947.
(f) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges:
Victoria College, Victoria, John M. Ewing, B.A, D.Paed. Term expires 1948.
Union College of British Columbia, Vancouver (Theological), Rev.
J. G. Brown, M.A, D.D. Term expires 1948.
The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver,
Rev. H. R. Trumpour, MA, B.D, D.D. Term expires 19,48.
(g) Elected by Convocation:
Sherwood Li:tt, D.S.O, M.C, E.D, B.A, Vancouver. V
H. T. Logan, M.C, M.A., Duncan.
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A, Ph.D, Vancouver.
Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A, M.A, Ph.D., Vancouver, v
A. E. D. Grauer, B.A, Ph.D., Vancouver.
A. E. Lord, B.A, Vancouver.
Mrs. Sally Murphy Creighton, B.A, M.A, Vancouver. s
Walter N. Sage, M.A, Ph.D, F.R.Hist.S, F.R.S.C, Vancouver. \\
Frank A. Turnbull, B.A, M.D, Vancouver.
H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc, B.Sc, D.Phil, Assoc.Inst.M.M, F.G.S.A,
Vancouver.
Kenneth P. Caple, M.S.A, Vancouver. \\ /
J. F. Walker, B.A.Sc, Ph.D., F.R.S.C, F.G.S.A, Victoria.
Austin B. Sohinbein, M.B, F.A.C.S, Vancouver.
C. A. H. Wright, M.Sc, Ph.D, Trail.
Mrs. KEinMsJVI.. Beckett, B.A, B.L.Sc, Vancouver.
Terms explre"•fii4^;,
(h) Representative of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation:
Miss Florence S. Mulloy, B.A, Vancouver. Term expires 1946.
CONVOCATION
The Hon. Eric W. Hamber, B.A, LL.D, Chancellor of the University of
British Columbia, Chairman.
F. D. Bolton, BA, B.A.Sc, Secretary. ■ ' '
wm
-;'••'':
In?
OFFICERS AND STAFF
Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A, LL.B. (Dalhousie), LL.M.
(Harvard), LLD. (Mount Allison and New Brunswick), K.C, F.R.S.C,
President.
Daniel Buchanan, M.A.' (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster),
F.R.S.C, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C,
M.Am.Soc.C.E, Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science.
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty of
Agriculture.
Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, BA. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Dean of Women.
Walter H. Gage, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Director of the Summer Session and
Assistant to the Dean, Faculty of Arts and Science.
Charles B. Wood, B.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Registrar.
Miss M. G. Morrison, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Registrar.
Angus MacLucas, Bursar.
William Kaye Lamb, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (London), Librarian.
Miss M. W. Johnston, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Secretary to the President.
John D. Lee, Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds.
FACULTY COUNCIL
The President (Chairman): Norman A. M. MacKenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A.,
LL.B, LL.M, LL.D, K.C, F.R.S.C.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A., Ph.D.,
LL.D, F.R.S.C. '
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc,
LL.D, M.E.I.C, MAm.SocCE.
Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A, M.A.
Representatives of the Faculties: H. M. King, B.S.A, M.S.; Miss M.
Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A., M.A, Ph.D.; W. O. Richmond, B.A.Sc,
M.S., MemA.S.M.E.; J. F. Muir, B.Sc; Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A,
Ph.D. ^.
President Emeritus
L. S. Klinck, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A, D.Sc (Iowa State College and Brit.
Col.), LL.D. (Western Ontario), Officier de l'Instruction Publique, F.RS.C
*6Wi'y:
Professors Emeriti
James Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), Professor Emeritus of Philosophy.
P. A. Boving, Cand.Ph. (Malmo, Sweden), Cand.Agr. (Alnarp, Agriculture,
Sweden), LL.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor Emeritus of Agronomy.
C McLean Fraser, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Iowa), LL.D. (Brit., Col.),
F.R.S.C, Professor Emeritus of Zoology.
Lemuel Robertson, M.A. (McGill), LL.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor Emeritus
of Classics.
E. H. Archibald, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C,
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. _
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.Dr (Columbia), Professor Emeritus of
Philosophy and Psychology.
S. J. Schofield, M.A, B.Sc (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology),
F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor Emeritus of Geology. v 10 The University of British Columbia
Department of Agricultural Economics
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor and Head
of the Department.
Department of Agronomy
G. G. Moe, B.S.A, M.Sc (McGill), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor and Head of
the Department.
D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Soils.
Vernon C. Brink, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Assistant Professor.
Department of Animal Husbandry
H. M. King, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Professor
and Head of the Department.
Stanley N. Wood, B.S.A. (Sask.), D.V.M. (Iowa State College), Associate
Professor.
J. C. Berry, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor.
Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
C E. Dolman, M.R.C.S. (England), M.B, B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.H, Ph.D.
(London), F.A.P.H.A, Professor and Head of the Department.
D. C. B. Duff, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor.
Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
Miss Marjorie Todd, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Department of Biology and Botany
Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
Frank Dickson, B.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor.
John Davidson, F.L.S, F.B.S.E, Associate Professor.
John Allardyce, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor.
Miss Ruth E. Fields, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (California), Assistant Professor.
^Department of Chemistry
Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipzig), F.R.S.C, Professor and
Head of the Department.
W. F. Seyer, B.A, M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), M.A.I.Ch.E, Professor.
M. J. Marshall, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.R.S.C,
Professor.
William Ure, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Cal. Inst, of Technology),
F.R.S.C, Associate Professor.
J. Allen Harris, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Illinois), Associate Professor.
J. Gilbert Hooley, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology),
Assistant Professor.
Michael Stusiak, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Robert A. MacLeod, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Percy Mundell, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Department of Civil Engineering
John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C,
M.Am.Soc.C.E, Professor and Head of the Department.
J. Fred Mura, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Professor.
Allan H. Finlay, M.C, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S. in C.E. (Illinois),
Assoc.M.Am.Soc.CE, Professor. ^v5*^5^.' > "r- v M" ; I -i I .,
Officers and Staff
11
t<*
A. Lighthall, B.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor. (Session 1944-45).
Edward S. Pretious, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa), Assoc
M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor.
Archie Peebles, B.A.Sc, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa State College),
M.E.I.C, Assoc.M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor.
Alexander Hrennikoff, Grad, Inst, of Communication Engineering, Moscow,
Russia, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Sc.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Assoc
M.Am.Soc.C.E, Assistant Professor.
J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick), Part-time Lecturer.
Department of Classics
O. J. Todd, A.B., Ph.D. (Harvard), F.RS.C, Professor and Head of the j
Department. ~~
Louis A. MacKay, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor. (On
leave of absence.)
Geoffrey B. Riddehough, M.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (California), Assistant
Professor. j^JT^
Patrick C. F. Guthrie, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Toronto), Instructor. (Ob .
leave of absence.)
William Leonard Grant, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Toronto),
Lecturer. '
Department of Commerce
Ellis H. Morrow, B.A. (Queen's), M.B.A. (Harvard), Professor and Head
of the Department.
Archibald W. Currie, B.A, B.Com. (Queen's), M.B.A, Dr.Com.Sc. (Harvard), Associate Professor.
Frederick Field, C.A., Lecturer in Accountancy.
, Lecturer in Commercial Law.
Department of Dairying
Blythe Eagles, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of
the Department.
Miss Nora Neilson, M.S.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor.
Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology
Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L, M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
G. F. Drummond, M.A. (St. Andrew's), M.Sc. (Econ.) (London), Professor.
C W. Topping, B.A. (Queen's), S.T.D. (Wesleyan Theol. College), A.M, Ph.D.
(Columbia), Associate Professor.
Joseph A. Crumb, B.B.A. (Wash.), M.S., Ph.D. (Calif.), Associate Professor.
Norman A. M. Mackenzie, M.M. and Bar, B.A, LLB. (Dalhousie), LL.M.
(Harvard), LL.D. (Mount Allison and New Brunswick), K.C, F.R.S.C,
Honorary Lecturer in Government.
Department of Education
George M. Weir, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Sask.), D.Paed. (Queen's), Professor
and Head of the Department.
Maxwell A. Cameron, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor.
Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, B.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology. (On leave of absence.) 12 The University of British Columbia
Department of English
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor and Head of the
Department.
W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),
Professor.
Frederick G. C Wood, BA. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Professor.
Thorleif Larsen, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor.
Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. '
(Chicago), Professor.
Hunter Campbell Lewis, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Associate Professor.i;
Mm. Dorothy Blakey Smith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), MA. (Toronto), Ph.D.
(London), Assistant Professor.
Edmund Morrison, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M, Ph.D. (California), Assistant
Professor.
John H. Creighton, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
Wiliiam Robbins, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
G. Philip V. Akrigg, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Calif.), Assistant Professor.
Holger O. V. Nygard, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor.
Department of Forestry
John Edward Liersch, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.F. (Washington),
M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F, Professor and Head of the Department.
F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F,
Associate Professor.
Braham G. Griffith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), M.F. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Washington), M.CS.F.E, Assistant Professor.
Thomas G. Wright, B.F. (Penn. State), M.F. (Duke), M.CS.F.E, M.S.A.F,
Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.)
J. L. Alexander, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Special Lecturer.
R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), M.CS.F.E, Honorary Lecturer in Forest
Products.
Edgar R. Sprott, B.A, B.Com. (Queens!), B.S.F. (Brit. CoL), Lecturer.
(Session 1944-45.)
L B. Dixon, Part-time Lecturer.
William Byers, M.CS.F.E, Part-time Lecturer.
Department of Geology and Geography
M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
Clarence Otto Swanson, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), F.G.S.A,
F.R.S.C, Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
Henry Cecil Gunning, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.S., Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of
Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Economic Geology.
H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), B.Sc, D.Phil. (Oxon.), Assoc.
Inst. M.M, F.G.S.A, Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
Vladimir J. Okulitch, M.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (McGill), F.G.S.A,
Assistant Professor.
Department of History
W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.Hist.S,
F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt, (Oxon.), Professor. (On leave of
absence.)
A. C. Cooke, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor.
Miss Sylvia Thrupp, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (London), F.R.Hist.S, Assistant
Professor. (On leave of absence.)
Miss Margaret A. Ormsby, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Bryn Mawr), Lecturer.
T. J. Oleson, M.A. (Manitoba), Lecturer. W--
-v
Department of Home Economics
Miss Dorothy P. Lefebvbe, B.H.Sc (Sask.), M.S. (Iowa State College), Asso-
•'' ciate Professor and Acting Head of the Department.
Miss Stella Beil, B.S, M.S. (Kansas State College), Assistant Professor.
Miss Charlotte S. Black, B.Sc (H.Ec.) (Manitoba), A.M. (Columbia),
Assistant Professor.
Miss Nina H. Morley, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
Department of Horticulture
A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agr. (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the Department.
G. H. Harris, B.S.A. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Oregon State College), Ph.D. (California), Professor.
Frank E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Lecturer.
&&
m
Department of Mathematics
Daniel Buchanan, MA. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LLD. (McMaster),
F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department.
F. S. Nowlan, B.A. (Acadia), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor.
R. D. James, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.RS.C, Professor. (On
leave of absence.) A
Walter IJ. Gage, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Professor.
S. A. Jennings, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor.
D. C Murdoch, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor.
Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Hector John MacLeod, O.B.E, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (Alberta), A.M, Ph.D.
(Harvard), Mem.A.I.E.E, M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E, Professor and Head of
the Department.
F. W. Vernon, B.Sc. Eng. (London), Wh.Sch, A.M.I.Mech.E, A.F.R.A.S,
Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
S. C Morgan, B.Sc. (Queen's), M.Sc. (Alberta), M.S. (Calif. Inst, of Tech.),
Assoc.A.I.E.E, As.M.I.E.S, Professor of Electrical Engineering.
W. B. Coulthard, B.Sc. (London), Mem.A.I.E.E, A.M.I.E.E, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.
W. O. Richmond, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Pittsburg), Mem.A.S.M.E,
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
H. M. McIlroy, M.Sc. (Queen's), Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
D. W. Thomson, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), M.Sc. (Illinois), Assistant Professor
• of Mechanical Engineering.
Lorne R. Kersey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Instructor. '
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc (McGill), M.C.I.M, M.Inst.Met, Professor and
Head of the Department. (Session 1944-45.)
George A. Gillies, M.Sc (McGill), M.CI.M, M.A.I.M.E, Professor of
Metallurgy.
Frank A.Forward,B.A.Sc. (Toronto),M.CI.M, Mem.A.I.M.E, M.Aust.I.M.M,
Professor of Metallurgy. m
■•¥.
14 The University of British Columbia
Department of Modern Languages
David Owen Evans, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Professor and Head of the Department.
A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Officier d'Academie,
F.R.S.C. Professor of French.
Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (California), Professor of
German.
Miss Dorothy Dallas, M.A. (Brit. CoL), DXett. (Univ. of Paris), Assistant
Professor of French.
Miss Deborah A. K. Aish, M.A. (Brit. CoL), DXett. (Univ. of Paris), Assistant Professor of French.
Miss Joyce Hallamore, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Munich), Assistant Professor of Germaa.
Charles Ernest Borden, M.A, Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of
German.
Charles Vyner Brooke, B.A. (Queen's), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant
Professor of Spanish.
Jack Horace Parker, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of Spanish.
Madame Y. Darlington, Instructor in French. 1
Miss Ethel Harris, A.B. (Columbia), M.A. (Toronto), D.Lett (Paris), Officier
de l'Instruction Publique, Lecturer.
Department of Nursing and Health
C. E. Dolman, M.R.CS. (England), M.B., B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.tl., Ph.D.
(London), F.A.P.H.A, Professor and Head of the Department.
Miss H. Evelyn Mallory, RN, B.Sc. (Columbia), Associate Professor.
, Assistant Professor.
Miss Pauline Capelle, R.N., B.A., BA.Sc (Brit. CoL), Instructor.
Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Lecturer.
Department of Philosophy and Psychology
John Allan Irving, M.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Cambridge), Professor and Head
of the Department. (Session 1944-45.)
Thomas Greenshields Henderson, M.A. (McGill), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor.
Joseph E. Morsh, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), Associate Professor. (On leave of absence.)
Alexander P. Maslow, A.B, A.M. (Michigan), Ph.D. (California), Associate
Professor.
Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, B.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education. (On leave of absence.)
Department of Physics
Gordon Merritt Shrum, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
A. E. Hennings, M.A. (Lake Forest College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor.
Harold D. Smith, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor.
A. M. Crooker, B.A. (McMaster), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.)
Kenneth C Mann, B.A. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. (On
leave of absence.)
George Michael Volkoff, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (California), Assistant
Professor. (On leave of .absence.) *■ '^C*'-"
:i^^:W-0^W^W:
Officers and Staff
15
R. Eric Langton, M.A (Brit. CoL), Lecturer.
William Petrje, B.A. (Brit. CoL), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Lecturer.
R. Keith Brown, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer.
J. H. L. Watson, BA. (McMaster), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Lecturer. (Session
1944-45.)
H. R. Milley, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Lecturer.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Washington State College), Professor
and Head of the Department.
Jacob Biely, M.S.A. (Brit. CoL), M.S. (Kansas State College), Associate
Professor.
Department of Social Work
Miss Marjorie J. Smith, A.B. (Minn.), A.M. (Chicago), Professor and Head
of the Department.
Miss Katherine Reebel, B.A. (Penn. College for Women), M.A. (Pittsburgh),
M.S.S. (Smith), Associate Professor.
Department of Zoology
W. A. Clemens, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Cornell), F.R.S.C, Professor and
Head of the Department. »■
G. J. Spencer, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Illinois), Professor.
Ian McTaggart Cowan, BA. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (California), Professor.
Department of University Extension
Gordon Merritt Shrum, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Director.
Robert T. McKenzie, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant to the Director. (On leave
of absence.)
Miss Dorothy Somerset, A.B. (Radcliffe), Assistant in Dramatics.
Norman Barton, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant in Visual Education.
Mhs Marjorie V. Smith, B.A. (Sask.), Assistant.
University Health Service
Stewart Murray, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Medical Health Officer, Metropolitan Health Committee, University Health Officer.
J. S. Kitching, B.A, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Assistant Senior Medical
Health Officer of the Metropolitan Health Department of Vancouver and
Director of the University Health Service.
C. H. Gundry, M.D, Director of Mental Hygiene, Metropolitan Health Committee. (On leave of absence.)
George T. Cunningham, Esa,- University representative on the Metropolitan
Health Committee.
Miss Muriel Upshall, R.N, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Public Health Nurse.
Physical Education
Maurice Van Vliet, M.S. (Oregon), Associate Director of Physical Education.
Miss Gertrude E. Moore, Instructor in Physical Education for Women.
(Session 1944-45.)
Assistants
Anderson, Miss Joan, M.A. (McGill) Zoology
Armstead, Mrs. Miriam, A.B. (London), M.A. (Brit. Col.)...Biology and Botany
Ash, Bruce, B.S A. (Brit. Col.) Agronomy
Assaly, Thomas C, BA.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Barton, Miss Dorothy, B.A. (Brit. Col.)...Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Barton, Norman, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics 16 The University of British Columbia
Bennett, Reginald B, B.A.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Bouttlier, Miss Helen, M.A. (Brit. Col.) History
Boyd, Miss Ottilie, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Zoology
Buchanan, James B, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Butler, Mrs. Jean, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Toronto) English and Commerce
Casselman, W. G. Bruce, M.A. (Brit. Col.)
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Cooper, W. Charles, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Dauphinee, Thomas McG, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics
Davis, Russell L, M.S.A. (Iowa State College) _ Animal Husbandry
DeLeen, John L, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) Geology and Geography
Ellis, Herbert W, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Poultry Husbandry
Ferguson, William C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics
Fisher, H. Dean, B.A. (Brit. CoL) .'. Zoology
Forster, John H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) ). Physics
Friesen, Edward P, B.Com. (Brit. CoL) Commerce
Frith, Mrs. Mary E, B.Sc. in Home Econ. (Alberta) Home Economics
Gilmour, Campbell, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Agronomy
Goodman, Abraham H, B.A. (Brit. CoL) History
Grigg, Vernon H, B.Com, B.A. (Brit. CoL) Statistics
Gruenberg, Harry, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL)...Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Hooley, Mrs. J. G, B.A. (Brit. Col.) - Chemistry
Hopper, D. Allan, BA.Sc (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Ivey, Donald G, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics and Mathematics
Jenkinson, Miss Elizabeth, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Mathematics
Johnson, Arthur C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics and Mathematics
Johnson, Miss Patricia, B.A. (Brit. Col.) History
Lazenby, Mrs. Doris, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Economics
Marshall, Rexford S, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Horticulture
Matheson, Miss Helen, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry and Physical Education
Mercer, Jack, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Extension
Morrison, Bernard H, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) Mining and Metallurgy
Munro, Miss Marjory, B.A. (Brit. Col.) ...Philosophy and Psychology
McGeer, J. Peter, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
McLeod, R. Raymond, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Physics
McMabon, Vernon H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany, and Zoology
Novikoff, Morris, B.S.A. (Brit. CoL) Poultry Husbandry
O'Brien, Mrs. Gwendolen, B.A. (London) _ Geology and Geography
O'Neill, Albert N, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Pickering, Miss Mary, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Philosophy and Psychology
Rattenbury, John, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany
Robertson, Roderick F, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Russell, Miss Rosamund, B.A. (Brit. Col.) _ English
Shephard, Alfred H, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Philosophy and Psychology
Short, John, B.Com. (Brit. Col.) Statistics
Taylor, Arthur E, B.A. (Brit. Col.) Chemistry
Taylor, Edward R, B.A. (Brit. CoL) Zoology
Taylor, Mrs. Pauline, M.A. (Brit. CoL) German
Tiedje, John L, BA.Sc. (Brit. CoL) Chemistry
Walsh, Mrs. George C, B.A. (Brit. Col.) French
Warden, John, B.A. (Toronto) Biology and Botany
Wright, Donald McT, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.) - Metallurgy
Wright, Norman S, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.) Biology and Botany THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The creation of a university ^ in British Columbia was first
advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not until
1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an act establishing
a body politic and corporate named "The University of British
Columbia." In 1891 this act was amended to require that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after the election of
the Senators by Convocation.' The Senators were elected, but a
quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by the Chancellor, Dr.
I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first attempt to establish a
university in British Columbia failed.
However, some of the work normally done in a university was
begun in 1894, when an act was passed which permitted the
affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized Canadian
universities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was affiliated with
McGill University in order to provide First Year work in Arts,
and took the name of Vancouver College. First Year work in
Arts was offered by Victoria High School when it became Victoria
College by affiliation with McGill University in 1902. In the same
year Vancouver College undertook the Second Year in Arts.
In 1906 an act was passed incorporating the Royal Institution
for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in
the same year, established at Vancouver the McGill University
College of British Columbia. The scope of the work undertaken
by this college was gradually increased until at the time it was
taken over by the University of British Columbia it was giving
three years in Arts and Science and two years in Applied Science.
"When the University of British Columbia opened in the autumn
of 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver and
Victoria College, which since 1907 had been a part of it, ceased
to exist.
Definite steps to establish the University were taken by Dr.
H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he introduced
a "University Endowment Act." This act was followed in 1908
by an act establishing and incorporating the University of British
Columbia and repealing the old act of 1890-1. This act, with its
subsequent amendments, determines the present constitution of the
University.
As authorized by an act passed by the Provincial Legislature
in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site
Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University. The
Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in Victoria,
and after a thorough examination of the Province recommended
the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the Executive Council "5f
18 The University oe British Columbia
decided to place the University at Point Grey—the site which the
Commission had named as its first choice. In 1911 the Legislature
passed an act authorizing the Lieutenant-Governor in Council to
grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915,
so that it now consists of 548 acres at the extremity of Point Grey.
The waters of the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the
boundary of the University campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres
of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying
between it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the
Government in order that University revenue may be provided by
its sale or lease.
In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, called for competitive plans which should include plans in
detail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and a block
plan showing all the proposed buildings on the campus. Messrs.
Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the successful
competitors, and were appointed University Architects. ,
The first Convocation, held on August 21st, 1912, chose Mr.
F. L. Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University. When
he retired at the end of two terms in 1918, Dr. R. E. McKechnie
was elected Chancellor, and served continuously until his death,
May 24th, 1944. On September 18th of that year the Hon. Eric
W. Hamber was elected by acclamation to fill out Dr. McKechnie's
unexpired term, and on March 7th, 1945, again by acclamation,
for the ensuing regular term.
In March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed
as first President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A, M.D,
C.M, LL.D. On his death, October 20th, 1918, L. S. Klinck, Dean
of the Faculty of Agriculture, was appointed by the Board of
Governors as Acting President, and on June 1st, 1919, as President. When he retired, June 30th, 1944, he was succeeded by
Dr. Norman A. M. MacKenzie.
From its opening in 1915 till the Summer of 1925, the University
carried on its work in temporary quarters on part of the site of the
General Hospital in Fairview.
Construction work was commenced on the Science Building at
the permanent site in Point Grey in 1914, but was interrupted
because of war conditions. Work on this building was resumed in
1923,. and in the autumn of the same year the contract was let for
the Library. These two buildings, which are of stone and are
fireproof, conform closely to the original plans as prepared by the
architects in 1914. The initial units of these structures, as well
as nine other buildings which are of a less permanent character,
were completed in 1925, and at the beginning o2 Session 1925-26
the University commenced work in its new quarters. Historical Sketch 19
The inauguration of the new buildings was held on October 15th
and 16th, 1925, on which occasion honorary degrees were granted
by the University for the first time.
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Constitution of the University is governed by the British
Columbia University Act, B.C.R.S. 1936, c. 299, and Amending
Acts, which provide
That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation,
Board of Governors, Senate, Faculty Council, and the
Faculties; that the Convocation shall be composed of the
Chancellor, the Senate,' all persons who became members
of the Convocation prior to the first day of January,
1919, all persons holding academic appointments within the
University and whose names are added to the roll of
Convocation by the* Registrar of the University from time
to time upon instructions from the President, and all
persons who have become graduates of the University; that
the Chancellor shall be elected by the members of the
Convocation; that the Board of Governors shall consist of
eleven members—the Chancellor, who shall be the Chairman thereof, the President, three persons elected by the
Senate from among its members, and six members appointed
by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that the Senate shall
consist of: (a) The, Chancellor, and the President of the
University, who shall be chairman thereof; (b) the deans
and two professors of each of the Faculties elected by
members of the Faculty; (c) three members to be appointed
by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; (d) the principals
of the normal schools; (e) one member elected by the high
school principals and assistants who are actually engaged in
teaching; (f) one member to be elected by the governing
body of every affiliated college or school in this Province;
(g) fifteen members to be elected by Convocation from the
members thereof; (h) one member elected by the British
Columbia Teachers' Federation.
It is further provided that the University shall be non-sectarian.
The University Act gives the University full powers to grant
such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of
knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine. It
reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to confer
degrees, except in Theology, and it expressly enacts that "No other
university having corporate powers capable of being exercised
within the Province shall be known by the same name, nor shall
any such university have power to grant degrees."
.jmuii W^^M
■ml
LOCATION AND BUILDINGS
Location
The University is situated on the promontory which forms the
western extremity of the Point Grey Peninsula. On three sides it
is bounded by the Gulf of Georgia. The site comprises an area of
548 acres, of which approximately one-half is campus. In all
directions appear snow-capped mountains, strikingly rugged and
impressive.
Buildings
The buildings, planned to meet the requirements of fifteen
hundred students, are of two classes, permanent and semi-permanent. The" former were designed by the University architects,
Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of the
Department of Public Works of the Provincial Government. The
permanent buildings have been erected in the location originally
assigned for them; the others in the quadrangle designated as
"unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned"
area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intended
for future expansion have been left available.
The entire mechanical equipment of these buildings was
designed after a close study had been made not only of present
requirements, but of the ultimate development of the institution.
This consideration accounts for the fact that only a part of the
present equipment is permanent. After a careful survey of the
whole situation, a forced hot water system was found to present
advantages that made its adoption advisable. Direct radiation with
a system of warmed air supply and extraction for ventilation is
used to take care of the heat losses in the buildings. A separate
system of ventilation is installed for all sanitary conveniences, and
a specially constructed system for fume closets. The various
services throughout these buildings, such as hot and cold water,
distilled water, gas and steam for laboratory purposes, compressed
air, etc., with the necessary apparatus, are all of a modern type.
An attempt has been made to reduce vibration and noise to a
minimum by installing all moving apparatus oh floating slabs, with
a further insulation of cork.
Library •
The University Library consists of more than 150,000 volumes.
It includes representative works in all the courses offered by the
University, and a growing collection of books in other subjects.
It is notable for its high percentage of the transactions and pro- pgrjpjS^W*^■*-'. *"'-».:' ' ~ — i^B
I
Location and Buildings 21
ceedings of learned societies, and its long runs of scholarly periodicals—the materials essential to research.
It is one of three Canadian Depositories of the Library of
Congress Catalogue, a collection of 1,750,000 printed cards. The
catalogue is kept fully up to date, and between 50,000 and 60,000
new cards, issued e'ach year, are interfiled as received. ,
The Library also possesses a College Art Teaching , Equipment
Set, organized and presented by the Carnegie Corporation of New
York. This consists of about 185 specially selected works covering
the fine and applied arts, and of more than 2,000 reproductions,
photographed or coloured, illustrating these.
, Another notable gift to the University, made by the Carnegie
Corporation of New York, is the College Music Set. This now consists of over 1,500 records representing musical development in all
its forms, with-reproducing instruments specially designed for a
large auditorium, and a collection of books on musical theory and
history, together with a large number of orchestral scores. The,
Set is regularly used for student recitals, and to illustrate lectures
on the appreciation of music.
The Library receives regularly over 900 serial publications,
The book collection is classified throughout on the Congressional
system. -A
Books to which the teaching staff have specially referred their
students are placed in a "Reserved" class. These are shelved apart
from the main collection, and are loaned only for use in the building, and for a limited period.
Unbound periodicals are not loaned. Bound periodicals, and
books that are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation,
are loaned only under special conditions.
While the Library is primarily for the staff and students of
the University, its resources are available to those of the general
public engaged in research or special study, and who make personal
application to the Librarian for the privilege of its use. Such
persons are known as "extra-mural readers." By order of the
Board of Governors a fee of $1.00 per calendar year is charged
such readers'. In addition,' they pay necessary mailing costs, a
deposit being required from those unable to call personally for
books loaned.
The Library also administers the book collection of the University
Extension Department. This consists of about 1,600 volumes, and
is increasing as the Department's work develops.
( The University of British Columbia
The Extension Department's collection also includes more than
4,000 plays, for the service of dramatic groups and theatre students
throughout the Province.
The Extension Department's book and play collections are available to those who have registered with the Department.
The University is deeply indebted to all who have made gifts to
the Library. These have been both valuable and numerous. Their
number prevents detailed acknowledgment, but recognition should
be made of a number of sets of transactions, and complete or partial
sets of scientific periodicals, given by societies and friends of the
University. The most interesting and valuable of these gifts are
listed in the annual report of the Library to the Senate.
Museums
These consist of (1) the Burnet Collection of South Seas and
other ethnological specimens, housed on the main floor of the
Library; (2) the Geological and Geographical Museum, in Room
116, Applied Science Building; (3) the Zoological Museum, housed
in various rooms of the Applied Science Building.
The Burnet Collection was made by the late Frank Burnet, who
donated it and arranged it in its present home. It contains groups
of artifacts representative of the ethnology and archaeology of
various parts of the Pacific Basin. The largest unit, 1170 catalogued
items, is from the islands of the South Pacific, but Malaysia and
North and South America are also strongly represented. Doors
are open from 4 to 6 hours on every week-day throughout the year.
The Geological and Geographical Museum has been developed as
a medium for the visual instruction of students and visitors. It is
closely coordinated with the Department of Geology and Geography, but is used freely by students of sociology and history, as
well as by art students from city studios. The exhibits include the
Dr. H. M. Ami collection of pre-historical artifacts from Les Eyzies,
France; the Buttimer collection of Indian baskets; the Michell
Pierce collection of Eskimo clothing and utensils; the Peach and
Home geological model of the Assynt Mountains, Scotland; suites
of fossils, minerals, birds, and mammals, relief map-models, and
many other things of interest.
The Zoological Museum, containing material representative of
both the vertebrate and the invertebrate fields, is housed mainly in
the northern wing of the Applied Science Building. Owing to lack
of room in the museum, the collection is scattered in hallways and
rooms wherever space can be found. The collection of marine invertebrates of the northeastern Pacific Ocean is one of the largest iiwjVTf"* ''..'- •,.,- ' ' • '■■*■ '"• . '■,:"■ .. ■ •■■■■'-■■ -..-via
Location and Buildings 23
extant. A collection of 12 beautifully mounted heads of B. C.
game, donated by Messrs. G. L. and R. J. Pop, hangs on the walls
of Room 100, Applied Science Building, and a fine suite of African
game horns, donated by Mr. W. F. Byers, hangs in Room 120 of
the same building.
The collections are freely available to students and research
institutions.
Gymnasium
This building was completed in 1929 and presented to the
University by the Alma Mater Society. It is situated adjacent to
the tennis courts and conveniently close to the playing fields. The
style of architecture and exterior finish harmonizes well with that
of the other buildings on the campus. The playing floor has an
area of 6,000 square feet, and is surrounded on three sides by tiers
of benches which will accommodate 1,400 persons. In the space
behind these seats are located the dressing rooms, drying rooms,
locker rooms, and shower baths. Approximately one-third of this
space has been set aside for the exclusive use of the women
students. The offices of the instructors in physical education are
located in the gymnasium. In the building are included also a
properly equipped training and first-aid room, an equipment room,
and a kitchen. Facilities for general gymnasium and indoor athletic
work have been provided.
Stadium and Playing Fields
In accordance with the original landscape plan prepared by
Mawson in 1913, the main playing field area, consisting of about
16 acres, is situated east of the East Mall and north of the University Boulevard. Development work was- started early in
January, 1931, as an aid to the acute unemployment situation, and
was made possible by funds provided chiefly by subscriptions from
the Faculty, students, and friends of the University. Much of the
labour was obtained through the courtesy of the Relief Department
of the City of Vancouver. Twenty thousand cubic yards of soil
and gravel were used to bring the track and field to grade.
In addition to the main playing field of the stadium, there are
three other full-size fields and a number of smaller areas set aside
for outdoor games.
The first section of the grandstand for the stadium was erected
in the summer of 1937 on the west side of the main playing field.
It is a covered, reinforced concrete structure, 126 feet long and
provides seating accommodation for 1,600 spectators. On either
■- •■ -■ V
24< The University of British Columbia
side are two wooden bleacher sections of 500 seats each. The plan
provides for the ultimate continuance of the main section around
the field and therefore the present bleachers are constructed in
movable sections. Underneath the present main stand there are
locker rooms, dressing rooms, showers, ticket booths, and specially
constructed drying rooms. Space is also provided for two squash
racket courts, which will be completed as soon as funds are available. Funds for the construction of the grandstand were provided
through a $40,000 bond issue by the Alma Mater Society. The
Provincial Government has undertaken to assume the annual
charges for interest on the bonds.
The Brock Memorial Building
In connection with the celebration of the twenty-first anniversary of the opening of the University in 1936, it was decided
that a memorial be established by general appeal to students,
graduates, and friends of the University throughout Canada. A
committee representing all branches of the University decided
that the memorial should take the form of a student union building,
dedicated to the memory of the late Dean of Applied Science,
Reginald W. Brock, and Mrs. Brock, by whose tragic deaths as a
result of an aeroplane accident the University suffered a great loss.
The original fund for the construction of the building was
subscribed by relatives of Dean and Mrs. Brock, friends of the
University throughout Canada and the United States, alumni
and students of the University, and former colleagues of Dean
Brock. The balance of the amount required to complete construction was provided by the students and the Board of Governors
in cash and through a bond issue of the Alma Mater Society.
Furnishings for the building were provided from a fund raised
over a period of years by the Women's Union Building Committee
of the University.
The building is situated adjacent to the playing fields and
gymnasium. In it are located the offices of the Alma Mater Society
and various clubs and student activities. The building contains,
also, common rooms, lunch and tea rooms, and accommodation for
social activities. In architectural design and exterior finish, it
harmonizes well with the other buildings on the campus.
The Brock Memorial Building was dedicated in January, 1940.
Forest Products Laboratories
The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Vancouver Laboratory, which is maintained by the Forest Service of the Department Location and Buildings
25
of Mines and Resources, Canada, occupies three buildings provided
and kept up through a co-operative agreement between the
University and the Dominion Government.
Plan of Campus
The plan at the back of the Calendar shows the buildings which
have been erected and indicates the nature of their construction.
It also shows their relation to the other groups of buildings which
are to be erected in the future.
-1.1*11.-I- If-*"
26 The University of. British Columbia
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Session
Tfie academic year begins on the first of September and ends
on the last day of August. The Winter Session is divided into two
terms—the first, September to December; the second, January to
May. The Summer Session consists of seven weeks' instruction in
July and August. For Admission to the University, see page 30,
and for Registration and Attendance, see page 32.
Courses of Study
The University offers instruction in each of the three Faculties,
Arts and Science, Applied Science (including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Commerce, Bachelor of Education, Bachelor of Home Economics,
Bachelor of Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Forestry, and
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. In the Faculty of Arts and
Science courses are offered leading to a Diploma in Social Work
and a Teacher Training Diploma. Advanced courses of instruction
and facilities for research leading to a Master's degree are offered
in each Faculty. Admission to these advanced courses, or to the
privileges of research, does not in itself imply admission to candidacy for a higher degree.
Academic Dress
The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the ordinary
stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves and the yoke
edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is the same, without
cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge pattern, black
bordered with the distinctive colour of the particular Faculty; the
Master's hood is the same, lined with the distinctive colour. The
Bachelor of Commerce hood differs from that of Bachelor of Arts
by the addition of a white cord; that of the Bachelor of Science in
Forestry from that of Bachelor of Applied Science by the addition
of a green cord; while the Bachelor of Education hood has a border
of white edged with a cord of University blue.. The colours are, for
Arts and Science, the University blue; for Applied Science, red;
for Agriculture, maize.
University Health Service
This service was begun in 1925 when the Lieutenant-Governor
in Council, upon the recommendation of the Provincial Health
Officer, appointed a Medical Health Officer for the University Area. ZW/VW'^V™?^*""
■■■■"%
General Information 27
In the Fall of 1927, the Provincial Health Officer added to the
University Health Service a Public Health Nurse, thus commencing
the continuous operation of a full-time local Health Department on
the campus and University Endowment Area.
In November, 1936, the University Endowment Area became
part of the Metropolitan Health Area under the direction of the
Metropolitan Health Committee, thus affording the University the
•extra services and facilities enjoyed by the larger organization,
which provides through its Health Units a Public Health Service
to the entire Greater Vancouver Area. The University Area is
now Health Unit 3A of the Greater Vancouver Area.
The offices of the University Health Service are located in the
Auditorium Building. The first aid furniture and supplies for
this office were the generous gift of the Graduating Class of 1927.
Purposes of the University Health Service
• The first purpose of the Health Service for Students is to supervise the physical and mental health of the student from the time
of admission to the University until graduation, so that as the
student takes his place in the outside world he will not be handicapped by physical defects or mental breakdown during the period
in which he is adjusting himself to his career.
On admission to the University each new student must report
to the Health Service Office to make arrangements for a medical
examination. Those students who have been out a year or more
are also required to report. All undergraduate women students
are required to report immediately for a re-cheek medical examination to determine their capacity for physical training. The
student is informed of any physical defect, given advice, and urged
to have remedial conditions corrected. Evidence, satisfactory to
the medical officer, of successful immunization against smallpox is
required. Preventive vaccinations and inoculations are given by
the Health Service.
The Medical Officer is available at specified hours for consultations with students on health problems.
One of the most important tasks of the Health Service is the
control of communicable disease. Much valuable time can be
saved the student body by the prompt and immediate application
■of preventive measures in checking the spread of communicable
disease.
Tuberculosis Control
Because tuberculosis occupies first place as a cause of death of
persons of college age, it is given special attention. The University
Health Service therefore gives to each new student at the time of »■■■"
mm
28 The University of British Columbia
his entrance examination a tuberculin skin test and provides for
an X-ray of the chest to those showing a skin reaction to tuberculosis. This project is of very great value, for when tuberculosis
is diagnosed and treatment instituted before physical breakdown
occurs, the patient is saved from years of invalidism and perhaps
death, and his fellow students are protected from infection.
Rules Governing Communicable and Other Illnesses
Students developing any illness or suffering from any injury
while on the campus should apply for first aid to the University
Health Service. This is particularly required if the student
develops any illness of a communicable nature, including the
common cold.
Students developing any illness or suffering any injury while
at home, boarding house, fraternity house, etc., are required to
report the same to the University Health Service. The development of any communicable disease in a University Student or
any person living in the same house, must be reported by the student
to the University Health Service without delay. Students exposed
to a communicable disease may be permitted, by special order of
the Medical Health Officer, to attend the University for a prescribed
period, despite the exposure.
Such students shall report daily (or oftener, at the discretion
of the Medical Health Officer) to the University Health Service
for such prescribed period. Failure to so report will result in
immediate exclusion from the University.
Students absent on account of illness must report to the Health
Service Office before attending lectures. If a doctor has been
in attendance the student is to bring a medical certificate from
him. All certificates and re-admission slips are forwarded to f;he
Dean of the Faculty. If the student is absent from an examination
the student must present a medical certificate, which is to be in
the Health Service Office within one day after the termination of
the examination period. A medical certificate must show the
nature and the period of the disability. Medical report forms
may be obtained from the Health Service Office.
The Health Service is a preventive service and can not provide
treatment for sick students.
Summer Session
The University Health Service provides a health service for
students attending the Summer Session. Details of this service
may be found in the Announcement of the Summer Session. •ft'-i' --••% '- -■•**- •• - . • thtrm
General Information
Physical Education
Physical Education was organized at the University during the
session 1935-36. The work for the present is under the general
supervision of a committee appointed by the President of the
University. War-time conditions serve to emphasize the need for
physical fitness. All medically fit men and women students are now
required to devote at least one hour a week to physical training.
The men take their work as part of the military training programme.
Particular attention is given to activities which develop all-round
physical condition rather than special techniques and skills in
recreational or team sports.
The Physical Education programme contributes to the mental
and physical health of the student body. Participation is encouraged
in physical activities which will be useful as a health measure and
in providing social Opportunities in adult life. The activities are
limited by the accommodation at the gymnasium. They include
for men: badminton, basketball, boxing, cross-country running,
golf, tumbling, volleyball, wrestling, track and field, football, and
rugby. The women's activities are: archery, badminton, basketball, dancing, gymnastics, group games, light apparatus, and volleyball.
A course in recreational leadership is given for those who are
interested in play leadership in schools, playgrounds, social centres,
and leisure time organizations.
The geographic location of the University precludes .the possibility of any extensive intercollegiate athletic competition and
consequently great emphasis is placed for both men and women
upon intramural athletics.
Dean of Women
During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by
parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions,
vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect the
social and intellectual life of the women students.
Board and Residence
A list of boarding-houses which receive men students may be
obtained from the Registrar, and a similar list for women students
may be obtained from the Dean of Women. Men and women
students are not permitted to lodge in the same house, unless they
are members of the same family, or receive special permission from
the Senate. Women students under twenty-five years of age are A
permitted to occupy suites in apartment houses only when accom-
- --. •■■ 3*»
80 The University of British Columbia
*
panied by some older person. The Dean of Women undertakes the
inspection of all boarding houses and housekeeping rooms listed for
the accommodation of women students. Any residence accommodation arranged by women students for themselves must also meet
with the approval of the Dean of Women, who should be informed
of such plans in advance. The cost of good board and lodging is
from $33 to $40 a month; of a room alone, $10 to $15 a month. A
grill is operated under the supervision of the University, and lunch,
afternoon tea, and light supper may be obtained there at very
reasonable prices.
General Conduct
The University authorities do not assume responsibilities which
naturally rest with parents. This being so, it is the policy of the
University to rely on the good sense and on the home training of
students for the preservation of good moral standards.
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
All enquiries relating to admission to the University should be
addressed to the Registrar.
The accommodation for students in the University is limited.
The University, therefore, reserves the right to limit the attendance.
The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right of selection
and admission of students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course and the Third Year of the Double Course in Arts
and Science and Nursing.
The University reserves the right to limit the registration in, or
to cancel, any of the courses listed. Limitation may be imposed if
the numbers desiring any course are found to be too large for the
lecture rooms and laboratories available for that course, or for
the number of instructors in the department concerned, or for the.
equipment and supplies which can be obtained. Certain courses
may be cancelled if the numbers of instructors in the departments
concerned prove to be inadequate to offer all the courses listed.
1. Except under special circumstances, no student under the
age of sixteen is admitted to the University. For admission to the
Second Year of the course in Nursing (or the Third Year of the
Double Course in Arts and Nursing) a student, must be eighteen
years of age, and for admission to any course in Social Work,
twenty-one years of age.
2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First Year of
the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of Agriculture - ■—,.
Admission to the University ^81
and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are required to
pass the University Entrance (Junior Matriculation) examination
of the Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
Special regulations are prescribed for admission to courses in
Applied Science, and are given under the heading of Admission in
the Applied Science section of the Calendar.
3. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year in the
Faculty of Arts and Science. Students who have partial Senior
Matriculation standing will be granted credit in the First Yei.r in
each subject in which they have made 50 per cent, or over.
4. A student who has a failure in a subject of the University
Entrance examination standing against him will not be admitted
to the University. .
5. The University Entrance and Senior Matriculation examinations of the Province of British Columbia are conducted by the
High School and University Matriculation Board of the Province.
This Board consists of members appointed by the Department of
Education and by the University. The requirements for these
examinations are stated in the publication, Requirements for
University Entrance and Senior Matriculation, issued by the University. The courses of study for the various grades in the high
schools are given in the Programme of Studies for the High Schools,
issued by the Provincial Department of Education.
6. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has passed
the matriculation examination of another university will be
accepted in lieu of the University Entrance or Senior Matriculation
examinations if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination has covered the same subjects and required the same standards. If, however, the examinations cover some but not all of
the necessary subjects, the candidate will be required to pass, the
examinations in the subjects not covered.
7. A candidate who wishes to enter by certificates other than a
Matriculation or University Entrance certificate issued in British
Columbia should submit to the Registrar the original certificates.
If he wisnes these returned to him, he must present also a copy of
each certificate for record at the University. He should under no
circumstances come to the University without having first obtained
from the Registrar a statement of the value of the certificates he
holds, as these may lack one or more essential subjects, or the work
done in a subject may not be adequate, or, again, the percentage
gained may not be sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to
,.-:fo The University of British Columbia
another. When an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show
the marks obtained in the several subjects of the examination, he
must arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar
by the Education Department or University issuing such diploma
or certificate.
8. A student of another university applying for exemption from
any subject or subjects which he has already studied is required
to submit with his application a calendar of the university in
which he has previously studied, together with a complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate of the standing
gained in the several subjects.* The Faculty concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this University.
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE
Those who intend to register as students of the University are
required to make application to the Registrar, on forms to be
obtained from the Registrar's office. This application should be
made in person or by mail early in August, or as soon as the results
of the matriculation examinations are known, and must be accompanied by the registration fee of $5.00. (See regulations in reference to Admission to the University, page 30.)
No student with unsatisfactory standing will be permitted to
register in September without the permission of Faculty.
The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right of selection
and admission of students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course in Nursing and the Third Year of the Double Course
in Arts and Science and Nursing.
Application for admission to Second Year Nursing must be made
to the Registrar on or before August 15th. A selection of candidates
will be made immediately thereafter on the basis of qualifications.
Forms of application for admission to these courses may be obtained
from the Registrar's office.
The last days for registration are: for First and Second Year
students, Tuesday, September 18th; for other undergraduate
students of the regular Winter Session, Friday, September 21st;
for graduate students, and for students in Extra-Sessional Classes
and Directed Reading Courses, Monday, October 15th.
*For the conditions under which exemption Is granted in the Faculty of Arts and
Science, see Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. ^^^^W^T^^^^n
Registration and Attendance
1. There are four classes of students:
(a) Graduate students—Students who are pursuing courses of
study in a, Faculty in which they hold a degree, whether
they are proceeding to a Master's degree or not. Students,
however, who are proceeding to a Bachelor's degree in
another course in the same Faculty in which they hold a
degree, or in another Faculty, will register as undergraduates.
(b) Full undergraduates—Students .proceeding to a degree in
any Faculty who have passed all the examinations precedent
to the year in which they are registered.
(c) Conditioned undergraduates — Students proceeding to a
degree with defects in- their standing which do not prevent
their entering a higher year under the regulations governing Examinations and Advancement of the Faculty in
which they are registered.
(d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of the
three preceding classes. (See 7, below.)
2. All students are required to register at the office of the
Registrar on or before the last day for registration, to furnish the
information necessary for the University records, to enrol for
the particular classes which they wish to attend, and to sign the
following declaration:
'' I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules, regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and
of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered, and to any
amendments thereto which may be made while I am a student of
the University, and I promise to observe the same."
In the information furnished for the University records, students
are requested to state what church they propose,to make their place
of worship. This information is available for any of the city
churches desiring it.
3. A late registration fee of $2.00 will be. charged all students
who register after the above dates.
No registration for undergraduate students of the regular Winter
Session will be accepted after Monday, October 1st, without the
special permission of the Faculty concerned, and a candidate so
accepted for registration may be required to take fewer courses
than the regular year's work.
4. Students registering for the first time must present the
certificates which constitute their qualification for admission to
the course of study for which they wish to register. The Registrar 34 The University of British Columbia
is empowered to register all duly qualified students. Doubtful cases
will be dealt with by the Faculty concerned.
5. Students doing work in two academic years will register in
the lower year and fill out their course cards in such a way as to
make clear which courses are required to complete the lower year.
6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for which
they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the proper
form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstances,
no change will be allowed after the second week of the session. If the
application is approved by the Faculty concerned, the Registrar
will give the necessary notifications.
7. Partial students, who are not proceeding to a degree, are not
normally required to pass an examination for admission, but before
registering they must produce a certificate showing that they have
satisfied the Dean and the heads of the departments concerned
that they are qualified to pursue with advantage the course of
study which they propose to undertake.
8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths of the
lectures in each course that they take. Admission to a lecture or laboratory and credit for attendance may be refused by the instructor
for lateness, misconduct, inattention, or neglect of duty. Absence
consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused only by
the Dean of the Faculty concerned, and medical certificates or other
evidence must be presented. If the absence occurs during the session,
the student must appear in person, with the certificate, at the University Health Service immediately on return to the University,
and before attendance upon class work. The University Health
Service will examine the person concerned and will immediately
forward the certificate, with report thereon, to the Dean of the
Faculty, // the absence occurs during the examinations, the
certificate must be sent to the Dean of the Faculty within two
days after the termination of the examination period. A medical
certificate must show the nature and the period of the disability.
Medical report forms may be obtained from the Dean's office. In
cases of deficient attendance students may (with the sanction of
the Dean and the head of the department concerned) be excluded
from the Christmas or the final examinations in a course; but, in
the case of a final examination, unless the unexcused absences
exceed one-fourth of the total number of lectures in a course, such
student may be permitted to sit for supplemental examination.
(See regulation in each Faculty in reference to Examinations and
Advancement.)
9. All candidates for a degree must make formal application
for graduation at least one month previous to the Congregation at Registration and Attendance
which they expect to obtain the degree. Special forms for this
purpose may be obtained from the Registrar's office.
LECTURESHIPS
The Hewitt Bostock Lectureship
Through the generosity of the Misses Bostock a lectureship has
been established in honour of their father, the late Senator Hewitt
Bostock, providing for a public lecture at least once in three years
by a speaker of national or international reputation on a subject
of educational or social importance.
FEES
All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The University of British Columbia.''
The registration fee is not returnable.
If fees are not paid when due an additional fee of $2.00 will be
charged. J
Fees are not transferable from one session to another.
A request for a REFUND OF FEES must be made by the
student to the BURSAR within FOUR WEEKS after the student
has discontinued his work; and fees for which a refund has not
been so requested WILL NOT BE RETURNED.
The Sessional Fees are as follows:
Foe Full and Conditioned Undeegeaduates
in aets and science !
Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee . $ 78.00
Alma Mater Fee 13.00
Caution Money 5.00
96.00
Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th . 75.00
$176.00
in social work course :
Registration—Payable before registration
For 6 units or less $ 2.00
For over 6 units 5.00
Caution Money—Payable October 15th 5.00
Alma Mater Fee*—Payable October 15th 13.00
Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 150.00
Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th.
•Social Work students taking any of Courses 1-13, Nursing 5, Nursing 27,
and these courses only, are relieved from paying the Alma Mater fee. •' ~v
36 The University of British Columbia
in teacher training course:
Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee . $ 75.00
Alma Mater Fee 13.00_
Caution Money 5.00'
93.00
Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00
$173.00
in applied SCIENCE :
Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee $103.00
Alma Mater Fee . 13.00
Caution Money 5.00
4>. 121.00
Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 100.00
$226.00
All students taking the Spring Surveying School are required
to pay 13.00 Caution Money when paying their Second Term
Sessional Fee.
IN NURSING AND PUBLIC HEALTH* :
Registration—-Payable before registration $ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee $ 78.00
Alma Mater Fee 13.00
Caution Monev 5.00
96.00
Second-Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00
$176.00
IN AGEICULTURE : ==
Registration—Payable before registration $ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee $ 78.00
Alma Mater Fee. - - 13.00
Caution Money 5.00
96.00
Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th 75.00
$176.00
•For Third, Fourth, and Fifth Year students in Nursing (i.e., students In
the affiliated hospital) the Sessional fee is $1.00, payable with an Alma Mater
fee of J4.00, on or before October 10th.
Students admitted to a one-year course for graduate nurses and proceeding to the Certificate on a basis of part-time attendance over two or more
years will pay $10.00 per unit. •■' •' '
Fees
37
OCCUPATIONAL COUESE:*
Registration—Payable before registration
.....$ 5.00
First Term—Payable on or before October 10th:
Sessional Fee -
$ 30.00
Alma Mater Fee _ ..
. 13.00
Caution Money - .
5.00
•19 00 *
Second Term—Payable on or before January 16th
30.00 i
For Partial Students
Fees per "Unit" ll_.
Registration—Payable before registration
For fi units or less .... _ " ..... .____ _
$ 83.00
$10.00
_ 3.00
For over 6 units 5.00
First Half payable on or before October 10th, along
with
Alma Mater Fee 13.00
Caution Money
_ 5.00
Second Half payable on or before January 16th.
Foe Students in Extea-sessional Classes and
Dieected Reading Courses
Registration—Payable before registration $ 3.00
Fees per 3-Unit Course ... 30.00
First Half Unit Fees payable on or before October 15th.
Second Half Unit Fees payable on or before January 16th.
FOR GRADUATES
Registration—Payable before registration
For 6 units or less $ 2.00
For over 6 units . . 5.00
Caution Money—Payable October 15th 5.00
Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 125.00
Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th.
FOR BACHELOR OF EDUCATION
Registration—Payable before registration
For 6 units or less . $ 2.00
For over 6 units 5.00
Caution Money—Payable 'October 15th 5.00
Course Fees (payable at $10.00 per unit for courses taken) 150.00
Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on October 15th and January 16th.
*NOTE.—Students transferring credit from the Occupational to the Degree Course
in Agriculture must pay the difference in fees. The University of British Columbia
Late Registration
See page 33 $ 2.00
The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students for the
support of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized by the Board
of Governors at the request of the students themselves.
The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will be
made to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials in
laboratories, Library, etc. If the balance to the credit of a student
falls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required.
Caution Money will be refunded after the 30th day of April.
Immediately after the last day for the payment of fees, students
whose fees have not been paid will have their registrations cancelled,
and will be excluded from classes. Such students will not be permitted to register again during the term until they obtain the
consent of the Dean, pay all fees, and present to the Registrar a
statement from the Bursar certifying that fees have been paid.
Students registering after October 10th shall pay their fees at
the time of registration, failing which they become subject to the
provisions of the preceding regulation.
Students borrowing books from the University Library for
preparatory reading courses will be required to make the usual
deposit of $2.00 with the Librarian to cover mailing cost.
Foe Summee Session Students
Fees are payable on registration, otherwise an additional fee of
$2.00 will be exacted.
Registration—Payable before registration $ 3.00
Minimum Class Fee 15.00
Per '' Unit'' 10.00
Summer Session Association 2.00
Special Fees
Regular supplemental examination, per paper $ 5.00
Special examination (Applied Science and Agriculture),
per paper 7.50
Re-reading, per paper 2.00
Supplemental examination fees must be paid by August 15th
when application for examination is made. Special examination
fees and fees for re-reading are payable with application. •>«* -T
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, BURSARIES,
AND LOANS FOR 1945-46
GENERAL REGULATIONS
1. Scholarships, prizes, and bursaries which are not based solely
on academic standing are indicated by an asterisk. Unless other
instructions are given in the Calendar notice, intending candidates
must make application to the Registrar not later than the last day
of the final examinations on forms provided for the purpose.
2. All awards of medals, scholarships, prizes, and bursaries are
made by Senate, unless otherwise provided for by special resolution
of Senate.
The award of a medal, prize, scholarship, or bursary is final when
announced by the University.
3. Medals, scholarships, prizes, bursaries, and loans are open to
Winter Session students only, unless otherwise stated, and marks
obtained in Summer Session courses are not taken into account in
awarding them.
4. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based on an
examination, no award will be made to a candidate who obtains
less than 75 per cent, of the -possible marks.
5. To be eligible for a General Proficiency Scholarship a student
must take the full year's course, which must include the required
courses for the year in which he is registered, except that in the
Faculty of Arts and Science and in Agriculture other subjects
may be substituted for the required courses if credit for these has
already been obtained.
The standing of students taking more than the required number
of units will be determined on the basis of the required number of
units to be chosen in a manner most advantageous to the students.
6. Unless otherwise specified in the Calendar notice, no student
may enjoy the proceeds of more than one scholarship in the same
academic year, and the scholarships thus relinquished will be
awarded to the candidates next in order of merit. Winners of more
than one scholarship will be given recognition in the published lists.
7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign the
monetary value. Nevertheless, their names will appear as winners
in the University lists. Any funds thus made available will be used
for additional scholarships, bursaries, or student loans. 40 The University of British Columbia
8. Scholarships under the jurisdiction of the University are
payable in two instalments—on the last day for the payment of
fees in each term. Undergraduate winners must continue their
courses to the satisfaction of the Faculty concerned during the
session following the award. The payment for the Second Term
may be withheld in the case of an undergraduate scholarship
holder whose work in the First Term has been unsatisfactory. A
Faculty is authorized to permit a scholarship to be reserved for
one year, provided the student shows satisfactory reasons for
postponing attendance. In the case of University Entrance and
Senior Matriculation scholarships, postponement will be granted
on medical grounds only. Application for reservation should be
made to the Registrar.
9. In awarding bursaries consideration will be given to the
financial need of applicants.
10. Endowed scholarships and bursaries will be paid provided
the invested funds produce the necessary revenue.
If the invested funds do not produce the revenue required for the
amount of scholarships and bursaries as named in the Calendar,
these scholarships and bursaries will be correspondingly reduced.
11. The University does not guarantee the payment of any prizes
or scholarships other than those from the funds of the University.
With respect to prizes or scholarships based upon the gifts of individuals or associations other than the University, no award will
be made unless the funds required for the same have been actually
received from the private donor or donors.
12. The Senate of the University of British Columbia reserves
the right so to change the terms under which any exhibition,
schblarship, or prize may be established at the University of British
Columbia that the terms may better meet new conditions as they
arise and may more fully carry out the intentions of the donor and
maintain the usefulness of the benefaction. The right so reserved
shall be exercised by a resolution of the Senate duly confirmed by
the Board of Governors, provided always that a year's notice shall
be given in Senate of any proposed change and that the donor or
his representatives, if living, shall be consulted about the proposed
change.
13. Limited funds are provided from which loans, not to exceed
$100, may be made to undergraduate students who have completed
satisfactorily two years' University work and who can show that they
are in need of pecuniary assistance. Interest at the rate of 5 per
cent, per annum is charged on these loans. They must be secured ' ■.■-'iv."'"- , '" ■ ■ :"■■■■■ ■•■'■. 1 •■ :-.|
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 41
by approved joint promissory note given for a definite term and
signed by the applicant and his parent or guardian. Loans are not
granted to graduate students, except in the Teacher Training
Course, nor to students in diploma courses. Applications for loans
should be addressed to the Bursar of the University.
14. The University is in possession of a great deal of information
regarding graduate scholarships, fellowships, and assistantships
which other universities and various research bodies make available.
This information may be obtained from the Registrar.
MEDALS
The Governor-General's Gold Medal
A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-General
of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of
the graduating class for the B.A. degree. Honours and General
Course students are eligible for this medal.
The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal
A gold medal, given by the Kiwanis Club of Vancouver, will be
awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class
for the B.Com. degree.
The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal*
The Vancouver Branch of the United Empire Loyalists' Association of Canada is offering a silver medal, and a book prize to
the value of $10,, for the best essay received during the session
1945-46 on any topic dealing with the history of the United Empire
Loyalists and their influence on the development of Canada. The
award will be made on the recommendation of the Department
of History. The competition is open to all undergraduates of
the University, but preference is given to students enrolled in a
Canadian History course.
The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship
Out of funds provided by the late Mrs. Lefevre in memory of her
husband, Dr. J. M. Lefevre, a gold medal and scholarship will be
awarded annually to the student standing highest in general proficiency and research ability in one of the following courses: (a)
Honours in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science; (b)
Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. The
award will be based upon the work of the last two years in these
courses. The value of the scholarship is approximately $150. The
*See paragraph 1, page 39. ■^"p-WWW^tW
42 The University of British Columbia
winning of this scholarship will not preclude the holder from
enjoying the proceeds of a further award.
The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal
A gold medal, given by Sigma Tau Upsilon Honorary Agricultural Fraternity in memory of Professor Wilfrid Sadler,
Professor and Head of the Department of Dairying, 1918-33, will
be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating
class for the B.S.A. degree.
SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES
University Graduate Scholarship*
A scholarship of $200 may be awarded to a student of the
graduating class who shows special aptitude for graduate studies
and who is proceeding in the following year to graduate study in
this or any other approved university.
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship*
This scholarship of $125, given by the Faculty Women's Club
of the University, is open to a student of the graduating class of
this University who is proceeding in the following year to graduate
study in this or any other approved university.
The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarship*
Out of the proceeds of a fund donated by Dr. Francis John
Nicholson, the following scholarships will be awarded annually
for the purpose of enabling students to do graduate study in the
.University of British Columbia or in any other approved,university: (1) One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate
work in Chemistry. Applicants must be Honours graduates in
Chemistry of the Faculty of Arts and Science, with the degree of
B.A. or M.A., or graduates in Chemical Engineering of the Faculty
of Applied Science, with the degree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc. (2)
One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate work in Geology.
Applicants must be graduates of the Faculty of Applied Science
in Geological or Mining Engineering, with the degree of B.A.Sc.
or M.A.Sc.
Normally the scholarships will be payable in two instalments
of $250 each to provide for two years of graduate work. The
payment of the second instalment will be subject to approval by
the University of British Columbia of the first year's graduate
work. In exceptional circumstances the full sum of $500 may be
made available for work to be completed in a single year.
*See paragraph 1, page 89. ^^-^■-J-JTU.. *-^ r«y
-Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes
Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research
work, in respect of scholarship, ability, character, and health. These
scholarships will be granted with due consideration for the financial
status of the candidate. The spirit of the endowment is to aid those
to whom financial help is necessary or of material assistance in
furthering their studies.
Applicants must be graduates of the University of British
Columbia, have British citizenship, and be not more than 30 years
of age on the last day for receiving applications. Preference will be
given in making awards to native-born British Columbians.
The John and Annie Southcott Memorial
Scholarship*
A scholarship of the value of $100, given annually by Mrs.
Thomas H. Kirk, will be awarded to that student who, possessing
exceptional aptitude for research, either intends to pursue, or is
already pursuing some approved investigation in the field of British
Columbia history. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Head of the Department of History. The scholarship will
normally be awarded to a Fourth Year student or to a graduate
proceeding to a higher degree, but may be awarded to a student of
the Third Year.
The Native Daughters of British Columbia
Scholarship*
A scholarship of $50'is given by the Native Daughters of British
Columbia to a Canadian-born graduate student for research work
in the early history of British Columbia, such work to be carried
on in the Provincial Archives in Victoria, B. C. The award will
be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department
of History.
The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation
Scholarships*
From the sum of $250 made available by District Grand Lodge
No. 4, B'nai B'rith, through Vancouver Lodge, Vancouver, B. C.,
two scholarships of the value of $125 each were available in the
session 1944-45. The terms of award were as follows: These scholarships will be awarded to outstanding graduate students in any of the
three Faculties — Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Applied
Science. The winners shall indicate satisfactory plans for graduate
study at the University of British Columbia or at any other university approved by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Only one scholarship shall be available in any
*See paragraph 1, page 39. 44 . The University of British Columbia
one Faculty in one year. Applications must De made on forms available at the Registrar's office.
The Standard Oil Co. of British Columbia
Limited Scholarship*
For research in petroleum engineering the Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited offers a scholarship of $600
open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts
and Science or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the Faculty
of Applied Seienee. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $100
may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The
topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and the Standard Oil Company.
Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research
work in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and
health.
The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited
Scholarship*
For research in mineralography the Britannia Mining and
Smelting Company Limited offers a scholarship of $250, open to
graduates in Geological, Mining, or Metallurgical Engineering in
the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship not
to exceed $50 may be used for special equipment for the research
problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation
with the Geology Department of the University of British Columbia
and the Britannia Mining and Smelting Company. Applications
should be in the hands of the Registrar by December 10th. Recipients must be qualified to undertake the research work not only in
respect of scholarship and research ability but also in personality
and health.
The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited
Scholarship*
A scholarship of $100, given by the Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining
Company Limited, for research in mineralography, was available
in the session 1944-45. The terms of award were as follows: This
scholarship will be awarded to a graduate in Geological, Mining,
or Metallurgical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science.
A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $20 may be used for
special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research
shall be chosen after consultation with the Geology Department of
the University of British Columbia and the Cariboo Gold Quartz
*See paragraph 1, page 39. " * ---.**■ -. '
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 45
fiftning Company Limited. Applications should be in the hands
of the Registrar by December 10th. Recipients must be qualified
to undertake the research work not only in respect of scholarship
and research ability but also in personality and health.
The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship*
For research in wood chemistry, the Powell River Company
Limited offers annually a scholarship of $700, open to Honours
graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science, or
graduates in Chemical Engineering in the 'Faculty of Applied
Science. A portion of the scholarship, not to exceed $100, may be
used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic
of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department
of Chemistry of the University and the Powell River Company.
Recipients must be qualified in respect of scholarship, research
ability, personality, and health to undertake graduate and research work.
Furthermore, if special aptitude is shown in carrying out this
work, an equal amount may be offered for further graduate study
and research in wood chemistry, in this or any other approved
university.
The British Columbia Electric Rail-way Company
Limited Research Scholarship*
The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited offers
a scholarship of $500 for research related to electrical and mechanical engineering problems. An additional amount not to exceed
$100 will be available for special equipment, for other expenses, or
for extensionsof the research beyond the close of the Second Term.
The scholarship is open to graduates in the Electrical and Mechanical Engineering courses in the Faculty of Applied Science. The
topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the Dean of
the Faculty, the Head of the Department, and the donors. The
award will be made by Senate on the recommendation of the Joint
Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, after
consultation with the Dean of the Faculty.
The Cominco Fellowship*
The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada,
Limited, offers annually a fellowship of $750 for research related
to non-ferrous metals, fertilizers, and chemicals. An additional
amount, not to exceed $450, will be available for special equipment
and supplies. The fellowship is open to graduates in the Faculty
of Arts and Science, Applied Science, or Agriculture of this or any
*See paragraph l, page 39. 46 The University of British Columbia
approved university, provided that in the Faculty of Arts and
Science their undergraduate work has been in the field of the
sciences. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation
with the Deans of the Faculties and the donors. Copies of the full
terms of award, which must be read by all applicants, may be
obtained at the Registrar's office. The award will be made, by
Senate on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on
Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications for the Cominco
Fellowship should be submitted to the Registrar not later than
March 15th.
The Edith Ashton Memorial Scholarship*
A scholarship of $250, given by Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Arm-
stead in memory of Edith Ashton, will be offered in the Department
of Biology and Botany. This scholarship will be awarded to an
outstanding graduate student whose topic of research is in the
field of marine and freshwater botany or some field approved by
the Head of the Department. The award will be made by the Joint
Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in consultation with the Head of the Department of Biology and Botany.
SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES
1. IN ALL FACULTIES
University Great War Scholarships*
Two scholarships of $200 each may be awarded, on the basis of
the work of the First Year, to returned soldiers, their dependents,
and the children of deceased soldiers, proceeding to a higher year.
2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
University Scholarships in Arts and Science
Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $200 each will be
awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the award
to be based on the work of the Third Year. These scholarships will
be awarded respectively: 1. To the student standing highest with
majors in group (1). (See page 87.) 2. To the student standing
highest with majors in group (2). (See page 88.) Students taking
full Honours in Mathematics will be classified in group (1).
Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $200 each will be
awarded on the basis of the work of the Second Year to students
proceeding to a higher year.
*See paragraph J, page : --,- -mr ■
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 47
The Shaw Memorial Scholarshipf
This scholarship of $125, founded by friends of the late James
Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of
McGill University College, Vancouver, will be awarded upon the
results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and Science
to the undergraduate student standing highest in any two of three
courses, English 2, Latin 2, Greek (Beginners' Greek, Greek 1, or
Greek 2), and proceeding to a higher year.
•
The McGill Graduates' Scholarshipf
A scholarship of $125, founded by the McGill Graduates' Society
of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student standing
highest in English and French of the Second Year in Arts and
Science and proceeding to a higher "year.
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship of $100, founded by the members of the Terminal
City Club as a memorial to those members of the Club who lost their
lives in the Great War, will be awarded to the student standing
highest in English 2 and Economics 1 or 2 in the Second Year in
Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year.
The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott
Memorial Scholarship*
This Scholarship of $100, derived from an endowment founded
by the Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire of the City of
Vancouver, in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, R.N., the
Antarctic explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause of science,
will be awarded to a student who combines high standing in
Biology 2 with promise of service in the Empire. The award will
be made by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes and Scholarships
in consultation with the Head of the Department of Biology and
Botany. Applications should be submitted to the Registrar not later
than the last day of the final examinations on forms provided for
the purpose.
Royal Institution Scholarship in Arts and Science
A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student taking first
place in the examinations of the First Year in Arts and Science,
and proceeding to a higher year.
tOriginally donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been
transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British
Columbia. ~-
*See paragraph 1, page 39. is^lfjp
48 The University of British Columbia
University Scholarships in Arts and Science
Two scholarships of $200 each will be awarded to the students
taking second and third places in the examinations of the First
Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year.
The Beverley Cayley Scholarship
A scholarship of $100, in memory of Beverley Cayley, Arts '18,
given under the terms of the will of his mother, the late Mrs. Cayley,
will be awarded to the male student standing highest in English 1
in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science.
The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship
A scholarship of $50, in memory of N. Leo Klein, given by Mr.
1. J. Klein, Vancouver, B. C, will be awarded to the student
obtaining first place in the examinations of the Third Year of the
course in Commerce.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
A scholarship of $100, the proceeds of a fund created by the
Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the undergraduate obtaining first place in Canadian History (History 2,
or 3, or 20).
The John and Annie Southcott Memorial
m Scholarship*
As on page 43.
The Summer Session Students' Association
Scholarship*
A scholarship of $40, given by the Summer Session Students'
Association, will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to
the Summer Session student who in that session completes the
Second Year with the highest standing. To be eligible a student must
have taken his entire Second Year in the University of British
Columbia Summer Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading
courses and must be proceeding to a higher year in the University
of British Columbia.
The British Columbia Teachers' Federation
Scholarship*
A scholarship of $50 given by the British Columbia Teachers'
Federation will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to
*See paragraph 1, page «Sg!» "- -fFfUBltrV ™. T*$ftt. iWf ■ •
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 49
the Summer Session student who, having been an active member
of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation for the three years
previous to the granting of the scholarship, completes, in" that
session, the Third Year of his University work with the highest
standing in that year. To be eligible a student must have taken his
entire Third Year in the University of British Columbia Summer
Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading courses, and must continue in his Fourth Year at the University of British Columbia.
The Vancouver Sun Scholarships for Carriers*
The Vancouver Sun offers annually two scholarships of $200
each to students entering the First Year at the University of'
British Columbia. The terms of the scholarships require that applicants must have been carriers of the Vancouver Sun for at least two
years. The scholarships will be awarded to the two applicants who
rank highest on the basis of the marks obtained in any year on the
written examinations in the scholarship subjects of University
Entrance as outlined in The Requirements for University Entrance
and Senior Matriculation. The selection of the winners will be
made by the University, and applications, accompanied by the
service certificate of the Vancouver Sun, should be forwarded to
the Registrar not later than September 10th.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
for Home Economics
A scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded for general proficiency in the work' of
the Third Year of the Home Economics course to a student proceeding to the Fourth Year of that course.
The Edwin Water house Scholarship*
A scholarship of $250, the gift of Price, Waterhouse, and Company, will be awarded to a student ip Commerce who has completed
his Third Year with high standing in the firial examinations, and is
proceeding to his Fourth Year. The award will be made by
Senate, on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee in
consultation with the Head of the Department, to an applicant
whose academic record, ability, and other qualifications are considered to be outstanding and who is deserving of financial assistance. Applications must be submitted to the Registrar not later than
the last day of the final examinations.
*See paragraph 1, page 89. 50 The University of British Columbia
3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE
University Scholarship in Nursing and Health*
A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency
in previous work of university grade (which must include a
minimum of two years' work in the Province of British Columbia),
to a student proceeding to the Third Year (or in the Double Course,
proceeding to the Fourth Year) of the Course in Nursing and
Health and having successfully completed the hospital probationary
period. Applications shall be made to the Registrar not later than
December 1st.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
A scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student who attains the highest
standing in the first four years' training, academic and practical
(or in the first five years' training, academic and practical, in the
double course) of the Nursing and Health course.
The Dunsmuir Scholarshipf
A scholarship of $150, founded by the Hon. James Dunsmuir,
will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in
the Mining Engineering Course of the Fourth Year in Applied
Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year.
University Scholarship in Applied Science
A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student who obtains
the highest marks in the Third Year in Applied Science and who
is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty.
Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science
A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency in
the work of the Second Year in Applied Science to a student who
is proceeding to the Third Year in that Faculty.
The G. M. Dawson Scholarship
A scholarship of $50 will be awarded to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Geological Engineering course, in
Geological subjects, in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Applied
Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year. '
*See paragraph 1, page 39.
tOriginally donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been
transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British
Columbia. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 51
The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship
A scholarship of $50, given by the Women's Auxiliary No. 77 of
the B'nai B'rith, will be awarded to the student in Fourth Year
Applied Science standing highest in the class of Chemical Engin-
, eering or Chemistry and proceeding to the Fifth Year.
The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship
Out of the proceeds of a fund bequeathed to the University of
British Columbia by the late Honourable R. Randolph Bruce in
memory of his term as Official Visitor, a scholarship of $200 will
be offered annually to the undergraduate student standing highest
in the Metallurgical Engineering course of the Fourth Year in
Applied Science and proceeding to the Fifth Year.
The British Columbia Electric Railway Company
Limited Scholarships
Two scholarships given by the British Columbia Electric Railway
Company Limited will be available as follows:
(1) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Electrical Engineering
course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year;
(2) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Mechanical Engineering
course of the Fourth Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fifth Year.
4. IN AGRICULTURE
University Scholarship in Agriculture
A scholarship in Agriculture of $200 will be awarded to a student
proceeding to a higher year, the award to be based" on the work of
the First Year.
The David Thom Scholarship
A scholarship in Agriculture of $100 will be awarded to a
student proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty, the award to
be based on the work of the Second Year. ■•■«•,-■- ■..-■.■■■••■ ■ , • ■ rw^r^Trr^ffgji,
52 The University of British Columbia
The British Columbia Fruit Growers'
Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship*
This scholarship, of the annual value of $125, donated by the
British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be awarded to
a student taking the horticultural options of the Third Year. To
qualify for this scholarship candidates must obtain scholarship
standing, not only in horticultural subjects, but also in the work
of the year, and must be proceeding to the Horticultural Course
of the Fourth Year—the year in which the scholarship shall be
enjoyed.
UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE AND SENIOR
MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS
University Scholarships for University Entrance
Fifteen general proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the
result of the University Entrance examinations: (a) $175 to the
candidate of highest standing in the Province, and (b) $175 each
to the two candidates of next highest standing in each of the
following districts: (1) Victoria District, (2) Vancouver Island
(exclusive of Victoria District), and Northern Mainland (exclusive
of North Vancouver and West Vancouver), (3) Vancouver Central
District (comprising the former limits of the City of Vancouver),
together with West Vancouver and North Vancouver, (4) the part
of the Lower Mainland in the Fraser Harbour area, (5) the Fraser
Valley, (6) Yale, (7) the Kootenays.
Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior
Matriculation
Six general proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the
result of the Senior Matriculation examinations: (a) $200 to the
candidate of highest standing in the Province, (b) $200 to the
candidate of next highest standing in the Province, (c) $200 to
the candidate of next highest standing in all school districts of
the Province other than the City of Vancouver, the City of North
Vancouver, the District Municipalities of North Vancouver, West
Vancouver, and Burnaby, and the City of New Westminster, and
(d) $200 each to the three candidates of next highest standing in
Districts (2) Vancouver Island (exclusive of Victoria District),
and Northern Mainland (exclusive of North Vancouver and West
Vancouver), (5) the Fraser Valley, (6) Yale, and (7) the
Kootenays.
*See paragraph 1, page 39. ^W^^-:r^^^4iW^^Wi^^im?.
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 58
These scholarships will be paid only to students in attendance
at the University of British Columbia,,with the exception that the
Victoria District University Entrance Scholarships will be paid to
any winners of those scholarships in attendance at Victoria College.
Winners of all University Entrance and Senior Matriculation
scholarships must notify the Registrar before September 1st of
their intention of attending the University (or Victoria College
in the case of the Victoria District University Entrance Scholarships) during the following session; failing such notification, the
winner's rights will lapse.
Postponement of University Entrance and Senior Matriculation
scholarships will be granted only on medical grounds.
PRIZES }
1. IN ALL FACULTIES
The University Essay Prize*
A book prize of the value of $25 will be awarded to a Fourth
Year student for the best essay presented in any of the courses
regularly given by the Department of English. The award will
be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of
English.
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in
Canadian Literature*
A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will
be awarded annually to the registered undergraduate or graduate
student who writes the best essay on a subject in Canadian
Literature. The subject will be set or approved by the Head of the
Department of English, and the prize will be awarded on his recommendation. The essay must be 3000 words or more in length and
must be typed; a copy of the winning essay must be forwarded to
the donors of the prize.
If in any year no essay of sufficient merit is presented, the sum
of $50.00 will be used, or funded for use, in purchasing for the
University an item or items of Canadiana, the selection.to be made
by the Head of the Department of English and the University
Librarian.
*See paragraph 1, page 39. 54 The University of British Columbia
The News-Herald Awards in Journalism*
The Vancouver News-Herald offers annually two prizes to students
who show promise in journalism. The first prize of $200 is" open
to undergraduates of the Third Year or higher years of any
Faculty. The second prize of $150 is open to First or Second Year
students of any Faculty. A winner in one of these categories is
not eligible for a second award in the same category. Each competitor must submit five original articles published or suitable for
publication in the Ubyssey or other newspapers, during the year
preceding the awards. These articles may be news-stories, feature
articles, reports, reviews, or editorials. Awards will be made by
Senate on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the
Editor of the News-Herald and the Head of the Department of
English. Articles must be in the hands of the Registrar not later
than March 31st.
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Essay Prize
in Botany and Geology*
A cash prize of $100, the gift of Dorothy and William Dorbils,
will be awarded to the student who submits the best essay on the
subject of plant indicators in relation to sub-surface geology including deposits of economic minerals. The essay shall include a
review of the knowledge already available in this field and the
results of some preliminary work carried on by the applicant. In
awarding the prize, consideration will be given to the ability of the
applicant to carry on independent research. Provided satisfactory
arrangements are made with the departments concerned, the essay
may be accepted as fulfilling part of the student's academic requirements. A copy of the winning essay must be forwarded to the
donors. Students who intend to submit essays must consult the
Chairman of the Scholarship Committee before October 15th.
Essays must be submitted by the last day of lectures. The award
will be made on the recommendation of the departments concerned.
2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
Frances Willard Prize*
A prize of $50, given by the Woman's Christian Temperance
Union of British Columbia, will be awarded to Third or Fourth
Year undergraduates or to graduate students for an essay in the
field of Economics, Education, History, Psychology, or Sociology, on
a subject to be approved by the department concerned in consultation with a committee of the Woman's Christian Temperance Union
*See paragraph 1, page 39. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 55
The award will be made for the session 1945-46 on recommendation of the Heads of the Department of Education and the Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. Essays must
be submitted by April 10th, 1946.
If in any year no student reaches the required standard the
award will be withheld.
The David Bolocan Memorial Prize
A prize of $25 given by Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Bolocan will be
awarded to the student in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Arts
and Science who is regarded by the Department of Philosophy
and Psychology as the outstanding student in that subject in the
graduating year. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Head of the Department of Philosophy and Psychology.
The Ahepa Prize
A prize of $100, given by the Gladstone Chapter No. 6, C.J.,
Order of Ahepa, will be awarded on the recommendation of the
Head of the Department of Classics to the student of the Fourth
Year who has shown the greatest promise in Greek studies. If
possible, the award will be made to an Honours student, but if
there is no outstanding Honours student the scholarship may be
given to a Pass student.
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will
be awarded to the student in the graduating year of the Faculty of
Arts and Science whose work as an Honours student in Bacteriology
and Preventive Medicine is regarded as outstanding. The award
will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department
of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine. If no Honours student
presents work of sufficient calibre, the prize may be awarded at the
discretion of the Department to the best student majoring in
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine who has a First Class average
in the advanced courses offered by the Department.
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in Zoology
A cash prize of $50 offered by Dorothy and William Dorbils will
be awarded to the student in the graduating year of the Faculty of
Arts and Science whose academic work and promise of research
ability in the Honours course in Zoology have been outstanding.
The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the
Department of Zoology. -1-j-sbmbwhb
56 The University of British Columbia
If no Honours student presents work sufficiently outstanding, the
sum of $50 will be used to purchase for the Library special research
literature in zoology, the selection to be made by the Head of the
Department of Zoology.
The Armstead Prize in Biology and Botany
A prize of $50, the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead,
will be awarded to a graduating student in the Honours course of
the Department of Biology and Botany. The winner will be recommended by the Head of the Department of Biology and Botany on
the basis of scholastic achievement and promise of ability in research.
3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE
The Convocation Prize
A prize of $50, given by Convocation of the University of British
Columbia, will be awarded to the student in the Fifth Year of
Applied Science whose record, in the opinion of the Faculty, is the
most outstanding.
Engineering Institute of Canada (Vancouver Branch)
Walter Moberly Memorial Prize
A book prize of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver Branch
of the Engineering Institute of Canada, will be awarded for the
best engineering thesis submitted by any Fifth Year student in the
Faculty of Applied Science. This prize is given in memory of the
late Walter Moberly, pioneer engineer and explorer, discoverer of
the Yellowhead Pass through the Rocky Mountains, whose work in
railway location has influenced so greatly the development of the
Province of British Columbia.
The Association of Professional Engineers' Prizes
Five book prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered by the
Association of Professional Engineers of the Province for competition by those students in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of
Applied Science who are enrolled as engineering pupils in the
Association. These prizes are awarded for the best summer essay
in each of any five branches of engineering to be selected by the
Faculty. The successful essays may be made available by the
Faculty to the Couricil and members of the Association. -1-.%?^ *«---■>■-.■-,-
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 57
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes
The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British
Columbia offers tfye sum of $100 to be given as prizes in the Public
Health Nursing Course.
The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize
The Engineering Institute of Canada offers an annual prize of
$25 to each of twelve Canadian universities of which the University
of British Columbia is one. The prize will be awarded to a student
of the Fourth Year in Applied Science on the basis of the marks
made in his academic work in that year. His activities in the
students' engineering organization or in the local branch of a recognized engineering society will also be considered.
The British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association Prizes*
Prizes of the value of $100, $50, and $25, given by the British
Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association, will be
awarded to the students enrolled in the course Structural Design 1
(C.E. 9) who submit the designs judged to be the best, of a wooden
roof truss. The awards will be made upon the recommendation of
the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science in collaboration with
the instructor in charge of the course and with the donor. Applications should be forwardedto the Registrar not later than January
15th.
The William N. Kelly Prize
A prize of $15 offered by Mr. WilHam N. Kelly, M.E.I.C, Consulting Engineer and Marine Surveyor, Vancouver, will be awarded
to the student entering the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Applied
Science who obtains the highest standing in Mechanical Engineering 30, Machine Shop Practice. Skill in the use of hand tools will
receive special consideration. The award will be made on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical
and Electrical Engineering.
The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes*
Prizes of the value of $65, $45, and $25, given by the Timber
Preservers Limited, will be awarded to the students enrolled in the
course Engineering Law, Contracts, and Specifications (C. E. 19)
of the Fifth Year of the Civil Engineering course in the Faculty of
Applied Science who submit plans and specifications judged to be
*See paragraph 1, page 39. y Wt
58 The University of British Columbia
the best of a structure of treated timber. The awards will be made
upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied
Science in collaboration with the instructor in charge of the course
and with the donors.
BURSARIES
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary*
This bursary of the annual value of $150 was given by the
Universities Service Club in memory of their comrades who fell
in the Great War. It is named after Captain 0. E. LeRoy, who
commanded the overseas contingent from this University and who
was killed at Passchendaele in 1917.
It will be awarded to a student, or students, requiring financial
assistance to enable him,, or them, to attend the University. For
this purpose it may be awarded to a matriculant, to a student of
any year, or to a graduate student of the University proceeding to
graduate work in this or any approved university. In making the
award preference will be given first to returned soldiers, then to the
dependents of soldiers, and finally to suitable candidates from the
student body at large. ^
Application must contain a statement of the academic record
and special circumstances of the applicant, with two supporting
references, and, in the case of the preferred categories, of the war
record of the soldier.
The award will be made by the Senate upon the recommendation
of the Faculties.
The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian
Association Memorial Fund Bursaries*.
A sum of money given to the University by the administrators.
. of the Khaki University of Canada provides a fund from which are
awarded annually five bursaries of the value of $100 each, known
as the Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association
Memorial Bursaries.
Under conditions specified by the donors these bursaries may be
used for undergraduate purposes only, and in making the awards a
preference is given to the sons and daughters of soldiers of the
Great War. The financial necessities of candidates are also taken
into account.
To be eligible for an award a soldier's dependent must obtain
at least Second Class standing, i.e., 65 per cent.; for all others 75-
per cent, is required.
*See paragraph 1, page 39. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 59
Dependents of soldiers and others who have expectations of
attaining standing as stated above and who are in need of financial
assistance should apply to the Registrar not later than the last day
of the final examinations.
These bursaries are open to students from Victoria College proceeding to a course of study in the University.
Application forms may be obtained in the Registrar's office.
The American Woman's Club Bursary*
A bursary of $100, given by the American Woman's Club of
Vancouver, will be available for the session 1945-46 to assist a
woman undergraduate who has completed at least one year in Arts
and Science with satisfactory standing, and who could not otherwise
oontinue her course. Application must be made to the Registrar not
later than September 1st.
The University Women's Club Bursary*
A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of
Vancouver, will be available for a woman student of high scholastic
standing in the Third Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science who
is proceeding to the Fourth Year.
The Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary*
A bursary of $200, given by the Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club
of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student of satisfactory
academic standing, proceeding to her Third Year or any higher
year or to the Education Class, or, if a graduate, to the course leading to the Diploma in Social Work. The award will be made on the
recommendation of the Dean of Women, to whom applications should
be sent not later than September 1st on forms available in the
Registrar's office.
The Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary*
A bursary of $75, given by the Delta Gamma Fraternity, in
memory of Mrs. Mildred Brock, wife of the late R. W^ Brock, Dean
of the Faculty of Applied Science, whose personal charm and high
ideals were an inspiration to the students who greatly benefited by
her sympathetic understanding and generosity, will be available
for a woman student ©f high scholastic standing proceeding to the
Third or Fourth Year of her undergraduate studies; or, if a
graduate, to the Teacher Training Course, or to the course leading
to the Diploma in Social Work. Application must be made to the
Registrar not later than September 1st.
-*See paragraph 1, page 39. •-Mr*.--* .^
60 The University of British Columbia
The Frances Milburn P. E. O. Bursary*
A bursary of $150, given by the Vancouver Chapters of the
P. E. 0. Sisterhood in memory of the late Frances Milburn, will
be available for the session 1945-46 to assist a woman undergraduate
who has completed at least one year in Arts and Science with high
standing in English, and who could not otherwise continue her
course. The award will be made on the recommendation of the
Dean of Women, to whom applications should be sent not later than
September 1st on forms available in the Registrar's office.
The Lady Laurier Club Bursary*
A bursary of the value of $100, given by the Lady Laurier Club
of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student in the Teacher
Training Course, or to a woman student in Third or Fourth Year
Arts and Science in the event of there not being an applicant in
the Teacher Training Course who can qualify; such student should
have real need of financial assistance. Applications must be made
to the Registrar not later than September 15th, and must be on
forms available at the Registrar's office.
The Alliance Francaise Bursary*
A bursary of not less than $25 will be awarded on a basis of merit
and need to a student specializing in French at the University. The
bursary will normally be awarded to a student who has completed
his Second Year and is proceeding to his Third Year. The award
will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on
forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the
Registrar not later than September 15th.
The Faculty Women's Club Bursary*
A bursary of the value of $75, given by the Faculty Women's
Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a Third Year woman student,
such student to have scholastic ability and real need of financial
assistance. The award will be made on the recommendation of the
Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries.
Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's office, must be
received by the Registrar not later than September 15th.
The Alumni Association Bursary*
A bursary of the value of $50, given by the Alumni Association
of the University of British Columbia, will be awarded to a First
*See paragraph 1, page 39. - - * »
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes , 61
Year student on the basis of scholarship and need. The award
will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee oh Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on
forms available in the Registrar's office, must be received by the
Registrar not later than September 15th.
The William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary*
A bursary of the annual value of $250, given by Colonel and Mrs.
W. G. Swan in memory of their son, William MacKenzie Swan, an
outstanding all-round undergraduate student and popular athlete
who died July 28th, 1937, as a result of injuries received in a fall
from the Pattullo Bridge at New Westminster on which he was
engaged as Assistant Engineer, will be awarded to a student or
students registered in the Third, Fourth, or Fifth Year of the
Faculty of Applied Science, requiring financial assistance to enable
him or'them to continue studies at the University. In making the
award, consideration will be given to the academic record of the
applicant and to his participation in undergraduate affairs. Applications on forms available in the Registrar's office must be filed
with the Registrar not later than September 15th. The award will
be made by the Senate upon the recommendation of the Faculty of
Applied Science.
The Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry*
A 'bursary of $225, given by the British Columbia Loggers'
Association, will be awarded to a student registered in Fifth Year
Forestry. To be eligible for the award a student must have been
a resident in British Columbia for the previous two years, must
have a scholastic average of at least 65 per cent, in the work of the
Third and Fourth Years at the University • of British Columbia,
and must give evidence of leadership, sterling character, and
physical vigour. Applications, on forms available in the Registrar's
office, must be received by the Registrar not later than October 5th.
The David Thom Bursaries
From the funds of the David Thom Estate a sum of $235 is
available annually for the following bursaries:
1. A sum of $87.50 to be awarded to the student who has passed
University Entrance or Senior Matriculation with the highest
standing and who is registering for the first time in the Faculty
of Agriculture. In the awarding of this bursary regulation 9
under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes
does not apply.
*See paragraph 1, page 89. l Q2 The University of British Columbia
*2. A sum of $50.00 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the First Year in Agriculture and
is proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty. Application must
be made to the Registrar not later than September 15th.
*3. A sum of $60.00 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and
is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Application
must be made to the/ Registrar not later than September 15th.
Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind*
A bursary of $100.00 will be awarded to a blind student requiring
financial assistance to enable him or her to enter the University or
to proceed to further studies. The award will be made by the
Senate upon recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on
Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries acting in consultation with the
Principal of the B. C. School for the Deaf and Blind, the Superintendent of the Canadian National Institute for the Blind of Vancouver, and an accredited representative of Delta Gamma fraternity.
Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by September 15th.
The Geldart Riadore Bursary*
A sum of $150 will be awarded to a student who has completed
at least one year of work in the Faculty of Agriculture, who is
proceeding to a higher year in the Faculty, and who has given
evidence of possessing those qualities necessary for community
leadership. The award is to be made on the recommendation of the
Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in
consultation with the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture.
The Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle
Memorial Bursary*
A bursary of the annual value of $200, endowed by friends and
associates, in memory of the late Flying Officer Reverend George
Robert Pringle, a much beloved graduate of outstanding Christian
character and athletic ability who was killed on January 24th,
1943, while on Active Service overseas, will be awarded to a student
who has completed his Third Year in any Faculty and is proceeding to his Fourth Year. To be eligible for this award the student
must show evidence of academic ability, sterling unselfish character,
and active participation and leadership in University sport. The
award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty
*See paragraph l, page 39. »P!pWW3JWS3
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 63
Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications,
on forms available in the Registrar's office,' must be received by
the Registrar not later than September 15th.
The Alberta Meat Company Bursary*
A bursary of .$50, given by the Alberta Meat Company of Vancouver, will be awarded annually on the basis of merit and need to
an Animal Husbandry student conducting livestock feeding trials
at the University Farm. The award will be made by the Joint
Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department of Animal Husbandry. Applications should be in the hands of the Registrar by
September 15th.
The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary*
A bursary of $250, offered annually by Mrs. Mary C. Lipsett,
will be awarded to a student who has completed at least the Second
Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and who proposes to take
his major work in Sociology or Psychology. In making the award,
consideration will be given to the applicant's interest in problems
of social anthropology and his ability to pursue work in that field.
The award will be made by Senate upon the recommendation of the
Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries,
acting; in consultation with the departments concerned.
The Rotary Memorial Bursaries*
To commemorate the sacrifice and services of Rotarians and their
families in the Second World War, the Rotary Club of Vancouver
offers annually to students at the University five bursaries of the
value of $200 each. These bursaries are open to students in any
year and in any Faculty. Wherever practicable, however, the five
awards will be made to students in different years. Preference will
be given to those who, during the Second World War were in the
Services or the Merchant Navy, or to their dependents. To be
eligible for the awards, applicants are required to be of good moral
character and to have a reasonable interest in extra-curricular
activities and a good record of scholastic attainment. Awards will
be made only to those who have limited financial ability to enter
the University or proceed to a higher year. The awards will be
made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on
Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not
later than September 15th.
•See paragraph 1, page 89. , ' - ~r-'jm^
64 The University of British Columbia
The Co-operative Seed Growers' Bursary*
A bursary of $100, given by the British Columbia Co-operative
Seed Association, will be awarded annually to a student who has
completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. The award will be
made by Senate upon the recommendation of the Joint Faculty
Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, acting in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty. Application must be made
to the Registrar by September 15th.
The Vancouver Section National Council of
Jewish Women Bursary*
A "bursary of $100, the gift of the Vancouver Section of the
National Council of Jewish Women of Canada, will be awarded to
a woman student who is an undergraduate in any year of any
Faculty, or who is a graduate registered in the Teacher Training
or Social Work courses. To be eligible for this award a student
must have good ability and financial need. The award will be
made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on
Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not
later than September 1st.
The Gamma Phi Beta Bursary*
A bursary of $50, the gift of the Alpha Lambda Chapter of
Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, will be awarded annually to a student
in any year of the Home Economies course. To be eligible for this
award a student must have financial need and high scholastic
standing. The award will be made on the recommendation of the
Joint Faculty Committee ou Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, to
the most deserving applicant. Applications, on forms available at
the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later
than September 15th.
The Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian
Daughters' League, Bursary*
A bursary of $100, the gift of the Provincial Council of British
Columbia, Canadian Daughters' League, will be available annually
to assist a woman student who could not otherwise continue her
course. The award, which will be made on the basis of character,
academic record, and scholastic ability, will be open to students
entering the Teacher Training course. In the event that no appli-
*See paragraph 1, page 39. ■™. V '•'•■• ■
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 65
cant in this course can qualify, the award will be open to students
entering Social Work. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on.Prizes, Scholarships, and
Bursaries. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's
office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th.
University Women's Club Bursary for Social Work*
A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of
Vancouver, will be available to assist a woman student in the Professional Course in Social Work. To be eligible for this award a
student must have high scholastic standing, an aptitude for Social
Work, and financial need. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships,
and Bursaries in consultation with the Head of the Department of
Social Work. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's
office, must be received by the Registrar not later than September 15th.
Bursary for Proficiency (Special Award)*
Through the generosity of an anonymous donor, a bursary of
$1,000 was made available to enable a student with high scholastic
standing and need of financial assistance to complete his or her
undergraduate course. The recipient was chosen in September,
1944, from among bursary applicants entering First or Second
Year in any Faculty. The selection was made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships,
and Bursaries. /
Special Bursaries Fund*
For the Session 1945-46 a Special Bursaries Fund has been made
available by the Board of Governors to enable students to attend
the University who would not otherwise be able to do so. To be
eligible for an award from this fund a student must have attained
at least Second Class standing in the examinations last written, and
must give evidence of need.
Applications for these bursaries must be in the hands of the
Registrar not later than September 15th. Application forms may
be obtained in the Registrar's office.
*See paragraph 1, page 89. 66 The University of British Columbia
LOANS
General Loan Fund
The General Loan Fund is maintained by annual grants made
by the Board of Governors. Its operation is described in paragraph
13 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, etc.
The Wheatley Memorial Loan Fund
The Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of
British Columbia has established a loan fund in memory of Edward
Augustus Wheatley, who, as Registrar of the Association during
the years 1921 to 1938, exerted a vital influence on the engineering
profession, not only in this Province but throughout Canada.
The fund is available to engineering pupils of the Association
in attendance at the University, and all applicants for loans must
be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science.
The fund is distributed on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty
Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries.
The Roy Graham Memorial Loan Fund
In memory of Roy Graham, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), a loan fund has been established to assist students in the
Faculty of Applied Science. Preference will be given to students
in the Second and Third Years of that Faculty. All applicants for
loans must be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied
Science. This fund is distributed on the recommendation of the
Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries.
The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy,
B. C. Division, Fund
This is a fund of $100, given by the Canadian Institute of Mining
and Metallurgy to the University as a trust to be used for loans to
students taking the mining course. Applicants for loans must be
recommended by the Departments of Geology and of Mining and
Metallurgy.
The David Thom Fund
From the David Thom Estate funds a sum of $1500 has been
set aside* for loans to students in Agriculture who have been unable
to borrow from the General Loan Fund or who have obtained loans
from that fund insufficient for their needs; of this amount, $300 is
available for students in the Occupational Course and the balance
for Third and Fourth Year students. ^^P^sf^fe^^1'-^-^W'
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 67
The Alma Mater Loan Fund
This fund was established by the graduating classes of 1937 as a
trust to be used for loans to undergraduates who have completed at
least one year at the University and who have attained satisfactory
academic standing. The fund is administered by the University and
distributed by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships,
and Bursaries. Applications for assistance under this fund must
be made to the Bursar. \\
The University Chapter I.O.D.E. Loan Fund
This fund was established by the University Chapter of the
I.O.D.E., to assist women students of the Second, Third, and Fourth
Years. Loans are to be made on the basis of scholarship and
N financial need, and are to be distributed by the Joint Faculty
Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation
with the Dean of Women. Applications for assistance under this
fund should be made to the Bursar. 1 If
The T. Sato Loan Fund
This fund has been established by Mr. Tsutae Sato for students
of Second Class standing, or better, in the Third or Fourth Years
in the Faculties of Arts and Science and Agriculture, or in the
Fourth and Fifth Year& of the Faculty of Applied Science, or for
students in the Fifth Year of a Double Course. For such loans the
regulations in paragraph 13 of the General Regulations for Medals,
Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans are applicable. The fund
is distributed on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries.
The H. R. MacMillan Loan Fund
Through the generosity of Mr. H. R. MacMillan, a loan fund has
been established to assist students in Forestry. Loans from this
fund are to be repaid within three years from graduation, and until
then no interest will be charged. Assistance to any one student is
limited to $300. Loans will be tiaade on the basis of scholarship and
financial need, and will be recommended by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with
the Head of the Department of Forestry. Students may obtain
application forms and further details from the Bursar.
Dean of Women's Fund
Through the generosity of several donors a fund has been estab-
,lished to assist women students who are temporarily in financial
need. The fund is intended for use in emergency situations where %*< T£?<;
68 The University of British Columbia
limited assistance is required, and is administered by the Dean
of Women. In the session 1944-45 contributions to the fund were
received from the Alumnae of the University of Toronto, the
Kappa Kappa Gamma Mother's Club, and the Kappa Kappa
Gamma Sorority.
SCHOLARSHIPS ANNOUNCED BY
THE UNIVERSITY BUT AWARDED BY
OTHER INSTITUTIONS
The Rhodes Scholarship*
A Rhodes Scholarship is tenable at the University of Oxford
and may be held for three years. Since, however, the majority
of Rhodes Scholars obtain standing which enables them to take a
degree in two years, appointments are made for two years in the
first instance, and a Rhodes Scholar who may wish to remain for
a third year will be expected to present a definite plan of study for
that period satisfactory to his college and to the Rhodes Trustees.
Rhodes Scholars may be allowed, if the conditions are approved
by their own college and by the Oxford Secretary to the Rhodes
Trustees, either to postpone their third year, returning to Oxford
for it after a period of work in their own countries, or to spend
their third year in graduate work at any university of Great Britain,
and in special cases at any university on the continent of Europe,
in the overseas Dominions, or in the United States, but not in the
country of their origin.
The stipend of a Rhodes Scholarship is fixed at £400 per year.
At most colleges, and for most men, this sum is sufficient to meet a
Rhodes Scholar's necessary expenses for term-time and vacations,
but Scholars who can afford to supplement it by, say, £50 per year
from their own resources will find it advantageous to do so.
A candidate to be eligible must:
1. Be a British subject, with at least five years' domicile in
Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed his nineteenth,
but not have passed his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st
of the year for which he is elected.
2. Have reached such a stage in his course at one of the universities of Canada that he will have completed at least two
years at the university in question by October 1st of the year
for which he is elected.
Candidates may apply either for the Province in which they
have their ordinary private domicile, home, or residence, or for
*See paragraph 1, page 89. '-•.S- ft <, ' '' .--ML*
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 69
any Province in which they have received at least two years of their
college education before applying.
In that section of the will in which he defined the general type
of scholar he desired, Mr. Rhodes wrote as follows:
"My desire being that the students who shall be elected to the
Scholarships shall not be merely bookworms, I direct that in the
election of a student to a Scholarship regard shall be had to:
1. His literary and scholastic attainments.
2. His fondness for and success in manly outdoor sports such as
cricket, football, and the like. >
3. His qualities of manhood, truth, courage, devotion to duty,
sympathy for and protection of the weak, kindliness, unselfishness, and fellowship, and -^
4. His exhibition during school days of moral force of character
and of instincts to lead and to take an interest in his schoolmates, for those latter attributes will be likely in after life
to guide him to esteem the performance of public duties as
his highest aim."
Except in special cases, all Scholarships (to which elections
are made in war-time) will, until further notice, be suspended until
after the war. Should any Scholar-elect wish to make a special
application to be allowed to come to Oxford during the war, he
should apply to the Rhodes Trustees, through the General Secretary
of the Rhodes Scholarships in the country in which he is elected.
Each application will be considered on its merits, and the Rhodes
Trustees reserve complete discretion in deciding each case, but, as
general indications of the policy which the Trustees are likely to
adopt, the following points may be noted:
1. In the absence of exceptional considerations, such as those
mentioned under (5), permission will not be given to come to
Oxford in order to take Final Honours Schools or Special
(War) Courses in non-scientific subjects, such as Literae
Humaniores, Law, Modern Greats, or History, or to undertake
research in these subjects.
2. The same applies to Final Honours Schools, or Special (War)
Courses, in the ordinary scientific or mathematical subjects,
but application to engage in special and approved scientific
research will be more favourably considered.
3. Medical students and researchers will normally be given permission to take up their Scholarships, subject, however, to
the advice of the authorities of Oxford Medical School upon
the advisability of Overseas students entering upon medical 70 The University of British Columbia
courses in England, and subject, further, in the case of
researchers, to the facilities which may exist at Oxford for
research in the particular investigation proposed by the applicant.
4. Permission will in no case be granted if the policy of the
government of the Scholar's country of origin opposes his
leaving his country. If, for example, conscription or compulsory military training has been introduced in that country,
permission will be granted only as explained under (5).
5. The Trustees will be prepared to take into consideration
special personal circumstances, e.g., disqualification for military or other war service, disablement through war service,
or the urgency or importance of the work which the Scholar
proposes to take up at Oxford.
The Trustees hope when peace is restored to revive all suspended
Scholarships, but cannot definitely bind themselves to do so until
the time has arrived and the practical possibilities are known. The
Trustees reserve the right to eancel any suspended Scholarship if
circumstances shall have supervened which, in their opinion, make
it undesirable that the Scholar should hold his Scholarship.
Should a Scholar-elect, whose Scholarship has been suspended,
marry before he applies to take up his Scholarship, although the
Trustees will not consider the Scholarship as automatically forfeited, they will not be prepared to confirm it except in special
circumstances.
Suspended Scholarships, if revived, will be tenable for the
normal period. Applications will be entertained from Scholars
who wish to spend a shorter time at Oxford, although no tenure
of less than one year will be permitted, save in exceptional circumstances.
The selection for any year is normally made in the previous
December, and each candidate is required to make application to
the Secretary of the Committee of Selection of the Province in
which he wishes to compete not later than October 31st. Application forms may be obtained from the Registrar's office, from the
Secretary of the Committee of Selection, or from the General
Secretary for Canada, D. R. Michener, Esq., 372 Bay Street,
Toronto, Ontario.
For the duration of the war no award is being made and therefore no applications are being accepted until further notice. -, ..,. - ,,
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 71
The Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship*
Under the revised conditions for the award of the Exhibition
of 1851 Scholarship in Science, the University of British Columbia
is included in the list of universities from which nominations for
scholarships allotted to Canada may be made. These scholarships
of £275 per annum are tenable, ordinarily, for two years. Scholarship winners with special needs may receive additional money
grants during the year of their tenure. They are granted only to
British subjects of not more than 26 years of age who have already
completed a full university course and given evidence of capacity
for scientific investigation. The scholarships are open to graduates
of any university who have spent not less than three years in the
study of science. It is not the intention of the Commissioners to
invite recommendations for their Overseas Research Awards during
the continuance of hostilities.
Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire War
Memorial Scholarship (Overseas)*
This fund was established by the I.O.D.E. in order to perpetuate
the memory of the men and women who gave their lives in the
defence of the Empire in the Great War. Nine graduate scholarships to the value of $1400 each are offered annually, one in each
province of the Dominion. The conditions under which they are
awarded may be obtained from the Registrar. Applications must
be submitted by October 15th of each year. Not available in 1945-46.
Canadian Federation of University Women
Scholarships*
The Travelling Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of
University Women, of the value of $1,250, available for study or
research work, is open to any woman holding a degree from a
Canadian university, who is not more than 35 years of age at the
time of award. In general, preference will be given "to those candidates who have completed one or more years of graduate study
and have a definite course of study or research in view. The award
is based on evidence of character, intellectual achievement, and
promise of success in the subject to which the candidate is devoting herself.
The Junior Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University
Women, of the value of $850, is open to any woman holding a degree
from a Canadian university, who is not more than 25 years of age
*See paragraph l, page 39. 72 The University of British Columbia
at the time of award. Preference will be given to students who have
studied in only one university and who desire to continue their
studies in another.
The proposed place and plan of study or research must be approved by the Scholarship Committee.
Application blanks and further information may be obtained
from the Convener of the Scholarship Committee, Dr. Cecilia
Krieger, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. Applications and
recommendations must be received not later than February 1st. JgpWSFn*W*F TW^*.: * -
THE
FACULTY
OF
ARTS AND SCIENCE
THIRTY-FIRST SESSION
1945-46 TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF ARTS
KEY TO BUILDINGS: A, Arts; Ag, Agriculture; Ap, App
Mornings
8.30
9.30
Monday
Room
Biology 2 a & b...
Biology 3
Botany 6 e
Economics 6
Education 9
English 1, Sec. 1...
English 13 ....
French 2, Sec. 1-
Geology 4
Geology 11...
Geology 23...
Greek 9
Latin 1, Sec 1.
Mathematics 10...
Physics 1, Sec. 1-
Psychology A
Social Work 7
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 1...
Bacteriology 5 Lab...
Biology 1, Sec. A j
Biology 2 b _ .!
Botany 5 a & c
Chemistry 8
Economics 1, Sec. 1...
Economics 12
Education 12 -
English B
French 3 b
French 4 b ,
Geography 3
Geology 1 a & c
Government 1
History 2 6
Home Economics 5 & 6.
Mathematics 1, Sec. 1
Mathematics 18 _.
Mathematics 16
Philosophy 9
Physics 1, Sec. 2
Social Work 7
Sociology 7
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2
Ap233
Ap237
AplOl
AglOO
A 101,
106, 203,
200, 208
A 100
A104.108
Apl02
Ap 120
Apl08
A 207
A 102
A 204
S200
AplOO
A 201
A 105
Ap202
Ap 238
Aplll
S 300
S400
Ap 204
A 206
A 100
A 104
A 105
Ap 102
Ap 100
A 203
A 201
A 106,
204
AglOO
A 102
A 101
A 108
S200
A 208
A 207
A 108
Tuesday
Botany 4
Botany 7 a...
Chemistry 1, Sec. 5
Chemistry 2 Lab. _..
Chemistry 18
Commerce 9(Econ. 7).
Economics 1, Sec. 3
English 1, Sec. 3
French 2, Sec. 2...
German 1(a), Sec. 1
German 3 c.
Home Economics A&B
Home Economics 8 & 4..
Home Economics 13
Latin 2, Sec. 1
Latin 4
Physics A, See. 1...
Physics 4
Spanish 2
Zoology 2
Bacteriology 1...
Bacteriology 5...
Botany 3 a
Botany 6 c
Chemistry 2 Lab....
Chemistry 9
Economics 4
English 10
French 4 a
Geology 2 a & b
German 1(a), Sec. 2...
German 1 (b)
Government 6
History 3
History 25
Latin 2, Sec. 2
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 2
Mathematics 12
Mathematics 17
Philosophy 8
Physics A, Sec. 2...
Sociology 1
Zoology 3
Room
Ap235
S 300
Me 109
A 204
A 100,
103, 106,
206
A 101,
104
A 203
A 201
A 108
A 208
A 207
A 102
S200
S210
A 105
AplOl
S400
AplOl
Ap 101
S 418
Ap 204
A 207
A 104
Ap 102
A 203
A 208
A 204
A 103
A 105
A 102
A 100,
100, 206
A 101
A 201
A 108
S200
Wednesday
Biology 2 a
Biology 2 b, Lab...
Biology 3
Economics 6
Education 9
English 1, Sec. 1...
English 13
French 2, Sec. 1...
Geology 4
Geology 11
Meek 9
Latin 1, Sec. 1
Mathematics 10...
Physics 1, Sec. 1...
Psychology A
Social Work 7
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 1...
Biology 1, Sec. A...
Biology 2 b
Botany 5 a
Chemistry 3
Economics 1, Sec. 1...
Economics 18
Education 12
English 9
French 3 b
French 4 b
Geography 3
Geology 1 a & c
Government 1
History 26
Home Economics 5 & 6
Mathematics I,
Sec. 1
Mathematics 13...
Mathematics 16...
Philosophy 9
Physics 1, Sec. 2
Social Work 4
Sociology 7
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2...
Room
AplOl
Ap233
Ap287
AglOO
A 101,
106, 203,
206, 208
A 100
A104.108
Ap 102
Ap 120
A 207
A 102
A 204
S200
AplOO
A 201
A 105
Ap 202
Ap 233
Ap 111
S 300
S 400
Ap 204
A 206
A 100
A 104
A 105
Ap 102
Ap 100
A 203
A 201
A 106,
204
AglOO
A 102
A 101
A 103
S200
A 208
A 207
A 108
CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR •W"
- - * 1945 -1946
AND SCIENCE
lied Science; S, Science; Me, Mechanical Engineering.
Mornings
Thursday
Botany 7 a.
Chemistry 1, Sec. 5
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 18
Commerce 9 (Econ. 7)
Economics l, Sec. 8
English 1, Sec. 8_
French 2, Sec 2
German 1(a), Sec 1
German 8 c
Home Economics A&B.
Home Economics 3 & 4.
Home Economics 11......
Latin 2, Sec 1_-
Latin 4
Physics A, Sec. 1
Physics 4
Spanish 2
Zoology 2 ._
Bacteriology 1, Lab.
Sec. 1
Bacteriology S_
Botany 8 a. —
Botany 8 c .
Chemistry 2 Lab....
Chemistry 9
Economics 4
English 10
French 4 a
Geology 2 a & b.._
Geology 7...
German 1(a), Sec. 2...
German 1 b
Government 6
History 8
History 25
Latin 2, Sec 2...
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 2
Mathematics 12...
Mathematics 17
Philosophy 8
Physics A, Sec. g_
Sociology 1
Zoology t _
Room
Ap235
SSOO
Me 109
A 204
A 100,
108, 106,
206
A 101,
104
A 203
A 201
A 108
A 208
A 207
A 102
S200
S210
A 105
AplOl
Ap 101
AplOl
S413
Ap204
A 207
A 104
Ap 102
Apl20
A 203
A 208
A 204
A 103
A 105
A 102
A 100,
106, 206
A 101
A 201
A 108
S200
Friday
Bacteriology 9 Lab...
Biology 2 a & b. Lab..
Botany 6 d Lab.
Chemistry 5 Lab.
Economics 6
Education 9
English 1, Sec. 1
English 18
French 2, Sec. 1...
Geology 2 —
Greek 9
Latin 1, Sec 1
Mathematics 10...
Physics 1, Sec 1...
Psychology A
Social Work 11 ......
Spanish, Beg., See. 1...
Zoology 11
Bacteriology 2
Bacteriology 9 Lab....
Biology 2 a Lab._
Botany 5 b
Botany 6 d Lab.
Chemistry 2, Sec. 1...
Chemistry 5 Lab..
Economics 1, Sec. 1...
Economics 13
Education 12
English .9
French 3 b
French 4 b
Geography 3
Geology 2. ..._
Geology 8
Government 1
History 26
Home Economics 5
Mathematics 1,
Seel
Mathematics 18
Mathematics 16
Philosophy 9
Physics 1, Sec. 2
Social Work 4
Sociology 7
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 2...
Room
Ap233
Ap283
AglOO
A 101,
106, 203,
206, 208
A 100
A 104, 108
ApllO
A 207
A 102
A 204
S200
AplOO
A 201
A 105
AplOl
S413
Ap233
Ap288
S 800
S400
A 204
A 206
A 100
A 104
A 105
Ap 102
ApllO
Apl20
A 208
A 201
A 106,
204
AglOO
A 102
A 101
A 103
S 200
A 208
A 207
A 108
Saturday
Chemistry 1, Sec. 5
Commerce 9 (Econ. 7)
Economics 1, Sec. 3
Education 14
English 1, Sec. 8.,
French 2, Sec. 2
Geology 7
German 1(a), Sec. l.„.
German 3 c
Home Economics 13
Latin 2, Sec. 1
Latin 4
Physics A, Sec. 1
Physics 4
Spanish 2
Botany 5 b Lab
Economics 4
Education 14
English 10
French 4 a
Geology 7, Lab
German 1(a), Sec. 2
German 1 (b)
Government 6
History 8
History 25
Latin 2, Sec. 2
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 2
Mathematics 12.
Mathematics 17
Philosophy 8
Physics A, Sec. 2
Sociology 1
Zoology 2, Lab. Sec. 1
Room
SSOO
Me 109
A 204
AglOO
A 100,
103, 106,
206
A 101,
104
Apl06
A 208
A 201
A 207
A 102
S200
S 210
A 105
Ap204
Ag 100
A 207
A 104
Apl06
A 203
A 208
A 204
A 103
A 105
A 102
A 100,
106, 206
A 101
A 201
A 108
S200
8.30
9.30
SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE Mornings
TIME TABLE
10.30
11.30
Agricultural
Economics 1
Bacteriology 5 Lab-
Biology 1, Sec. B
Biology 1, Sec. C
Chemistry 1, Sec 1...
Chemistry 7
Economics 1, Sec. 2...
Economics 11
English 14
French 1, Sec. 1
French 8 c
Geography 6 & 7...
Geology 8
German, Beg.,
Sees. 1 & 2
Government 5....
History 4
Monday
History 11 b...
History 19.
Home Economics 8 &»
Home Economics 12
Mathematics 2 a,
Sec. 1
Philosophy 10
Physics 1, Sec. 8......
Physics 5 Z...
Psychology 9
Social Work 18
Sociology 4
Zoology 1
Zoology 4
Zoology 7
Agricultural ■
Economics 2
Biology 4
Biology 5
Botany 6 d
Chemistry D
Economics 5
English 1, Sec. 2
English 16
Geography 2
German, Beg. Sees.
3 & 4
German 2, Sec. 1
German 8 a. ,
Greek 14
History 10
Home Economics 10.
Mathematics 8
Nursing 27
Philosophy 7
Physics 1, Sec. 4
Physics 2 _
Psychology 1
Psychology 20
Social Work 1
Room
AglOO
Ap 100
AplOl
S300
S413
S400
A 208
A 106
A104.105.
108
A 102
Ap 102
Ap 120
A103.201
A 201
A 101
A 204
S200
S210
A 206
A 208
A 100
AglOO
Ap 101
Ap 233
A 106
A 206
A 207
Ap 102
A103, 203
A 105
A 201
A 102
A 208
A 204
A 101
A 108
S200
S210
A 100
A 104
Tuesday
Bacteriology 1 Lab.,
Seel
Botany 1 a
Chemistry 1, Sec. 8..
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 4
Commerce 11
Economics 10
(Com. 5)
English 19
French 1, Sec. 2
French 3 a
Geology 6
Government 7...
History 12
History 13......
Home Economics 1 & 2.
Latin 1, Sec. 2
Mathematics 2 a,
Sec. 2
Philosophy 3?
Philosophy 6
Sociology 8
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 3
Bacteriology 1,
Lab. Sec. 1
Botany 1 b _...
Botany 3 b and 3 c...
Commerce 6
Economics 2 _..
Economics 9
English I, Sees. 4 & 5...
English 3 & 4
English 17 ,.
Geography 4
Geology 5
Geology 12
German, Beg.,
Sees. 1. 3. 6
Latin, Beg
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 3
Mathematics 15..
Philosophy 5
Psychology 3
Spanish 1
Room
AplOl
S300
S 400
AglOO
A 100
A 206
A 108
A 104
A 203
Apl02
A 108
A 207
A 106
A 102
A 204
A 201
A 101
A 105
Ap 101
Agl02
A 106
A 100
A 201
A 108.
A 105
AglOO
A 101
Ap 102
Apioe
Ap 102
A 206
A 108,
A 208
A 102
A 204
A 208
A 207
A 104
Wednesday
Agricultural
Economics 1
Bacteriology 9
Biology 1, Sec. B
Biology 1, Sec. C
Chemistry 1, Sec. 1...
Chemistry 7
Economics 1, Sec. 2 .
Economics 11
Englishl4
French 1, Sec. 1
Geography 6 & 7...
Geology 8
German, Beg.,
Sees. 1 & 2
Government 5
■History 4
History 11 b
History 19
Home Economics 8 & S
Home Economics 12...
Mathematics 2 a.
Sec. 1...
Philosophy 10
Physics 1, Sec. 8 .
Physics 5
Psychology 9
Social Work 13
Sociology 4
Zoology 1 _
Zoology 4
Zoology 7
Agricultural
Economics 2
Bacteriology 10
Biology 4
Biology 5
Botany 6 b
Chemistry D
Economics 5
English 1, Sec. 2 .
English 16
Geography 2
German, Beg.,
Sees. 3 & 4
German 2, Sec. 1
German 3 a
Greekl4
History 10
Home Economics 10...
Mathematics 8
Nursing 27
Philosophy 7
Physics 1, Sec. 4
Physics 2
Psychology 1
Social Work 1
Room
AglOO
Ap 100
AplOl
S800
S413
S400
A 203
A 106
A 104,
105, 108
Ap 102
Ap 120
A103, 207
__.„...
A 101
A 204
S200
S210
A 206
A 208
A 100
AglOO
S413
AplOl
Ap28«
A 106
A 206
A 207
Apl02
A103, 208
A 105
A 201
A 102
A 208
A 204
A 101
A 108
S200
S210
A 100
A 104
CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR ?i--5.-fi:.---- ■•..•"-.■■—n.*].-;- ■ .-•,->•.,'
—Continued
Mornings
Thursday
Bacteriology 1,
Lab. Sec. 1
Bacteriology 9
Botany 1 a.. —
Botany 6 b Lab
Chemistry l. Sec. 8...
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 4
Commerce 11
Economics 10
(Com. 5) -
English 19...
French 1, Sec. 2...
French 8 a
Geology 6-
Government 7 -
History 12
History 18.
Home Economics 1 &2
Latin 1, Sec. 2
Mathematics 2 a,
Sec. 2 .-
Philosophy 8
Philosophy a
Sociology 8..
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 8
Botany 1 b —
Botany 8 b and 8 c_
Botany 8 b Lab ....
Commerce 6._
Economics 2 —
Economics 9 —
Room
AplOl
Ap288
S800
S400.
AglOO
A 100
A 206
Al 03,104
A 203
Apl20
A 108
A 207
A 106
A 102
A 204
A 201
A 101
A 105
English 1, Sees. 4 & 5.
English 8 & 4
English 17
Geography 4 _
Geology 12 _..
German, Beg.,
Sees. 2, 4, 5.
Latin, Beg.
Mathematics ,1,
Sec.8 ..........
Mathematics 15
Philosophy 5
Psychology 8
Spanish 1—
AplOl
Agl02
Ap288
A 106
A 100
A 201
A 108
A105
AglOO
A 101
Apl02
Apl02
A 206
A108, 208
A102
A 204
A 208
A 207
A 104
Friday
Agricultural
Economics 1
Botany 6 d Lab
Chemistry l. Sec. 1
Chemistry 5 Lab...
Economics 1, Sec. 2...
Economics 11
English 14...
French 1, Sec. 1
Geography 6 & 7.
Geology 8 _
German, Beg.,
Sees. 1 & 2 ._
Government 5
History 4
History 11 b
History 19.....
Home Economics 7...
Mathematics 2 b,
Seel
Philosophy 10
Physics 1, Sec. 8
Physics 5
Psychology 9..._
Sociolog5»4
Zoology 5
Zoology 6
Room
AglOO
Ap283
SSOO
S400
A 203
A 108
A 104,
105, 108
Apl02
Ap 120
A108, 207
A 201
Agricultural
Economics 2
Botany 6 d Lab.
Botany 6 t
Economics 5
English 1, Sec. 2.__.
English 16
Geology 4
German, Beg.,
Sees. 8 & 4...
German 2, Sec 1_
German 3 a _..
Greek 14
History 10
Mathematics 8
Philosophy 7.
Physics 1, Sec. 4...
Physics 2 _
Psychology l._
Social Work 1
A 101
A 204
S200
S210
A 206
A 208
AplOl
AplOl
AglOO
Ap 288
A 108
A 208
A 207
Apl20
A 108
A 203
A 105
A 201
A 102
A 208
A 204
A 108
S200
S210
A 100
A 104
Botany 5 b Lab
Chemistry 1, Sec. 8...
Commerce 2...
Commerce ll
Economics 10
(Com.«)_ _
English 19 -
Saturday
French 1, Sec. 2
French 3 a...
Geology 7, Lab
Government 7
History 12
History 18
Latin l, Sec 2
Mathematics 2 b.
Sec 2
S800
Apl02
AglOO
A 100
A 206
A108.104
A 208
Apioe
Philosophy 8 .»
Philosophy 8
Sociology 8
Spanish, Beg., Sec 8
Zoology 2, Lab., Sec. 1
Botany 5 b Lab-
Commerce 6
Economics 2 .......
Economics 9.._
English 1, Sec 4......
English 8 & 4
English 17
Latin, Beg.
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 8
Philosophy 5
Psychology 3
Spanish 1 „...
Zoology 2, Lab., Sec. L
Room
A 108
A 207
A 102
A 204
A 201
A 101
A 105
A 108
A 100
A 201
A 108
AglOO
A 101
A 102
A 204
A 207
A 104
10.30
1L30
SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE Afternoons
TIME TABLE
1.30
2.30
Monday
Botany 3 a Lab
Botany 4 Lab.
Botany 5 a & c Lab-
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry 1, See. 2 ..
Chemistry D Lab
Chemistry 5
Chemistry 7 Lab
Commerce 2...
Economics 12 Lab.,
Sec.A
English 2...
French 1, See 3...
Geology 11
German, Beg., *
Sees. 5 & 6
History 16
Latin «...
Mathematics 11...
Philosophy 2
Philosophy 20—
Physics 5 Lab
Social Work 2...
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec.
Zoology 5... _
Zoology 6
Bacteriology 3 '
Botany 8 a Lab.
Botany 4 Lab
Botany 3 a & c Lab
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry 1, Sec. 4
Chemistry D Lab
Chemistry 7 Lab.
Commerce 2
Economics 12 Lab.,
Sec.A
Education 10
English 1, See 4
French 2, Sec. 8
Geography 1
German, Beg., Sec. 7...
German 2, Sec. 2
History 1
History 14
Philosophy 1...
Philosophy 20
Physics 5 Lab.
Zoology 1 Lab., Sec 8
Zoology 2 Lab., See 2.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 1.
Room
Ap 233
SSOO
S400
Apl20
A 100,
Ap 100
A 104,
105, 206
Ap 102
A103
A 203
A 207
A 101
A 201
A 102'
_...„_.
AplOl
S 413
Ap 233
S800
Apl20
A 204
A 207
A104, 105
Ap 102
A 103
A 203
A 100
A 101
S200
Tuesday
Bacteriology 1 Lab.,
Sec. 2
Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 1
Botany 6 e Lab
Chemistry 4 a Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 5 Lab
Chemistry 9 Lab
Commerce 1
Economics 13 Lab
French 3 c
Geology 1 b & d Lab.,
Sec. 1
German, Beg., Sec. 7...
Latin 8, Sec. b.
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 1 Wi
Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 1.
Psychology 2
Spanish, Beg., Sec. l
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 3 Lab
Zoology 4 Lab
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2.
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2.
Bacteriology 1 Lab.,
1 Sec. 2
Biology 1 Lab., See 1
Botany 6 e Lab —
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 4 a Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 5 Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 9 Lab
Economics 13 Lab
Education 10
English 1, Sec. 3 & 4...
English 1, Sec. 6...
English 20
Geology 1 b & d Lab.,
Sec. 1
Mathematics 4
Physics 4 Lab., Sec 1.
Psychology 2 Lab.
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 3 Lab
Zoology 4 Lab
Zoology 5 Lab., See 2
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2.
Room
Ap233
A 100
A 105
Ap 120
A 103
A 201
A106.204
AglOO
A 104
A 203
Ap233
A 204
A 100,
103, 106,
108, 206
A 208
Ap 120
S210
Wednesday
Botany 3 a Lab
Botany 4 Lab
Botany 5 c Lab
Botany 8 c Lab
Chemistry 1, Sec. 2...
Economics 12 Lab.,
Sec.B
English 2
French 1, Sec. 8
Geology 3 .
Geology 7...
Geology 10
German, Beg.,
Sees. 5 & 6
History 16.
Latin 6
Mathematics 1, Sec. 3.
Philosophy 2
Social Work 2 —
Spanish, Beg., Sec. 8...
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 6 Lab., See 1.
Bacteriology 10 Lab-
Botany 8 a Lab
Botany 4 Lab
Botany 5 c Lab.
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry 1, Sec. 4.
Commerce 1, Lab
Economics 12 Lab.,
Sec. B _...
English 1, Sec. 6
French 2, Sec. 8
Geography 1
Geology 3
Geology 7
Geology 10...
German, Beg., Sec. 7...
German 2, Sec. 2
History 1...
History 14
Philosophy 1
Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 4.
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2.
Zoology 5 Lab., See 1.
Zoology 8 Lab., Sec. 1.
Room
Ap288
SSOO
A 100,
Ap 100
A 104,
105, 206
Apl20
Apl08
Apl20
A 108
A 203
A 207
A 204
A 201
A 102
A 106
Ap28S
SSOO
Ap208
A 208
A104, 105
Apl02
Ap 120
AplOO
Ap 120
A 108
A 203
A 100
A 101
S200
CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR ■■>.'-*■*.' ' , '» ■
—Continued
Afternoons
Thursday
Bacteriology 1 Lab.,
Sec 2 —
Biology 1 Lab.,
Sec 8...
Botany 8 b & 8 c Lab-
Chemistry 3 Lab.,
Secb.
Commerce 1
Economics 13 Lab-
French 8 c
Geology 1 b & d Lab.,
Sec. 2 -
Latin 8, Sec a .'..
Mathematics 1,
Sec. 2
Physics 4 Lab.,
Sec. 2
Psychology 2 _
Spanish, Beg., Sec *..
Zoology 1 Lab.,
Seel...
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2.
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2.
Bacteriology 1 Lab.,
Sec. 2 _....
Biology 1 Lab.,
Sec. 8...
Botany 3 b & 8 c Lab.
Chemistry 2 Lab _
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Sec.b.
Economics 18 Lab.—
English 1, Sees. 1 & 2.
English 1, Sec. 6
English 20
Geology 1 b & d Lab.,
Sec. 2
Geology 9
Mathematics 4
Philosophy 20
Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 2.
Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 1
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 8
Room
Agl04
AglOO
Apl20
A 201
A100.105,
106, 206
A 104
A 203
Agl04
A100, 105.
100', 203,
206
A 208
Ap 120
Ap 110
S210
A 207
Friday
Biology 1, Lab., Sec. 5
Chemistry 1, Sec. 2
Chemistry 3 Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 4a Lab.,
Sec.b
English 2
French 1, Sec. «...
Geology 8...
Geology a...
German, Beg.,
Sees. 5 & 6
History 16
Latin 6
Mathematics 11...
Philosophy 2
Social Work 2
Zoology 7 Lab
Zoology 11 Lab-
Bacteriology 3 Lab
Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 5
Biology 3 Lab
Chemistry 1, Sec. 4
Chemistry 3 Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 4 a Lab.,
Sec. b
Education 10
English 1, Sec. 4
English 1, Sec. 6
French 2, Sec. 3
Geology6
German, Beg., Sec. 7.
German 2, Sec. 2
History 1
History 14
Philosophy 1
Social Work 20
Zoology 7 Lab
Zoology 11 Lab
Room
SSOO
A 100,
Ap 100
A 104,
105, 206
Apl06
Ap 120
A 108
A 208
A 207
A 101
A 201
A 102
SSOO
A 204
A 207
A 208
A 104
A 105
Ap 120
A 103
A 203
A 100
A 101
S 200
A 102
1.30
2.30
SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE 3.30
4.30
5.30
• TIME TABLE
Afternoons
Monday
Bacteriology 8 Lab-
Biology 5 Lab—
Botany 1 a Lab
Botany 4 Lab.
Botany 7 a Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. a...
Chemistry D Lab-
Chemistry 7 Lab-
Nursing 5...
Physics 5 Lab
Psychology 6 _...
Zoology 1 Lab.,
Sec. 3...
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 1.
Zoology 8 Lab., Sec. 1
Bacteriology 3 Lab.
Biology 5 Lab
Botany 1 a Lab
Botany 7 a Lab.
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. a —
Chemistry 7 Lab
Social Work S
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 2
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 1
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. a
Room
Ap233
S400
A 104
Ap 233
A 106
Tuesday
Bacteriology 2 Lab.
Biology 1 Lab., See. 2.
Botany 6 e Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. b
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 4 a Lab.,
Sec. a ....
Chemistry 5 Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 9 Lab._ _
Geography 4
Geology 12
Physics 4 Lab., Sec. 1.
Psychology 2 Lab—.
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 8 Lab.
Zoology 4 Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2
Zoology 6 Lab., Sec. 2.
Bacteriology 2 Lab.
Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 2.
Botany 6 e Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec.b
Chemistry 2 Lab
Chemistry 4 a Lab.,
See a
Chemistry 9 Lab.
Geography 4
Geology 12
Zoology 2 Lab., Sec. 1.
Zoology 8 Lab
Zoology 4 Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec. 2
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
See b
Chemistry 9 Lab-
Room
Ap233
Ap 106
Ap288
AplOO
Wednesday
Bacteriology 10 Lab-
Botany 4 Lab
Commerce 1 Lab.
Geography 2 Lab.
Psychology 6
Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 4
Bacteriology 10 Lab-
Geography 2 Lab.
Social Work 8
Room
Ap208
A 104
A 108
CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR -Ti^"V-!Vvf]:"'."
—Continued
Afternoons
Thursday
Bacteriology 2 Lab._.
Biology 1, Lab., See. 4.
Biology 4 Lab.
Botany 1 b Lab.
Botany 8 b & 8 c Lab-
Chemistry l Lab.,
Sec c—, ~
Chemistry 2 Lab.
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Sec. b
English 21
Geology 9...
Philosophy 20
Physics 4 Lab., Sec 2.
Zoology 1 Lab., Set. t.
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec >-
Room
Ag 104
A 201
ApllO
A 207
Geography 1 Lab-
Psychology 6
Social Work 20.
Zoology 7 Lab
Zoology 11 Lab...:..
Friday
Bacteriology 8 Lab
Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 8
Biology 3 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. d
Chemistry 2, Sec 2..
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Sec. a —
Chemistry 4a Lab.,
Sec.b. ~
English 24 b...
Room
SSOO
A 108
Apl20
A 104
A 102
3.30
Bacteriology 2, Lab-
Biology 1 Lab., Sec 4.
Biology 4 Lab
Botany 1 b Lab.
Botany 3 b & 8 c Lab.
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Secc
Chemistry 2 Lab-
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Sec b.
English 21..
Geology 9...
Zoology 1 Lab., Sec. 2
Zoology 5 Lab., Sec 2.
Agl04
A 201
Ap 110
Biology 1 Lab., Sec. 6
Biology 8 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Seed
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Sec. a
Chemistry 4a Lab.,
Sec. b...
English 24 b...._
Geography 1 Lab-
Social Work 8
Zoology 7 Lab
Zoology 11 Lab
A 103
Ap 120
A 106
4.30
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec c...... —
Chemistry 1 Lab.,
Sec. d .....
Chemistry 8 Lab.,
Secb.
Chemistry 3 Lab.,
Sec. a
5.30
SUBJECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE '' --sir'—-;* ^-^.tj£?*ks&-< ■■" ■SB^-.y-r-' ■" ■*- -
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
The degrees offered in this Faculty are Bachelor of Arts (B.A.),
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.), Bachelor of Education (B.Ed.),
Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.), and Master of Arts (M.A.).
Courses which do not lead to degrees are offered in Teacher
Training and Social "Work.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.
The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a General
Course degree. A General Course degree will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity
with Calendar regulations. No distinction is made between General
Course and Honours students in the First and Second Years,
except as regards prerequisites for later work, but in the Third and
Fourth Years there are special requirements for Honours students.
Students holding the degree of B.Com. from this University may
proceed to the degree of B.A. in- one year by completing 15
additional units of work open to students in their Third and
Fourth Years, provided that their additional units are chosen so
as to complete the requirements for the B.A. degree.
It is possible to obtain the B.A. and B.Com. degrees concurrently
in five years on completion of 75 units chosen so as to cover the
requirements for both degrees.
Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and Applied
Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc, B.A. and
B.A.Sc. (in Nursing), B.A. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and B.S.F.,
and in Arts and Science and Agriculture leading to the degrees of
B.A. and B.S.A., and B.Com. and B.S.A. For the regulations
governing these, see the section Double Courses at the end of the
Calendar.
Credits obtained at the Summer Session (see University Summer Session) may be combined with Winter Session credits to
complete the 60 units required for the degree of B.A. The degree
of B.A. will not be granted within three years from Senior
Matriculation nor within four years from University Entrance.
The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one
calendar year is 6 units; and the maximum credit for work other
than that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions is 3 units
in each academic year, and 15 units in all subsequent to Senior
Matriculation or First Year Arts.
No credit will be granted for work done at other universities in
the same academic year in which work has been attempted at 'this 84s Faculty ov Arts and Science
University, whether in the Summer Session or in the Winter Session
or otherwise. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior
to registration at this University may be accepted, if approved by
the Faculty, but may not exceed 3 units in respect of any one
academic year or 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation.
If a student is granted credit for extra-mural work taken elsewhere,
the number of units which he may take at this University without
attendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondingly
reduced.
Pending the establishment of a department of Music in the
University of British Columbia, six units of undergraduate credit
towards a B.A. degree may be granted for music to a student who
holds at the time of graduation any one of the following diplomas:
Associate of the Toronto Conservatory of Music (A.T.C.M.), Licentiate of McGill- Conservatorium (L.Mus.), Licentiate of the Royal
Schools of Music, London (L.R.S.M.), Licentiate of Trinity College
of Music, London (L.T.C.L.), or an equivalent diploma or certificate from other schools of Music which may be accepted by the
University of British Columbia. If the student's work in music is
done concurrently with the usual University work of the Third and
Fourth Years, the credit will be assigned in the Fourth Year; if a
student enters Third Year University having already acquired the
diploma, the credits will normally be assigned evenly between the
Third and Fourth Years. No credits for music will be granted in
the First and Second Years and no student may get credit for music
until the other requirements for the B.A. degree have been satisfied.
Candidates for the degree of B.A. are advised to attend at least
one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year.
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists
of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of not less
than two or more than three hours) each week throughout the
session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods)
throughout a single term.
Note 1. Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges
who file with the Registrar a written statement expressing their
intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer in each
year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects set down in
the Calendar for the year and the course in which they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent of three units
taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical Literature, New
Testament Greek, Church History, Christian Ethics, and Apologetics. p-". . •-, iTT - ?J£&i$Z
*-*^f*f^^-'^-c*m!y.-*
Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. 85
Note 2. Students intending to enter Normal School are advised
to consult Regulations for Admission to Normal Schools, issued by
the Department of Education, Victoria.
First and Second Years
1. The requirements of the first two years consist of 30 units,
15 of which must be taken in each year. Courses must be chosen in
conformity with the requirements that follow. Details of courses
are given under the various departments.
•Each student must take: Units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the
Second Year 6
•f(b) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance, one course in each year 6
(c) Mathematics 1, in the First Year . 3
(d) Economics 1 or 2, or History 1, 2, 3, or 4, or
Psychology A or 1, or Philosophy 1, or Sociology 1 3
(e) Biology 1, or Botany 1 (b), or Chemistry 1, or
Geography 1, or Geology 1, or Physics A, or Physics 1 3
(f) Three courses—not already chosen—selected from the
following: ^^
Bacteriology 1, Biology 1, Botany 1 (a), Botany
1 (b), Chemistry 1, Chemistry 2, Chemistry 4,
Economics 1, Economics 2, Commerce 5 (Economics
10 or Geography 5), French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2, JBeginners' German, German 1, German 2, JBeginners' Greek,
Greek 1, Greek 2, Greek A (See Calendar, 1935-
1936)-**, Greek 2 (see Calendar, 1936-1937)**,
Greek 14, History 1, History 2, History 3, History
4; JBeginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1,
Physics A, Physics 1, Physics 2, Physics 4, Psychology A, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, Beginners'
Spanish, Spanish 1, Spanish 2, Zoology 1 9
Notes
Bacteriology 1, Botany 1 (a), Commerce 5, Economics 1, Geology 1 and 2, Greek 14, History 4, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1,
Sociology 1, and Zoology 1 are not open to First Year Students.
*For credit that can be given for Senior Matriculation standing, complete or
partial, see page 81.
tSee regulations 2, 7, and 8.
{See regulations 4, S, 7, and 8.
**These courses are offered only by Victoria College. « 86 Faculty of Aets and Science
History 2 is open to First Year students only if they are preparing for entrance to the Normal School. Geology 1, and Philosophy 1
are normally Third Year subjects, but may be taken by Second Year
students (full undergraduate and conditioned).
Chemistry 4 is open to Second Year students providing that the
prerequisites have been taken.
Geology 1 must be taken in the Second Year by students intending to take the Honours course in Geology.
Botany 1 (b) and Civil Engineering 2 are required of students-
intending to take the double degree B.A., B.S.F., except students
taking major or Honours in Biology (Forestry option), for whom
Botany 1 (a) and Civi] Engineering 2 are required.
2. Students who have not presented German or Greek or Latin
for University Entrance may fulfil the language requirements for
the degree by taking Beginners' German or Beginners' Greek or
Beginners' Latin or Beginners' Spanish, to be followed respectively
by German 1 and German 2 or Greek 1 and Greek 2 or Latin 1 and
Latin 2 or Spanish 1 and Spanish 2 to complete 63 units. The
extra three units may be taken in any year.
Students who have completed German III of the high school
course of study, or its equivalent, may fulfil the language requirements by taking German 2 for the First Year and German 3 (a)
for the Second Year.
3. Students who offer either French IV, German IV, or Latin IV
of Senior Matriculation under Group 1 of the Optional Courses of
University Entrance may fulfil the language requirements for the
First and Second Years by taking French 2, German 2, or Latin 2
respectively in either the First or the Second Year. If the Second
Year language is taken in the First Year, a Third Year course in
this language may be taken in the Second Year.
4. No student in his First Year may elect more than one beginners'
course in a language, and, except as provided in Sections 7 and 8,
no beginners' course in a language will count towards a degree
unless followed by a second year's work in that language.
5. Except in the case of beginners' courses, no course in a
language may be taken by a student who has not offered that
language for entrance to the University. A beginners' course in
a language may not be taken for credit by a student who has
obtained credit for that language at entrance.
6. A student taking three languages in the first two years (18
units) may defer the course selected under section 1 (e) to the
Third or Fourth Year, and a student taking four science courses ~y,.v
Fiest and Second Yeaks 87
(12 units) may defer the course selected under section 1 (d) to
the Third or Fourth Year.
7. Students offering four science courses (12 units) in the First
and Second Years may fulfil the language requirement indicated
above in section 1 (b) by taking any two of the following:
French 1, French 2; Beginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2;
Beginners' German, German 1, German 2; Beginners' Greek,
Greek 1, Greek 2, Greek A (see Calendar, 1935-36)*, Greek 2
(see Calendar, 1936-37)*, Beginners' Spanish, Spanish 1,
Spanish 2.
Only one beginners' course may be selected.
8. Students offering six science courses (18 units) in the First
and Second Years may postpone the second course in a language
under section 7 until the Third or Fourth Year.
The science courses in sections 7 and 8 may be selected from the
following:
Bacteriology, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography,
Geology, Physics, Zoology.
Note. Students thinking of entering Applied Science are referred to the list
of subjects required to be taken by them in First Year Arts and to the regulations in reference to these, given under Admission and General Outline of
Courses in Faculty of Applied Science. They are advised to attend the noon
hour talks on the choice of a profession and on the life and work in vocations
likely to appeal to Applied Science graduates.
Third and Fourth Years
The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of 30
units, of which students must take in their Third Year not less
than 15 units. The graduation standing is determined by the results
of the Third and Fourth Years combined.
A. General Course Curriculum
1. For the General Course a student must select two major
subjects according to either of the following schemes :|
a. A minimum of 9 units in one subject and a minimum of 6
units in another subject, both subjects to be chosen from
one of the following groups:
(1) Bacteriology, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Psychology,
Zoology.
"These courses are offered only by Victoria College.
tThose who intend to enter the Teacher Training Course should consult section S,
page 113. 88 Faculty of Arts and Science
(2) Economics, Education (not more than six units and only
for those who have completed their Normal Training),
English, French, Geography, German, Government,
Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, Music (6 units).
Or
b. A minimum of 9 units in each of two subjects to be chosen
from the following:
Biology and Botany, Chemistry, English, French, Geography,
German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Physics,
Zoology.
Work in the First or Second Year is required in each of the
major subjects, except in Education, Government, and Music.
In certain cases, however, this requirement may be fulfilled by
taking a First or Second Year course in the Third Year (see
section 3), but a course thus taken may not count towards the
required units for a major.
In addition to the major subjects a minimum of 6 units must
be chosen from some other subject or subjects.
2. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth Years
are given under the various departments.
3. Only two subjects (6 units) of the First or Second Year
courses may be taken in the combined Third and Fourth Years.
In a number of these courses extra reading will be required of
Third and Fourth Year students.
When two First or Second Year subjects, other than a Beginners'
Language or Language 1, are taken in the Third and Fourth Years,
not more than one of these subjects may be outside the departments
in which the student is doing his major work.
For the purpose of this regulation the following subjects are
considered Third and Fourth Year subjects: Botany 1 (a) or
Zoology 1 (if both are taken), Chemistry 4*, Geology 1, Geology 2,
German 2 if preceded by Beginners' German and German 1, Greek
2, Greek 14, History 4, Latin 2 if preceded by Beginners' Latin
and Latin 1, Mathematics 4, and Philosophy 1; also the subjects
under 1 (d) or 1 (e) postponed to the Third or Fourth Year, as
provided for under paragraph 6, page 86.
4. No credit will be given for a language course normally taken
in the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and continued
in the Fourth Year.
*See prerequisite for Chemistry 4. 8pe^p^SK^J|jfl^fwi-)«s{:
Third and Foueth Years 89
5. Students in the Third and Fourth Years, with the consent
of the departments concerned, may take one or two courses of
private reading (each to count not more than 3 units), provided
that:
a. (1) The candidate for a reading course shall have completed
his First and Second Years and shall have taken at least
6 units either of Second or Third Year work or of Second
and Third Year work in the subject in which the reading
course is taken; and
(2) Shall have made an average of at least Second Class in
the 6 units in question.
6. Both reading courses shall not be chosen in the same subject.
c. A reading course shall not be taken concurrently with Extra-
Sessional or with Summer Session courses except by a student
in the Fourth Year.
Credit for a course of private reading is part of the maximum
of 15 units which may be taken in addition to the regular work of
Winter and Summer Sessions; and no other additional work may
be taken in the same academic year.
B. Honours Curriculum
1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honours
courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned and
of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this consent will
normally be granted only to those students who have a clear
academic record at the end of their Second Year with at least
Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization.
(Cards of application for admission to Honours courses may be
obtained at the Registrar's office.)
2. Certain departments offer Honours courses either alone or
in combination with other departments. For Honours in a single
department, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be taken in
the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it. For Honours
in combined courses, at least 12 units are required in each of two
subjects. Particulars of these courses are given below.
3. Candidates for Honours, with the consent of the department
concerned, may offer a special reading course (to count not more
than 3 units) in addition to the reading courses offered above under
General Course Curriculum, section 5.
4. All candidates for Honours, at the option of the department
or departments concerned, may be required to present, a graduating 90 Faculty of Arts and Science
essay embodying the results of some investigation that they have
made independently. Credit for the graduating essay will be not
less than 3 or more than 6 units. The latest date for receiving
graduating essays in the Second Term shall be the last day of
lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation
shall be October 1.
5. Candidates for Honours are required to take at the end of
their Fourth Year a general examination, oral or written, or both,
as the department or departments concerned shall decide. This
examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of his
chosen subject or subjects as a whole, and is in addition to the
ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.
6. Honours are of two grades, First Class and Second Class.
Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have
not attained a sufficiently high ranking, may be awarded a General
Course degree. If a combined Honours course is taken, First Class
Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned
agree; and an Honours degree will be withheld if either department
refuses a sufficiently high grade.
7. It is hoped to offer the following Honours courses during the
session 1945-46. But if it is found impossible to do so, the University reserves the right to refuse new registrations in any of them.
SINGLE HONOURS COURSES
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1, Biology 1.
Required Courses: Bacteriology 2. Candidates must select the
remaining 15 units required in consultation with the Head of the
Department.
Biology and Botany
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Botany 1 (a).
Chemistry 3, Physics 1*, and Zoology 1 are required before
completion of the course and should be taken as early as possible.
Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c) or 6 (e).
Optional Courses: Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not specifically required; and courses in Zoology. Optional courses should
be selected in consultation with the Department.
*0r, with the consent of the Department of Biology and Botany, Physics A. (p*» '"v - t-
Honours Courses 91
Biology and Botany (Forestry Option)
Prerequisites: First Year, Biology 1; Second Year, Botany 1 (a),
Civil Engineering 2; Zoology 1, Physics 1*, and Chemistry 1
and 3 (to be taken as early as possible).
Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), Botany 4, Botany 5 (a), 5 (b),
Botany 6 (c) or 6 (e), Botany 7, Zoology 4, a thesis; and the
following courses which are common to all Third and Fourth Year
options leading to a degree in Forestry: Botany 1 (c) and Civil
Engineering 5, in the Third Year; Forestry 2 (b, c), in the Fourth
Year. Botany 5 (b) should be taken in the Third Year.
Other courses to complete the requirements to be arranged in
consultation with the heads of the two departments. Agronomy 15
and Botany 6(b) are recommended.
Students completing this course for the B.A. degree may qualify
iqr the degree of B.S.F. by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry (see
Faculty of Applied Science).
Biology and Botany (Genetics Option)
Prerequisites: Biology 1; Chemistry 1, 3; one of Botany 1 (a),
Zoology 1, Biology 4. (Where possible both Botany 1 and Zoology 1
•should be taken.)
Course: Biology 2 (a), 2 (b), 2 (c), 2 (d). Six units of more
advanced courses in Biology, Botany, Zoology. Three to six units
from Agronomy 6, 21, 50; Genetics 2; Animal Husbandry 23;
Poultry Husbandry 14. Thesis (three units).
Biology and Botany (Physiology Option)
Prerequisites: Biology 1; Botany 1(a) .or Zoology 1 (both should
be taken where possible); Chemistry 3.
Required Courses: Biology 3; Botany 3(a), 3(b) (Horticulture
41); problem; thesis.
Optional Courses: At least 9 units from the following: Botany 4;
Zoology 2, 5; Chemistry 9(a), 19; Bacteriology 9; Agronomy 15;
Animal Husbandry 21, 22; Dairying &(b); Poultry Husbandry
19faj.
Biology and Botany (Plant Pathology Option)
Prerequisites: Biology 1; Botany 1(a); Zoology 1; Chemistry
1,3.
Required Courses: Botany 3(a), 4, 6(c), 6(e), 6(d); Zoology 4,
7; thesis.
*Or, with the consent of the department concerned, Physics A. 92 Faculty of Arts and Science
Optional Courses: In consultation with the Department, students
in Arts and Science will select at least 8 units from the following:
Agronomy 2,11; Horticulture 13, 17, 41, 42; Agricultural Economics 1; Botany 5(a), 6(f). Students in Agriculture are required to
select 12 units, from three departments in the Faculty of Agriculture (see p. 299).
Chemistry
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Physics 1, Mathematics 2.
Course: Candidates are required to complete the following
courses: Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10.
Classics
Prerequisites: Greek 2, Latin 2.
Course: Greek 8 and Latin 8 (in both years); any three of Greek
3, 5, 6, 7; any three of Latin 3, 4, 5, 6; and either Greek 9 or
Latin 7.
As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates
must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek 8 and
Latin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will be set
in sight translation, and the candidate is advised to pursue a course
of private reading under the supervision of the Department.
There will also be a general paper on antiquities, literature, and
history.
" Economics
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 further units
in the Department, to include Economies 4, 8 or 9, and 12, and two
from the following group:
Economics 3, 5, 6, 7, 11, 13, Government 1, Sociology 1.
Also a graduating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)
Students must pass an oral examination, and, if required, address
a general audience on a designated subject.
. Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third
and Fourth Years.
For the regulations governing the double course leading to the
degrees of B.A. (Economics) and B.S.F., see the section Double
Courses at the end of the Calendar. PpPHfWF^fif^fMW*,
Honours Courses 93
English Language and Literature
Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission
of the Department before beginning the course.
. Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English
2. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to
take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning
of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. The
Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation
at the end of the Fourth Year.
Course: English 25 (involving an examination on the life, times,
and complete works of some major English author), 20, 21 (a) (in
the Third Year), 22 (in the Fourth Year), 24 (a) and (b) (the
seminars, of which 24 (b) must be attended in both years), and
a graduating essay which will count 3 units.
Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours
examinations on the history of English literature:
1. From the beginning to 1500.
2. From 1500 to 1660.
3. From 1660 to 1780. , -C
4. From 1780 to 1890.,^
One of these examinations will be oral.
In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to
the graduating essay and to the final Honours examinations.
If the candidate's work outside the Department does not include
a course in English history, he must take an examination in that
subject. ,
French
Prerequisite: French 2.
Course: French 3 (a), 3 (b), 3 (c) in the Third Year.
French 4 (a), 4 (b), 4 (c) in the Fourth Year.
A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units.
Geology
Prerequisite: Geology 1. If possible, Geology 2 and Geology
12 should be taken in the Second Year. Chemistry 1 and if
possible Physics 1 should be taken in the First Year, as these are
required for Geology 2 and 7 and are of great value in Geology 1.
Biology 1 is recommended in the Second Year, as it is prerequisite
to Zoology 1, which should be taken in the Third Year as a valuable
preparation for Geology 6. 94 Faculty of Aets and Science
Course: Eighteen units to be chosen from Geology 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, and 23 (a). If Geology 2 has not been taken in the Second
Year it must be taken in the Third Year, as it is prerequisite to
Geology 7 and 8.
History
■ Prerequisite: (1) A First Class or high Second Class average
in the History course or courses taken in the First and Second Years.
(2) A reading knowledge of French or German.
Students whose standing in Honours History during the Third
Year is inadequate may, at the discretion of the Department, be
required to discontinue the Honours course.
Course: History 10 and twelve other units which normally must
be chosen from courses offered in the Third and Fourth Years plus
a graduating essay which will count three units. The seminar
(which carries no credit) must be attended in the Third and
Fourth Years.
An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on
the work of the seminar and of the courses studied in the Third and
Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field
covered in the graduating essay.
Latin
Prerequisite: Latin 2.
Course: Latin 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and Greek 9. The candidate must
also take Latin 8 in both years, obtaining at least Second Class
standing. His general knowledge will be tested by papers on antiquities, literature, and history at the end of the Fourth Year.
Mathematics
Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1.
Course: Any 18 units of Mathematics 10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,
18, and 19, and Physics 4 and 5. A final Honours examination,
written or oral, is required.
Philosophy
Prerequisites: Philosophy 1, Psychology 1.
Course: Psychology 2 or 20, and 15 units chosen from Philosophy
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20. wWFwm'^mt
Honours Courses 95
Physics
Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1, Chemistry 1.
Course: Mathematics 10, 12, 16; Physics 4 and 5, and 15 additional units. Students are advised to take Chemistry 4 and 7, if
possible.
Political Science
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 further units
in the Department, to include Government 1, Economics 12, and
three from the following group :
Sociology 1 and 2, Government 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,' 7, Economics 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13.
Also a graduating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorial
instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)
Students must pass an oral examination and, if required, address
a general audience on a designated subject.
Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third
and Fourth Years.
For the regulations governing the double course leading to the
degrees of B.A. (Political Science) and B.S.F., see the section
Double Courses at the end of the Calendar.
Psychology
Prerequisites: Psychology 1, Philosophy 1, Biology 1, Mathematics 2, Physics A or 1.
Course: Philosophy 8, and 15 units chosen from Psychology 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20.
Sociology
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course: A minimum of nine and a maximum of twelve units
selected from Sociology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and a minimum of six and
maximum of nine additional units selected from Economics 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 9, 12,13, to a total of not more than eighteen units.
Students must pass an oral examination and, if required, address
a general audience on a designated subject.
Attendance at the seminar in Economics is required in the Third
and Fourth Years. 96 Faculty of Arts and Science
Zoology
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Zoology 1.
Physics 1*, Botany 1 (a), and Chemistry 2-and 3 are required
before completion of the course and should be taken as early as
possible.
Required Courses: Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6.
Optional Courses: Zoology 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; courses in
Botany; Biology 2 and 3; Geology 6. These optional courses should
be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department
of Zoology.
COMBINED HONOURS COURSES
(a) Any two of:
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, Biology and Botany,
Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Zoology.
(b) Any two of:
> Economics, English, French, German, History, Latin or Classics,
Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
(c) Other combinations not listed above may be taken with the
consent of Faculty.
The requirements in each of these subjects in such combinations
are as follows:
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1, Biology 1, Chemistry 1.
Course: Bacteriology 2, 5, 9, and 10, and a thesis.
Biology and Botany
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1, Botany 1 (a).
Course: Twelve units to be selected in consultation with the
Head of the Department.
Chemistry
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Physics 1, Mathematics 2.
Course: To be arranged in consultation with the Head of the
Department.
*0r, with the consent of the departments concerned, Physics A. iSlflfSISSfjP3**
Honours Coueses 97
Classics
Prerequisites: Greek 2, Latin 2. "
Course: Latin 8 (in both years); any two of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7; any
two of Latin 3, 4, 5, 6.
Economics
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Economics 2 is not available as an option in Economics to students taking combined Honours courses including either History 16
or History 17.
Course: Twelve units, including Economics 4, 8 or 9, 12, and
Economics 2, if not already taken.
English
Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission
of the Department before beginning the course.
Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English
2. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to
take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German.
The Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation at the end of the Fourth Year.
Course: English 20 and 24, and any three of the English courses
specified for the Third and Fourth Years. The seminar must be
attended during both the final years, but credits which count for
the B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year.
Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours
examinations on the history of English literature:
1. From 1500 to 1660.
2. From 1660 to 1780.
3. From 1780 to 1890.
In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to
these examinations. One of them may be oral.
French
Prerequisite: French 2.
Course: If the graduating essay is written on a French subject
3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c); otherwise either these courses or
3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (b).
Courses 3 (b) and 4 (b) are intended primarily for Honours
students and should be taken whenever possible, even if they are
not required to make up the minimum number of units. 98 Faculty of Arts and Science
Geology
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Course: Twelve units to be selected in consultation with the Head
of the Department.
German
Prerequisite: A First Class or high Second Class in German 2.
Course: German 3 (a), 3 (c), and any two of 3 (b), 4 (a),
4 (b), 5 (a).
In addition, a comprehensive examination in the history of
German literature.
History \\
Prerequisites: (1) First Class or high Second Class average in
the History course or courses taken in the First and Second Years.
(2) A reading knowledge of French or German.
Students whose standing in Honours History during the Third
Year is inadequate may, at the discretion of the Department, be
required to discontinue the Honours course.
Course: History 10 and any nine additional units, of which the
graduating essay, if written in History, will count three units. The
seminar (which carries no credit) must be attended in the Third
and Fourth Years. %■
An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on
the work of the seminar and of the courses studied in the Third
and Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field
covered by the graduating essay.
Latin
Prerequisite: Latin 2.
Course: Latin 8 (in both years) and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In
the final year candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight
translation, and (b) in Latin literature, history, and antiquities.
Private reading under the direction of the Department is recommended.
Mathematics
Prerequisite: Mathematics 2.
Course: Any twelve units of Mathematics 10,11,12,13,14,15,16,
17, 18, 19. C; V.V":
Honours Courses 99
Philosophy
Prerequisites: Philosophy 1, Psychology 1.
Course: Twelve units chosen from Philosophy 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9,10,20.
Physics
Prerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1.
Course: Physics 4, 5, and 8 and four units from the following:
Physics 6, 7, 11, 12, and 13.
Political Science
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course: Twelve units, including at least six in Government.
Psychology
Prerequisite: Psychology 1, Philosophy 1.
Course: Twelve units chosen from Psychology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10, 20.
Sociology
Prerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course: Twelve units selected from Sociology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
Zoology
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2, Biology 1, Zoology 1.
Course: Zoology 2, 3, 5, and 6.
COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE of B.Com.
The degree of B.Com. will be granted on completion of courses
amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations.
Honours standing will be accorded those students who obtain an
average standing of 80 per cent, in the Fourth Year and 75 per
cent, in the Third Year, and who do not fail in any subject taken
in the Third and Fourth Years.
For the regulations governing the double courses leading to the
degrees of B.A. and B.Com., B.Com. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and
B.S.A., see, the section Double Courses at the end of the Calendar.
The regulations as to Summer Session credits, number of units
to be taken in any academic year, etc., apply to courses leading to '«'.'. '-*J«?&S3{~,
100 Faculty of Arts and Science
the degree of B.Com. in the same way as to courses leading to the
degree of B.A.
As the student progresses in his course he will be expected to
do an increasing amount of field work in the business community
available to him. In this way he will learn to work on his own
initiative and will acquire a first hand knowledge of business
practice.
Periodic written reports are an important part of the different
courses, and students are warned that demands upon their time
will be sustained throughout the course.
Students proceeding to the degree of B.Com. are required so
to arrange their courses that they will be registered in Commerce
subjects over a period of at least two years. Any departure from
this regulation must have the approval of the Head of the Department of Commerce and the Dean.
First Yearl
A course in First Year Arts and Science or the equivalent.
Second Year
The following courses comprising 15 units:
English 2 or English 3 and 4.
Mathematics 2 or 3, or an additional course in the language
taken in the First Year. Students who contemplate taking advanced work in Statistics (Economics 13) should take Mathematics 2.
Economics 1.
Commerce 5.
Elective, 3 units, preferably Commerce 1.
Students will not be permitted to register for the Third Year in
Commerce unless they have secured a standing of 60 per cent
in Economics 1.
In view of the importance which rightly attaches to the capacity
for adequate and clear expression in writing, Regulation 12, on
page 254 of the Calendar, will be rigidly enforced at the end of
the Second Year, and reasonable legibility in handwriting will be
insisted upon.
Third Year
The following courses comprising 15 units:
Economics 4. •SgmpsfJ^-ff '.-t-y;-- ■■-* - ,•'■*•_-»:-."• *>-1:
CourseLeadingtotheDegreeofB.Com. 101
Economics 12, or a third course in the language elected in the.
Second Year.
Commerce 6.
Commerce 1, if not already taken.
Electives, three or six units to be chosen from the elective list
in consultation with the Head of the Department and the Dean.
Fourth Year
The following courses comprising 15 units:
Economics 6, if not already taken.
Commerce 4.
Commerce 9.
Two courses, not already chosen, to be selected from the elective
list in consultation with the Department. Students who select the
language option will be required to take in the Fourth Year an
additional course in the language selected.
Students in the Fourth Year should not under any circumstances plan to carry more than the prescribed fifteen units of
work. If for any reason they do not enter the Fourth Year with
a complete Third Year they must expect to attend an extra year
in order to satisfy the requirements of graduation.
Electives for Third and Fourth Years:
Commerce 2.
Commerce 3.
Commerce 11. ^
Commerce 13.
Economics 3.
Economics 5.
Economics 11.
Economics 13.
Agricultural Economics 1.
Agricultural Economics 2.
English (3 units).
Government 1.
Government 4.
Government 5.
Language (3 units).
Mathematics 2, 3.
Mining (3 units).
Philosophy 9.
Psychology 1, 3, or 7. 102 Faculty of Arts and Science
COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.H.E.
FIRST AND SECOND YEARS
Courses must be chosen in conformity with the following requirements. Units
(1) Required course 24
(a) English 1 in the First Year 3
(b) Chemistry 1 in the First Year 3
(c) Chemistry C (prerequisite: Chemistry 1) 3
(d) Biology 1 3
(e) Physics A or Physics C or Physics 1 3
(f) Home Economics A (First Term) 1%
Required only if the student does not have credit
in Home Economics (A) III or Home Economics
(CC) III or equivalent. '
(g) Home Economics B (Second Term) iy2
Required only if the student does not have credit
in Home Economics (B) III or Home Economics
(CC) III or equivalent.
(h) Home Economics 1 (First Term) IV2
Prerequisite: Home Economics A or equivalent.
(i) Home Economics 2 (Second Term) IV2
(j) Home Economics 3 (First Term) lx/2
Prerequisite: Home Economics B or equivalent.
(k) Home Economics 4 (Second Term.) IV2
Prerequisite: Home Economics 1.
(2) Three courses from the following:
Agriculture 1, Bacteriology 1, Botany 1(a), Commerce
5, Economics 1 or Economics 2, English 2 or English 3
and 4, Geography 1, History 1 or History 2 or History
3, Language: Beginners', 1, 2 (maximum 6 units),
Mathematics 1, Mathematics 2 or Mathematics 3, Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, Zoology 1 9
Notes
1. Bacteriology 1, Botany 1 (a), Commerce 5, Economics 1,
Philosophy 1, Psychology 1, Sociology 1, and Zoology 1 are not open
to First Year students.
2. Bacteriology 1, Economics 1, and Psychology 1 are required
courses for the degree in Home Economics and are to-be taken IfJ^f%a^M-j*r$tft^ ' ~ -*•_ '
Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E. 103
in the Second or Third Year. Students should elect Economics 1
and Psychology 1 in the Second Year where possible.
3. If the student has presented Home Economics (CC) III for
University Entrance, Home Economics .1 and 2 are to be taken
in the First Year and Home Economics 3 and 4 in the Second Year.
If the student has presented Home Economics (A) III for
University Entrance, Home Economics 1, 2, and B are to be taken
in the First Year and Home Economics 3 and 4 in the Second Year.
If the student has presented Home Economics (B) III for
University Entrance, Home Economics A and 2 are to be taken in
the First Year and Home Economics 1, 3, and 4 in the Second Year.
If the student has not the required Home Economics standing
from the high schools, Home' Economics A, B, and 2 are to be
taken in the First Year and Home Economies 1, 3, and 4 in the
Second Year.
If the student enters with Home Economics (CC) IV taken as
a Senior Matriculation subject, 3 units will be credited toward
the First Year in Home Economics.
4. Students wishing to carry on advanced work in nutrition or
textiles should substitute certain other Chemistry courses for
Chemistry C, such substitutions to be arranged after consultation
with the Acting Head of the Department of Home Economics.
Third and Fourth Years
The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of 30
units, of which students must take in their Third Year not less
than 15 units.
In the Third Year the following courses are required: Bacteriology 1, Biology 5, Chemistry D, Home Economics 5, 6, 7, and 8.
In the Fourth Year, the course is as follows. Home Economies
17 and 18 are required of all Home Economics students. In addition, those wishing to train as dietitians must take Home Economics
13, 14, 15, and 16, and those planning to enter the teaching profession must take Home Economics 9, 10, and 12.
Animal Husbandry 22 (Animal Nutrition, 3 units), and Horticulture 16 (Landscape Gardening and Floriculture, iy2 units),
in the Faculty of Agriculture, may be taken as electives.
COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Ed.
1. Prerequisites:
(a) A bachelor's degree in Arts, Agriculture, or Applied
Science, or an equivalent, from a recognized university. ■fPIP^p-^il
104 ( Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) At least one year's teaching experience bqfore beginning
the courses listed under 2 (b) below.
(c) A permanent teaching certificate, which must be obtained
before the degree is conferred.
2. Course: The B.Ed, degree represents fifteen units as follows:
(a) Six units for the completion of the Teacher Training
Course or its equivalent.
(b) Nine units—not already chosen—from Education 20 to
40 inclusive.
3. With the approval of the Dean and the Head of the Department, three units in a subject other than Education may be included
in the fifteen units required.
4. Candidates must have their courses approved by the Head of
the Department and by the Dean.
5. Standings will be First Class, Second Class, and Pass. The
B.Ed, with First or Second Class standing will be awarded to
candidates who (a) have obtained First or Second Class standing
respectively in the Teacher Training Course or. its equivalent, and
(b) have obtained an average First or Second Class standing
respectively in the nine units required under 2 (b) above, with
First or Second Class standing in at least six of these units. Other
successful candidates will be awarded the B.Ed, with Pass standing.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.
1. Candidates for the M.A. degree must hold the B.A. degree
from this University, or its equivalent. Students, however, who
have not more than six units of the undergraduate course to complete will be allowed to take courses counting towards a graduate
degree; but these courses will not be counted as graduate credits
until the students have registered as graduate students.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application, on or before September 1, an official statement of his graduation together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several
subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of
such a student in this University.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who
proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a) to spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(b) to do two or more years of private work under the supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to
one year of graduate study; or Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 105
(c) to do one year of private work under University supervision and one'term of resident graduate study, the total
of such work to be equivalent to one year of resident
graduate study.
'4. A major, including a thesis, and a minor will be required. In
general the minor shall be taken outside the department in which
the student is taking his major, but special permission may be given
to take both major and minor in the same department, provided the
subjects are different and are under different professors. The major
or the minor, with the consent of the department or the departments
concerned, may be extended to include work in an allied subject.
Both major and minor must be taken in the Faculty of Arts
and Science.
Candidates must have their courses approved by the heads of
the departments concerned*, by the Committee on Graduate
Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms entitled Application for
a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from
the Registrar's office.
5. Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an
abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. (See special circular entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) The latest date for receiving Masters*
theses in the Second Term will be the last day of lectures; and
the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation will be
October 1st.
6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made
to the Registrar on or before October 1st.
7. The following minimum requirements apply to all departments. For the details of the special requirements of the various
departments see pages 106-112.
Prerequisites:
For a minor at least six units and for a major at least eight units
of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years.
A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtained in
each course.
Students who have not fulfilled the requirements outlined above
during their undergraduate course may fulfil them by devoting
more than one academic year's study to the M.A. work.
M.A. Courses:
For a minor five or six units and for a major nine or ten units
(totalling at least fifteen units) chosen from courses regularly
*It should be noted that not all the courses designated as offered primarily for
graduate students, are certain to be given. 106 Faculty of Arts and Science
offered in the Third and Fourth Years, or from graduate or reading
courses.
At least Second Class standing is required in the work of the
major and in the work of the minor.
The thesis shall count from three to six units.
There will be a general examination on the major field.
Examinations may be written or oral or both.
Languages: No candidate shall receive the degree of M.A. who
has not satisfied the head of the department in which he is majoring of his ability to read technical articles either in French or in
German, except a candidate majoring in certain subjects, where a
knowledge of Latin may be accepted in lieu of French or German.
To fulfil the language requirement for the M.A. degree, a candidate who elects a language not taken in his undergraduate work to
conform with Calendar regulations, will be required to have, as a
basis, French 1 or Beginners' German, as the case may be, or the
equivalent of this.
In any case, during the period in which he is preparing for the
degree, he will be required to read articles in the accepted language
so as to make use of them, either in his course work, or in the preparation of his thesis.
No formal examination will be required at the end of the preparatory period.
8. Graduate students who are assistants, giving not more than
four hours a week of tutorial instruction, are permitted to qualify
for the M.A. degree after one regular Winter Session of University
attendance, provided they have done, in the summer vacation,
research work of a nature and extent satisfactory to the head of
the department concerned. Such students must be registered as
graduate students and must have secured the approval of the head
of the department concerned and of the Faculty before entering
upon the research in question. Other graduate students doing
tutorial work will not be allowed to come up for final examination
in less than two academic years after registration as M.A. students.
The following special requirements are prescribed by different
departments.
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Prerequisites:
Minor: A minimum of six units in the Department, among which
Bacteriology 2 must be included.
Major: Bacteriology 5, and six additional units in the Department. W^*W$^3$°?9**L*P*
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 107
M.A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the
Department.
Major: Thesis, three to six units, and other courses to complete
the required units.
Biology and Botany
Prerequisites:
Minor: Biology 1, and six additional units in Botany and
Zoology.
Major: Biology 1, Botany 1 (a), and eight additional units,
including Zoology 1.
M.A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the
Department.
Major: Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete
the required units.
Chemistry
Prerequisites:
Minor: Six units of work regularly offered in the Third and
Fourth Years
Major: Honours standing in Chemistry.
M.A. Course-
Minor : At least six units of work regularly offered in the Third
and Fourth Years.
Major: Nine or ten units in advanced courses in Chemistry,
including a thesis.
Economics
Prerequisites:
Minor: A minimum of fifteen units of work in subjects in the
Department, or an equivalent. The fifteen units must
include Economics 4, 8 or 9, and 12.
Major: Honours in Economics; or in Economics in combination
with some other subject; or an equivalent.
M.A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of six units of work regularly offered in the
Third and Fourth Years.
Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in the Third and
Fourth Years, including a thesis, which will ordinarily
count for three units.
All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must
attend the Honours seminar. 108 Faculty of Arts and Science
Education
Prerequisites:
Minor: Six units (of which at least three must be in Education)
chosen from the following: Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to
40 inclusive; Psychology 4, 9. The Academic Certificate
will be regarded as satisfying these prerequisites.
Major: The Teacher Training Course or its equivalent. The
Academic Certificate will be considered the equivalent
of the Teacher Training Course.
M.A. Course:
Minor: (a) With the consent of the head of the department in
which the candidate is taking his major, the Teacher
Training Course with at least Second Class standing
in Education 9, 10, and 12 will be accepted for
both the prerequisites and the course; or
(b) Six units chosen from Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to
40 inclusive.
Major: Nine units chosen from Education 20 to 40 inclusive
and a thesis (3 units).
Notes. 1. The Teacher Training Course may not be counted as a
minor if Education is taken as the major.
2. With the consent of the Head of the Department graduate
students may substitute Psychology 6, 9, or 20 for one of the
Education courses named above.
English
Prerequisites:
Minor: At least nine units of credit for English courses elective
in the Third and Fourth Years of the undergraduate
curriculum.
-Major: At least fifteen units of credit for courses elective in the
Third and Fourth Years.
M.A. Course:
Minor: Six units of credit in advanced courses in English not
already taken.
Major*: (a) Twelve units of credit in advanced courses not
already taken, one of which courses must be English
21 (a), or its equivalent, if this has not been previously offered for credit.
(b) A graduating essay which will count as an advanced
course involving three units of credit. !;pp^g»^jf
in Physics not
he graduate courses.
Political Scienpe
Prerequisites:
Minor: A minimum of fifteen units in this
equivalent), including Government 1; or Honours in
Political Science in combination with some other subject.
Major: Honours in Political Science; .or
Economics in combination with so|me other subject; or
an equivalent.
M.A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of six units of work re|g
Third and Fourth Years.
Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in the Third and
Fourth Years, including a thesis,
count for three units.
All candidates for the Master's degree in (this department must
attend the Honours seminar.
Department (or an
gularly offered in the
which will ordinarily
Psychology
Prerequisites:
Minor: Six units chosen from Psychology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10, 20.
Major: Philosophy 1 and 8, and nine units
chology 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, l|o.
chosen from Psy-
', 20. Students are 112 Faculty of Arts and Science
recommended to take as additional preparation Biology
1, Mathematics 2, and Physics A or 1.
M.AK Course-
Minor: Six units of Psychology not already taken.
Major: At least six units of Psychology not already taken, and
a thesis.
With the consent of the Head of the Department, graduate
students may substitute three units chosen from Education 21, 28,
30, 31, 33 for three units of Psychology.
Sociology
Prerequisites:
Minor: A minimum of fifteen units of work regularly offered in
the Department of Economics, Political Science, and
Sociology.
Major: Honours in Sociology, or in Sociology in combination
with some other subject; or an equivalent.
M. A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of six units of work regularly offered in
Sociology. L.
Major: Nine units of work regularly offered in Sociology in. the
Third and Fourth Years, including a thesis, which will
ordinarily count for three units.
All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must
attend the Honours seminar.
Zoology
Prerequisites:
Minor: Biology 1, and six . additional units in Botany and
Zoology.
Major: Biology 1, Zoology 1, and eight additional units, including Botany 1 (a).
M.A. Course:
Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with the
Department.
Major: Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete
the required number of units. ^-■-•■•W-SP*--!**'-. S,-
Teacher Training Course
113
TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
Candidates qualifying for the Academic
by the Provincial Department of Education,
pletion of the Teacher Training Course) take
in section 4 of page 154.
1. Registration.
C ertificate (given
Victoria, on the com-
the courses prescribed
Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts and Science, Home
Economics, Applied Science, or Agriculture
from a recognized
university must be submitted to the Registrar by all candidates
other than graduates of the University of British Columbia. All
correspondence in connection with the Teacher Training Course
should be addressed to the Registrar.
2. Certificates and Standing.
for
At the close of the University session success if ul
Teacher training Course will be recommended
Arts and Science for the University Diploma
the Provincial Department of Education
Certificate. Successful candidates will be graded
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second
per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
All students registered in the Teacher Tr lining Course at the
University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students in the
various faculties, and are also subject to the regulations of the
University regarding discipline and attendance at lectures.
candidates in the
to the Faculty of
fn Education and to
the Academic A
as follows: First
Class, 65 to 80
In the case of students who have completed
Course, First or Second Class standing in each
and 12 is accepted as equivalent to a minor
subject in each case to the consent of the head
which the student wishes 'to take his major,
3. Preparatory Course&
the Teacher Training
of Education 9, 10,
for an M.A. degree,
of the department in
Students who intend to proceed to the
are required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite
Psychology, and must have fulfilled one of
Teajcher Training Course
to Educational
;he following:
(a) They must have obtained at least
the academic courses normally
Fourth Years in each of at least two
jects: Biology (including Botany and
English, French, Geography, Germar
eluding Greek), Mathematics, Physics!,
in the Faculty of Applied Science
mine units of credit in
offered in- the Third and
of the following sub-
Zoology), Chemistry,
History, Latin (in-
Equivalent courses
be offered. Candi-
may 114 Faculty of Arts and Science
dates offering History may substitute six units of Economics
for three units of History, subject to the approval of their
courses by the heads of the departments of History and
Economics.
(b) They must have completed an Honours course in any one
or two of the subjects listed above;
(c) They must have completed the Course for High School
Teachers of Science;
(d) They must have obtained at least twelve units of credit in
Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1, and at least nine
units of credit in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry, Physics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology),
in addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1, and Biology 1.
Furthermore, students planning to enter the Teacher Training Course through Agriculture are required to select
undergraduate courses in such a way that, in addition to
English 1 and either 2, or 3 and 4, they will have obtained
either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit in
each of two, of the following: English, Mathematics, the
language offered for University Entrance, Social Sciences
(History, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology);
(e) They must have obtained a degree in Home Economics from
a recognized university.
A description of the courses offered is given under the Department of Education.
Course for High School Teachers of Science
The following course has been designed especially for high
school teachers of science:
First and Second Years: Units
1. English 1 and 2. 6
2. Language 1 and 2. 6
3. Mathematics 1 and 2. 6
4. Biology 1, Chemistry 1, and Physics 1. 9
5. A second course in one of the sciences named in 4. 3
30 -^■■s -■ .-•■■• -
Teacher Training Course
115
Third and Fourth Years:
6. Three courses in the science taken under
7. One course in each of the sciences named in 4 and not
taken under 5 and 6, to be followed by a general course
in each of these two sciences, namely, two] of Biology 4,
Chemistry 3 or 4, and Physics 3.
8. Psychology A or 1.
9. Two electives from Third and Fourth Yekr subjects.
30
Total 60
Thus candidates will be admitted to the Teacher Training Course
who have (a) completed the course for hig'i school teachers of
science, or (b) obtained Honours in Biology, Chemistry, or Physics,
or (c) obtained credit in nine units of Third and Fourth Year
courses in any two of these sciences. But candidates who choose
one of the last two alternatives are advised
12
3
6
course in each of the three sciences mentioned,
Course for High School Teachers of Health
Students who are preparing to teach Health
to take the Course for High School Teachers oi
as the options under 9, Bacteriology 1
page 88, will be waived for this purpose.)
Nursing 16 in their Teacher Training Course
and
to take at least one
are recommended
Science and to select
2. (Regulation 3,
should also take
They
PROFESSIONAL COURSE IN SOCIAL WORK
Requirements for Entrance
who
The courses in Social Work are professional
nature and are designed for those students
degree or the equivalent. In addition, on the
tions and a personal interview, the admissions
satisfied that the applicant is personally suited
social work. A few selected individuals
academic requirements but who by reason
perience could benefit from training will be
shortage of personnel in the field of social
emergency.
who
and technical in
have a bachelor's
basis of recommenda-
committee must be
to the field of
can not meet full
of maturity and ex-
admitted as long as the
work constitutes an r jfn^-J^TA^?.''^!^?^
116 Faculty of Arts and Science
Requirements for the Diploma
.The Diploma in Social Work will be granted upon the completion of fifteen units of class work and a minimum of six
hundred hours of supervised field work. Each student must submit also an acceptable original study done in conjunction with
courses in social research and field work.
Length of Course
The normal time for the completion of requirements for the
Diploma is twelve months. Some part-time students will be admitted whose work will be planned to meet requirements over a
period of two or three years or longer.
Pre-Professional Curriculum
' Undergraduate students who look forward to entering the Professional Course in Social Work are strongly advised to come
prepared with an adequate background in biological and social
sciences. Economics, Sociology, Government, Psychology, Biology, and History are to be emphasized, and special attention is
called to Economics 2, 3, 5, 12; Sociology 4, 6, 7, 8; Government
1, 2, 5; Biology 1; Zoology 1 and 2; History 2, 10, 17, 18, 19, 20.
Fees
The total course fee for the Social Work course is $150. This full
fee for the Winter Session will cover the work of Diploma students
in the Summer Session as well. Partial students will pay at the rate
of $10.00 a unit until a total of $150.00 is reached. For registration fee, caution money, and Alma Mater fee, see p. 35.
Date of Application
Applications for admission to the Professional Course in Social
Work should be in the hands of the Director not later than July 1st
for the following year.
Field Work Training
Actual practical work under supervision is made possible for the
students through the following agencies in Vancouver and Victoria:
Children's Aid Society of Vancouver; Catholic Children's Aid
Society; Family Welfare Bureau; Young Women's Christian
Association; Young Men's Christian Association; Gordon House;
Vancouver General Hospital; Social Service Department, City of
Vancouver; Department of the Provincial Secretary (Child Wei- -k, ■■- . : \\
Course in Social Work
117
fare Division, Provincial Psychiatric Services
culosis Control, Provincial Field Service)
Society; Victoria Family Welfare Association
Hospital.
Division of Tuber-
Vidtoria Children's Aid
Royal Jubilee
Ordinarily a student will spend fifteen
regular session in one social agency and
ten weeks during the intersession in a
instances a student may do all of his practice
houi-s a week during the
hours a week for
second agency. In some
work in one agency.
PRE-MEDICAL COURSES
year
Candidates who plan to enter Medicine at
in certain cases, be exempted from one
Medicine by spending two years at the t
Columbia and selecting their courses properlj
line for the First and Second Years will fulfil
ments for admission to most of the Canadian
First Year:
English 1, Modern Language 1, Mathematics
istry 1, Zoology 1.
Second Year:
English 2, Physics 2, Chemistry 2, Zoology
other universities can,
of their course in
niversity of British
. The following out-
ihe minimum require-
medical schools.
1, Physics 1, Chem-
18 units.
preferably Chemistry 3.
As most of the Canadian medical schools
as each school gives preference to applicants
which the school is situated, applicants from British Columbia have
no assurance that they will be accepted for medical courses even
when they have fulfilled the minimum requiiements for admission.
They are therefore strongly advised to complete the work for their
B.A. degree before seeking admission to a
medical schools wish the course for the B.A
as possible so as to include several courses in
others prefer Honours courses in the sciences
2; and an elective,
15 units.
are overcrowded and
from the province in
nedical school. Some
degree to be as broad
the humanities, while
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are
held in April. Examinations in December are obligatory in all First
and Second Year courses, and in all Third ani Fourth Year courses
except where exemption has been granted by Faculty. Applications
for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the
close of the examination period. In cases w'lere illness is the plea
for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be pre- 118 Faculty of Arts and Science
sented on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the
Dean's office.
2. The passing mark is 50 per cent, in each subject. In any
course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students may be debarred from examinations if they fail to
present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will be
required to pass in both parts of the course.
3. Successful candidates taking at least fifteen units of work will
be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or
over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. A supplemental will be granted in a subject which a candidate
has taken during the year, provided he has written th-e final examination and has obtained a mark of not less than 30 per cent. A
candidate, however, will not be granted in any one year supplementals in more than six units.
5. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be
forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the
results of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must
state clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the
fact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing
mark in a subject is read at least a second time before results are
tabulated and announced. A re-reading of an examination paper
will be granted only with the consent of the head of the department
concerned. The fee for re-reading a paper is $2.00.
6. Supplemental examinations will be held in September in
respect of Winter Session examinations, and in June or July in
respect of Summer Session examinations. In the Teacher Training
Course, supplemental examinations will be held not earlier than
the third week in June.
In the first three years a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may try the supplemental only once. If he fails in the
supplemental, he must either repeat his attendance in the course or
substitute an alternative chosen in accordance with Calendar regulations. In the case of Fourth Year students two supplemental
examinations in respect of the same course will be allowed.
A candidate with a failure or a supplemental examination outstanding in any subject which is on the Summer Session curriculum
may clear his record by attending the Summer Session course in
the subject and passing the required examinations.
7. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by
the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the hands of
the Registrar by August 15th. Zmis™
^m^ifyzw,'1.
Examinations and Advancement
119
8. No student may enter a higher year with standing defective
in respect of more than 3 units. (See regulations in regard to
advancement to Third Year Commerce, page !l00, and in reference
to admission to Second Year Applied Science, page 87, note under
section 8.)
No student who has failures or supplementals outstanding in
more than 3 units, or who has any failure or su pplemental outstanding for more than a year of registered attendance, will be allowed
to register for more than 15 units of work, these units to include
either the subject (or subjects) in which he is conditioned or permissible substitutes. But a student in the Fourth Year will be.
permitted to register for 15 units of work in the Fourth Year, even
though he may have failures or supplemental 3 outstanding against
him, providing that these failures or supplementals do not carry
more than three units of credit and that thoy do not involve the
repetition of a course. Such a student will not be permitted to
complete his examinations until September.
9. A student may not continue in a latei
which he has a supplemental examination
earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work
upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be 1)1
to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record
tests and examinations of the first term of the First or Second Year,
is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the
Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the
University for the remainder of the session. $uch a student will not
be readmitted to the Uniyersity as long
examinations are outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers w:
mark if they are deficient in English; and,
will be required to pass a special examinatio|n in English to be set
by the Department of English.
year any subject in
autstanding from an
}f the same year may,
equired by the Senate
as determined by the
as any supplemental
11 be refused a passing
in this event, Students
DEPARTMENTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCE
Preventive Medicine
Depaitment: C. E. Dolman.
E. Ranta.
Department of Bacteriology and
Professor and Head of the
Associate Professor: D. C. B.
Assistant Professor: Lawrence
Instructor: Miss Marjorie Todd.
1. Introductory Bacteriology.—A course
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
consisting of-lectures, 120 Faculty of Arts and Science
The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature, the
classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and isolation,
the relation of bacteria to agriculture, to industrial processes, to
household and veterinary science, and to public health and
sanitation.
References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath;
Salle, Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology, latest edition,
McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and Biology 1, the latter of which
may be taken concurrently.
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday.
Laboratory: Section 1,10.30-12.30 Tuesday, 9.30-11.30 Thursday;
Section 2, 1.30-3.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
2. Immunology.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstrations,
and laboratory work.
The protective reactions of the animal body against pathogenic
micro-organisms; cellular and humoral immunity. The course will
include demonstrations of immunity, and of various diagnostic
methods used in public health laboratories.
Reference: Topley & Wilson, Principles of Bacteriology and
Immunity, latest edition, Wood.
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
3. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A special
course for Combined Course Nursing students only, consisting of
lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work.
Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic
micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis;
infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to public health.
References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath;
Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and
Wilkins.
Prerequisites: As for Bacteriology 1.
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday and 2.30-4.30, Friday. fp IPW«"
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
121
4. (a) Dairy Bacteriology.—(This course is the same as Dairying
4 (a), and is given by the'Department of Daiiying.)
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Four hours a week. First Term. iy2 units.
4. (b) Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is i;he same as Dairying
4 (b), and is given by the Department of Dai:"ying.)
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Four hours a week. Second Term.
Immunity, 1940,
Special Report
5. Advanced Bacteriology and Immunology
tures, demonstrations, and laboratory work on
ture of bacteria; serological reactions; theories
immunity; sensitization; preparation arid assay
toxoids, and antitoxins.
References: Zinnser, Enders, and Fothergill,
Macmillan; Marrack, Medical Research Council
No. 230, latest edition, H. M. Stationery Office
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2, with ;it least Second Class
standing in both courses.
Four hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 9.30-11.30, Monday.
This course must be taken by all students
more units credit in the Department.
iy2 units.
.—A course of lec-
the antigenic struc-
of susceptibility and
of bacterial toxins,
6. Soil Bacteriology.—(This course is the skme as Agronomy 12,
and is given by the Department of Agronomy.)
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Five hours a week 3 units.
7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is the same as
Dairying 7, and is given by the Department of Dairying.)
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a).
One lecture and two laboratories per week.
working for nine or
8. Reading Course in Bacteriology.—A directed
in some advanced problem within the scopo
preventive medicine. No class instruction will
meetings will be held for critical discussion,
examination, either written or oral.
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2; also
5, 9, or 10, with which this course may run
3 units.
reading, course
of bacteriology and
be given, but regular
and there will be an
3 units,
one of Bacteriology
soncurrently. 122 Faculty of Arts and Science
9. Microbiological Physiology.—Lectures and laboratory work on
the physiology of bacteria, yeasts, and moulds, and their application to medical, sanitation, and industrial problems; study of
growth phases, growth rates, and rates of metabolic activity under
defined conditions; use of mathematical methods in planning investigations, and in expressing and evaluating results.
Reference: Stephenson, Bacterial Metabolism, latest edition,
Longmans.
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2 with at least Second Class
standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 5, which may be taken
concurrently.
Four hours a week. First Term. 1% units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Wednesday and Thursday.
Laboratory •. 8.30-10.30, Friday.
10. Pathology of Infection.—A course of lectures, laboratory
work, and demonstrations. Stages in the development of infections
in the animal body, illustrated by post-mortem specimens, and by
microscopic sections; modes of conveyance of communicable infections, considered in relation to the prevention of disease; the
history, techniques, and objectives of preventive medicine.
References: MacCallum, A Text-book of Pathology, 1936, Saunders; Gay, Agents of Disease and Host Resistance, 1935, Thomas;
Rosenau, Preventive Medicine and Hygiene, latest edition, Appleton-
Century. I
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2 with at least Second Class
standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 5, which may be taken
concurrently.
Four hours a week. Second Term. iy2 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Wednesday.
Laboratory: 2.30-5.30, Wednesday.
11. Methodology of Bacteriological Research.—A course of lectures, seminars, and discussion periods designed to equip the
student preparing for Honours in the Department with a critical
appreciation of historic reports and current literature in the field
of bacteriology and preventive medicine; the technique of planning
experiments for a given research problem; the design of protocols,
and the general presentation of results.
This course may be taken in their Third Year by prospective
Honours course students after consultation with the Head of the
Department. • T-\\-.
Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 with at least
ing, and Bacteriology 2, with which this
concurrently.
Department of Biology and
123
Second Class stand-
course may be taken
3 units.
Botany
Professor dnd Head of the Departnient: A. H. Hutchinson.
Professor: Frank Dickson.
Associate Professor: John Davidscn.
Associate Professor: John Allardyce.
Assistant Professor: Miss Ruth E.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is
advanced work in General Biology, Botany,
courses closely related to biological science,
Forestry, Medicine.
The fundamental principles of biology; i;he interrelations of
plants and of animals; life processes; the
Fields.
introductory to more
or Zoology; also to
such as Agriculture,
aell and division of
3 units.
labour; life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology.
The course is prerequisite to all courses in General Biology and
Botany. For Zoology see note on p. 208.
A list of reference books is supplied.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a w^ek.
Lectures: Section A, 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday;
Section B, 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday;
Section C, 10.30-11.30, Monday ajnd Wednesday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-3.30, Tuesday;
Section 2, 3.30-5.30, Tuesday;
Section 3, 1.30-3.30, Thursday;
Section 4, 3.30-5.30, Thursday;
Section 5, 1.30-3.30, Friday;
Section 6, 3.30-5.30, Friday.
2. (a) Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of genetics ;
Mendel's Law, applications and modifications; the physical basis
of heredity: variations; mutations, natural and induced; the
nature of the gene.
Text-book: Sinnott and Dunn, Principles
Hill.,,
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a
week. First Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 8.30-10.30, Friday, and one lour to be arranged.
of Genetics, McGraw- 124 Faculty of Arts and Science
. 2. (b) Principles of Genetics.—A continuation of the studies of
genetic principles with suggested applications. A lecture and laboratory course. The laboratory work will consist of problems,
examination of illustrative material, and experiments with
Drosophila.
Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a).
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Friday.
Laboratory: 8.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday.
2. (c) Problems in Genetics.—An introduction to genetical
methods and investigations. Students interested in plant breeding
may elect Agronomy 50 (b) as an equivalent of this course.
Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a) and 2 (b).
Three hours a week. ' 3 units.
2. (d) Seminar in Genetics.—A review of advanced phases and
the more recent developments in genetics.
Prerequisite: Biology 2 (a) and 2 (b).
Three hours a week. 3 units.'
3. General Physiology.—A study of animal and plant life processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite Biology, Chemistry, and Physics; the Department should
be consulted.
Text-book: Mitchell, General Physiology, McGraw-Hill; or Bay-
liss, Principles of General Physiology, Longmans.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Reference reading. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 2.30-5.30, Friday.
4. General Biology.—A course primarily for students who intend
to teach science in the high schools. (See Teacher Training Course.)
A review of the modern approaches to the morphology, histology,
physiology, and ecology of animals and plants, with applications
to man.
A list of reference books is supplied.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Two lectures and. two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory. 3.30-5.30, Thursday. , ■ f- r, , -._
Biology and Botany 125
5. Basic Physiology.—This course is designed primarily for
students in Home Economics and in the Teacher's Science option.
It may be elected also by students taking a major in biological
subjects, and not proceeding to Honours in this field.
This course deals with the physiology-.of digestion and absorption
of foods; the liberation and utilization of energy; and the control of
, the equilibria of life processes.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 1. The Department should
be consulted further.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday.
Botany
1. (a) General Botany.—A course including a general survey of
the several fields of botany and introductory to more specialized
courses in botany.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany, except
the Evening Course and Botany 1 (b). Partial credit (2 units)
toward Botany 1 (a) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Text-book: Hill, Overholtz, Popp, Botany, McGraw-Hill; or
Holman and Robbins, General Botany, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday.
1. (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—An introductory course open only to Forestry students, and including
the study of tree characteristics, identification, structure, nutrition,
and ecology. (Students taking Biology, Forestry option, substitute Botany 1 (a).)
This course is the first of a series of courses, optional for students
in Economics, Commerce, and Engineering, proceeding to a
Forestry degree; these courses are prerequisite to the Fifth Year
in Forestry.
Reference readings are assigned.
Biology 1 is recommended as a preceding course.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Thursday. 126 Faculty of Arts and Science
1. (c) General Forestry.—As in Applied Science.
2. (a) Morphology.—A comparative study of plant structures;
the relation of plant groups; comparative life histories. Emphasis
is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from
the lower to the higher forms, involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.
2 units.
2. (b) The Algae.—A course dealing with the morphology, taxonomy, and specific physiology of the Algae, with a discussion of
evolution within the group; practical acquaintance with the fresh
water and marine forms, their identification and habitats; collection and preservation of specimens.
References: Smith, Freshwater Algae of the United States, McGraw-Hill ; Fritsch, The Structure and Reproduction of the Algae,
Vol. I, Macmillan; Tilden, The Algae and Their Life Relations,
University of Minnesota.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
2 units.
3. Plant Physiology.
(a) A course dealing with the fundamental life processes in
plants, such as nutrition, photosynthesis, absorption, respiration,
transpiration, and growth. This course is prerequisite for Botany
3 (b) and 3 (c).
Text-book: Raber, Principles of Plant Physiology, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Botany .1 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.
2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday.
(b) This course comprises a more advanced study of the organic
constituents of plants and the physiological changes occurring
during plant growth. (This course is identical with Horticulture
41.)
Prerequisite: Botany 3 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.
2 units. -S^"^- •<" *V -"V
^ sv-™? » -., V - ,_
Biology and Botany 127
(c) An advanced course to supplement 3 (a) and designed to
train students of the plant sciences in an understanding of the
interrelation of plants and soils. (This course is identical with
, Horticulture 42.)
Prerequisite: Botany 3 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
2 units.
4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development of
plants and of methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, and mounting; drawing, reconstruction; use of microscope,
camera lucida, and photo-micrographie apparatus.
Text-books: Eames and McDaniels, Introduction to Plant Anatomy, McGraw-Hill; Chamberlain, Methods in Plant Histology,
University of Chicago.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Seven hours a week. Second Term. 2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday and Wednesday.
5. Systematic Botany. 1
(a) Economic Flora.—An introduction to the classification of
plants through a study of selected families of economic plants of
British Columbia; plants useful for food, fodder, medicine, and
industrial arts; plants harmful to crops and stock; weeds and
poisonous plants; methods of control.
Text-books: Jepson, Economic Plants of California, University
of California; Thompson & Sifton, Poisonous Plants and Weed
Seeds, University of Toronto; Hill, Economic Botany, McGraw-
Hill.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday.
(b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada, the
common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of the
United States which are not native to Canada; emphasis on the
species of economic importance; identification, distribution, relative
importance, construction of keys.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada, Dominion
Forestry Branch, Ottawa; Sudworth, Forest Trees of the Pacific 128 Faculty of Arts and Science
Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Davidson,
and Abercrombie, Conifers, Junipers and Yew, Allen and Unwin;
Trelease, The Woody Plants, Urbana.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratory or
field work a week. 2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday.
Laboratory: 9.30-12.30, Saturday.
(c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—An advanced course dealing with
the collection, preparation, and classification of "flowering plants";
methods of field, herbarium, and laboratory work; plant description,
the use of floras, preparation of keys, identification of species;
systems of classification; nomenclature.
Text-books: Hitchcock, Descriptive Systematic Botany, Wiley;
Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia, Gage.
Prerequisite: Botany 5 (a).
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday.
6. (b) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification, and control of
the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant parasites
of the forest.
Text-book: Hubert, An Outline of Forest Pathology, Wiley.
One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
1 unit.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Wednesday.
Laboratory: 10.30-12.30, Thursday.
6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—A course dealing with
basic concepts of plant disease and plant disease control. A number
of economically important plant diseases are studied in detail.
Text-book: Heald, Introduction to Plant Pathology, McGraw-
Hill.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday. fW^T JfflrP*'" "t'r - " 4/ - Tf, ,( <*
Biology and Botany 129
6. (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced). — A course designed for
Honours or graduate students. Technique, isolation, and culture
work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the
progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures.
Prerequisite: Botany 6 (c).
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 8.30-12.30, Friday.
6. (e) Mycology.—A course designed to give the student a general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view.
Text-book: Stevens, Plant Disease Fungi, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Credit will be
given for a collection of fungi made during the summer preceding
the course. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday.
6. (f) History of Plant Pathology.—A lecture course dealing
with the history of the science, of plant pathology from ancient
times to the present.
Text-book: Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders.
Prerequisite: Botany 6 (c).
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Friday. 1 unit.
7. Plant Ecology.
(a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—The interrelations of forest
trees and their environment; the ecological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions; physiography.
References: Tourney and Korstian, Foundations of Silviculture
upon an Ecological Basis, 2nd edition, Wiley; Weaver and Clements,
Plant Ecology, McGraw-Hill; Whitford and Craig, Forests of
British Columbia, Ottawa; Hardy, The Geography of Plants,
Oxford.
Prerequisite: Botany 1 (a).
Two lectures and one period of field and practical work a week.
Field trips. First Term. 2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday. 130 Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) A seminar and problem course in more advanced forest
ecology.
Prerequisite: Botany 7 (a).
Five hours a week. First Term. 2 units.
Evening and Short Courses in Botany
A course in general botany, comprising approximately fifty
lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life of the
Province. No entrance examination and no previous knowledge of
the subject is required.
The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,
and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as possible,
illustrative material will be selected from the flora of British
Columbia.
•
The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University
session (September-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part of the
course.
No examination is required except in the case of University
students desiring credit for this course. Biology 1 is a prerequisite
for such students. This course may be substituted for the lecture
part of Botany 1 (a); but credit is not given until the laboratory
work is complete.
Students who do not desire credit but wish to ascertain their
standing in the class may apply for a written test.
A detailed statement of requirements and of work covered in this
course is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be obtained
on request.
Department of Chemistry
Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark.
Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Associate Professor: William Ure.
Associate Professor: J. Allen Harris.
Assistant Professor: J. Gilbert Hooley.
Instructor: Michael Stusiak.
Instructor: Robert A. MacLeod.
Instructor: Percy Mundell.
A. General Survey of Chemistry.—This course will give a general
survey of the field of chemistry for students not intending to specialize in any of the sciences. Laboratory experiments designed to
give an insight into scientific methods will be performed. 'TiOT- ■
Chemistry 181
This course will not be accepted as fulfilling the prerequisite for
Chemistry 2, or any subsequent Chemistry course.
Reference: Deming, Fundamental Chemistry, Wiley.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
1. General Chemistry.—The course comprises a general survey
of the whole field of chemistry and is designed on the one hand to
provide a thorough groundwork for further study in the sciences
and on the other to give an insight into the methods of chemical
investigation, the fundamental theories, and some important applications such as are suitable to the needs of a cultural education.
Students must reach the required standard in both lecture and
laboratory work.
Text-book: Foster and Alyea, An Introduction to General Chemistry, Van Nostrand, or Richardson and Scarlett, General College
Chemistry, Holt. For the laboratory: Harris and Ure, Experimental
Chemistrij for Colleges, McGraw-Hill.
Three lectures and two and one-half hours laboratory a week.
3 units.
Note. Students who have not taken High School Chemistry A
will be required to take additional class work.
Lectures: Section 1, 10.30-Il.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 2, 1.30- 2.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 3, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday;
Section 4, 2.30- 3.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 5, 8.30- 9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday.
Laboratory: 3.30-6, Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, or Friday.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—A study of the chemical reactions
of the common metallic and acid radicals, together with the theoretical considerations involved in these reactions.
Text-book: Noyes and Swift, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan.
References: Bammett, Solutions of Electrolytes, McGraw-Hill;
Engelder, Calculations of Qualitative Analysis, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. First Term.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more important methods of volumetric and gravimetric analysis.
Text-book: Willard, Furman, and Flagg, A Short Course in
Quantitative Analysis, Van Nostrand, or Pierce and Haenisch,
Quantitative Analysis, Wiley. 182 Faculty of Arts and Science
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
3 units.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).
Lectures: Section 1: 9.30-10.30, Friday; Section 2: 3.30-4.30,
Friday.
Laboratory: 8.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday; 2.30-5.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
B. General Chemistry for Teachers.—This course is intended
only for those students who plan to teach science1 in high school.
The course will consist of a more advanced study of general chemistry than Chemistry 1, with special emphasis upon topics in the
high school curriculum. The laboratory work will include experiments suitable for high school demonstration purposes.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2.
Note. Students'may substitute Chemistry 3 and 4 for this course.
Text-book: Partington, Inorganic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units
(Not given in 1945-46.)
C. Organic Chemistry.—A study of carbon compounds with
especial emphasis upon the compounds to be dealt with later in
courses on food-stuffs, nutrition, and textile fibres.
Open only to students taking Home Economics.
Text-book: Lowy-Harrow, An Introduction to Organic Chemistry, Wiley.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
- D. Biochemistry.—This course will be open to students in Home
Economics only, and will deal with the chemistry of digestion,
absorption, and the fate of foodstuffs in the body.
Prerequisite: Chemistry C.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
V/2 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday.
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the
compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation and
a description of the more important groups of compounds in both
the aliphatic and the aromatic series. •r-fB"-F<
Chemistry 188
Chemistry 3 will be given only to those students taking Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
References: Conant, The Chemistry of Organic Compounds,
Macmillan; Desha, Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Lucas,
Organic Chemistry, American Book Co.; Richter, Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman-Wielands, Laboratory Methods of Organic
Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-6, Thursday or Friday.
4. (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course in the
development of modern theoretical chemistry, including a study
of gases, liquids, and solids, solutions, ionization and electrical
conductivity, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, thermochemistry and thermodynamics, colloids.
Text-book: Gucker and Meldrum, Physical Chemistry, American
Book Company.
References: Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-
Hill ; Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan.
Laboratory text-books: Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on
Physico-Chemical Principles, Macmillan; Handbook of Chemistry
and Physics, Chemical Rubber Company, Cleveland.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 (except for students taking Honours
in Physics) and Mathematics 2. Honours students majoring in
Chemistry should take Mathematics 10 concurrently.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5, Tuesday or Friday.
4. (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with the
omission of the laboratory, and is open only to students not taking
Honours in Chemistry. 2 units.
5. Advanced Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis.
(a) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks as well
as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles on which
analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute consideration than is possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2. .
One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. 134 Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will include
the detection and separation of the less common metals, particularly
those that are important industrially.
One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Reference: Noyes and Bray, Qualitative Analysis of the Rarer
Elements, Macmillan.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; 8.30-11.30, Friday.
6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. — As in Applied
Science.
7. Physical Chemistry.—This course is a continuation of Chemistry 4 and treats in more detail the kinetic theory of gases, properties of liquids and solids, elementary thermodynamics and thermochemistry, properties of solutions, theoretical electrochemistry,
chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, radioactivity.
Text-book: Glasstone, A Text-Book of Physical Chemistry, Van
Nostrand. Reference: Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles,
Macmillan.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3, and 4; Mathematics 10, which
may be taken concurrently.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5, Monday.
8. Electrochemistry.—(a) As in Applied Science.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
(b) As in Applied Science.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—(a) The lectures will deal with
some of the more complex carbon compounds, such as the carbohydrates and their stereochemical configurations, fats, proteins,
purine derivatives, alkaloids, and enzyme action.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
(b) The various types of organic reactions, with certain theoretical conceptions, will be presented. The terpenes, various commercial
plastics, including the synthetic rubbers, synthetic textile fibres,
and synthetic protective and decorative coatings, will be considered.
Reference: Gilman, Organic Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3. lapu-'V ry*\\ • *
Chemistry 135
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-6, Tuesday.
10. History of Chemistry.—A general survey of the development
of chemical knowledge from the earliest times up to the present
day, with particular emphasis on chemical theory.
References: Moore, History of Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Campbell-Brown, History of Chemistry, Blakiston; Partington, A Short
History of Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit.
Primarily for Graduate Students
11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—Stereochemical theories will
be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and
physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution
of organic compounds will be studied. The electronic conception of
valency as applied to organic compounds will be considered, and an
outline of the work done in electro-organic chemistry will be given.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 7 and 9.
One hour a week. 1 unit.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
12. Colloid Chemistry.—A consideration of the principles which
underlie the behaviour of disperse systems and reactions at
surfaces, including electro-capillary phenomena, preparation of
colloids, Brownian movement, surface tension, adsorption, emulsions, membrane equilibria, and gels.
References: Thomas, Colloid Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Sved-
berg, Colloid Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co.; Weiser, Colloidal
Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 4.
One hour a week. 1 unit.
17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—Study of first, second, and third
laws; derivation of fundamental equations and their application
to the gas laws, chemical equilibrium, theory of solutions, electrochemistry, and capillarity.
Text-books: Steiner, Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics,
McGraw-Hill; Lewis & Randall, Principles of Thermodynamics,
McGraw-Hill. . ^-^^T^^\\-"r^-^^.^'^^"?p-;wS^^||s
136 Faculty of Arts and Science
Prerequisite: Chemistry 7.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—The properties of the
elements are considered in relation to the periodic table and atomic
structure. The course includes a study of the rarer elements.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 4.
Two lectures a week. Second term. 1 unit.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
19. Biochemistry.—This course will deal with such topics as
some special applications of colloid chemistry to biology, the determination of hydrogen-ion concentration, the chemical and physical
processes involved in the digestion, absorption, and assimilation of
foodstuffs in the animal body, the intermediate and ultimate
products of metabolism, and nutrition.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 9 (a). Chemistry 9 (a) and 19
may, on permission, be taken conjointly.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. 1 unit.
One afternoon laboratory may be offered. 1 unit.
20. Methods in Teaching High School Chemistry.—This course
is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course
and does not carry undergraduate credit.
References: Black and Conant, Practical Chemistry, Macmillan;
Smith's College Chemistry, revised by Kendall, 1935, Appleton-
Century.
Two lectures a week. Second Term.
21. Chemical Kinetics.—The fundamentals of statistical mechanics with applications to the theory of interionic attraction,
molecular collisions, specific heat, entropy, and rates of thermal
and photochemical reactions.
Reference: Tolman, Statistical Mechanics with Applications to
Physics and Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. 1 unit.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
22. Surface Chemistry.—Thermodynamics of surfaces, adsorption equations, heats of adsorption, theory of combustion, clean-up
of gases in vacuum tubes, reactions on hot filaments, theory of
contact catalysis,.industrial uses of adsorption phenomena. "v-* -% , >/. • •"'"
Classics 141
Texts: Cicero, De Senectute, Shuckburgh-Egbert, Macmillan;
Vergil, Aeneid VI, Page, Macmillan.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Section 1: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday;
Section 2: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
3. Roman Comedy.—A study'of typical plays of Plautus and
Terence, illustrative of the Greek influence on the Roman stage;
brief history of Latin literature.
Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford.
Texts: Plautus, Menaechmi, Knight, Cambridge; Terence, Phor-
mio, Bond and Walpole, Macmillan.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
Note. All students are advised to provide themselves with Allen
and Greenough, New Latin Grammar, Ginn. Honours students
will be expected to take additional reading in the Third and Fourth
Years in connection with at least two of the courses numbered
3, 4, 5, and 6. I
4. Prose and Poetry of the Silver Age.—The second great period
of Latin literature will be studied in the works of the historian
Tacitus and the satirist Juvenal. Brief history of Latin literature.
Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford.
Texts: Tacitus, Selections, Marsh and Leon, Prentice-Hall;
Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge.
Three hours a-week. 3 units.
8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
5. Latin Letter Writing.—A study of three different styles of
letters—personal correspondence, essays in verse, and philosophical
discussions—by three masters in three successive periods.
Texts: Cicero, Selected Letters, Priehard and Bernard, Oxford;
Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Seneca, Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
6. General View of Latin Poetry.—This course offers a survey
of Latin poetry from the earliest native verse, through the period 142 Faculty of Arts and Science
of Greek influence, into the late Imperial and early Christian
literature.
Text: The Oxford Book of Latin Verse, Garrod, Oxford.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
7. Roman History.—A survey of the growth of Rome and the
development of its political institutions. Essays on selected topics
will be. assigned.
References: Cary, A'History of Rome Down to the Reign of
Constantine, Macmillan; Wells and Barrow, A Short History of
the Roman Empire, Methuen; Parker, A History of the Roman
World from A.D. 138 to 837, Methuen.
A knowledge of Latin is not prerequisite for this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
'8. (a) and (b) Composition.—Obligatory for Honours students;
to be taken in both Third and Fourth Years.
One lecture a week and one hour devoted to sight reading; individual conferences at the pleasure of the instructor. 1 unit.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday or Thursday.
9. Methods in High School Latin.—This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course, and does not
carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned.
Primarily for Graduate Students
21. Cicero, Select Letters, 2 vols., How, Oxford.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
22. Caesar, De Bello Gallico, Holmes, Oxford.
Students are referred to the chapters covering the period concerned in the pages of Mommsen, Rice Holmes, or Ferrero, or in
Cambridge Ancient History, Vol. IX, also to Hubert's volumes on
the Celts in Kegan Paul's History of Civilisation series, or to Rice
Holmes' books, Ancient Britain and Caesar's Conquest of Gaul,
Oxford.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
23. Roman Comedy. 3 units.
24. Vergil, Aeneid. 3 units. W v-
Commerce 143
Department of Commerce
Professor and Head of the Department: Ellis H. Morrow.
Associate Professor: A. W. Currie.
Lecturer in Accountancy: Frederick Field.
Lecturer in Commercial Law:
The courses in this department, with the exception of Commerce
5 and 9, are open only to candidates for the degree of B.Com.
Owing to the nature of work involved in subjects of a commercial
character, these courses are not available as reading courses.
1. Fundamentals of Accounting.—A study of the financial
records of business and the modern methods of achieving financial
statements. The course includes practice in bookkeeping, the
development of special journals, the use of work sheets, preparation
of statements, and a consideration of partnership and corporation
accounting.
Written assignments must be prepared for each class period,
and in addition one or two model sets of accounts are handled
during the course of the academic year. Owing to the continuity
of the work in accounting, students who are more than two weeks
late in registering will not be permitted to register in Commerce 1
without the permission of the instructor. In order to qualify for
examination the student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the
written assignments.
Commerce 1 is a prerequisite to all other courses in Commerce,
but may be taken concurrently with Commerce 6.
Text-book: To be announced.
Four hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 2.30-4.30, Wednesday.
2. Advanced Accounting.—This course embraces advanced work
in accounting and the study of the financial problems of corporations, including consolidations, depreciation, and the miscellaneous
details connected with balance sheet valuations in general.
Text-book: To be announced.
Assigned readings.
Prerequisite: Commerce 1.
Three hours a week. Mr. Field. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-3.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Saturday.
3. Cost Accounting.—A study of the application of accounting
principles to the internal operations of a business-so as to provide
management control of labour, machines, materials, and overhead. 144 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: Lawrence, Cost Accounting, revised edition, Prentice-
Hall.
Prerequisites: Commerce 1, 6, 11.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
4. Commercial Law.—Principles of company law and of the
law of contract, agency, bills and notes, sale of goods, etc. The
primary purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with
the various legal situations that arise in the day to day conduct of
a business and with their implications.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
5. Commercial Geography.—A broad survey of the economic
and geographic factors which lie behind the structure of business,
with particular emphasis upon the North American Continent.
Reports are required of students.
Text-books: Klimm, Starkey and Hall, Introductory Economic
Geography, 2nd edition, Hareourt, Brace.
Three hours a week. Mr. Currie, Mr. Warren. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
6. Marketing.—A consideration of methods and channels used
for the distribution of consumer and industrial goods, and the
merchandising problems of manufacturers and distributors. The
course is handled by a discussion of cases taken from actual business. A series of written reports on assigned cases is required
as part of the course.
Text-book: Learned, Problems in Marketing, McGraw-Hill.
Assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
9. Business Finance.—A study of the problems of financing
business concerns, including such factors as promotion, types of
organization, the provision of long-term and short-term capital,
financial statement analysis, involvements, and the public policy
towards corporations. As far as possible instruction will be by
means of eases taken from actual business.
Text-book: Masson and Stratton, Problems in Corporation Finance, McGraw-Hill.
Assigned readings.
Three hours aweek. Mr. Currie. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. V7 . f -«-■■. ^
Commerce 145
11. Industrial Management.—A study of the organization and
management of manufacturing concerns from the standpoint of
control of raw materials, plant and equipment, -operations, labour,
etc. Class discussion will be based on cases taken from actual
business. Field work comprising visits to factories and written
■reports form a part of this course. To qualify for the final examination a student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written
assignments and to take in 75 per cent, of the assigned factory
visits.
Text-book: Folts, Introduction to Industrial Management, 1940,
McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Lansburgh and Spriegel, Introduction to Industrial
Management, McGraw-Hill.
Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
Field trips: Thursday and Friday afternoons.
13. Foreign Trade Problems.—Methods, policies, and routine
practice in the serving of foreign markets, including consideration
of import problems. The course will be conducted by discussion
of actual business cases and will entail field work and written
reports.
Text-book: To be announced.
Assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 unit&
Department of Economics, Political Science, and
Sociology
Professor and Head of the Department: H. F. Angus.
Professor: G. F. Drummond.
Associate Professor: C. W. Topping.
Associate Professor: Joseph A. Crumb.
Honorary Lecturer in Government: Norman A. M. MacKenzie.
Note. Economics 1 ip the prerequisite for all other courses in this
department except Economics 2, Economics 10, and Sociology 1, but
may be taken concurrently with Government 1.
Agricultural Economics 1, 2, 50, and 51 and Commerce 5 may be
counted as courses in Economics.
Economics
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of the principles of production, value, distribution, money and banking, international exchange, and government finance, and an analysis of the
problems of labour and social reform. 146 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: Logan and Inman, A Social Approach to Economics,
1939, University of Toronto.
References: Fairchild, Furniss, and Buck, Outlines of Economics
(2 vols.), 3rd edition, Macmillan; Garver and Hansen, Principles
of Economics, 1937, Ginn; Canada Year Books, Dominion Bureau
of Statistics.
If this course is taken for credit in the Third or the Fourth Year,
additional readings will be assigned.
Three hours a week. 3 Units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday;
Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday;
Section 3, 8.30- 9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
2. Economic History.—A survey of the factors of social and
economic significance in the development of society from early
times to the present day. Special attention will be given to the
recent economic history of Great Britain and Canada.
Text-book: Heaton, History of Trade and Commerce with Special
Reference to Canada, revised edition, Nelson.
References: Heaton, Economic History of Europe, Harpers;
Knowles, Industrial and Commercial Revolutions, Dutton; Mantoux,
The Industrial Revolution in the Eighteenth Century, Cape; Faulkner, American Economic History, Harpers; Currie, Canadian
Economic Development, Nelson; Innis, Economic History of Canada,
Ryerson; Canada Year Book, Dominion Bureau of Statistics.
Three hours a week. Mr. Currie. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise
of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the more
important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada, and the
United States. A critical analysis of various solutions of the labour
problem attempted and proposed: profit-sharing, cooperation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management, labour legislation,
and socialism.
Text-books: Watkins and Dodd, Labour Problems, Crowell; Taft,
Economics and Problems of Labor, Stackpole.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.) iWp»*\\ T-.-V^'-TVJ--' '
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 147
4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of money,
credit, and banking and the economic functions performed by
commercial, savings, trust, and investment banks; the monetary
and banking systems of England, Canada, and the other British
Dominions, the United States and other important foreign countries ; foreign exchange; financial aspects of the trade cycle ;< the
purchasing power of money; the problems of central banking.
Text-book: James, The Economics of Money, Credit and Banking,
Ronald.
References: Crumb, Lessons in Money and Banking; Willis and
Beckhart, Foreign Banking Systems, Holt; Hayek, Prices and Production, Cape; Haberler, Prosperity and Depression, Columbia;
Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money,
Macmillan; League of Nations Publications, viz., World Economic
Survey, World Production and Prices, Money and Banking (Vols. I
and II), Prosperity and Depression.
Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
5. Government Finance.—The development of the science of
government finance; the growth of the sphere of government and
increase in the tax burden; the Canadian and Empire tax systems-,
personal, property, and business taxes; income and inheritance
taxes; financing relief and other public undertakings; public borrowing and deficit financing.
Text-book: Fagan and Macy, Public Finance, Longmans.
Readings: Lutz, Public Finance, Appleton-Century; Seligman,
Studies in Public Finance, 1925, Macmillan: Dalton, Principles of
Public Finance, 1929, Routledge; Comstock, Taxation in the Modem
State, 1931, Longmans; Shirras, Science of Public Finance, 1936,
Macmillan.
Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
" >
6. International Trade.—A survey of the theory of international
trade and the foreign exchanges; the balance of trade, foreign investments, and other fundamental factors; the problem of reparations and of war debts; the protective tariff and commercial
imperialism; the commercial policy of the leading countries, with
considerable attention to Canada.
Text-books: Taussig, International Trade, Macmillan; Griffin,
Principles of Foreign Trade, Macmillan; Viner, Studies in the
Theory of International Trade, Allen and Unwin; Haberler, The
Theory of International Trade, Hodge. 148 Faculty of Arts and Science
References: League of Nations Publications, viz., World Economic Survey, Statistical Year Book of the League of Nations,
Prosperity and Depression; Ohlin, Interregional and International
Trade, Harvard.
Assigned references.
Three hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
7. Business Finance.—(This is the same as Commerce 9.)
8. Advanced Economic Theory.—The field of theoretical economics, with emphasis on the basic principles of the science; the
approach and contributions of contemporary authorities, including
Joan Robinson', J. R. Hicks, and J. M. Keynes.
Text-book: Boulding, Economic Analysis, Harpers.
Readings: Keynes, General Theory of Employment, Interest and
Money, 1936, Hareourt, Brace; Chamberlain, The Theory of Monopolistic Competition, 1933, Harvard; Robinson, The Economics of
Imperfect Competition, 1933, Macmillan; Atkins and others,
Economic Behavior, 1939, Houghton Mifflin; Homan, Contemporary
Economic Thought, 1928, Harpers; Hicks, The Theory of Wages,
1935, Macmillan; Kierstead, Essentials of Price Theory, University
•of Toronto.
Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
9. History of Economic Thought.—The development of economic
theory, with special reference to the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats,
and Adam Smith; the distinguishing characteristics and the modern
counterparts of the Classical, Historical, Socialist, and Marxian
-economic doctrines; the immediate background and present emphases of the science.
Text-books: Roll, A History of Economic Thought, Faber and
Faber; Gray, The Development of Economic Doctrine, Longmans;
Scott, The Development of Economics, Appleton-Century; Gide
and Rist, A History of Economic Doctrine, Harrap; Patterson,
Readings in the History of Economic Thought, McGraw-Hill; Whit-
taker, A History of Economic Ideas, Longmans.
Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) w-HpSap'-f yw$-"*-#> » *--'
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 149
10. Commercial Geography.—(This is the same as Commerce 5.)
11. Transportation.—A comprehensive study of the fundamentals of transportation by land, sea, and air, with the legal and
economic problems involved; theory and practice of rate-making;
discriminations; factors in public control, etc.
Text-book: Jackman, Economic Principles of Transportation,
University of Toronto.
^Assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Currie. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
12. Statistics 1.—Statistical methods in relation to economic and
social investigations; statistical groups; types of average; statistical
series in time; trend and fluctuation; index numbers; methods of
measuring correlation; elementary probabilities and the normal
curve of error; problem of sampling.
Text-book: Croxton and Cowden, Applied General Statistics,
Prentice-Hall. -A
One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Drummond.
3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday.
Laboratory (Statistics Laboratory, Vocational Guidance Building) :
Section A, 1.30-3.30, Monday;
Section B, 1.30-3.30, Wednesday.
13. Statistics 2.—This course is a continuation of Statistics 1,
and aims at giving an understanding of statistical technique in its
application to problems of business and economic research. It involves a study of more advanced methods of correlation analysis,
cyclical fluctuations, and business forecasting. In'addition to covering, a wide course of reading, students will be required to construct
tables, diagrams, etc., based on original data (official or private)
of the statistics of trade, production, sales, prices, wages, etc., and
to write reports and precis.
Text-books: Croston and Crowden, Applied General Statistics,
Prentice-Hall; Ezekiel, Methods of Correlation Analysis, Wiley.
References: Fisher, Statistical Methods for Research Workers,
Oliver and Boyd; Goulden, Methods of Statistical Analysis, Burgess;
Snedecor, Statistical Methods, Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa; Snedecor, Calculation and Interpretation of Analysis of Variance and
Covariance, Collegiate Press; Riggleman and Frisbee, Business 150 Faculty of Arts and Science
Statistics, McGraw-Hill; Snider, Business Statistics, McGraw-Hill;
Haney, Business Forecasting, Ginn.
Assigned references.
Four hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Wednesday and Friday.
Laboratory (Statistics Laboratory, Vocational Guidance Building) : 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday.
14. Honours Seminar.—Third and Fourth Year Honours and
M.A. students in /the Department are required to take this course.
Two hours a week, to be arranged.
Agricultural Economics
For courses in Agricultural Economics (1, 2, 50, 51) open to
students in the Faculty of Arts and Science see page 303 under the
Faculty of Agriculture.
Forest Economics
1. Forest Economics.—This course is devoted to the economic
aspects of land use, forestry resources, timber production, and the
forest industries, especially the distribution of lumber and other
products. (This course is identical with Forestry 16.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Government
1. Constitutional Government. — This course deals with the
nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization of
government in the United Kingdom and in the United States of
America.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2. Introduction to the Study of Law.—(i) A rapid survey of
legal history; (ii) outlines of jurisprudence.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
3. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government
within the British Empire.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. 3 units. Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 151
4. Problems of the Pacific.—A course on the problems of the
Pacific Area discussed at the conferences of the Institute of Pacific
Relations. Each problem will be related to its economics and
political background.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
5. The Government of Canada.—The development of the Canadian federal system; the crisis in Dominion-Provincial relations;
Canadian government in wartime; adaptation of Canadian institutions for the tasks of reconstruction.
Text-book: Clokie, Canadian Government and Politics, Longmans.
Reference: The Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion-
Provincial Relations, King's Printer, Ottawa.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
6. Public International Law.—The nature, sources, and sanctions •
of international law; the notion of nationhood, with particular
reference to the status of the British Dominions; jurisdiction,
nationality, normal relations between states; settlement of international 'disputes; war; organization of peace after the present
conflict.
Text-books: Oppenheim, International Law; Brierly, The Law of
Nations; MacKenzie and Lang, Canada and the Law of Nations.
Three hours a week. Mr. MacKenzie. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
7. Reconstruction Problems.—Relief and reconstruction in Europe and Asia; reconversion and re-employment in Canada; the maintenance of full employment; the restoration of multilateral clearance and multilateral trade; the removal of trade barriers other
than tariffs; cartels; fair competition; the economic future of the
enemy countries; accommodation between state trading and free
enterprise.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. . 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
Sociology
1. Introduction to Sociology.—The approach to the study of
society is by way of the local community and its institutions. An
evaluation of the importance of the geographic, the biological, the 152 Faculty of Arts and Science
psychological, and the cultural factors in the determination of the
rise, growth, and functioning of groups will be undertaken. There
will be an attempt to discover fupdamental principles and to trace
these principles in their interrelations. Several of the problems
resulting from group contacts will be studied.
Text-book: Pendell, Society Under Analysis, Cattell.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
2. Social Anthropology.—The different views relating to the
origin and evolution of human society; the geographic factor and
economic methods in their bearing upon social life; primitive
mental attitudes; the development of ethical etc. ideas among
primitive peoples; primitive institutions, tools, art, and their modern forms; the growth of cardinal social ideas through the ancient
and classical period to the present time.
Text-books: Lowie, Introduction to Cultural Anthropology,
Farrar and Rinehart; Goldenweiser, Anthropology, Crofts.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(May not be given in 1945-46.)
3. The Urban Community.—The structural characteristics of the
modern city will be outlined and the sociological significance of the
functions performed by its inhabitants discussed. A factual study
will be made of urban personalities, groups, and cultural patterns.
Methods of urban social control will be investigated and solutions
for urban problems will be evaluated.
Text-books: Queen and Thomas, The City, McGraw-Hill; Gist
and Halbert, Urban Society, 2nd edition, Crowell.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
4. Social Problems and Social Policy. — A detailed study of
significant modern Canadian social problems, together with a statement and evaluation of the more promising suggested solutions for
these problems.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) •visr > * % «• --u~
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 153
5. Social Statistics.—The collection, analysis, and presentation of
data pertaining particularly to the social services; the nature and
meaning of samples, averages, dispersion, trends; correlation and
cost of living indices; social survey procedures.
Text-book: McCormick, Elementary Social Statistics, 1941, McGraw-Hill.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Friday.
(May not be given in 1945-46.)
6. Introduction to Social Work.—(This course is the same as
Social Work 1.)'
7. The Dynamic Family.—The genetic rise of the family will be
traced and its modern forms described. Various statements on the
functions of the family will be evaluated while the interrelations of
religion, science, education, public opinion, law, and social change
with the dynamic family are being sketched. An analysis of
-causation in family break-up will be made and recommendations
for facilitating family life and for rehabilitating the broken family
will be considered.
Text-books: Baber, Marriage and the Family, McGraw-Hill; Burgess and Cottrell, Predicting Success or Failure in Marriage, Prentice-Hall.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
8. Criminology.—The theoretic and scientific basis of criminology
will be sketched through a study of opinions, cases, and institutions.
An analysis of contemporary findings concerning causation in
juvenile delinquency and in adult crime will be made. Reformist
programmes will be evaluated and suggestions for a modern scientific system of treatment for Canadian criminals will be invited.
Text-books: Barnes and Teeters, New Horizons in Criminology,
Prentice-Hall; Topping, Canadian Penal Institutions, revised edition, Ryerson; Report on the Penal System of Canada, 1938, King's
Printer, Ottawa.
Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.) 154 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Education
Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Weir.
Professor: M. A. Cameron.
Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology: F. T. Tyler.
(On leave of absence.)
Lecturers in Methods:
Professors: A. C. Cooke, L. A. MacKay, Miss C Black.
Special Lecturers: Miss S. M. Boyles, J. S. Donaldson, T. R. Hall,
A. R. Lord, Miss M. McManus, E. J. Merrell, Miss G. Moore, Miss
Anne Mossman, C. H. Scott, H. B. Smith, Miss D. Somerset, M. Van
Vliet, B. E. Wales, W. C. Wilson.
Notes
1. Psychology 4, 6, and 9 may be counted as courses in Education.
2. Undergraduates who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training
Course are required to take Psychology 1, and their attention is
called to Philosophy 1, 9, Psychology 4, 9.
3. Six units chosen from Education 9, 10, 12, 16, 20 to 40 may
be taken for undergraduate credit but only by students who have
completed their normal school training.
4. The Teacher Training Course consists of Education 9 to 15
inclusive.
Courses
9. Principles of Education.—The first part of this course deals
with some of the broader principles of method and the main types
of teaching and learning activities. The second part of the course
attempts to develop a philosophy of education around such topics
as the individual and society, curriculum theories, and the role of
education in a democracy.
Text-books: To be announced.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
10. Educational Psychology.—The applications of psychology to
education; a consideration of the origin, motivation, development,
and modification of human behaviour; native equipment; intelligence; individual differences; learning; the transfer of training;
the mental hygiene of the school child; and the psychology of
elementary and secondary school subjects.
Text-book: Pressey and Robinson, Psychology and the New Education, Harpers.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Tuesday, and Friday. ypmr^yK
Education 155
12. School Administration and Law.—The organization of the
school system; aims and characteristics of the elementary, junior
high, and senior high schools; fundamentals of school administration; control; the co-curriculum; accrediting; correspondence
courses; the school law of British Columbia.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
13. Tests and Measurements.
14. (a) Methods.
1. Elementary School Subjects.
2. High School Subjects.—English, Social Studies, Latin,
French, German, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, General Science, Agriculture, Geography, Home
Economics.
Two of these courses are required, but students
are advised to attend a third course. All students taking
one or more of the special sciences (Biology, Chemistry,
and Physics) are required to take also General Science.
3. Additional Subjects.—Art, Music, Health and Physical
Education, Librarianship, Guidance, Speech, Dramatics..
(b) Observation and Practice.
Note. Supplementals will not be granted in the practice teaching. Students who fail in practice teaching will be required to
repeat this part of the Second Term of the Teacher Training Course.
15. Seminar.—A special study, with an essay or report, in one
of the four fields, Education 9, 10, 12, 13.
One hour a week.
16. High School Methods.—In this course, which will be given
by reading, methods of teaching two high school subjects will be
studied. Not open to students in the Teacher Training Course nor
to students who have not taken normal school training.
iy2 units.
20. History of Education. — The development of educational
theory from the time of ancient Greece to the present day, with
special attention to the period since 1800.
3 units.
21. Advanced Educational Psychology. — A survey of recent
psychological theories and a critical analysis of their implications
for education.
3 units. 156 Faculty of Arts and Science
22. Philosophy of Education. — A study of current trends in
educational philosophy; the social implications of contemporary
educational theories.
3 units.
23. Problems in Education.—An investigation and report of an
educational problem. >
3 units.
24. Methods of Educational Research.—The scientific method in
education; discovering educational problems; types of educational
research; standards in thesis writing; critical study of published
research. This course may be successfully taken with Education 28.
V/2 units.
25. Administration of School Systems.—-Dominion participation
in education; the Provincial Department of Education; centralization and decentralization; school finance; the local unit of administration.
iy2 units.
26. Administration of the Elementary School.—The organization of the elementary school; the work of the principal; participation of staff in administration.
iy2 units.
27. Administration of the Secondary School.—The administrative
staff and their duties; office routine; administration of guidance
programme; assemblies; co-curricular activities; construction of
the time table. Applications to British Columbia circumstances
will be stressed throughout.
iy2 units.
28. Educational Statistics.—The frequency distribution; measures
of central tendency; measures of variability; the normal probability
curve and its applications; sampling; reliability; correlation, ita
meaning and application; partial and multiple correlation.
iy2 units.
29. The Secondary School.—A foundation for this course will
be laid by a study of the basic principles of secondary education.
Consideration will be given to some of the more important modern
developments in the light of these principles both in Canada and
in other countries of the world.
iy2 units. l&f0^0:f*f??WM^
Education 157
30. Psychology of Adolescence.—The junior and senior high
school pupil as an individual and as a member of social groups; the
physical, mental, social, emotional, and religious development typical of adolescence; the interests of teen-age boys and girls and
their problems in personal relations, in the home, in the school,
and in the community.
iy2 units.
31. Psychology of Childhood.—The mental, social, emotional, and
physical characteristics of pre-school and elementary school pupils;
their interests and their problems; implications for organization and '
administratien of school systems.
V/2 units.
32. Psychology of the School Subjects.—This course aims to
cover that part of educational psychology which is directly concerned with classroom subject-matter activities. It considers the
research findings in the various elementary and secondary school
fields and applies them to teaching and learning procedures.
m iy2 units.
33. Psychology of Exceptional Children.—The physical, mental,
social, and emotional characteristics of exceptional children (gifted,
backward, crippled, hard-of-hearing, etc.); factors in their growth
and development; educational provisions suited to their needs.
V/2 units.
34. Diagnostic and Remedial Instruction.—This course is intended to help teachers in their work with seriously retarded pupils.
It includes a study of the diagnostic point of view in education,
types and causes of subject-matter disabilities, and possible remedies of difficulties. Disabilities in spelling, reading, and arithmetic
will be studied chiefly, and over half the course will be devoted to
reading. Some opportunity will be given teachers to specialize on
primary, intermediate, or secondary school levels of work.
iy2 units.
35. Guidance.—The objectives of guidance; gathering and using
information concerning students; counselling with students; articulation of the different forms of guidance; contributions of teachers,
principal, and specialists in guidance; analysis of guidance programmes in secondary schools.
iy2 units. 158 Faculty of Arts and Science
36. Supervision.—A study of techniques for the improvement
of instruction. Responsibilities of inspectors, supervisors, and
principals. '
iy2 units.
37. Comparative Education.—Types and systems of schools in
some of the principal nations. Study will be mostly but not
entirely of England, France, Germany, the United States, and
Canada.
iy2 units.
38. Evaluation.—The basic principles of evaluation; tests and
measuring instruments for the determination of the outcomes of
instruction; analyzing the results of evaluation.
iy2 units.
39. Teaching in the Secondary School.—This course on modern
techniques of secondary school teaching will include a study of such
matters as socialized procedures and provision for individual differences through unit methods. Some opportunity for specialization
according to subject will be provided.
iy2 units.
40. Educational Sociology.—This course will include such topics
as the following: Individual and Social Aims, The Community and
Education, Provincial and Federal Aid to Education, Education
and Internationalism, Social Problems of Administration and
Control, the Various 'isms (Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism) and
Education, Curriculum Problems, Moral Education, Education and
National Unity, Pending Educational Developments in Canada.
Special emphasis will also be placed on problems arising out of
rehabilitation and reconstruction.
References: Roucek and associates, Educational Sociology,
Crowell; various publications by federal government committees
on Social Security and on Reconstruction and Re-establishment.
3 units.
Department of English
Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick.
Professor: W. L. MacDonald.
Professor: F. G. C. Wood.
Professor: Thorleif Larsen.
Professor: Miss Dorothy Mawdsley.
Associate Professor: H. C. Lewis.
Assistant Professor: Mrs. Dorothy Blakey Smith.
Assistant Professor: Edmund Morrison.
Assistant Professor: John H. Creighton.
Assistant Professor: William Robbins.
Assistant Professor: G. P. V. Akrigg.
Instructor: Holger O. V. Nygard. fx'jtr i --»--v. ,■■ - -
English 159
First Year
1. (a) Literature.—Elementary study of a number of literary
forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the novel, the
essay, the simpler sorts of poetry.
Texts for 1945-46: A Century of Short Stories, ed. Larsen and
MacDonald, Macmillan; Euripides, Bacchae, in Gilbert Murray's
paraphrase, Allen and Unwin; Shakspere, Julius Caesar; Sheridan,
The School for Scandal, Everyman; Ibsen, A Doll's House, Everyman; Twentieth Century Verse, ed. Dilworth, Clarke and Irwin.
Two hours a week.
(b) Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of composition.
Text-books: Foerster and Steadman, Writing and Thinking, new
edition, Houghton Mifflin; Biaggini, The Reading and Writing of
English, Hareourt, Brace.
Two hours a week.
The work in composition consists (i) of themes and class exercises,
and (ii) of written examinations. Students will be required to make
a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work.
3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and 2.30-
3.30, Thursday;
Section 2, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and 2.30-
3.30, Thursday;
Section 3, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, and 2.30-
3.30, Tuesday;
Section 4, 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, and
2.30-3.30, Tuesday;
Section 5, 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday, and 2.30-3.30,
Monday and Friday;
Section 6, 2.30-3.30, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.
Second Year
2. Literature.—Studies in the history of English literature.
Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley.
Text-book: Legouis, A Short History of English Literature, Oxford.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. ■
160 Faculty of Arts and Science
3. English Composition for Students in Agriculture and Applied
Science.—See Applied Science and Agriculture sections of the
Calendar.
4. Technical Writing for Students in Applied Science.—See
Applied Science section of the Calendar.
Third and Fourth Years
9. Shakspere.—This course may be taken for credit in two successive years. In 1945-46 9 (a) will be given as follows:
i. A detailed study of the text of Romeo and Juliet; Twelfth
Night; Hamlet; King Lear; The Winter's Tale.
ii. Lectures on Shakspere's development, on his use of sources,
and on his relation to the stage and the dramatic practice
of his time.
Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of the
five plays named above, and with The Facts About Shakespeare, by
Neilson and Thorndike, Macmillan. They are advised to get The
Complete Works of Shakespeare, ed. Kittredge, Ginn, or the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
9. (b) (Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
10. -The Drama to 1642.—The course begins with a study of the
Theban plays of Sophocles and of Aristotle's theory of tragedy.
The main subject of the'course is Elizabethan drama: (1) its beginnings in the Miracle and Morality Plays and in the Interludes;
(2) its development in Shakspere's predecessors—Lyly, Peele,
Greene, Kyd, and Marlowe; (3) its culmination in Shakspere;
and (4) its decline in Jonson, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton,
Webster, MassingefJ Shirley, and Ford.
Texts: Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse, World's Classics,
Oxford; Everyman and Other Interludes, Dent; The Chief Elizabethan Dramatists, ed. Neilson, Houghton Mifflin; Shakespeare,
Shakespeare Head Press, or the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin.
Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. " 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.—
The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson,
Fielding, Smollet, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs. Radcliffe,
Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray, and George English 161.
Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, Hardy, and a few representative novelists now living.
A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott, Dickens,
Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those taking this
course.
Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to give
a view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents of English
thought and literature during the period 1660-1800. It is concerned
mainly with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope, Swift,
Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke, and Burns.
Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
16. Romantic Poetry, 1780-1830.—-Studies in the beginnings and
progress of Romanticism, based chiefly upon the work of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Texts: Students should provide themselves with the poems of the
authors listed above. The Oxford editions are recommended, but
are not required.
References: Bernbaum, Guide Through the Romantic Movement,
Nelson; Elton, A Survey of English Literature 1780-1830, Macmillan. -^
Three hours a week. Mrs. Smith. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with the
work of Tennysoa, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks at the close
of the term will be devoted to a survey of the development of later
poetry.
Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge; Arnold,
Poems, Oxford; Tennyson, Poems, Globe edition, Macmillan;
Stephens, Beck, and Snow, Victorian and Later English Poets,
American Book Company.
Reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1830-1880,
Macmillan.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robbins. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
18. Victorian Prose Literature.—Literary, social, religious, and
scientific currents of thought as represented by the work of Mill,
Ruskin, Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Huxley, and Butler. 162 Faculty of Arts and Science
The following texts in whole or part will be dealt with in lectures
and class discussion: Mill, Utilitarianism and Liberty, Everyman;
Ruskin, Unto This Last, Everyman; Carlyle, SartorResartus (selections), Heroes and Hero Worship (selections), Past and Present,
Everyman; Newman, Apologia Pro Vita Sua, Everyman; Idea of a
University (selections), ed. Yardley, Cambridge; Arnold, Representative Essays, ed. Brown, Macmillan; Literature and Dogma (selections), Burt's Home Library; Darwin, Origin of Species, chapter
IV; Everyman, or World's Classics, Oxford; Huxley, Readings from
Huxley, ed. Rinaker, 1934, Hareourt, Brace; Butler, Erewhon,
Everyman.
Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
19. Contemporary Literature. — Some tendencies of English
literature of the present generation, in poetry and the essay and
the novel, will be studied in this course.
Texts: Noyes, Readings in the Modem Essay, Houghton Mifflin;
Sanders and Nelson, Chief Modem Poets of England and America,
Macmillan.
Three hours a week. Mr. Lewis. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
20. Chaucer and Middle English.—(i) Middle English grammar
with the reading of representative texts; (ii) The Canterbury Tales.
Texts: Chaucer's Complete Works, ed. Robinson, Houghton
Mifflin; Manly, The Canterbury Tales, Holt; a Middle English
reader.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
21. Anglo-Saxon.—Moore & Knott, The Elements of Old English,
edition of 1940 or later, Wahr.
Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 2 units.
Lectures: 3.30-5.30, Thursday.
22. The History of the English Language.—The study of the
vocabulary, syntax, accidence, and phonology of the English language from the historical point of view. A brief introduction to
philological method; the ancestry of English; the language in the
Old and Middle English periods, with illustrative readings; the
development of modern English.
Prerequisite: English 21.
Two hours a week. Mrs. Smith. 2 units.
Lectures: To be arranged. •"fsf?*pt, "•••,- '_ »°l ' • "J ."■
English 168
24. (a,) and (oj Seminars.
(a) Bibliography and General Method.—Third Year Honours
students in English are required to take this course.
One hour a week. Mrs. Smith.
Lectures: To be arranged.
(b) Practice with Problems of Criticism and Investigation.—
AH Honours students in English, whether of the Third or
the Fourth Year, are required to take this course. The
subject for 1945-46 will be announced later.
Hours: 3.30-5.30, Friday. 2 units.
25. (a-) Private Reading.—Students who are candidates for an
Honours degree in English may elect a course of private reading in
their Third Year. 3 units.
25. (b) Private Reading.—Students of the Fourth Year may
pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department,
a course of private reading. 3 units.
In such courses examinations will be set, but no class instruction
will be given.
Teacher Training Course
26. Methods in High School English.—This course does not carry
undergraduate credit.
Two hours a week. Second Term.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson.
Professor of Economic Geology: Henry C. Gunning.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren.
Assistant Professor: Vladimir J. Okulitch.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction to
the science of geology, and includes the following subdivisions:
(a) Physical Geology, including weathering, the work of the
wind, ground water, streams, and glaeiers, the ocean and its work,
the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes, igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains, plateaus, and ore deposits.
Two hours a week. First Term and to Jan. 31. Mr. Swanson.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday. 164 Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology, including the
study and identification of the commoner minerals and rocks.
Field Work may replace laboratory occasionally, and will take
the form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhood
of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the lectures.
Two hours laboratory a week. First Term and to Jan. 31. Mr.
Warren, Mr. Gunning, and assistants.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday.
(c) Historical Geology, including the history of the earth and
its life from pre-Cambrian to recent time.
Two hours a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr. Williams.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday.
(d) Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology, including the
study of index fossils representative of the periods of geological
time.
Two hours laboratory a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr.
Okulitch and assistants.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday or Thursday.
Text-book: Longwell, Knopf, Flint, Schuchert, Dunbar, Outlines
of Geology, 1941, Wiley.
Prerequisite: University Entrance Chemistry or Physics, or
Chemistry A or 1, or Physics A or 1, taken either before or concurrently.
' Students will be required to make passing marks in the combined
written and the combined practical divisions of the course, and may
be required to pass in each of the laboratory divisions. 3 units.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief introduction to the field
of mineralogy, with particular emphasis on the cultural aspect.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) elementary
crystallography, (2) physical mineralogy, and (3) descriptive
mineralogy of 50 of the more common mineral species, with special
reference to gem stones and to the minerals which are important in
present day Canadian and world economics.
Laboratory Work consists of a study of the more common crystal
forms of about 50 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a brief
outline of the principles and methods of determinative mineralogy
and blowpipe analysis.
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th
edition, Wiley. ppp|r,»1B»¥*iW"^"» twy"-, *
Geology and Geography 165
References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and
Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell,
Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 must, and Chemistry 1 and Physics 1
should, precede or accompany this course.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term.
Mr. Warren and assistants. V/2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Friday.
2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—This course
supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey of crystallography and of physical and chemical mineralogy, with a critical
study of about 70 of the less common minerals, special emphasis
being laid on their crystallography, origin, association, alteration,
and economic significance. x^^
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
4th edition, Wiley.
References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and
Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell,
Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Geology 2 (a), Chemistry 1, and Physics 1 must
precede or accompany this course.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
Mr. Warren. iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Friday.
Note. Students who take either 2 (a) or 2 (b) separately will
be required to pass in both the lecture and the laboratory divisions.
Those who take both 2 (a) and 2 (b) may be required to pass in each.
4. Structural Geology.—A study of primary and secondary structures in rocks. The course includes practice in graphical methods
.for solving various problems. In addition, it briefly surveys the
use of geophysical methods in tracing concealed structures.
Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th edition, 1941, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three hours a week. Mr. Swanson. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday; and 11.30-12.30,
Friday.
5. History of the Earth Sciences and Geological Theories.—A
brief study of the development of the geological sciences and
theories employed in geological interpretations. 166 Faculty of Arts and Science
References: Geikie, The Founders of Geology, Macmillan; Merrill,
The First One Hundred Years of American Geology, Yale; Adams,
The Birth and Development of the Geological Sciences, Williams
and Wilkins.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
One hour a week. Mr. Williams. 1 unit.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday.
Note. Geology 5 may be counted as a course in Geography.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate fossils,
their classification, identification, and geological distribution.
Text-book: Twenhofel and Shrock, Invertebrate Palaeontology,
McGraw-Hill.
References: Shimer and Shrock, Index Fossils of North America,
Technology Press; Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology, Macmillan; Raymond, Prehistoric Life, 1939, Harvard; Shimer, An
Introduction to the Study of Fossils, 1933, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Biology 1 and Zoology 1 are recommended. For students majoring or taking Honours in Zoology, a
reading course in historical geology may be substituted for
Geology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams.
3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Wednesday; 9.30-10.30, Thursday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Thursday.
7. Petrography.—This course consists of systematic studies of
(i) optical mineralogy and (ii) petrography, with an introduction
to petrogenesis.
The laboratory work deals with the determination of rocks under
the microscope and in hand specimens.
Text-books: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton; Rogers
and Kerr, Thin-Section Mineralogy, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 2.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Swanson.
4 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Friday; 8.30-9.30, Saturday.
Laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Tuesday; 9.30-11.30, Saturday.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the manner of occurrence,
genesis, structure, and distribution of the principal metallic and
non-metallic mineral deposits, with type illustrations; special stress
is placed upon Canadian deposits. v
Geology and Geography 167
Text-book: Bateman, Economic Mineral Deposits, 1942, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Geology 2, 4, and 7 must precede or accompany
this course.
Four hours a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Gunning. 4 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday;
2.30-3.30, Friday.
9. Mineralography. — Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means of
the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding, and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination, a
During the Second Term each student is assigned a suite of ores
from some mining district for a critical examination and report,
Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic
Determination of the Ore Minerals.
Prerequisite: Geology 8 must precede or accompany this course.
Two to four hours a week by arrangement. Mr. Warren.
1 to 2 units.
Lectures and laboratory: 1.30-3.30, Thursday, and additional
hours to be arranged.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental
ones used by professional geologists and by the officers of the
Geological Survey of Canada. This course is essentially practical
and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording, and
correlating geological facts in the field. The students construct
geological maps of selected areas and visit localities of interest
within reach of Vancouver. The cost to each student may approach
$10.
Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th ed., 1941, McGraw-Hill.
References: Hayes,, Handbook for Field Geologists, Wiley; Spurr,
Geology Applied to Mining, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Geology 2 and 4.
Two hours a week in the Second Term by arrangement and ten
days in the £eld at the close of examinations in the spring. Mr.
Gunning. iy2 units.
11. Regional Geology.—A study of the geology of Canada and of
the main geological features of the continental and oceanic segments
of the earth.
References: Young, Geology and Economic Minerals of Canada,
Geological Survey of Canada, Economic Geology Series No. 1, ■- *■ ■ 5
168 Faculty of Arts and Science
1926; Suess, Das Antlitz der Erde, Tempsky; maps and reports of
various national surveys.
Prerequisite: Geology 5.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Gunning. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday and Wednesday; 1.30-2.30, Monday.
12. Geomorphology.—(This course is identical with Geography
4.)
Courses for Graduate Students
20. Sedimentation.
Text-book: Twenhofel, Principles of Sedimentation, McGraw-
Hill.
Prerequisites: Geology 2 and 11.
Two seminars and 6 hours of reading or laboratory a week. Mr.
Williams. 3 units.
21. Problems in, Palaeontology.
Prerequisite: Geology 6.
One seminar and 6 hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams.
3 units.
23. (a) Advanced Mineralogy (Gems and Precious Stones).—
A systematic study of the gem minerals and of some of the more
popular semi-precious stones.
Text-books: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
4th edition, Wiley; Smith, Gemstone's, Methuen.
Prerequisite: Geology 2 (a).
One seminar and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr.
Warren. iy2 units.
Note. This course may be taken as an undergraduate course,
subject to the approval of the Department.
(b) Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the
rarer minerals, particular attention being given to those of economic
importance.
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
4th edition, Wiiey.
References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and
Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell,
Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 8.
One seminar and four hours laboratory a week, or six hours
laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday.- ■:.-•■
Geology and Geography 169
24. Advanced Mineralography. — A critical study of some
approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation, including the examination of polished sections under polarized
light, microchemistry, microphotography, use of "super-polisher,"
etc.
Frequent .reference will be made to U. S. Geological Survey
Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals.
Prerequisite: Geology 9.
Occasional seminars and from five to seven hours laboratory a
week. Mr. Warren. . 3 to 4 units.
25. Petrogeny.—A reading and lecture course, supplemented with
occasional laboratory work, which deals with the origin of igneous
and metamorphic rocks.
References: Harker, Metamorphism, Methuen; Bowen, Evolution
of Igneous Rocks, Princeton.
Prerequisite: Geology 7.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Swanson.
'^^ 3 units.
26. Mineral Deposits.—A seminar course, supplemented by laboratory work, dealing with the character, origin, and structure of
mineral deposits, with emphasis on ore deposits.
Text-book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 4th edition, 1933, McGraw-Hill. /
Reference: Ore Deposits of the Western States, A.I.M.E., 1933.
Prerequisites: Geology 7 and 8.
Two hours seminar and two hours laboratory a week. Mr.
Gunning. 4 units.
Geography
Note. Geography 1 or Geology 1 is prerequisite to all other
courses of Geography. It is also desirable to have Geography 2
precede or be taken concurrently with Geography 3. Commerce 5
and Geology 5 may be taken as courses in Geography.
1. Elementary Physical Geography.—This introductory course
aims to furnish a foundation for the study of geography. It will
be useful not only to those who may intend to continue a study of
geography or to teach it in schools, but to all those who are interested
in man's physical environment and its effects on his principal occupations. This course covers the study of land forms, processes of
weathering, erosion, diastrophism, materials of the earth's crust,
climate, and history of the earth. The laboratory part of the course- 170 Faculty of Arts and Science
includes elementary surveying and map making, interpretation of
topographic maps, making of relief models, the study of common
minerals, rocks, and fossils.
References: Wilmore, Groundwork of Modem Geography, Bell;
Finch and Trewartha, Elements of Geography, McGraw-Hill;
Moore, Elementary Geology for Canada, Dent.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch.
3 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday or Friday.
2. Weather and Climate.—A study of weather phenomena, climatic classification and description, and distribution of climatic types.
Text-book; Trewartha, An Introduction to Weather and Climate,
2nd edition, 1943, McGraw-Hill.
References: Blair, Weather Elements, Prentice-Hall; Kendrew,
Climate of the Continents, Oxford.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Wednesday.
3. Regional Geography.—An outline course of regional geography covering the world. The physical structure or build of the
continents, their climate, population, history of settlement, natural
resources, industry, and transportation are studied. Emphasis may
change from year to year as to the continents studied.
References: Renner and associates, Global Geography, Crowell;
Newbigin, A New Regional Geography of the World, Hareourt,
Brace; Hubbard, The Geography of Europe, Appleton-Century;
Taylor, Environment and Nation, University of Toronto; Taylor,
Environment, Race, and Migration, University of Toronto; Stamp,
Asia, Dutton.
An atlas is a requisite: e.g., University Atlas, Phillips; Oxford
Advanced Atlas, Oxford; Modern School Atlas, Appleton-Century.
Three hours a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
4. Geomorphology.—This course is intended for advanced students in geography and geology. The subject represents the overlap
between these two major sciences. It involves a study of the processes, principles, and laws of land formation, types of land forms,
and their distribution.
References: Lobeck, Geomorphology, McGraw-Hill; Longwell,
Knopf, and Flint, Textbook of Geology, Part I, Physical Geology, Geology and Geography 171
Wiley; reports of the Canadian Geological Survey; reports and
maps of the U. S. Geological Survey; geological and geographical
journals.
Prerequisite: Geography 1 or Geology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch.
3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Tuesday.
5. Commercial Geography.—(This is the same as Commerce 5.)
Geography 5 may be taken as a Second Year subject. 3 units.
6. Economic Aspects of World Geography.—An introduction to
economic geography. Geographic basis of food supply; energy,
natural resources, population, transportation, and trade.
Text-books: Klimm, Starkey, and Hall, Introductory Economic
Geography, 2nd edition, Harcourt-Brace; Stamp, An Intermediate
Commercial Geography, Part 1, Commodities and World Trade,
Longmans. An atlas is a requisite; Modern School Atlas, Appleton-
Century, is recommended.
Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Warren. iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
7. Human and Cultural Geography.—Geological history of man;
ethnographical criteria; effects of environment; fundamentals of
human distribution; general ecological problems of race, nation,
and language.
Text-book: Taylor, Environment, Race and Migration, 1937,
University of Toronto.
Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Okulitch. iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Department of History
Professor and Head of the Department: W. N. Sage. !
Professor: F. H. Soward. (On leave of absence.)
Associate Professor: A. C. Cooke.
• Assistant Professor: Miss Sylvia Thrupp. (On leave of absence.)
Lecturer: Miss Margaret A. Ormsby.
Lecturer: T. J. Oleson.
Students who intend to specialize in history or who are preparing for the Teacher Training Course are advised to associate with
it such allied subjects as economics, government, sociology, and
geography. Economics 1, 2, 9, 10, Government 1, 3, 4, Sociology 1,
Philosophy 4, 9, Psychology 3, and Geography 1 will be found r- *
172 Faculty of Arts and Science
especially helpful. Attention, however, is called to the regulation
in paragraph 3, page 88, regarding the number of First and Second
Year courses which may be taken in the Third and Fourth Years.
This rule applies also to Third and Fourth Year students electing
History 1, 2, 3.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in certain
classes of more advanced work Latin is advisable. French, at least,
will be required for Honours work, and the study of German is
recommended.
Greek 9 and Latin 7 will be accepted for credit in History.
First and Second Years
1. Main Currents in Twentieth-Century History.—This course
completes the study of world history in the high schools and offers
a background for contemporary world problems. The following
topics are discussed: The Great Powers at the Opening of the
Century, Alliance and Entente, The Coming of,the First World
War, The First World War, The Peace Treaties, The New Map of
Europe, Reparations and War Debts, Security and Disarmament,
The League of Nations, The Russian Revolution and the U.S.S.R.,
Italy and Fascism, Germany from Empire to Third Reich, Britain
and France between the Wars, The New Balkans, The Little
Entente and Poland, Nationalism and Imperialism in the Far East,
The United States and World Peace, The Road to the Second
World War.
Text-books: Benns, Europe Since 1914, Crofts, or Chambers,
Grant, and Bayley, The Age of Conflict, Hareourt, Brace; Schmitt,
Triple Alliance and Triple Entente, Oxford; Carr, Conditions of
Peace, Macmillan (for upper year credit).
Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work
will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this
course.)
Four hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
The fourth hour will be devoted to group discussions.
2. The History of Canada.—Geographical factors; exploration
and early settlements; the French Regime; constitutional development, 1759-1867; economic and social progress to Confederation;
development of the Dominion of Canada since 1867; Canada in the
Commonwealth; Canada in the world.
Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and Stewart; W%rong, The Canadians, Macmillan; Creighton, Dominion of *np!se"*Kv>gt'.'"**''.
History 173
the North, Houghton Mifflin; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of Toronto; Currie, Canadian Economic Development, Nelson; Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial
Relations, Book I, Canada, 1867-1939, King's Printer, Ottawa.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work
will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this
course.)
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
3. Canada West of the Great Lakes.—The place of Western
Canada in Canadian development; Anglo-French rivalry in the
West; struggle for supremacy between the Hudson's Bay Company
and the North West Company; the Selkirk Settlement; discovery
and exploration of the Pacific Coast; the Maritime fur trade; the
North West Company in British Columbia; the Western Department of the Hudson's Bay Company, 1821-70; rivalries in Old
Oregon; the colonial period of British Columbia; Confederation;
the Riel rebellion; the rise of the new West; the agrarian movement on the prairies; development of the Province of British
Columbia.
Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and
Stewart; Howay, British Columbia, the Making of a Province,
Ryerson; Sage, Sir James Douglas and British Columbia, University of Toronto; Morton, A History of the Canadian West to
1870-71, Nelson; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of
Toronto; Howay, Sage, and Angus, British Columbia and the
United States, Ryerson.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
Third and Fourth Years
History 4,10,11,12,13,14,16, and 18 are intended primarily for
Third Year students; History 15, 17, 19, 20, 25, and 26 for Fourth
Year. History 10 must be taken by all candidates for Honours.
All Honours students (whether in History alone or in a combined
course) must take the History seminars in their Third and Fourth
Years. The seminar is offered as a training in intensive work and
carries no credits.
If the graduating essay be written in History it will count as
3 units. 174 Faculty of Arts and Science
4. Mediaeval Europe, 500-1300.—A general outline of mediaeval
history from the fall of the Roman Empire to the 13th century.
Sketches of Byzantine history and of the rise of Islam are included,
but the main emphasis is laid upon the culture of the 12th and 13th
centuries in the West.
Text-book: Stephenson, Mediaeval History, revised edition,
Harpers.
Essays are assigned throughout the session. This course is open
also to Second Year students.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
10. British History to 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the political, constitutional, economic, and religious development of the British Isles from the earliest times to the Revolution
of 1688.
Text-books: Trevelyan, A History of England, Longmans; Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford; Stephenson and
Marcham, Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers;
Adams, Constitutional History of England, Holt; Hall and Albion,
A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
11. The Development and Problems of the British Empire-
Commonwealth.
This course is given in two parts, and may be taken for credit
in two successive years.
(a) The Development and Problems of the British Commonwealth.
(b) The Development and Problems of the British Colonial
Empire.
In the session 1945-46, and alternate years, 11 (b) will be given,
which deals with the history of the crown colonies and India and
with problems of colonial administration.
Text-books: Knaplund, The British Empire, 18i5-1939, Harpers;
Simnett, The British Colonial Empire, Allen and Unwin.
Bibliographies for voluntary summer reading will be supplied on
application to the instructor in charge.
Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. vnrz- - -
History 175
12. History of the United States of America.—This course begins
with a sketch of the American colonies at the outbreak of the
Revolution and traces the history of the United States from the
commencement of the War of Independence to the outbreak of
the Second World War.
Text-book: Faulkner, American Political and Social History,
Crofts.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
13. The Age of the Renaissance and Reformation.—A study of
the cultural development of Europe from the 14th to the 17th century, including a consideration of the transition from the mediaeval to the modern world; humanism; Renaissance art; overseas
exploration and expansion; the rise of national states; the Reformation; the scientific revolution and intellectual developments.
Text-books: Lucas, The Renaissance and the Reformation, Harpers ; Smith, The Age of the Reformation, Holt.
- Readings and reports will be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
14. Europe from Westphalia to Waterloo.—Europe in the 17th
and 18th centuries; the establishment of absolutism; the ascendancy
of France; expansion and conflict overseas; the enlightened despots;
the Age of Reason; the French Revolution; Napoleon; the Congress
of Vienna.
Text-books: Garrett, European History, 1500-1815, Heath; Dorn,
Competition for Empire, Harpers; Gershoy, From Despotism to
Revolution, Harpers; Brinton, A Decade of Revolution, Harpers;
Bruun, Europe and the French Imperium, Harpers.
Readings and reports will be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. s 3 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
15. Europe, 1815-1914. — The political, social, and economic
history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with especial
attention to international relations.
Text-books: Hayes, A Political and Cultural History of Modem
Europe, Vol. II, Macmillan; Hall and Davis, The Course of Europe
Since Waterloo, Appleton-Century. 176 Faculty of Arts and Science
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
16. Social and Economic History of Mediaeval Europe. ■— A
course on the development of economic and social life through the
Middle Ages in Europe, c. 500-1500 A.D.
Text-books: Pirenne, An Economic and Social History of Mediaeval Europe, and Mediaeval Cities and the Revival of Trade,
Kegan Paul. Further reading assigned.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
17. World Economic History, 1850-1948.—A comparison of the
means by which industrial progress has been- achieved in Western
Europe, the Americas, Japan, Russia, and India, and a study of
the social changes involved. Regular reading will be required, but
no essays. *y
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
18. British History, 1485-1760. — This course offers a general
survey of political, economic, social, and cultural change in the
Tudor and Stuart periods and the early 18th century. Some
knowledge of contemporary literature in any of the three periods
will be helpful.
Text-books: Trevelyan, History of England, Longmans; Adams
and Stephens, Select Documents of English Constitutional History,
Macmillan; Bland, Brown, and Tawney, English Economic History,
Select Documents, Bell.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
19. Great Britain Since 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political, economic, and religious development of the British Isles since 1688.
Text-books: Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford;
Ensor, England, 1870-1914, Oxford; Stephenson and Marcham,
Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers; Woodward,. -**->£ * *'.""* "~ - *. "-.j^vs*"", $r .--i**rf^
History 177
The Age of Reform, Oxford; Hall and Albion, A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
20. The Evolution of Canadian Self-Government.—A survey of
the period from the Peace of Utrecht to the present day. The
following subjects will be dealt with: French and British colonial
systems; British experience in Acadia; British policy after the
Treaty of Paris; the Quebec Act; the effect of the American Revolution; the Constitutional Act; the opening of the West; the War
of 1812; the formation of parties and the struggle for reform;
Durham's Report; the achievement of responsible government;
Confederation and the completion of the Dominion; the development of responsible government and the growth of nationhood.
Text-books: Martin, Empire and Commonwealth, Oxford; Kennedy, The Constitution of Canada, Oxford; Kennedy, Statutes,
Treaties and Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1713-1929,
Oxford; Scott, Canada To-day, Oxford.
Essays will be assigned throughout the session.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(May not be given in 1945-46.)
21. Methods in High School Social Studies. — This course is
offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and
does not carry undergraduate credit.
Text-book: Wesley, Teaching the Social Studies, Heath.
Readings to be assigned.
Mr. Cooke.
22. Honours Seminars:
(a) Third Year: Problems of Bibliography and Historical
Method. Mr. Cooke, Miss Ormsby.
(b) Fourth Year: Problems of Modern British History. Mr.
Sage.
23. M.A. Seminar: The History of British Columbia. Mr. Sage.
24. History of Latin America. 3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
25. History of Historical Writing.—A survey of the development
of Western culture as reflected in the changing outlook of historians
from classical times to the present day. Emphasis will be laid on
19th and 20th century philosophies of history. 178 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-books: Barnes, A History of Historical Writing, Oklahoma
University; Shotwell, An Introduction to the History of History,
Columbia; Gooch, History and Historians in the 19th Century,
Longmans.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
26. Canada After 1867.—A survey of the main features of
political and economic development of Canada after 1867, with
some consideration of foreign policy. The following subjects will
be dealt with: The Federal System; Expansion and Unification;
Railway Building and Western Settlement; Protective Tariffs or
Reciprocity; Regionalism and the Better Terms Movement; The
Courts and the Constitution; Imperial Federation; Immigration;
Growing Industrialism; The First World War and the Growth
of Canadian Autonomy; Canada's Position in the British Commonwealth of Nations; Canada's Relations with the United States;
Problems of the Period between the Wars; Agrarian Revolt;
Tariffs; Labor; Discontented Provinces; National Unity; Canada
Enters the Second World War.
Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada, McClelland and Stewart ; Creighton, Dominion of the North, Houghton Mifflin,' Report
of the Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial Relations, Book I,
Canada, 1867-1939, King's Printer, Ottawa; Soward and others,
Canada in World Affairs, the Pre-War Years, Oxford.
Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Department of Home Economics
Associate Professor and Acting Head of the Department: Miss Dorothy P.
Lefebvre.
Assistant Professor: Miss Stella Beil.
Assistant Professor: Miss Charlotte S. Black.
Assistant Professor: Miss Nina Morley.
The following courses are open only to students of the degree
course in Home Economics except by permission of the Faculties
concerned.
A. Introduction to Foods and Nutrition.—An introductory
course designed to give basic principles of food preparation and
of nutrition.
Text-books: Sherman and Lanford, Essentials of Nutrition, 2nd
edition, Macmillan; Wilmot and Batjer, Food for the Family,
2nd edition, Lippincott. yt-v*:-***.*•;■
Home Economics 179
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
V/2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Thursday.
B. Introduction to Textiles and Clothing. — An introductory
course designed to give basic principles of textile selection and of
clothing construction by using commercial patterns. '
Text-book: Erwin, Practical Dress Design, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday. ^
Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Thursday.
1. Foods and Nutrition.—Lectures are devoted to a study of
human nutrition with emphasis on the requirements of the normal
adult. The preparation of various types of food is presented from
the experimental viewpoint in the laboratory hours.
Text-book: Chaney and Ahlborn, Nutrition, 3rd edition, Houghton Mifflin.
Prerequisite: Home Economics A or equivalent.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 2.00-5.00, Tuesday; Section 2, 8.30-11.30,
Saturday.
2. Principles of Design.—The study and application of fundamental art principles to problems in design. Application of design
principles to dress. Wardrobe planning.
Text-book: Goldstein, Art in Everyday Life, 3rd edition, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 8.30-11.30,
Saturday. ,
3. Clothing.—Development of foundation patterns. Flat pattern
designing. Consumer problems in relation to ready-to-wear.
Text-book: Latzke and Quinlan, Clothing, Lippincott.
Prerequisite: Home Economics B or equivalent.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
_;j -U1. *-j ^jfc^z-w^-zvp^^s
180 Faculty of Arts and Science
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 1.30-5.30,
Thursday; Section 3, 9.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
4. Food Management.—Food buying and utilization, food legislation, brands and grades. Meal planning and table service.
Advanced food preparation related to food service. Group preparation and service of at least one meal.
Text-book: Wilmot and Batjer, Food for the Family, 2nd edition,
Lippincott.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 2.00-5.00, Tuesday; Section 2, 2.00-5.00,
Thursday; Section 3, 8.30-11.30, Saturday.
5. Household Equipment and Furnishings.—A study of house
plans, furnishings, and equipment. Problems of selection and care
of equipment and furnishings.
Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living,
Wiley.
Prerequisite: Physics A or Physics C or Physics 1.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Laboratory: 9.30-11.30, Saturday.
6. Economics of the Household.—Family expenditures and
standards of living. Budgeting of time, energy, and family funds.
Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living,
Wiley.
Prerequisite: Economics 1.
Two lectures and two hours discussion a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Discussion: 9.30-11.30, Saturday.
7. Experimental Cookery.—Experimental procedure applied to
food preparation. Each student will undertake the solution of a
cookery problem.
Text-book: Lowe, Experimental Cookery, 3rd edition, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 1. PfpRSfWC*
Home Economics 181
One lecture and five hours laboratory a week.
This course may be taken in either term. iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Friday.
Laboratory: First Term, 2.00-5.00, Wednesday; 2.00-4.00, Friday;
Second Term, 2.00-5.00, Wednesday; 10.30-12.30, Thursday.
8. Advanced Nutrition and Dietetics.—Food requirements of the
healthy infant, child, adolescent, and adult. These requirements
applied to the planning of adequate dietaries at various cost levels.
Students will be expected to present oral and written reports of
recent advances in the science of nutrition.
Reference: Sherman, Chemistry of Food and Nutrition, 6th
edition, Macmillan. ^r
Prerequisite: Home Economics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Friday.
9. Textiles.—A study of textile construction, finish, and design.
Identification of fibers. Problems of textile consumers.
Text-books: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Chemistry C.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory:.To be arranged.
10. Advanced Clothing.—Development of dress design by means
of draping. A study of the social significance of fashion.
References: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 3.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: To be arranged.
11. Advanced Foods.—A course in advanced food preparation*
with emphasis placed upon the more difficult techniques of preparation and service. Students will devote considerable time to the
planning and presentation of food demonstrations.
References: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 4. 182 Faculty of Arts and Science '
. ■——— . .—. . . ^- .—— — . —
One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. First Term.
V/2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Thursday.
Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Monday and 9.30-11.30, Thursday.
12. Interior Decoration.—Application of design principles to furnishing and decorating homes.
Text-books: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 2.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: To be arranged.
13. Diet Therapy.—A discussion of the relation of normal nutrition to certain diseases and the part that diet therapy may play in
their treatment. Special diets are calculated and prepared in the
laboratory
References: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 8.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Saturday.
Laboratory: 2.00-5.00, Monday.
14. Quantity Cookery.—Experience in the preparation of food
in large quantities.
Text-books: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Home Economics 4.
One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
15. Institution Administration.—Discussion of the organization
and administration problems of food departments of institutions.
Text-books: To be announced.
Open only to Third and Fourth Year students.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
16. Institution Buying.—Discussion of problems of purchasing
.food in large quantities and of the selection, arrangement, and care
of equipment for large quantity food service.
References: To be announced.
Open only to Third and Fourth Year students.
Three lectures a week. First Term. iy2 units.
Field trips to be arranged. ^f^Mr-**;?*' > s* . * -^ ;
Home Economics 183
17. Home Management.—(Ho be arranged.)
Open only to Third and Fourth Year students.
First or Second Term. IV2 units.
18. Child Development and Family Relations.—The physical,
mental, social, and emotional development of the infant and child;
a study of family relations. Open only to Third and Fourth
Year students.
Lectures and observation. 3 units.
Department of Mathematics
Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan.
Professor: F. S. Nowlan.
Professor: Ralph D. James (On leave of absence.)
Professor: Walter H. Gage.
Associate Professor: S. A. Jennings. ■
Associate Professor: D. C. Murdoch.
Instructor: Miss May L Barclay.
For First Year Students
1. Introductory Mathematics.—An elementary course in algebra,
including proportion, variation, logarithms, progressions, theory of,
quadratic equations, permutations, combinations,* annuities, binomial theorem; analytical geometry, including the study of the
straight line and the circle, with an introductory study of the
parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola; elementary trigonometry.
Text-books: Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, McGraw-Hill; Rider,
Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, Macmillan; Crawford, Senior
High School Algebra, Macmillan; Hedrick, Logarithmic and Trigonometric Tables, revised edition, Macmillan.
Four hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday; 1.30-2.30,
Tuesday;
Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; 1.30-2.30,
Thursday;
Section3,11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday; 1.30-2.30,
Wednesday.
Primarily for Second Year Students
2. Algebra, Calculus, and Geometry.—Induction, complex numbers, Horner's method, series, undetermined coefficients, determinants; introduction to differential and integral calculus, with various
applications; review of conies, introduction to solid analytic
geometry. 184 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-books: Nowlan, College Algebra; Nowlan, Analytic
Geometry, McGraw-Hill.
Calculus text to be announced.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. Mr.
Jennings.
Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday. Mr.
Nowlan.
3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course deals
with the exponential law, the power law, curve fitting, the theory
of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation of bonds, sinlnng funds,
depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.
Text-book: Hart, Mathematics of In/vestment, revised, Heath.
Reference: Bauer, Mathematics Preparatory to Statistics and
Finance, Macmillan.
Three hours a week. Miss Barclay. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
4. Descriptive Astronomy.—An introductory course dealing with
the solar system, stellar motions, the constitution of the stars, and
nebulae.
Text-book: Baker, Astronomy, latest edition, Van Nostrand.
Two hours a week. Mr. Petrie. 2 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Students desiring credit for an additional unit in connection
with this course may register for Mathematics 18. They will be
required to write essays on prescribed subjects dealing with various
phases of astronomy. 1 unit.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
Primarily for Third Year Students
Mathematics 2 is prerequisite to all the following courses.
10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of the
subject.
Text-book: Miller, Calculus, Wiley.
Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
11. Mathematical Analysis.—A study of mathematical principles
which are of importance in pure and applied mathematics. Appli- ■p"J> •»■ ■ ■ 1
Mathematics 185
cations to specific problems in mathematics, chemistry, physics,
statistics.
Text-book: To be announced.
Two hours a week. Mr. Gage. 2 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday and Friday.
12. Differential Equations.—An introductory course, with applications to geometry, mechanics, physics, and chemistry.
Text-book: Piaggio, Differential Equations, Bell.
This course may be taken concurrently with Mathematics 10.
Three hours a week. Mr. Murdoch. .3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
13. Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry.—A general study of
the conies and systems of conies, and elementary work in three
dimensions. 1
Text-book: Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, McGraw-Hill.
Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
14. Theory of Equations, Determinants, and Matrices.—A course
covering the main theory and use of these subjects.
Text-book: Dickson, Elementary Theory of Equations, Wiley.
Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
Primarily for Fourth Year Students
15. Modem Algebra.—The number system of algebra and analysis. An introduction to groups, fields, linear vector spaces.
Various applications.
Text-book: MacDuffee, Introduction to Abstract Algebra, Wiley.
References: Birkhoff and MacLane, A Survey of Modern Algebra,
Macmillan; Albert, Modern Higher Algebra, University of Chicago.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
(Given in-1945-46 and alternate years.)
16. Advanced Calculus.—Singular points, asymptotes, differentiation and integration under the sign of the integral, line and surface integrals; Euler's functions, Fourier series, elliptic integrals
•and functions, integration with a complex variable, Bessel functions. 186 Faculty of Arts and Science
References: Woods, Advanced Calculus, Ginn; Burington and
Torrance, Higher Mathematics, McGraw-Hill.
Three hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
17. Theory and Applications of Differential Equations.—An advanced course, with applications to selected topics in dynamics, the
theory of potential, and quantum mechanics.
Text-book: Margenan and Murphy, The Mathematics of Physics
and Chemistry, Van Nostrand.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12, Physics 5.
Three hours a week. Mr. Jennings. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
This course may be taken either as an undergraduate or as a
graduate course. ^k
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the
historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics
from the earliest times to the present. Essays will be assigned.
1 unit.
19. Advanced Geometry.—An introduction to the geometry of
the projective plane; a critical study of the axioms of Euclidean
and non-Euclidean geometry; coordinate systems and imaginary
elements.
Text-books: Robinson, The Foundations of Geometry, University
of Toronto; Coxeter, Non-Euclidean Geometry, University of
Toronto. ▼
Prerequisite: Mathematics 13.
Two hours a week. 2 units..
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
Courses for Graduate Students
20. Tensor Analysis.—Text-book: McConnell, Applications of the
Absolute Differential Calculus, Blackie.
21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable.
22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.
23. Differential Geometry.—Text-book: Weatherburn, Differential Geometry. Mathematics 187
24. Projective. Geometry.—Text-book: Veblen and Young, Projective Geometry, Vol. I.
25. Celestial Mechanics.—Text-book: Moulton, An Introduction
to Celestial Mechanics.
26. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations.
27. Theory of Numbers and Algebraic Numbers.
28. Linear Algebras.—Text-book: Dickson, Algebras and Their
Arithmetics.
■ »
29. Modern Algebraic Theories.—Text-book: Birkhoff and Mac-
Lane, Survey of Modem Algebra.
30. Harmonic and Elliptic Functions.—Text-books: Byerly, Integral Calculus; Whittaker and Watson, Modern Analysis; Gray,
MatheWs, and MacRobert, Bessel Functions.
31. Topology.
32. Theory of Groups.
Department of Modern Languages ,
Professor and Head of the Department: D. O. Evans.
Professor of French: A. F. B. Clark.
Professor of German: Miss Isabel Maclnnes.
Assistant Professor of French: Miss Dorothy Dallas.
Assistant Professor of French: Miss Deborah A. K. Aish.
Assistant Professor of German: Miss Joyce Hallamore.
Assistant Professor of German: Charles E. Borden.
Assistant Professor of Spanish: C. V. Brooke.
Assistant Professor of Spanish: Jack Horace Parker.
Instructor in French: Madame Y. Darlington.
Lecturer: Miss Ethel Harris.
With the consent of the professor in charge of the course, a
■student taking a General Course B.A. degree may be admitted to
any course in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not
in lieu of, 3 (a) and 4 (a); and a student taking a B.Com. degree
may be admitted to French 3 (b) in lieu of French 3 (a). Students
from other universities who have already taken the work of 3 (a)
and 4 (a) may be given special permission by the Head of the
Department to substitute other courses.
French
1. Texts: Modem French Short Stories, edited by Fanniere,
Oxford; Beaumarehais, Le Barbier de Seville, Larousse; Dent, Les
Cent meilleurs poemes lyriques, Gowans & Gray; Barton and
Sirich, French Review Grammar and Composition, Crofts. 188 Faculty of Arts and Science
Prerequisite: University Entrance French or its equivalent.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: Section 1, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday;
Section 3, 1.30--2.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday.
2. Texts: Balzac, Cesar Birotteau, Nelson; Anatole France, Nelson. Independent reading to include Balzac, Le Pere Goriot;
Anatole France, Le Crime de Sylvestre Bonnard, Holt; and the
author listed under Summer Reading.
Composition in French based on the above readings, and from
Ratner and Sorkin, French Review Grammar, Gage.
Prerequisite: French 1 or its equivalent.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 2, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday;
Section 3, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday.
3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV.—Lectures on the
history and social conditions of the period, and on the development
of the literature. Careful reading and discussion of the following
texts: Schinz and King, Seventeenth Century French Readings,
Holt; Corneille, Le Cid, Didier, or Polyeucte, Didier; Racine,
Iphigenie, American Book Co., or Andromaque, Didier, or Phedre,
Heath; Moliere, Le Misanthrope, Didier, or Les Femmes Savantes,
Didier, or L'Avare, Manchester University; Le Tartuffe, Didier.
Conversation and written resumes based on the above.
This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year
French. French 2 is a prerequisite. Students who cannot write
French with some facility are advised not to attempt 3 (a).
Students who intend to take French throughout the four years*
or who wish to teach this subject should take also 3 (c).
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
3. (b) French Verse.—A study of the forms of French verse and
of poetic diction and imagery from 1820 onwards.
Texts: Berthon, Nine French Poets, Macmillan; Victor Hugo,.
Selections, Manchester University; Charles Marc des Granges,
Les poetes frangais 1820-1920, Hatier.
Independent readings to include Vigny, Eloa. See also, under
Summer Reading, Chateaubriand and Rivarol.
Three hours a week. For Honours students. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. ■f-KLi* -., x. •-,
Modern Languages 189
3. (c) French Practice,—Phonetics; training in speaking and
essay writing. This course should be taken by all who elect French
as a Third Year subject. It may not be substituted for French 3 (a).
Text-books: Klinghardt and Fourmestraux, French Intonation
Exercises; Bascan, Manuel pratique de pronunciation et de lecture,
Dent.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
4. (a) The Romantic Movement. -— Romanticism, lyrical and
social, in French literature; its significance in poetry and life.
Texts: Victor Hugo, Hernani, Nelson; Ruy Bias, Delagrave;
Alfred de Vigny, Chatterton, Oxford; Alfred de Musset, Three
Plays, Nelson. Independent readings include the plays of Mari-
vaux, Voltaire, Sedaine, and Banville listed under Summer Reading.
Reference: Stewart and Tilley, The Romantic Movement in
French Literature, Cambridge.
Prerequisites: French 3 (a) and (c).
Three hours a week. , 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
4. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century.—Lectures on
the history and social conditions of the period, with special emphasis
on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of Romanticism.
The,interrelations of French and English thought and literature
will be touched upon.
Texts: Havens, Selections from Voltaire, Appleton-Century;
Mornet, Rousseau, Morceaux choisis, Didier; Fallex, Diderot, Ex-
traits, Delagrave; Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville, Macmillan.
Prerequisites: Frehch 3 (a) and 3 (b).
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
4. (c) Lectures on the educational and administrative institutions of modern France; one hour. Oral and written practice,
readings, and discussions; two hours.
This course may be taken with French 4 (a), but not in place
of it.
Prerequisite: French 3 (c).
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Courses for Graduate Students
5. (b) . The Middle Ages and XVIth' Century.—Texts: Le MysUre
d'Adam, Manchester University; Rabelais, Gargantua xiv, xv,
xxi, xxiii, xxiv, Pantagruel viii, Jouaust; Montaigne, Essais i, xxv;
Ronsard, Poesies choisies, Gamier. 3 units. 190 Faculty of Arts and Science
5. (c) The History of French Criticism.—French literary criticism and theory, from the Pleiade to the present day.
Text-book: Vial-Denise, Idees et doctrines litteraires, three vols.,
Delagrave. 3 units.
5. (d) Contemporary French Literature.—The poetic movement
from Peguy to the Surrealistes.
Text: Anthologie de la nouvelle poesie frangaise, Kra.
Lectures expliquees from Valery, Variete i, Gallimard; Gide,
Pages de Journal, Gallimard; Valery Larbaud,' Amants, heureux
amants, Gallimard. Further readings to be specified. 3 units.
Summer Reading
Upon entering the courses for the years stated, the student must
satisfy the instructor that he has read the books mentioned below.
Second Year: «W'^
1. Louis Hemon, Maria Chapdelaine, Fayard.
Third Year: \\f
1. Chateaubriand, Atala, Larousse.
2. Madame de Stael, De rAllemagne,harousse*.
3. Rivarol, Discours sur I'universolite de la langue frangaise,
Larousse.
Fourth Year:
1. Marivaux, Le Jeu de I'amour et du hasard, Larousse.
2. Voltaire, Contes, Hatier.
3. Voltaire, Zaire, Larousse.
4. Sedaine, Le philosophe sans le savoir, Larousse.*
5. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, Paul et Virginie, Larousse.*
6. Banville, Gringoire, Hatier.*
Note. Books marked with an asterisk are to be read by Honours
students only.
German
Beginners' Course.—Schinnerer, Beginning German, Macmillan;
Thoma, Lausbubengeschichten, Heath.
Four hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures:
Sections 1 and 2,10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
Sections 3 and 4,11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
Sections 5 and 6, 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
Section 7, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Each section has also a fourth period at 11.30-12.30 Tuesday,
Thursday, or Saturday, or 1.30-2.30 Tuesday. •■£ T ' " ' '
Modern Languages 191
1. (a) Texts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation,
Part I, Ginn; Miiller-Partenkirchen, Kaum genugend, Holt; Kastner, Drei Manner im Schnee, Crofts; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics,
Heath.
Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday;
Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
1. (b) Scientific German.—An introduction to the reading of
scientific German, supplemented by a review of essentials in
German grammar and composition.
Text-books: Wild, An Introduction to Scientific German, Oxford; Wild, An Anthology of Scientific German, Oxford; Chiles,
German Composition and Conversation, Part I, Ginn.
Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
2. Texts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part
II, Ginn; Diamond and Schomaker, Lust and Leid, Holt; Heine,
Die Harzreise, Allyn and Bacon; Huch, Der letzte Sommer, Farrar
and Rinehart; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Prerequisite: German 1 (a) or 1 (b) or the equivalent.
Three hours a week. , 3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday;
Section 2, 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
3. (a) The Classical Period.—Lectures on the development of
German literature, with special emphasis on that of the eighteenth
century.
Texts for special study: Lessing, Emilia Galotti, Heath; Goethe,
Faust I, Heath; Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt. For
less detailed study: Lessing, Minna von Bamhelm; Goethe, Iphi-
genie; Schiller, Maria Stuart.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Summer Reading. Before entering German 3 (a) students must
read: Fleissner, Deutsches Literatur-Lesebuch, Crofts, to page 92.
(Robertson, The Literature of Germany, Home University Library,
is also recommended.) 192 Faculty of Arts and Science
3. (b) The Novelle.—Lectures on the development of the German
Novelle, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century.
Text: Deutsche Erzahler, Insel Verlag. Extensive independent
reading will be expected. 3 units.
3. (c) A course in oral and written composition, based largely
on a study of the development of German civilization.
Text: Jordan, Deutsche Kulturgesehichte, Crofts. .
• Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
4. (a) Nineteenth Century German Drama.—Text: Campbell,
German Plays of the Nineteenth Century, Crofts. 3 units.
4. (b) Nineteenth Century German Fiction. 3 units.
Courses 4 (a) and 4 (b) are given alternately.
5. (a) Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.—Reading and discussion of
the most important works of these authors. 3 units.
5. (b) Middle High German. — Text-book: Bachmann, Mittel-
hochdeutsches Lesebuch. 3 units.
Spanish
Beginners' Course.—Grammar, composition, translation, conversation.
Texts: House and Mapes, Essentials of Spanish, Ginn; Cano,
La Vida de un Picaro, Macmillan; Espinosa, Cuentos Castellanos,
Oxford.
Four hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units.
Lectures:
Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; 1.30-
2.30, Tuesday;
Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; 1.30-
2.30, Thursday;
Section 3,10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; 1.30-
2.30, Wednesday.
1. Review of grammar; composition, translation, conversation.
Texts: Blasca Ibanez, Siete Cuentos, Holt; Martinez Sierra,
Sueno de una Noche de Agosto, Holt; Benavente, Los Malhechores
del Bien, Macmillan; Arjona, Siglo de Aventuras, Macmillan; Fernandez and Jennings, Spanish Grammar in Review, Houghton
Mifflin.
Three hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. ■**" t Je1
•Modern Languages 198
2. Translation and discussion of modern authors. Study of the
political and social institutions of Spain and Spanish America.
Texts: To be announced. ( '
Three hours a week. Mr. Brooke. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
Department of Philosophy and Psychology
Professor and Head of the Department:
Associate Professor: Thomas G. Henderson.
Associate Professor: Joseph E. Morsh. (On leave of absence.)
Associate Professor: Alexander P. Maslow.
Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education: F. T. Tyler.
(On leave of absence.)
Philosophy
1. Introduction to Philosophy.—A general study of the philosophic background of present scientific, literary, social, and religious
issues. Emphasis will be-placed on the sense in which philosophic
theory is consciously or unconsciously presupposed in the various
forms of human activity.
Text-book: Drake, Invitation to Philosophy, Houghton Mifflin.
Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2. Ancient and Mediaeval Philosophy.—Primitive thought and
the origins of Western civilization; early Greek schools and the relations between philosophy and science; the Greek Enlightenment
and the Sophists; the role of Socrates; the intellectual reconstruction of Plato; the philosophy of Aristotle; the Stoic, Epicurean,
and Sceptic schools; the later history of Platonism; the development
of mediaeval philosophy to the Renaissance.
Text-books: Nahm, Selections from Early Greek Philosophy,
Crofts; Plato, Republic, Macmillan; Edman, ed., The Philosophy
of Plato, The Modern Library; Aristotle, Selections, ed. Ross,
Scribners; Clark, Selections from Hellenistic Philosophy, Crofts;
St. Augustine, Confessions, Everyman.
Three hours a Week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
3. Early Modem Philosophy.—The Renaissance; the rise of
modern science, and its transformation of traditional beliefs; the
function of reason and the conception of nature in the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries. The course will be based on selected
readings from the Works of Bacon and Hobbes, the Continental 194 Faculty of Arts and Scibnce
Rationalists (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), and the British Empiricists (Locke, Berkeley, Hume).
Text-books: Burtt, The English Philosophers from Bacon to
Mill, The Modern Library, Random House; Descartes, Selections,
Scribners; Spinoza, Selections, Scribners; Leibniz, Discourse on
Metaphysics, Open Court.
Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
4. Modem Philosophy from 1781 to 1900.—The main currents
of philosophical thought in the late eighteenth and in the nineteenth
century, including the critical philosophy, the romantic movement,
optimism and pessimism, the influence* of evolution on modern
thought, positivistic and materialistic forms of naturalism, and the
bearings of nineteenth century thought on the philosophic problems of today. Special reference will be made to literary and
scientific movements.
Text-book: Rand, Modem Classical Philosophers, Houghton Mifflin.
References: Perry, Present Philosophical Tendencies, Longmans;
California Associates, Selected Writings in Philosophy, Appleton-
Century ; Weber & Perry, History of Philosophy, Scribners.
Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
5. Philosophic Trends in the Twentieth Century.—A discussion
of major philosophic problems prevalent since the turn of the
twentieth century. Pragmatism, logical positivism, intuitionism,
critical realism, and the philosophy of organism will be studied
with emphasis on pertinent theories of meaning, truth, mechanism,
vitalism, purpose, the qualitative and relational aspects of experience, possibility and actuality, the process of events, and the
feeling of value. The relevance of these theories to science, literature, and human conduct will be considered throughout the course.
Text-books: James, Pragmatism, together with four related
essays from The Meaning of Truth, Longmans; Edman, The Philosophy of Santayana, The Modern Library, Random House; Whitehead, Science and the Modem World, Macmillan.
References: Bergson, An Introduction to Metaphysics, Putnam;
Ayer, Language, Truth and Logic, Oxford.
Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. mmmW'p"
Philosophy and Psychology 195
6. Ethics.—The development of ethical thought within the
history of civilization. The historical approach will be followed
by a systematic discussion of the fundamental problems of ethics.
Text-book: Dewey and Tufts, Ethics, revised edition, Holt.
Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
7. Aesthetics.—A philosophical analysis of aesthetic experience;
the relation of aesthetic experience to daily life, science, and moral
principles; the nature of art; the materials, forms, and expressive
functioning of typical artistic objects; criteria of artistic style,
quality, truth, and greatness. No technical or detailed knowledge
of any of the arts is presupposed; interest in the general subject-
matter of aesthetics is sufficient. A considerable amount of illustrative matter is to be found in the text-book; additional examples
will be supplied.
Text-book: Flaccus, The Spirit and Substance of Art, Crofts.
Three hours a week. Mr. Henderson. I 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
8. Logic and Scientific Method.—A general course in the fundamental problems of logic and scientific method, for students of the
natural and social sciences, as well as philosophy.
Text-books: Cohen and Nagel, An Introduction to Logic and
Scientific Method, Hareourt, Brace; Lenzen, Procedures of Empirical Science, University of Chicago.
Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
9. Social and Political Philosophy.—A study of modern political
theory,- with emphasis upon the relation between changes in the
general current of political ideas and beliefs and changes in the
social and political structure. The leading political ideas today:
democracy and aristocracy; collectivism and individualism; socialism, communism, fascism; nationalism and pluralism.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
10. Symbolic Logic and Semantics.—Introduction to the elements
of symbolic logic and to the general theory of signs and their applications. Some acquaintance with elementary logic is desirable
as a preparation for this course.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 196 Faculty of Arts and Science
20. Philosophy of Mind.—A study of the structure and function
of mind, including the discussion of such topics as the philosophical
implications of scientific psychology, the self and personality, the
relation of body and mind, the place of mind in nature and in
society.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday.
Seminar: 2.30-4.30, Thursday.
Psychology
Psychology 1 is a prerequisite for all courses in Psychology
numbered 2-20, which are open only to Third and Fourth Year
students. . *^
A. Introduction to Psychology.—The beginnings of psychology;
psychology among the sciences and the pseudo-sciences; the fields
of psychology; adjustment to college and life; learning and study;
applications of psychology. Open to First Year students.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three hours a week. 1 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
1. Elementary Psychology.—Psychology as a science; the nervous system; sensation; perception; emotion; motivation; attention;
learning; thinking; intelligence; personality. This course is introductory to courses in advanced psychology. Not open to First Year
students.
Text-book: Dashiell, Fundamentals of G'emeral Psychology,
Houghton Miffiin.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2. Experimental Psychology. — The aim of this course is to
introduce the student to the scientific method as applied to psychology. The work will include performance of individual and
group experiments involving the various sense modes, images,
illusions, motor performance, reaction time, hand-eye coordination,
attention, learning, memory, and reasoning. Open to Third and
Fourth Year students by permission of the instructor.
Text-books: Seashore, Elementary Experiments in Psychology,
Holt; Woodworth, Experimental Psychology, Holt.
References: Bills, Experimental Psychology, Longmans; Boring,
Sensation and Perception in the History of Experimental Psychol- Philosophy and Psychology 197
0^2/, Appleton-Century; Murehison, ed., TAe Foundations of Experimental Psychology, Clark University.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Morsh.
3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 2.30-4.30, Tuesday.
3. Social Psychology.—-The psychological analysis of social life
from the point of view of the individual. Topics included are the
social setting of human behaviour, personality and group participation, language, suggestion, imitation, attitudes, stereotypes,
propaganda, rumors in wartime, crowd behaviour, social movements, leadership, the psychological effects of air-raids, and civilian
morale in wartime. '' W
Text-books: Katz and Schanck, Social Psychology, Wiley; Young,
Social Psychology, 2nd edition, Crofts. ^
Prerequisite: Psychology 1. A
Three hours a week. ^^^ ^ units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
4. Psychology of Adjustment.—Origins and modification of
behaviour, motivation, varieties of adjustive behaviour, personality,
mental hygiene, guidance.
Text-book: Shaffer, The Psychology of Adjustment, Houghton
Mifflin.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday,.and Friday.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
5. Abnormal Psychology.—The study of abnormal behaviour and
mental processes as an approach to the understanding of human
nature. The lectures will be supplemented with field trips and case
studies.
Text-book: Dorcus and Shaffer, Abnormal Psychology, 2nd edition, Williams and Wilkins.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
" : (Not given in 1945-46.) 198 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. Statistics.—Statistical methods applied to psychological investigations ; njeasures of central tendency and variability; correlation; the normal curve of error; sampling and reliability; the
analysis of variance and covariance; factor analysis.
Text-bo6k: To be announced.
Prerequisite :• Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
7. Applied Psychology.—The applications of psychology in the
professions, in business, and in industry; advertising; salesmanship ; personnel management; human efficiency; human motivation.
Text-book: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
8. Psychology of Culture.—The psychological analysis of social
life from the point of view of culture. Topics included are the
meaning of culture, its psychological relevance for personality, its
value relativity, and the problem of reconciling personality variations and cultural variations.
Text-books: Linton, The Study of Man, Appleton-Century; Linton, The Cultural Background of Personality, Appleton-Century.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
9. Child Psychology.—Problems and methods of child psychology, origins of behaviour, development of motor capacities,
mental functions and emotions, social development, child hygiene,
prediction, guidance, and control of child behaviour.
Text-book: To be announced.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
10. Mental Measurement and Psychological Tests.—
(a) The principles underlying the construction and interpretation of various psychological measuring instruments; intelligence
tests, personality inventories, questionnaires, and application blanks. *?~T ■-.?*.?>
Philosophy and Psychology 199
(b) The use and interpretation of standardized psychological
measuring instruments, including the administration of the Stan-
ford-Binet intelligence examination, personality questionnaires, interest tests, and attitude scales.
It is suggested that students should take Psychology 6 before
Psychology 10.
Text-book: Thurstone, The Reliability and Validity of Tests,
Edwards.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
20. Psychology Seminar: The Learning Process.—This course is
offered primarily for Honours and graduate students. It is open
to a limited number of Fourth Year students by permission of the
instructor. Reports and discussions will be based on assigned
readings.
References: Bartlett,,Remembering, Cambridge; Book, Economy
and Technique of Learning, Heath; Davis, Psychology of Learning,
McGraw-Hill; Ebbinghaus, Memory, Columbia; Guthrie, The Psychology of Learning, Harpers; Hilgard and Marquis, Conditioning
and Learning, Appleton-Century; Holt, Animal Drive and the
Learning Process, Holt; Meumann, The Psychology of Learning,
Appleton-Century; Pavlov, Conditioned Reflexes, Oxford; Thorn-
dike, Human Learning, Appleton-Century; Tolman, Purposive Behavior in Animals and Men, Appleton-Century; Troland, The Fundamentals of Human Motivation, Van Nostrand; Young, Motivation
of Behavior, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Psychology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday.
Seminar: 2.30-4.30, Thursday.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
Department of Physics
Professor and Head of the Department: Gordon Merritt Shrum.
Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: Harold D. Smith.
Assistant Professor: A. M. Crooker. (On leave of absence.)
Assistant Professor: Kenneth C. Mann. (On leave of absence.)
Assistant Professor: George Michael Volkoff. (On leave of absence.)
Lecturer: R. Eric Langton.
Lecturer: William Petrie.
Lecturer: R. Keith Brown.
Lecturer: H. R. Milley. % —■*-.■.-
"200 Faculty of Arts and Science
Primarily for First and Second Year Students
A. Introduction to Physics.—A course of demonstration lectures
in non-mathematical language presenting the fundamental principles of physics so that they can be understood by students who
have had no previous special training in the subject. The lectures
deal with the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat,
light, sound, and electricity and are supplemented by practical work
in the laboratory. The chief aim of the course is to give the minimum
acquaintance with physical science requisite for a liberal education
to those whose studies will be mainly literary. Students must reach
the required standing in both theoretical and practical work. Open
only to students who have not presented Physics for University
Entrance.
Text-book: White, Classical and Modern Physics, Van Nostrand.
Reference: Lemon, From Galileo to Cosmic Rays, University
of Chicago.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: A*
Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday;
Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
C. Elementary Physics. — An elementary course in general
physics for students taking courses in the Department of Home
Economics. The course will cover mechanics, molecular physics,
heat, sound, light, electricity, and modern physics without stressing
their mathematical aspect. Topics which are of particular interest
in home economics will be given special emphasis.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
1. Elementary Physics.—A study of general college physics suitable for those students who have obtained credit for University
Entrance Physics A or its equivalent. The course covers the
fundamental principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat,
light, sound, electricity, and some of the more recent developments
in physics in a more quantitative way than Physics A.
Text-book: Stewart, Physics, A Text-book for Colleges, Ginn.
Reference: Smith, Elements of Physics, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Physics A or University Entrance Physics A.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: Section 1, 8.30-9.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 3, 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday;
Section 4, 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, Friday. / Physics 201
2. General Physics.—This course in general physics is offered
primarily for those students who intend to proceed to a medical
course. The course is also suitable for those students who plan to
major in the humanities and desire a second course in physics. Concurrent with a more advanced study of general* physics, special
emphasis is placed upon those topics which are most important in
medicine.
Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this
course.
References: Robertson, Radiology Physics, Van Nostrand; Stuhl-
man, Introduction to Biophysics, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
3. General Physics.—This course is designed for those students
who plan to.teach general science in high school and who are not
majoring in Physics. In addition to a more, advanced study of
general physics than is usual in a college text, a critical study of
selected topics as presented in a number of high school texts will be
made. The laboratory period will be devoted to acquiring laboratory technique along the lines most valuable to prospective teachers.
Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this
course.
Text-book: To be announced.
Reference: Perkins, Co liege Physics, Prentice-Hall.
Prerequisite: Physics 1. ,
Two lectures and three hours laboratory* a week. 3 units.
4. Mechanics, Molecular Physics, and Heat.—A study of statics
and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws of gases,
molecular theory, temperature, calorimetry, radiation laws, and
elementary thermodynamics.
Text-books: Reynolds, Elementary Mechanics, Prentice-Hall;
Allen and Maxwell, Text-book of Heat, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday; Section 2, 1.30-4.30,.
Thursday. 202 Faculty of Arts and Science
Primarily for Third Year Students
5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A study of the fundamentals of
magnetism and electricity, including alternating currents and
electron physics.
Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism,
2nd ed., Wiley.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
Laboratory: 1.30-4.30, Monday.
6. Theoretical Mechanics.—A course in analytic and vector
mechanics of a particle and a rigid body. Among the topics
treated are central forces, vector fields, D'Alembert's Principle,
generalized coordinates, and Lagrange's equations of motion. An
introduction is given to the Principle of Least Action, Hamilton's
Principle, canonical transformations, and the Hamilton-Jacobi
equation.
Text-book: Edwards, Analytic and .Vector Mechanics, McGraw-
Hill.
If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 10 and 12 they
should be taken concurrently with this course.
Two lectures a week. 2 units.
7. Introduction to Mathematical Physics.—A course of lectures
upon selected topics, including elasticity, viscosity,, surface tension,
gravitation, heat conduction, wave motion, and hydrodynamics.
If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 10 and 12 they
should be taken concurrently with this course.
Two lectures a week. * 2 units.
8. Physical Optics.—A study of geometrical and physical
optics supplemented by laboratory work, covering spectroscopy,
aberration theory, optical instruments, optical glass, photography,
interference, diffraction, polarization, reflection theory, magneto-
optics, electro-optics, and experiments on ether drift.
Text-book: Jenkins and White, Fundamentals of Physical Optics,
McGraw-Hill.
References: Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw-
Hill ; Wood, Physical Optics, Macmillan.
Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
9. Elementary Modem Physics.—A survey of the fundamental
ideas underlying modern physics. The arrangement of the material Igff^WgPS-* **'" 75'*'
Physics 208
is designed especially to suit the needs of general science teachers
and" others who wish to study some of the recent developments in
physics. Analytical demonstrations, such as are given, do not involve advanced mathematics. Among the topics treated are electronic phenomena, radio and television, the nature of light and
electromagnetic radiation, X-rays, the quantum theory, spectroscopy, astrophysics, relativity, radioactivity, cosmic rays, and elementary particles.
Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this
course.
Text-book: Brown, Fundamentals of Modern Physics, Wiley.
Reference: Hull, An Elementary Survey of Modern Physics, Mac-
millan.
Prerequisite: Physics A or 1.
Two lectures -and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units.
Primarily for Fourth Year Students
10. Light.—A short lecture course for students who have not
taken Physics 8. A study of optical instruments, photography,
spectroscopy, photometry, thermal radiation, refractometers, interference, diffraction, and polarised light.
References: Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw-Hill ; Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw-
Hill.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
11. Electricity and Magnetism. — A course dealing primarily
with the theoretical phases of electricity and magnetism, including
an introduction to the electromagnetic theory and the special
theory of relativity.
Text-book: Page and Adams, Principles of Electricity, Van
Nostrand. .
References: Harnwell, Principles of Electricity and Magnetism,
McGraw-Hill; Smythe, Static and Dynamic Electricity, McGraw-'
Hill.
Two lectures a week. 2 units.
12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—A course of lectures
dealing with the various branches of physics which have most
directly contributed to the present status of our knowledge of
atomic structure. The topics treated include cathode and positive
rays, radioactivity, the photoelectric effect, atomic and molecular
spectra, X-rays, cosmic rays, and nuclear physics. 204 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: Richtmyer and Kennard, Introduction. to Modern
Physics, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Physics 4 and 5, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures a week. 2 units.
■13. Kinetic Theory of Gases.-—A course of lectures giving an
exposition of the classical deductions and an outline of recent
experimental advances of the subject.
Text-book: To be announced.
Two lectures a week. 2 units.
14. Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures covering the fundamental principles of the subject. ^^
Text-book: Birtwistle, The Principles of Thermodynamics, Cambridge, ^^^-k
One lecture a week. l^. ^^ * 1 unit.
19. Experimental Physics.—This is chiefly a laboratory course
covering work in thermionics, spectroscopy, high vacua, and general
laboratory technique. Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and
bibliographies constitute an essential part of the course.
Text-books: Hoag, Electron and Nuclear Physics, Van Nostrand;
Harnwell and Livingood, Experimental Atomic Physics, McGraw-
Hill; Strong, Procedures in Experimental Physics, Prentice-Hall.
Six hours laboratory a week. 2 or 3 units.
With the consent of the Head of the Department, Fourth Year
students may select one or more units from the following graduate
courses.
Primarily for Graduate Students
20. Spectroscopy.—A study of the excitation, observation, and
theory of optical spectra. This includes such subjects concerning
the origin of atomic and molecular spectra,as spectral series, atomic
and molecular energy states, Zeeman, Paschen-Back, 'and Stark
Effects, etc. Also one or more lectures may be given on spectrograph^ methods in chemical and metallurgical analysis.
1 unit.
'21. Radiation and Atomic Structure.—A study of the theories
•of radiation and miscellaneous related topics selected from current
literature.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
22. Electromagnetic Theory.—A study of the classical work of
Maxwell, Hertz, Lorentz, and others; the application of the theory -fyFSyirr&Wf'vw**--
■ ■ \\
Physics 205
of relativity to electrodynamics; and recent advances.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
23. Vector Analysis.—A course of lectures upon the applications
of vecto^ analysis to problems in physics.
One lecture a week. 1 uifit.
24. X-rays and Crystal Structure. — A study of the modern
methods of production and observation of X-rays, the Compton
effect, X-ray analysis, and the structure of crystals.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
25. Theory of Measurements.—A lecture course on the combination of observations, including a consideration of interpolation
formulae, normal frequency distributions, and least squares.
One lecture a week. ^^k. ^^^^ ^ unit.
26. Advanced Analytical Dynamics.—A lecture course on the
generalized methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi.
1 unit. ,
27. The Theory of Relativity.—An introductory course to the
theory of relativity.
One lecture a week. 1 unit:
28. Quantum Mechanics. -— An introduction to the theory of
quantum mechanics, and the application of wave mechanics to
atomic problems.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
29. Nuclear PhysicS.—An introduction to modern developments
in nuclear physics. Among topics treated are natural and artificial
radioactivity, interactions of various radiations with matter, artificial disintegration, and cosmic rays.
One lecture a week. 1 unit.
30. Electron Optics.—A study of the theory of electrostatic and
magnetic electron focusing.systems with practical applications in
both the electrostatic and magnetic electron microscopes, cathode
ray tubes, television cathode ray tubes, electron multipliers, etc
40. Methods in High School Physics. — This course is offered
' primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and does not
carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned. 206 Faculty of Arts and Science
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK
Professor and Head of the Department: Miss Marjorie J. Smith.
Associate Professor: Miss Katherine Reebel.
Part-time Lecturers
Miss Isobel Harvey, M.A. (Brit. Col.).
Miss Elizabeth King, M.A. (Acadia).
Gordon Hearn, B.A. (Man.), M.Sc. (George Williams College).
Honorary Lecturers
James H. Creighton, M.A. (Brit. Col.).
Miss Laura Holland, C.B.E., R.N., Cert. School of Social Work (Simmons
College).
Miss Mary McPhedran, Diploma, Social Science Department (Toronto).
Note. The following courses, except Social Work 1, are open
only to candidates for the Diploma in Social Work.
1. Introduction to Social Work.—A general survey of the field of
professional social work for students preparing to enter the graduate
course in Social Work. The various types of social agencies will be
studied with case illustrations of the work such agencies do and a
general historical background will be reviewed in order to demonstrate how social agencies originated to meet existing needs.
Text-book: Fink, The Field of Social Work, Holt.
Three hours a week. Miss Smith, Miss Reebel. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2(a). Social Case Work.—An introductory course describing the
philosophy of social case work, case work methods, and the types of
problems tb which case work can make a contribution.
Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Reebel. iy2 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2(b). Social Case Work.—A continuation of 2(a) with elaboration of methods and techniques through the study of case records.
Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. iy2 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
3. Problems of Child Welfare.—An introductory course in which
methods of caring for dependent, neglected, and delinquent children
are presented and discussed.
Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. lx/2 units.
Lectures: 4.30-5.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
4. Medical Information.—The purpose of the course is to provide
social workers with, the information needed to understand and help
most effectively persons suffering from mental and physical handicaps; social implications of illness, the need for an interpretative Social Work 207
diagnosis, and the ethics involved in the relations of doctors, nurses,
social workers, and patients.
Two hours a week. Miss Johnson and special lecturers.
2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Wednesday and Friday.
5. Advanced Case Work.—Discussion of case material from specialized fields of practice designed to deepen the students' understanding of people and to increase the students' skills in case work
practice.
Summer Session. iy2 units.
7. Introduction to Social Group Work.—This course furnishes an
appreciation of the value and function of group work in the general
field of social work. Specific attention is given to the group process;
group work objectives; programme planning; leadership.
Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Hearn. V/2 units.
Lectures: 8.30-10.30, Monday; 8.30-9.30, Wednesday.
9. Beginning Field Work. * AT
Fifteen hours a week. 3 units.
Tuesday and Thursday.
10. Advanced Field Work.
Thirty hours a week. 3 units.
May, June, and July.
11. Community Organization.—An examination of the problem
of identifying social needs in the community and of developing
programmes to meet them. An analysis of the functions of the coordinating agencies in the community and of the professional social
worker in the process of social planning.
Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Wednesday and Friday.
12. Social Work and the Law.—The principles of law with which
the social worker, should become familiar; those defects in judicial
administration that especially affect persons with low incomes; the
structure of the court system; legal aid societies and their work.
Summer Session. Special lecturers. iy2 units.
13(a). Public Welfare.—A descriptive study of public welfare organization with an emphasis upon Canadian developments of the
past and present and a consideration of future plans.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Creighton. 1 unit.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday. 1 5ft (..- *t. ( t *n i^> w j- i.>™^ .
Faculty of Arts and Science
13(b). Public Welfare.—Problems of administration in the field
of public welfare.
Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Smith. 1 unit.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
20. Social Research.—Discussion of and practice in research
methods. Preparation of studies.
Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Harvey. 1 unit.
Lectures: 2.30-4.30, Friday.
Nursing 5. Mental Hygiene,—An introduction to the study of
mental illness, with emphasis upon its prevention. Child guidance
clinics and the psychiatric social history.
One hour a week. Mr. Crease and special lecturers. 1 unit.
Lectures: 3.30-4.30, Monday.
Department of Zoology
Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens.
Professor: G. J. Spencer. #
Professor: I. McT. Cowan.
Note. Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology, except
for pre-medical students taking Zoology 1, 2, 5, and 6.
1. General Zoology.—A course on the structure, classification,
life histories, and biology of animals.
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Text-book: Storer, General Zoology, McGraw-Hill, or Hegner,
College Zoology, 4th edition, Macmillan.
References: Buchsbaum, Animals Without Backbones, University
of Chicago; Romer, Man and the Vertebrates, University of Chicago.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Clemens.
3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-3.30, Thursday;
Section 2, 3.30-5.30, Thursday;
Section 3, 2.30-4.30, Monday;
Section 4, 2.30-4.30, Wednesday.
2. Comparative Anatomy Of Vertebrates.—The phylogeny and
comparative anatomy of the vertebrates and protochordates. The
dissection of representative forms.
Text-book: Neal and Rand, Chordate Anatomy, Blakiston.
Laboratory manual: Little and Kempton, A Laboratory Manual
for Comparative Anatomy, 1940, Macmillan. >?-?W, " -5~°ff^-". '*-> \\
Zoology 209
References: Parker and Haswell, A Text-book of Zoology, Vol.
2, Macmillan; Goodrich, Studies on the Structure and Development
of Vertebrates, Macmillan. :
Two lectures and eight hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
Mr. Cowan. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday; 9.30-12.30, Saturday;
and one hour to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30-
3.30, Wednesday; and two hours to be arranged.
3. Invertebrate Zoology.—A detailed course oh the anatomy,
taxonomy, and life histories of the invertebrates, with special reference to marine forms.
References: Parker and Haswell, A Text-book of Zoology, Vol.
1, 6th edition,Macmillan; Hyman, The Invertebrates, McGraw-Hill;
Borradaile and others, The Invertebrata, Cambridge; Pratt, Manual
of the Common Invertebrate Animals, Blakiston; Ward and
Whipple, Freshwater Biology, Wiley.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr.
Clemens. 2 units.
Lectures: 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday.
4. Introduction to Entomology.—Morphology, classification, life
histories, and interrelation of insects; determination of common
forms. *•
This course is prerequisite to other courses in entomology.
Text-book: Folsom and Wardle, Entomology With Special Reference to Its Ecological Aspects, 4th edition, Blakiston; or Wardle,
General Entomology, Blakiston.
References: Comstoel*> An Introduction to Entomology, 9th
edition, Comstock; Essig, Insects of Western North America, Macmillan; Imms, A General Text-book of Entomology, 4th edition,
Dutton; Flssig, College Entomology, Macmillan.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr.
Spencer. 2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Tuesday.
5» Histology.—Normal histology of representative human tissues
with references to and illustrations from domestic, and common wild
animals. Methods in histology, fixing, embedding, sectioning, and
staining with standard strains; the golgi method. Each student will
prepare a series of about 50 slides during the term. 210 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-books: Pre-medical students are advised to purchase the
text-book adopted by the medical school they expect to attend; with
other students the selection of a text-book is optional. The following
are recommended: Maximow and Bloom, Text-book of Histology,
2nd edition, Saunders; Elwyn and Strong, Bailey's Text-book of
Histology, 8th edition, latest reprint, Wood; Bremer, A Text-book
of Histology, Blakiston; Schafer, Essentials of Histology, Lea and
Febiger; Jordan, A Text-book of Histology, Appleton-Century.
Ten hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Spencer. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Friday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 2.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30-3.30, Wednesday;
and three hours to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-5.30, Tuesday and
Thursday.
6. Vertebrate Embryology.—A general survey of the principles
of embryological development of vertebrates as exemplified by the
amphibians, birds, and mammals. The preparation and study of
chick or pig embryos.
Text-book: Huettner, Comparative Embryology of the Vertebrates, Macmillan.
Laboratory manual: Adamstone and Shumway, A Laboratory
Manual of Vertebrate Embryology, Wiley.
Two lectures and eight hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr.
Cowan. 3 units.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Monday; 10.30-11.30, Friday.
Laboratory: Section 1, 2.30-5.30, Monday; 1.30-3.30, Wednesday;
and three hours to be arranged; Section 2, 1.30-4.30, Tuesday;
1.30-3.30, Thursday; and three hours to be arranged.
7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the relation of insects to
man, his crops, and domestic animals; bionomics and control of
economic forms; natural control.
Text-books: Wardle and Buckle, The Principles of Insect Control,
Manchester University; Metcalf and Flint, Destructive and Useful
Insects, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Wardle, The Problems of Applied Entomology, Manchester University.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
Mr. Spencer. 2 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Friday.
8. Private Reading and Seminar.—A course on the history, principles, and theories of biology. '"'."' 'V*S *■ '
Zoology * 211
References: Locy, Biology and Its Makers, Holt; Nordenskiold,
The History of Biology, Knopf; Darwin, Origin of Species; etc.
Assigned reading and one hour of seminar with preparation of
papers. w
Time to be arranged. Mr. Clemens. 2 units.
9. Practical Entomology.—Habitat studies of local representatives of all insect orders; collecting, preserving, mounting, dissecting, and sectioning equipment and technique; clearing methods;
meteorological instruments and records; rearing methods and
equipment; the keeping and writing up of records; literature; the
elements of insect photography. Students will rear certain insects
under natural and controlled conditions, keeping full records.
References: Peterson, Manual of Entomological Equipment and
Methods, Parts I and II, Edwards; Kingsbury and Johannsen, Histological Technique, Wiley; The Meteorological Observer's Handbook, 1939 edition, H.M. Stationery Office; Culture Methods for
Invertebrate Animals, Comstock; Shelford, Laboratory and Field
Ecology, Williams and Wilkins.
Six hours a week by appointment. First Term. Mr. Spencer.
2 units.
10. Forest Entomology.—Insects in their relation to forests,
timber, and the health of camp personnel, especially in British
Columbia.
Text-book-*: Keen, Insect Enemies of Western Forests, U.S. Dept.
of Agr., Misc. Publ. No. 273, obtainable from University Book Store
or Supt. of Documents, Washington, D.C.
References: Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlain, and Burke, Forest
Insects, McGraw-Hill; Graham, Principles of Forest Entomology,
2nd edition, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and two hours laboratory a week by arrangement.
First Term. Mr. Spencer. ■ 1 unit.
11. Biology of the Vertebrates.—The mammals, birds, reptiles,
amphibians, and fishes, chiefly of British Columbia; identification
of species, observational methods in study of behaviour and habitat
relations; systematics, distribution, and speciation; methods of
preservation for museum study. Field work will be emphasized.
Text-books: Allen, Birds and Their Attributes, Marshall Jones;
Hamilton, American Mammals, McGraw-Hill.
Laboratory manual: Pettingill, A Laboratory and Field Manual
of Ornithology. 212 Faculty of Arts and Science
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week throughout the
year. Mr. Cowan. 3 units.
Lectures: 8.30-9.30, Friday.
Laboratory: 1.30-5.30, Friday.
Students intending to take this course should see Mr. Cowan in
the spring prior to the intended registration.
12. Classification and Bionomics of Fishes.—A course dealing
with (a) the classification, identification, life histories, and ecology
of fishes, with particular reference to the species of British Columbian waters; (b) problems of the commercial and sport fisheries;
(c) methods of investigation.
References: Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of North and Middle
America, 4 vols., U.S. Nat. Museum; Jordan, Fishes, Holt; Norman,
A History of Fishes, Benn.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week, times to be-
arranged. Second Term. Mr. Clemens. 2 units.
Students majoring or taking Honours in Zoology may take the
courses Biology 2 and 3, Agronomy 21, and Geology 6 in fulfilment of credit requirements upon the approval of the Head of the
Department of Zoology. As a prerequisite for Geology 6, a reading,
course in historical geology may be substituted for Geology 1 and
may be taken concurrently with Geology 6.
Courses for Graduate Students
Advanced courses correlated with the work for the major thesis
may be arranged, and the following special courses are offered.
20. Biological Methods and Procedures.—A. course to acquaint
the student with the methods of dealing with research material,
use of literature, rules of nomenclature, designation of types, and
preparation of manuscripts and illustrative material.
One hour throughout the year. Mr. Clemens, Mr. Spencer, and
Mr. Cowan. 1 unit.
Required of all graduate students.
21. Limnology and Oceanography.—A course dealing with the
physical and chemical conditions in streams, lakes, and seas; methods
of investigation; life histories and ecology of aquatic organisms.
References: Welch, Limnology, McGraw-Hill; Needham, Life of
Inland Waters, Comstock; Harvey, Biological Chemistry and Phys-'
ics of Sea Water, Macmillan; Sverdrup, The Oceans, Prentice-Hall.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week throughout the
year; times to be arranged. Mr. Clemens. 3 units. V.1S „"*-
Zoology 218
22. Advanced Entomology.—A course leading to a better understanding of insect structure and functions. Insect morphology and
wing venation; internal anatomy and histology; taxonomy; the
physiology of insects.
References: Imms, Recent Advances in Entomology, latest
edition, Blakiston; Snodgrass, Principles of Insect Morphology,
McGraw-Hill; MacGillivray, External Insect Anatomy, Scarab;
Comstock, The Wings of Insects, Comstock; Ferris, The Principles
of Systematic Entomology, Stanford; Wigglesworth, The Principles
of Insect Physiology, Dutton; Uvarov, Insect Nutrition and Metabolism, Trans. Ent. Soc. of London.
Lectures and laboratory, four hours a week, both terms, by
appointment. Mr. Spencer. 3 units.
23. Economic Vertebrate Zoology.—Lectures, seminar, and laboratory study of the economically important birds and mammals of
British Columbia, particularly with respect to their parasites, diseases, food habits, and biology, and the principles involved in the
intelligent use of these resources.
Text-book: Leopold, Game Management, Scribners.
Prerequisite: Zoology 11.
Lectures, seminar, and laboratory, four hours a week, throughout
the year. Hours to be arranged. Mr. Cowan. 3 units.
Fisheries
During the session 1945-46 additional courses in fisheries will be
offered to both undergraduate and graduate students. It is expected also that provision will be made for short courses for various
groups of individuals who are unable to take advantage of the
regular sessional instruction. 'WSW '»VF»?V' H "
THE
FACULTY
OF
APPLIED SCIENCE
(ENGINEERING; NURSING AND HEALTH)
THIRTY-FIRST SESSION
1945-46 TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF
Key to Buildings: A, Arts; Ag.. Agriculture; Ap. Applied
Monday
Section*
or
Course
Room
Tuesday
Section*
or
Course
Room
Wednesday
Section*
or
Course
Room
a, b, c
d, e, f
a, o
c
5,8
6
6
2, 7, 8
1
t
t
e
*,«
7
Ap 204
Ap 202
S210
Ap285
Ap 102
Me 111
Me 111
Me 132
S413
Ap216
Ap205
Ap 120
Me 208
M204
Math. 8 _...
Math. 4
a, b, c
d, e,f
a, b, c, d
1, 2, 3, 4
6,7,8
1,3,5
6,7,8
h
k
Ap202
Ap204
Ap 100
Ap208
Ag 100
Ap285
Ap 285
*
Phys. 4
C.E. 30
Chem. 2(b)...
F.E. 1(c)
b
d, e, f
a, b, c, d
c
1,7,8
8,6
5,8
1
t
5
3,6
7
S 107
Math. 4..._
Ap208
F.E. 1(c)
Geol. 4
M.E.8t
M.E. 58
M.E 6
Chem. 18(a)..
C.E. 10(a) ..
Ap285
E.E. 2
Geol. 4 _..
C.E. 10(a) .
Me 109
8
•
00
Bot. 7(a) t......
F.E. 165
Ap-102
Ap210
Ap216
Ap 120
F.E.165
Geol. 11 1
M.E. 1*
Met. 8(b)
Met. 7
M204
C.E. 80
Eng. 8
Geol. 1
Chem. 8
M.E. 6 _
M.E. 7
Chem. 16(a).
C.E. 22
F.E. 6t
F.E. 105
E.E. 11 _ .
E.E. 14
Met. 8(b) :
Mining St
Mining 75
a, b, c
d, e,f
a, b, c, d
1
2,7,8
8,6
1
t
U
i
s
e
7
1,8
8
Ap208
$210
AplOO
S800
Me 132
Me 109
S418
Ap216
Ap235
Ap285
Me 208
Me 210
M204
M208
M206
Phys. 4
Eng. 4
C.E. 8
E.E. 8
Geol. 2
F.E. 6t
F.E 105
a,b, c
d.e.f
c,d
2,4
8, 6 1
1, S, 7, 8
k
i
AplOO
Ap202
Ap237
Me 109
Ap 102
Ap 235
Ap235
S418
Ap 216
Me 208
M204
b
d, e,f
a, b, c, d
1
2.4
8
6
6
5,7,8
1
t
I
S
6
5,1,8
k
4
Ap 208
Ap 100
S300
Ap210
Geol. 1 ......
Chem. »_._.
E.E. 5
o
M.E. St
M.E. 5§
M.D. 1
Me 111
Me 111
«
C.E. 19...
Chem.l6(a)..
CE. 24t
C.E. 29§
E.E. 11
E.E. 14
Met. 2
F.E. 6t —
F.E.10§
S 413
o>
M.E. 15
Met. 2
3,6
6,7,8
Ap287
Ap 216
Me 208
Me 210
M206
Ap285
Ap285
C.E. 80
Math. 6
Biol. 1
M.E. 4
a,b, c
a, b, c, d
5
8, 6
2, 7, 8,
1
1
t
3
h
i
e,8
e
7
Ap 208
Ap202
Ap 100
Me 10.9
Me 132
S418
Ap216
Me 208
Ap285
Ap235
Apl20
Me 210
M 204
Math. 8
Math. 2
a, b, c
d, e, f
a, b, c, d
1, 7
2
8
6
6
5,7.8
1
t
s
u
k
e
6
8
Ap204
Ap 202
Ap 100
S400
Ap237
Me 109
Me 111
Me 111
M 206
S413
Ap216
Me 208
Ap 235
Ap235
Ap 102
Me 210
M204
Phys. 4
b
d.e. t
a, b, c, d
5
2, '7, 8
3, 6
1
t
t
3
k
h
6,8
6
S 107
C.E. 4
Ap 202
Ap 100
Biol. 1
M.E. 6
M.E. 7
Phys. 10
Chem. 7
o
C.E. 25t
C.E. 298
E.E. 12
F.E. 8§
F.E. lit
Geol. 8
M.E. 16
Ap287
Ap216
Me 208
Ap235
Ap235
Ap 120
Me 210
E.E. 12
F.E. 8§
F.E. lit
Geol. 8
M.E. 19
Met. 8(a)-—
Mining 1_
Chem. 8
C.E. 23
E.E. 9
F.E.lit
Geol. 6...
Mining 4
a, b, c
d, e, f
a, b, c, d
2, 4
1, 8, 6, 7p
S, 7, 8
* .
i
h
3
6
f, 7C, 8
AplOO
Ap 202
Ap237
Ap 204
M.206
Ap 216
Ap 2S5
Ap 235
Me 208
Me 210
M204
Bot. Kb)....
Eng. 8
Phys. 5
c
d, e,f
a, b, c, d
1, 2, 7, 8
8, 6
5
1
t
h
6
3
8
Ap 101
AplOO
S200
Me 111
Me 100
Ap 106
S 413
Ap216
Ap285
Ap 102
Me 208
M204
a, b, c
d.e, f
a, 6, c, d
2
1. 8, 6, 7p
5, 6, 7, 8
«, 7
t
h
I
S, 7C, 8
AplOO
Ap208
Ap 202
CE. 6
C.E. 11 —-
Math. 8
M.D. 1 —
CE. 4
C.E. 6
Ap 216
Ap204
Me 109
o.
M.E. 7
Geol. 5 —
Chem. 6
Math. 8
Met. 1(a) t ....
Met. 1(c) 5
C.E. 298
F.E. 7t -
F.E. 58
E.E. 13 :.
M.E. 19
Ap216
Ap28»
Geol. 12
M.E. 14§
Mining 2 __
Bot. 6(b) 8
Mining 3
Ap285
M204
* t i See footnote at end of Time Table. f?p»ff 6b
7
k
k
8
S811,
Phys. 5.
Geol. 1
Chem. 4....._
Biol. 1
CE. 10 a-b
Chem. 9
E.E. 11
F.E. 6t
F.E. 88
M.E. 10 __.
M.D. 8
815
Chem.2(b)_
S107
S 205
Chem. 5 ...
CE. 1
Geol. 108
E.E. 1 -
Ap 212
Ap 120
CE. 17
Chem. 7
o
CO
CM*
CE. 25t
C.E.178
Geol. 7
Met. 1(c) 8—
Met. 8
Zool. lot
F.E.158
Geol. St~
Ap216
Ap216
AplOO
F.E. 2(c)t_.
F.E. 185 ...
M.E. 16
M.D. 8
Met. 1(c) 8-..-
M116
Apl05
Ap205
Apl20
a
d, e, f
a, b
c, d
1
2, 8, 4, 5
(.7,8
k
1
t
S
k
t
7,8
ta
S107
Ap208
SSll
Ap212
S415
Ap202
Ap 205
S411
Ap 216
El 120
Ap205
Me 210
M116
C.E. 80 _
a, b, c
a
1
2,8,4
6,7,8
1
3
k
k
5
6
Ap208
S205
S411
S816
AP205
Ap 205
Ap 106
Me 132
Chem. 2(a)...
Phys. 4..
a, b, c
d
6
e, d
»
k
6b
7
i
S811,
M.E. 1
Chem. 2(b) _..
CE. 5—. _
Chem. 5
815
Chem. 4 _.
CE. 10 a-b
Chem. 9
E.E. 11
F.E. 6t
F.E. 88
Geol. 12
S 107
Phys. 5
CE. 1
S205
Ap212
C.E. 25t
F.E.155
Met. 1(c) 8
Met. 8
Ad 216
©
Bot. 7(a) t—.
Chem. 7
C.E. 17
Ap205
AplOS
F.E. 188
M.E. 16.._.
M.D. 8
Met 1(c) 8—
3
Phys. 4
Chem. 5
CE. 12
C.E. 178
E.E. 12
Bot. 7(a) t—
M.E. 16
I M.D. 8 .—
a
1
2, 8, 4, 5,
6,7,8
*
3
k
6
7,8
S107
S415
Ap202
Ap 216
El 120
Ap205
Me 210
C.E. 80
CE. lObt—
Chem. 9 ..„_
F.E. 88
Geol. 12
a, b, c
2, 8, 4,
6, 7, 8
1
k
5
t
Ap 208
Ap202
S316
Ap 205
Apl06
Me 182
* Sections—Second Year—a, b, c, d, e, t.
Third Year—a, 6, c, d.
t First term only.
8 Second term only.
Note.—Second Year Forest Engineering students register
in Section c.
Third Year Forest Engineering students register in
Section c. psf^^rjsw?p%^.:"
—Continued
Thursday
Section*
or
Course
Room
Friday
Section*
or
Course
Room
Phys. 4
Geol. 1..
e
o,6
•
1
2,4,8
8 a, 6a
6b
6,7,8
8.7,8
1
t
t
k
k
S
IP
S107
Apl20
S205
S818
Ap210
Me 182
S118
Ap216
Ap205
Ap209
Me 208
M116
M.E. 1 ..
a,b, c
t
c,d
2,4
3,6
8,6
5,7,8
1
3
k
k
6
6a
7
8
Ap208
S107
Ap212
SSll
Ap2S7
M204
S118
Me 208
Ap20S
Ap205
Apl20
Phya. 5.
CE. 81
Chem. 2(b)...
CE. 11
Chem. 8
CE. 0.
M.H. T
M.E. 81
Met 5t
M.D. 25
Chem. 16(b).
CE. 24 -
E.E. 88
Met 1(b)
Chem. 16(b).
E.E. 7
F.E. 108
F.E. lit —
F.E. 2(a)t
F.E. 55
M.E. 82
Met. 4
B.E. 10
AplOt
Phys. 4
Geol. 1.
e
a,b
e
l
2, 4, 8
8a, 8a
6b
5,7,8
5,7,8
1
3
6
k
k
6,7c
IP
S107
Ap 120
S205
S818
Ap210
Me 182
S118
Ap216
Me 208
Ap205
Ap205
ApllO
M116
M.E.I
a, b, c
•f
a, b
c,d
2,4
5,8
2,4
8,6
8,6
7
1
3
k
k
6
6a
7
Ap208
S107
Ap212
SSll
Ap210
Ap210
Ap210
M116
S118
Me 208
Ap265
Ap205
Apl20
-
Pp-j-**-. i!
Chem. 2(b)
C.E.ISt
C.E. 188
C.E. 158 -
E.E. 2t
E.E. 88
Met. 1(c) 5
Chem. 16b .
CE. 9 _
M.E. 7
M.E. 81
Met. St
M.D. 25
Chem. 16(b).
C.E. 24
E.E. 10 .
3
E.E. 14
F.E. 2(a)t ...
F.E. 55
F.E. 108
F.E.lit
Geol. 6
Met. 9... . .
Met. 4
Bot. 1(b)
Phys. 4.
Phys. 5
Chem. 8
C.E. 9 _
M.E. 7 .
M.E. 81
Met. 5t
M.D. 25
c
e
c
1
2,4,8
8b, 6b
6a
5,7,8
5,7,8
1
i
- k
k
6
5, 7c
IP
AplOl
S107
S205
S818
Ap210
Me 182
S118
Ap216
Ap 205
Ap205
Ap 110
M116
M.E. 1
Phys. 4
C.E. 31
Chem. 2(b)
CE. 18t
CE. 188
C.E.158-
E.E. 2t
a,b, c
t
a, b
c, d
2,4
5,8
2.4
8,6
8,6
7
1
3
k
k
7
tb
Ap208
S107
Ap212
SSll
Ap210
Ap210
Ap210
M116
S118
Me 208
Ap205
Ap 205
S
•
CO
Chem. 16(b).
C.E. 24 -
F.E. 2(a) t—.
F.E. 55-
E.E. 14 .
Geol. 9 -. ..
Met. 1(c) 5
Chem. 16(b).
E.E. 7
F.E 108
F.E.lit
M.E. 82
Bot 1(b)
CE. 9 _.
M.E. 7 -
M.E. 81._
Met. 5t -
M.D. 25—
Chem. 16(b)
CE. 245
Geol. 9 .
c
2,4,8
8b, 6b
6a
5,7,8
5,7,8
J
t
6,7c
AplOl
Ap210
Me 182
S118
Ap21«
ApllO
C.E. 18t
C.E. 188 —
CE. 158
Met. 1(c) 8
Chem. 16(b).
E.E. 7
F.E. 108
F.E.lit
M.E. 82
2,4
5,8
2,4
7
1
3
i -»
tb
Ap210
Ap210
Ap210
M116
S118
Me 208
Ap 205
Ap205
8
•
* Courses—1 Chemical Engineering.
2 Civil Engineering.
8 Electrical Engineering.
4 Forest Engineering.
5 Geological Engineering.
6 Mechanical Engineering.
7 Metallurgical Engineering.
8 Mining Engineering.
Fifth year courae numbers shown in italic*. ft '%X il ■^k'-w * * -*"*• *tVi\\ ^g-flfK^tytW^Ttf^ *.-, *-.?■■ ,i t. . . -■■.-■• - ■"'»-!*«.->i
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
FOREWORD
The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train students
in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound knowledge
of natural laws and of the-means of utilizing natural forces and"
natural products for the benefit of man and the advancement of
civilization. Experience shows that such a training is the best yet
devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative,
■ supervisory, and technical positions.
The object, then, is to turn out, not finished engineers or
industrial leaders—these are the product of years of development
in the school of experience—but young men with a special capacity
and training for attaining these goals, and thus for helping to
develop the industries of the Province. Consequently the undergraduate course is made broad and general rather than narrow and
highly specialized.
Furthermore, such a course is not only better suited to the
British Columbia conditions that the graduate will encounter in his
after-life, but also better for later specialization, for it furnishes
a more solid foundation, a better background, a broader outlook,
and a more stimulating atmosphere, all necessary if the specialist
is to achieve the maximum results of which he is capable.
The student is offered a full undergraduate course and an additional year of graduate study. The First Year is intended to
increase the student's general knowledge and to broaden bis outlook.
It is hoped that enough interest will be aroused to encourage the
student to continue some study of the humanities as a hobby or
recreation.
The Second and Third Years in Applied Science are spent in a
general course that includes mathematics and all the basic sciences.
This gives not only, a broad training, but enables the student to
discover the work for which he has special liking or aptitude and
to select more intelligently the subjects in which to specialize
during the final two years.- During these two years students
acquire more detailed knowledge and get practice in applying
scientific principles and knowledge, in solving problems, in doing
thingS; and there is also training in economics, law, and industrial
management.
During the long period between sessions, the student is required
to engage in some industrial or professional work that will afford
practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory or field classes,
but that is a necessary supplement to academic study. Faculty of Applied Science
An engineering degree in the Applied Science Course of the
University is accepted by the Association of Professional Engineers
of the Province of British Columbia in lieu of two of the six
years' practical experience required by the Engineering Act of the
Province for registration to practise engineering.
Students are advised to register with the Association of Professional Engineers of British Columbia in their Third Year; and
to associate themselves with the appropriate engineering societies.
ADMISSION
The general requirements for admission to the University are
given on pages 30-32.
As for Arts, complete University Entrance or its equivalent is
required for admission to Applied Science, and no student may
enter with any supplemental-outstanding in University Entrance.
No student with defective standing will be admitted either to
the Second or to the Third Year in Applied Science.
The Faculty reserves the right of selection and admission of the
students entering the Second Year of the Combined Course and
the Third Year of the Double Course in Nursing. Applications
for admission to the Second Year in Nursing, or to the Third Year
in the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing, must be
made to the Registrar on or before August 15th. Application to
the associated hospital school of nursing must be completed before
that date. .
Candidates who expect to complete the requisite entrance standing through University or Senior Matriculation supplemental
examinations, held in August or September, may apply for admission as specified above and their applications will be considered
subject to the results of these examinations.
Admission to the Second Year in Applied Science may be granted
to students who have fulfilled the requirements of the First Year,
as outlined below, by Senior Matriculation or similar work taken
outside of the University; but students who are considering entering Applied Science are recommended to take the First Year at
the University because in the opinion of the Faculty it is highly
desirable for students to have a year's experience at the University
before entering Second Year Applied Science.
This experience includes special orientation^ lectures, contact
with Arts students, with Applied Science senior students, with
specialists, with college organizations, and generally with the
University methods and adjustments which prepare them to attack
the difficult and heavy work of the Second Year efficiently from the ipp?sp-fW •••?•." -•""* :
AdmissiGn 22S
outset, or to select another University course, if desired, on the basis
of a year's experience and without loss of time.
For requirements for admission to courses in Nursing and
Health, see pages 244, 248, and 250.
DEGREES
The degrees offered students in this Faculty are:
Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc). (See below.)
Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F.). (See page 234.)
Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc). (See page 251.)
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc.
The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the
completion of the work in one of the courses* given-below:
1. Chemical Engineering.
2. Civil Engineering.
3. Electrical Engineering.
4. Forest Engineering.
5. Geological Engineering.
6. Mechanical Engineering.
7. Metallurgical Engineering.
8. Mining Engineering.
9. Nursing and Health.
Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and Applied
Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Engineering),
B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing), B.A. and B.S.F., and B.Com. and
B.S.F. For the regulations governing these, see the section Double
Courses, at the end of the Calendar.
The Double Course pleading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc.
(Engineering) is strongly recommended to students who are young
enough to afford the time and to students wishing to enter Applied
Science, and who have to their credit some, but not all, of the
requirements of First Year Applied Science as set forth on page
225. The latter can select subjects in their Second Year Avta that
will satisfy the Arts requirements for the double degree, and at the
same time complete the work of First Year Applied Science. Thus
they may qualify for an Arts degree without expending any more
time than would be required to qualify them for entrance into
Second Year Applied Science.
*The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from time to
time as deemed advisable by the Senate. M t • «• -a j »i » ;
234 Faculty of Applied Science
PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE
UNIVERSITY
In order to master professional subjects it is very important
that the work done at the University should be supplemented by
practical experience in related work outside. Therefore students
are expected to spend their summers in employment that will give
such experience.
Before a degree will be granted, a candidate is required to
, satisfy the department concerned that he has done at least four
months' practical work related to his chosen profession. Fourth
and Fifth Year essays (see page 227) should be based, as far as
possible, upon the summer work.
Upon approval of the Dean and the head of the department
concerned, University credit may be granted for work done outside
the University under the immediate supervision of the University
staff, during the University session.
Practical work such as shop-work, freehand drawing, mechanical drawing, surveying, etc., done outside the University may
be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but not in lieu of
lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the head
of the department and approval of the Dean. Students seeking
exemption as above must make written application to the Dean,
accompanied by certificates indicating the character of the work
done and the time devoted to it.
OPENING OF SESSION
It is essential to the success of the student that he should be in
attendance at the opening of the session, for, in order to allow as
much time as possible for practical work in the summer, the length
of the session has been reduced to the minimum consistent with the
ground to be covered. Consequently a student requires the full
session to master the work. A mere pass standing is a very unsatisfactory preparation for subsequent work or professional life.
Further, from this standpoint, the opening work is the most important of the whole session for the student, for in it are given the
general instructions necessary for the proper attack upon the work.
The only exception is when the summer employment affords
experience necessary for the course in which the student is specializing, and when it will lighten to some extent the work of the
session (such as in Geological Survey field work for geological
students) and then only provided the nature of this work makes it
impossible for the student to reach the University on the opening m^m^w^m^^mw^ - '
Courses in Applied Science 225
day. Under these circumstances, if the student furnishes a statement from his employer showing that it was impossible for him to
release the student earlier, the Dean may allow the student to enter
without penalty as to class attendance. The student must, however,
register at the opening of the session in accordance with the regulations in reference to registration.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS
A student with supplementals must write them off at the regulat
time for supplemental examinations before the opening of the
session, for he will need the entire session for the current year's
work. It is also necessary, for a successful year, to have a satisfactory knowledge of the foundational work of the preceding year.
No exceptions to the above rule will be granted except as under
paragraph 2, above. See regulations 4 and 5, page 253.
GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSES
Students desiring to enrol in Nursing and Health register, for
the First Year in Arts and Science and take the special course
outlined on page 244; students desiring to enrol in the Double
Course for the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc, register for the first
two years in Arts and Science and take the courses outlined on
pages 321-322. All other students of Applied Science except those
in Forest Engineering have a general course common to all for the
first three years as under.,
FIRST YEAR
For admission to the Faculty of Applied Science the applicant
should have credit for either Chemistry A or Physics A of University Entrance. If possible, both should be taken.
The students register in Arts and Science, and take the following
classes as Arts students:
English 1 (a and b).
Mathematics 1.
Chemistry 1.
Physics 1.
Latin 1 or French 1 or Beginners' German*.
The passing grade is* 60 per cent in Mathematics, Chemistry, and
Physics and 50 per cent in the other subjects.
•Applied Science students are advised, to take Beginners' German. Faculty of Applied Science
Students in Nursing and Health are required to obtain a grade
of 60 per cent in either Biology or Chemistry; for all other subjects
a grade of 50 per cent will be accepted.
No student with defective standing will be admitted to Second
Year Applied Science.
A reading knowledge of French and German is desirable for
students in Engineering.
Students who have passed First Year Arts and Science, but who
have failed to make the necessary entrance requirements for the
Second Year Applied Science, may take the September supplemental examinations of Arts and Science.
First Year students are advised to attend the noon-hour talks
on the choice of a profession and on the life and work in various
callings likely to be selected by Applied Science graduates, as these
may assist the student in determining whether Applied Science is
the best course for him. If he finds it is not, he can proceed in Arts
without any loss of time.
The work of the Second and Third Years is the same in all
courses, except those in Nursing and Health and Forest Engineering.
SECOND YEAR
details
page:
First Term
Second Term
Subject
IN
*E nJ-i
2 s »
5%
^ is
o« .
a ■***■
fag
3 s.
31 *
J-0
■-1 a
J*
Math. 2 Trigonometry and Solid
Geometry
273
2
2
Math. 3 Algebra
273
2
2
Math. 4 Calculus
273
2
2
M.E. 1 Drawing 1
274
3
3
Physics 4(a) Mechanics
290
3
3
Physics 4(b) Heat
290
3
3
•Chem. 2(a) Qual. Analysis
256
1
3
1
3
C.E. 2 Surveying
258
Field
Work
C.E. 3 General Engineering
258
1
I
C.E. 4 Graphical Statics
259
2
2
C.E. 30 Engineering Problems
265
4
4
English 3 Composition
266
2
2
fBot. 1(b) General Forest Botany
255
2
2
2
2
NOTE.—The sum of 13.00 as caution money must be deposited before Field Work
in C.E. 2.
*Not required for Forestry students.
tFor Forestry students only. » T5V#"* ":■• ■■ : •» •-• •■• '",;
Courses in Applied Science
227
THIRD YEAR
No student with defective standing will be admitted to the Third
Year of Applied Science.
*n
■ag,
First Term
Second Term
Subject
1%
o' .
r at) «3
jgr
I*
111
J*
Essay
227
273
273
256
290
258 |
259 1
259 ]
259
265
271
274
278
266
267
3
2
1
2
2
Field
2
2
Sumi
1
3
3
3
3
3
Work
3
2
ner Tei
3
2
1
2
2
2
2
•m
1
3
Math. 6 Calculus "
Math. 7 Geometry
•Chem. 2(b) Quan. Analysis
Physics 5 Electricity
C.E. 1 Descriptive Geometry
CE. 5 Mapping
CE. 6 Surveying
tCE. 7 Surveying
CE. 31 Mechanics. and Engineering
Problems
3
3
8
3
3
Geology 1 General
2
tM.E. 2 Mechanical Drawing
tM.E. 30 Machine Shop Practice
English 4 Technical Writing.
§F.E. 1(c) General Forestry
•
NOTE.—The sum of $3.00 caution money must be deposited before Survey School
opens.
*Not required for Forestry students.
tStudents entering Civil, Forest, Geological, and Mining Engineering are required
to take Civil Engineering 7 (see page 259) Immediately after the spring examinations.
1 Students entering Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering
are required to take M.E. 2 and M.E. 30 (see pages 274 andt 278) immediately after
the spring examinations.
8 For Forestry students only.
THIRD, FOURTH, AND FIFTH YEARS
Essays
Students entering the Third Year are required to submit an
essay of not less than 1,000 words. This should take the form of a
scientific report based preferably upon original observations made
during the summer. Any suitable subject, however, may be chosen.
Emphasis will be placed, upon the precise and accurate use of
English, but credit will also be given to subject matter, form, and
illustrations. If the essay is not up to the standard of a pass mark
in English, it will be returned for re-writing. One copy only is
required, which may be retained for future reference by the department most interested. wm"'
228 Faculty of Applied Science
Essays are required of all students entering the Fourth and
Fifth Years, except that the essay is optional for students entering
Fifth Year Chemical Engineering and is not required of students
entering Fifth Year Geological Engineering. The following regulations should be observed.
1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.
2. Two copies shall be submitted in properly bound form. Only one
copy need contain maps and illustrations.
3. The essay shall be a technical description of the engineering
aspects of the work on which the student was engaged during the
summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which he
is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage may be
taken of any source of information, but due acknowledgment must
~ be made of all authorities consulted. It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches, photographs, or specimens.
4. The essays shall be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of
substantial quality, standard letter size (8V2XII inches), on one
side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top and left-
hand side. Every student shall submit a duplicate copy of his
essay, for the correction of English. If typewritten, essays must
be "double-spaced." Students are recommended to examine
sample reports to be found in the departments and also copies
of Masters' theses in the library.
5. The latest date for receiving graduating essays in the Second
Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding
date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1. AU other
essays shall be handed in to the Dean not later than November 15.
6. In the Final Year, students in Nursing and Health will be
required to submit a graduating essay, or to present a seminar,
covering an original study based upon experiences gained during
the academic and professional years, and developed from topics
assigned by the Department early in the year. All essays must
be handed in, or seminars presented, during the Second Term.
All essays, when handed in, become the property of the department concerned, and are filed for reference. A duplicate copy may
be submitted in competition for the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or the Canadian Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy.
A maximum of 100 marks is allowed, the value being based on
presentation, English, and matter. In Fourth Year essays, presenta- BW3Sa«-E;
Courses in Applied Science
229
tion, that is, the manner in which the matter is arranged and presented to the reader, is given greatest weight, with English second
and matter third. In Fifth Year essays greatest emphasis is
placed on matter, but consideration is also given to presentation
and English.
COURSES
1. Chemical Engineering
The course in Chemical Engineering has been planned to prepare
the student for the task of designing, constructing, or operating a
chemical plant. As such he must not only be conversant with the
chemical processes involved, but be prepared to design and to
oversee the construction of new buildings and to direct the installation and use of machinery. Hence the course of study includes,
especially in the first three years, a number of courses in the older
branches of engineering. In the Fourth Year the student receives
an introduction to the principles of chemical engineering proper,
and in the Fifth Year the advanced part of the subject is undertaken. During these years the maximum amount of chemical
training allowed by the time at the disposal of the student is given
in inorganic, organic, and physical chemistry.
Fourth Year
Subject
First Term
O »
2sss
.§§*
Second Term
■8g*
Essay
Math. 8 Applied Calculus and
Differential Equations
Geol. 2(a) Mineralogy
Chem. 3 Organic
Chem. 4(a) Theoretical
Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis
Chemistry 6 Introduction to Chemi
cal Engineering
Physics 10 Light
CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials
Summer Reading
227
274
271
256
256
256
256
290
260
258 230
Faculty of Applied Science
Fifth
Year
.a..
Ii
r? »
First Term
Second Term
Subject
03 >J
i-3 gj,
SI. V
■J a
o» .
*K •*•*■••■«
£ » -u
K »* 4)
* Essay
227
279
257
257
257
257
257
2
2
2
2
3
6
2
3
3
3
6
hours
2
2
2
2
3
per
E.E. 1 General
2
Chem. 7 Physical.
3
Chem. 8 Electro
3
Chem. 9 Adv. Organic
Chem. 16(a) Chemical Engineering
Chem. 16(b) Chemical Engineering
Laboratory and Chemical En-
3
6
Thesis, Options—research or designing
of chemical engineering equipment..
week
♦Optional.
2. Civil Engineering
The broad field covered by civil engineering makes it an adjunct
of many other branches of engineering, yet the civil engineer
occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associated with a wide
group of undertakings vitally affecting the health, comfort, and
prosperity of the commonwealth.
The various branches of civil engineering deal with problems in
water supply and water purification; in sewerage systems, sewage
disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and industrial
wastes; in hydraulic power development; in irrigation and drainage
for agricultural activities; in all types of structures, bridges and
buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and protective works; in
transportation, canals, locks, highways, electric and steam railways ; and in the management and direction of public works, public
utilities, and industrial and commercial enterprises
The course in civil engineering is designed to provide, in so
far as time will permit, foundations for continued growth along
those lines which the student's interest and environment determine,
without compelling too early specialization. Training in pure and Courses in Applied Science
231
applied science, in the humanities, in economics and engineering
law, and in the technical phases of professional work establishes
a broad basis for the stimulation of a sincere spirit of public service
and for the development of that capacity for reliable work and
judgment which makes safe the assumption of responsibilities.
The methods of instruction are planned with the view of bringing
out the powers and initiative of the students while training them
in the habits of accurate analysis and careful work. Students are
encouraged to secure summer work which will give them an insight
into the various phases of the career upon which they are about to
enter, and the summer essays lay the foundation for the ability to
set forth, in clear and precise language, descriptions and analyses
of projects and engineering activities. In the Fifth Year thesis an
opportunity is given for special investigation and research under
the supervision of experienced engineers. ,
Fourth Year
Subject
First Term
5*3
P DO -U
S *-
fe * -»
Second Term
•S*
o « .
% **
■™ OS V
fe *-- *
Essay
CE. 17 Structural Design
CE. 18 Engineering Economics
C.E. 19 Law—Contracts -.
C.E. 22 Municipal Engineering
CE. 23 Hjghway Engineering
C.E. 24 Reinforced Concrete Design
C.E. 25 Theory of Structures
CE. 26 Trips
CE. 27 Thesis
CE. 28 Seminar
C.E. 29 Water Power Development...
227
262
262
262
263
263
263
264
264
264
264
265
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
Requi
6
red Sa
3
t.A.M.
For course for graduate students, see page 260.^
3. Electrical Engineering
This course is designed to enable students to obtain a thorough
knowledge of those principles which form the basis of all the main
branches of electrical engineering. It involves a detailed study of
the generation, transmission, and utilization of electrical energy,
electrical communication, and the design of electrical apparatus.
There is also additional work in mathematics and in the theory and
characteristics of steam engines and turbines and hydraulic machinery. Well equipped laboratories provide for experimental work
in most of these subjects.
Fourth and Fifth Year students have the opportunity of presenting and discussing papers at regular meetings of the Students'
Branch of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. W^wtMP^W^-
Courses in Applied Science
233
Fourth Year
'Alternate weeks,
t Optional.
■§..
<"$ 0*
4>S?"
■oS
>- n
a **
ta ta
First Term
Second Term
Subject
Lectures
per week.
2 f, v
5 U V
IP
•3 ■
si
■J o,
Laboratory
bours per
week.
Essay
227
279
279
279
274
275 f
275
260
260
261 A
261
278
1}
2
3
2
3
2
1
1
3
3
3*
3*
2
2
2
:}
2
3
2
3
2
1
E.E. 2 Principles of D.C Machines
E.E. 3 Principles of Alternating
Currents
3
E.E. 5 Electric and Magnetic
Measurements and Instruments
Math. 8 Applied Calculus and
M.E. 4 Dynamics of Machines
.....
M.E. 7 Applied Thermodynamics
CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials
CE. 10(b) Materials Testing
3
S*
3*
CE. 12(a) Hydraulics
2
CE. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory
tM.E. 31 Machine Shop Practice
2
2
Fifth Year
•
s
11
■oi,
First Term
Second Term
Subject
■J a
J-3
si
S " .
gel
E.E. 7 Electrical Machine Design
E.E. 8 Principles of Illuminating
Engineering
E.E. 9 Electric Power Transmission
227
280
280
280
280
281
281
281
276
277
262
1
2
2
2
3
1
3
1
3
2
4
4
1
1
1
2
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
E.E. 10 Electrical Problems Course
E.E. 11 Electrical Communication
E.E. 12 Principles of A.C. Machines
E.E. 13 Transient Phenomena
2
4
4
1
M.E. 14 Mechanical Design
M.E. 15 Prime Movers
C.E. 18 Engineering Economics
1
For course for graduate students, see pdge 282. £34 Faculty of Applied Science
4. Forestry and Forest Engineering
Four avenues of approach are open to students who wish to enter
forestry, namely: through courses in either Botany, Economics,
Political Science, or Commerce as given in the Faculty of Arts and
Science, leading to the Double Degree of B.A. and B.S.F. or B.Com.
and B.S.F. (see pages 322-324), or through courses in Applied
Science leading to the Degree of B.A.Sc. These curricula allow the
student to select an aspect of forestry, and a corresponding field of
study, to which he is attracted and for which he may be adapted.
Thus a varied but thorough course of studies prepares the student
to enter the diversified forestry activities of the Province or to
undertake graduate work in the field of his undergraduate preparation, or in a specialized field of forestry. Summer work in forestry
to the extent of eight months is required before the Degree of B S.F.
or B.A.Sc. will be granted. Students who anticipate courses in
Forestry are advised to consult the Registrar, the Dean, or the Head
of the Department of Forestry.
The affiliation of the Forest Products Laboratory of Canada,
maintained at the University by a cooperative arrangement with the
Dominion Forestry Branch, affords opportunities for instruction in
testing the mechanical properties of timber and other structural
materials, and facilities are now provided for experimental and
demonstration work in wood seasoning.
The University Forest Reserve
On March 1, 1943, the Provincial Government leased to the
University, for twenty-one years subject to further renewal, an
area of forest land of approximately 9,600 acres between Pitt Lake
and the town of Haney for "forest research and demonstration
purposes.''
The area comprises a solid block of land about 7 miles long and
2y2 miles wide. From* the standpoint of size, accessibility, variation
in forest sites, and variety of timber types and age classes it is
undoubtedly one of the finest school forests on the continent. Thus
ample scope is provided for field work in cruising, mensuration,
silviculture, logging engineering, and forest management, and for
research in forestry and related sciences.
The University Forest
The Forest, which consists of a narrow belt on the southern and
western sides of the University site, and which is typical of the
lowland stands on the southern coast, contains the principal species
of trees and shrubs of the region, including specimens of the old
trees as well as young growth of different ages, and serves as a
convenient demonstration and field study area for the departments
of Forestry, Biology and Botany, and Zoology. •>W"Sf *-w* 6*f*fi}r?*v, •(
Coukses in Applied Science
235
A small forest nursery has been established for experimental
and demonstration work in silviculture and also to provide planting
stock for the forest, which is operated on a sustained yield basis.
Second Yeae
The same as. Second Year Applied Science (see page 226), except
that F.E. 1 (b), General Forest Botany (see page 266) is taken
instead of Chemistry 2 (a).
Third Year
The same as Third Year Applied Science (see page 227), except
that F.E. 1 (c), General Forestry (see page 267), is taken instead
of Chemistry 2 (b).
Fourth Year
The same as Fourth Year Civil Engineering (see page 231),
except that F.E. 2 (c), Forest Mensuration, in the First Term and
F.E. 2 (b), Cruising and Stumpage Appraisal, in the Second Term
(see page 267) are taken instead of one of the electives E.E. 1 or
M.E. 6.
Fifth Year
Common to Double Course and Applied Science students.
Subject
First Term
glta
gd
Second Term
■Els
o g .
■s a*
H U ID
j-3
Essay
F.E. 2(a) Log Scaling
F.E. 3 Forest Protection
F.E. 6 Forest Management
F.E. 7 History
fF.E. 11 Milling, Products, and
Marketing
§Bot. 7(a) Ecology
Zool. 10 Forest Entomology
F.E. 14 Seminar
F.E. 15 Thesis
F.E. 16 Forest Economics
F.E. 5 Wood Technology
•fF.E. 8 Silviculture
*fF.B. 10 Logging Engineering
F.E. 13 Lumber Grading
Bot. 6(b) Forest Pathology
227
267
268
268
268
269
255
291
269
270
270
268
268
269
269
255
*Also Held work for a total of 10 days immediately after spring examinations.
1 Field trips are required in these courses and students should be prepared for a total
expense which should not exceed t20 per student.
SStudents who have completed the Honours course in Biology and Botamy (Forestry
option) for the B.A. degree -vill take Botany Kb) instead of Botany 7(a).
(See page 255.) 236
Faculty of Applied Science
5. Geological Engineering
This course is designed to meet the requirements of students who
intend to enter geology as a profession, and such students are
strongly advised to take this particular course.
It gives a broad training not only in geology, but also in the
sciences of biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics, which
are extensively applied in the solution of geological problems. The
engineering subjects are useful not only to the mining and consulting geologist and the geological surveyor, but to the geologist
engaged in original research in any branch of the science.
The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions
of mineralogist, geological surveyor, mining geologist, consulting
geologist, palaeontologist, geographer, etc., and is useful for those
who will be in any way connected with the discovery or develop--
ment of the natural resources of the country.
As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory, and
field during the session, the student is expected to obtain practical
experience during the summer vacation.
Students are advised to become student members of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Note. For special advantages enjoyed by engineering graduates
when registering in the Association of Professional Engineers of
the Province of British Columbia see page 222.
Fourth Year
Subject
First Term
i-l a.
Sgs
Second Term
■fife
;s*
Essay
Geol. 2 Mineralogy
Geol. 4 Structural
Geol. 5 History of the Earth Sciences
and Geological Theories
•Geol. 10 Field Geology
Min. 1 Metal Mining
Met. 1(a) Physical Metallurgy
Met. 1(b) Reduction Metallurgy
Met. 5 Fire Assaying'
.Met. 6 Wet Assaying
"Mineral Dressing 1 General
."Mineral Dressing 2 Lab
Biology 1
•C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics -
'C.E. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory..
C.E. 13 Mapping
227
271
272
272
272
282
283
283
284
285
285
286
254
261
261
261
"Includes 10 days' field work after lectures close In the Second Term. -----
-.«««
Coueses in Applied Science
237
Fifth Year
Subject
£!
First Term
*4 O,
Second Term
*S a-x
iS!
Is*
■3*
Geol. 6 Palaeontology
Geol. 7 Petrography
Geol. 8 Economic Geology
Geol. 9 Mineralography
Geol. 11 Regional Geology
Geol.* 12 Geomorphology
CE. 18 Engineering Economics.
Min. 3 Metal Mining
Min. 5 Surveying
Met. 2 Reduction Metallurgy
Thesis....:
272
272
272
272
272
272
262
282
283
284
2 or 4
3
2
1
3
1
2
2 or 4
'2
1
Master of Applied Science Options
Economic Otology.—Required subjects: Geology 26, and three units from
Geology 20, 24, and 25.
Mineralography.—Required subjects: Geology 24, and three units from the
following: Geology 23, 25, 26.
Mineralogy.—Required subjects: Geology 23, and three units from Geology
20, 24, 25, 26.
Palaeontology.—Required subjects: Geology 21, and three units from
Geology 20, Biology 3, Zoology 1, 2, and 3.
Petrology.—Required subjects: Geology 25, and three units selected from
Geology 23, 24, and 26.
Stratigraphy.—Required subjects: Geology 20, and three units selected from
Geology 21, 25, and Agronomy 15.
Electives: Under each of the above options, electives to the value of six
units are required. These will be selected in consultation with the Department of Geology. The following subjects are recommended for
consideration: selected courses from Chemistry, Physics, Metallurgy,
Mineral Dressing, Biology, Botany, Zoology, Bacteriology, Agronomy 15,
English, Modern Languages, Mathematics, and Economics.
A thesis of the minimum value of three units is required in each option. 238
Faculty of Applied Science
6. Mechanical Engineering
The course in Mechanical Engineering has been designed to
give the student a thorough knowledge of the theory and application of those basic subjects which are essential in this branch of
engineering.
With this in view, stress has been laid upon such subjects as
mathematics, physics, applied mechanics, strength of materials,
applied thermodynamics, and hydraulics. Graduates of this course
are therefore qualified to enter upon any of the many specialized
branches of this profession, especially in British Columbia, whose
rapid industrial development demands mechanical engineers prepared to attack a great diversity of problems.
Although fundamentally general in character, the course embodies design of prime movers, mechanical and hydraulic machinery
design, power plant operation and design, and the testing of
engines and power plants, thus giving sufficient specialized training
in mechanical engineering to enable students to enter the field of
design or research should they so desire.
Students following this course are given a general course in the
fundamentals of electrical engineering.
Fourth Year
TO
is
First Term
Second Term
•
Subject
8*
" a
£ TO V
fe *-" ■*■
■3-15
ill
*- £*;
ti aJ*d
2 !» »
S I- (U
IF
Essay _
227
260
260
261
261
275
275
275
275
279
274
278
2
1
1
3
2
3
4
3
3*
3*
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
1
2
3
3
4
3
CE. 10(a) Strength of Materials
C.E. 10(b) Materials Testing
3*
3*
C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics
2
C.E. 12(b) Hydraulics Laboratory
M.E. 3 Kinematics of Machines
2
M.E. 4 Dynamics of Machines
M.E. 5 Machine Design
2
M.E. 7 Applied Thermodynamics
E.E. 2 and 3 Principles of D.C.
Machines and Alternating Currents
Math. 8 Applied Calculus and
3
3
M.E. 31 Machine Shop Practice
2
* Alternate weeks. '■«/•■ v- . - •
Courses in Applied Science
239
Fifth Year
\\
TO
e8 a*
£3
First Term
Second Term
Subject
Sit '
i*
® Si
1 v
■-1 a
IF
g4
■4 o,
is*
Essay
227
276
276
276
277
277
277
278
278
281
283
283 A
262
278
2
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
4
3
4
2
3
1
2
2
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
M.E. 10 Mech. Eng. Laboratory
4
M.E. 11 Heating, Ventilating, Air
Conditioning, and Refrigeration
M.E. 12 Power Plant Design
M.B. 15 Prime Movers
M.E. 16 Machine Design
3
4
M.E. 17 Applied Mechanics
M.E. 18 Aeronautics
M.E. 19 Problems in Mech. and Elect.
Eng
2
E.E. 14 Alternating Current Machines
Met. 1 (a) Physical Metallurgy
3
Met. 1 (c) Metallography
3
C.E. 18 Engineering Economics
1
M.E. 32 Machine Shop Practice
2
7. Metallurgical Engineering
The two principal branches of metallurgical engineering are
chemical metallurgy, which includes smelting and refining; and
physical metallurgy, which is concerned, chiefly,'with the production
and fabrication of alloys.
The course in the Fourth Year deals with subjects of a general
nature, common to both branches, while in the Fifth Year opportunity is offered for some degree of specialization in either chemical
or physical metallurgy. The development of metal manufacturing
in British Columbia indicates an increasing need for graduates with
specialized training in physical metallurgy.
A graduate course leading to a Master's Degree in Metallurgy is
available. Through the close association of the Department with the
work of the British Columbia Industrial and Scientific Besearch 240
Faculty of Applied Science
Council, an excellent opportunity is offered to students planning to
undertake graduate studies of a research character.
The laboratory equipment at present installed, while not on a
large scale, is first-class and modern and has been carefully selected
to give thorough and adequate training in the laboratory courses
covering the methods and processes employed in chemical metallurgy, physical metallurgy, and metallography.
Students are expected to spend their vacations in practical work
in connection with metallurgical operations and are required to do
so between the Fourth and Fifth Years as an essential part of
their course.
Students are advised to become student members of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Fourth Year
Subject
*■ £
3 "
H* TO
First Term
•3*
ll*
Second Term
Essay
C.E. 10(a) Strength of Materials
C.E. 10(b) Materials Testing
C.E. 12(a) Hydraulics
M.E. 6 Applied Thermodynamics
Geol. 2 Mineralogy
E.E. 1 General
Min. 1 Metal Mining
Met. 1 (a) Physical Metallurgy
Met. 1(b) Reduction Metallurgy..
Met. 1(c) Metallography..
Met. 5 Fire Assaying
Met. 6 Wet Assaying
Mineral Dressing 1
Mineral Dressing 2 Lab.
227
260
260
261
275
271
279
282
283
283
283
284
285
285
286
3*
3»
2
3
2
2
•■Alternate weeks. - V
Courses in Applied Science
241
Fifth Year
Subject
rt a*
3 v
rv *■>
First Term
■SS
£ to a
2
!*'
Second Term
0 £ •
*S ^-m
2 to u
b 1- a*
|§*
Essay
*»■*-* * •<'"!■■'•.
-Courses in Applied Science
Master of Applied Science Options in Mineral Dressing
and Metallurgy
1. Mineral Dressing.—Required course: Mineral Dressing 101, and thesis.
Electives: Suitable courses to be selected, as approved
by the Department.
2. Metallurgy:—Required course: Metallurgy 102, and thesis.
Electives: Suitable courses to'be selected in relation to
the specific option undertaken, as approved by the
Department.
9. Nursing and Health
The University offers courses in Nursing to students who desire
to receive a broader education than can be secured in a hospital
school of nursing alone, and who wish, at the same time, to prepare
themselves for teaching or supervisory positions in schools of nursing
or for Public Health Nursing service.
Included in the regular programme are the following courses:
Nursing A. A combined university and hospital course leading
to the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) and to a Diploma in Nursing
from the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing, which is
affiliated with the University for the purpose of providing the
professional part of the course. (See page 244.)
Nursing AA. A double degree course one year longer than
Nursing A leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing)
as well as to a Diploma in Nursing from the Vancouver General
Hospital School of Nursing. (See page 248 and Double Courses,
page 321.)
Nursing B. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for
staff positions in public health nursing organizations. This course
consists of one year of academic study supplemented by appropriate
field work, and leads to a certificate in Public Health Nursing.
(See page 248.)
Nursing C. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for
teaching and supervisory positions in schools of nursing. This
course consists of one year of academic study supplemented by
appropriate field work, and leads to a certificate1 in Teaching and
Supervision in Schools of Nursing. (See pages 248-249.)
Nursing D. A course for graduate nurses who wish to qualify for
the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). (See pages 250-251.)
Students of all courses in Nursing are subject to the general
University regulations, and to special regulations of the Faculty
of Applied Science. (See page 252.)
All regulations are subject to change from year" to year, and
subjeets may be modified during the year as the Faculty may deem
advisable. -»t»«-"3RI»?-p*
244
Faculty of Applied Science
Degree Courses in Nursing
Nursing A
This combined university and hospital course assures to the
student the educational and cultural advantages available at the
University; professional training built on a sound scientific foundation ; and preparation for a specialized field of nursing. The course
is given by the University in collaboration with the school of nursing
of the Vancouver General Hospital, the only hospital school which
has to date signified willingness to provide the professional part of
the course and has received the approval of the University Senate
for that purpose.
The course consists of three parts, each of which is described
briefly.
I. Two years of academic work at the University, which gives
the student an introduction to general cultural subjects and a
foundation in the sciences underlying the practice of nursing.
First Year (Academic)
Students register in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and take the
following courses:
(k. Subject
OS 4>
o g
fa TO
First Term
Second Term
>
H
Bi
■J a
*- ^H
P> m a)
3*
zi
3%
■a °-i*
S E S
3*
F.ns-lish tfa)
159
159
140
187
190
183
131
123
2
2
3
3
4
4
3
2
3
2
2
2
3
8
4
4
8
2
English 1(b)
Choice of
Latin 1
1
1
8
Biology 1
2
A passing grade of 60 per cent, must be obtained in either Biology
or Chemistry;' for all other subjects a grade of 50 per cent, will be
accepted. (See page 226.) No student with defective standing will
be admitted to the Second Year of the course in Nursing. ■ -, -
Courses in Applied Science
245
Students who have completed satisfactorily the work of First
Year Arts (or Senior Matriculation with the required subjects and
standing) may then make application, on special forms to be obtained
from the Registrar's office, for admission to Second Year Nursing.
As registration is limited, application should be made on or before
August 15th. Students will be notified of the acceptance or rejection
of their applications.
Applicants are also required:
1. To be eighteen years of age;
2. To satisfy the Department of Nursing and Health that they are
personally fitted for the branches of nursing to which the
course leads;
3. To have met the entrance requirements of the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing.
Second Year (Academic)
Students * register in the Faculty of Applied Science, for the
following courses:
Subject
5 »
•*■ TO
First Term
to u
■»..
2 E »
K ^ co
!§*
•S-3
Second Term
S = »
English 2
Zoology 1
Physics A or Physics 1
Psychology 1
Nursing 1 History of Nursing
Nursing 2 Elementary
Biochemistry
Nursing 3 Bacteriology in
Relation to Health and Disease
159
291
200
196
287
287
287
3
2
2
3
2
3
1
II. Professional course of thirty-two months at the Vancouver
General Hospital School of Nursing.*
Following completion of the two academic or pre-clinical years
(outlined above) the student enters the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing for her professional course. This course is
planned to afford a wide experience and training in the care of the
sick, and to develop the skill, powers of observation, and judgment
'Candidates are advised to write to the Director, School of Nursing, Vancouver General
Hospital, for the School Calendar. 246 Faculty of Applied Science
necessary to the efficient practice of nursing. It includes a study
of community health problems as well as those of the hospital.
Students enter upon this part of their course along with the regular hospital students, and during the first four months (the probationary period) undergo a rigid examination as to fitness in
physique, temperament, and character. This trial period helps the
student to decide whether she feels herself personally fitted or
inclined to proceed, with the course. It also gives the hospital school
of nursing an opportunity to judge the student's suitability for the
profession of nursing. The hospital school of nursing reserves the
right to reject candidates who do not meet required standards.
During the professional part of the course students are under the
direction of the hospital school of nursing and live in residence
there, receiving:
(1) full maintenance;
(2) a yearly vacation;
(3) a small monetary allowance as designated by the hospital.
In order to receive University credit for work ddne at this time,
students must register at the University each year and pay the
nominal fee required. (See footnote on page 36.)
Following is an outline of the course provided by the Vancouver
General Hospital School of Nursing.
1. Instruction is given by qualified nurse teachers and by members of the medical staff in:
Nursing Ethics
Principles and Practice of Nursing
Anatomy and Physiology
Health Education
Psychology
Normal Nutrition and Diet Therapy
(including experience in the Diet Kitchen)
Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Urinalysis
Introduction to: Anaesthesia
Physiotherapy
X-ray
Community Health and Social Needs
(including experience with the Victorian
Order of Nurses) Courses in Applied Science 247
2. Instruction and supervised experience are also provided in the
fbllowing hospital departments :
Medical
Communicable Diseases (including Tuberculosis and Venereal
Diseases)
Surgical, including Operating Room
Eye, Ear, Nose, and Throat
Orthopedic
Gynecological
Infants and Children
Psychiatric . I
Out-patient
While the preventive and social aspects of nursing are stressed
throughout, they are given particular emphasis during experience
in the Out-patient Department and with the Victorian Order of
Nurses.
The hospital programme is subject to change at the discretion of
the hospital in consultation with the DePai"tment of Nursing and
Health at the University.
Upon satisfactory completion of this part of the course the student
is awarded a diploma as»a graduate nurse of the Vancouver General
Hospital School of Nursing. She also writes the provincial Registered Nurse examinations, and if successful becomes qualified to
practise as a Registered Nurse in British Columbia.
Students who, during their period in the hospital school of nursing, have lost time because of illness or for other reasons, may be
required to postpone the final academic year at the University.
Students who have gained some experience as graduate nurses before
returning to University usually find themselves better equipped
to benefit from the specialized course.
III. One year of specialization.
For the final year of her course the student elects either
Nursing B (see page 248) or Nursing C (see page 249), and upon
its satisfactory completion she is awarded the degree of B.A.Sc.
(Nursing). The Department of Nursing and Health must be notified by each student of her choice before July 15th of the year in
which the student plans to return to the University. 248
Faculty of Applied Science
Nursing AA
The University also offers a double degree course leading to the
degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc (Nursing). This course requires three
years (instead of two) of academic work at the University before
entering the hospital school of nursing, but is otherwise similar to
Nursing A. (See page 244.) Students receive the degree of B.A.
upon completion of their course at the hospital, and the degree of
B.A.Sc. (Nursing) when Nursing B or Nursing C has been completed.
The double degree course is advised for
(1) students who wish to enrich their background of knowledge
by an additional year of university studies, and who are anxious
to obtain the B.A. degree; and
(2) students who, at the end of the first two years of the combined course, would still be too young to enter the hospital school
of nursing.
Nursing B and Nursing C (Degree and Certificate
Courses)
Degree Courses
Students taking Nursing B or Nursing C as part of the degree
course must obtain-at least 65 per cent, marks on the aggregate with
not less than 50 per cent, in any one subject.
NURSING B (PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING)
.Subject
For details
see page:
Total hours
of lectures
Nursing 4 Preventive Medicine
Nursing 5 Mental Hygiene
Nursing 7 Infant and Child Hygiene
Nursing 9 Sanitation
Nursing 11 Public Health Organization
Nursing 12 Vital Statistics
Nursing 13 Principles of Public Health Nursing...
Nursing 14 Practice of Public Health Nursing
Nursing 16 Methods in Health Teaching
Nursing 17 Current Nursing Problems
Nursing 21 Social Case Work
Nursing 27 Sociology
Nursing 31 Principles and Methods of Teaching
Nursing 35 Essay
Nursing 36 Field Work
45
18
18
9
18
18
36
18
36
18
18
18
18 |S^P6R:^g^f«W
Courses in Applied Science
249
NURSING C (TEACHING AND SUPERVISION IN
SCHOOLS OF NURSING)
Subject
For details
see page:
Total hours
of lectures
Nursing 4 Preventive Medicine
Nursing 5 Mental Hygiene
Nursing 17 Current Nursing Problems
Nursing 18 Teaching in Schools of Nursing
Nursing 19 Principles of Supervision in Schools
of Nursing
Nursing 27 Sociology
Nursing 31 Principles and Methods of Teaching..
Electives from Nursing B, from Education, or
from related Science courses, to make up three
units 1.
Nursing 35 Essay
Nursing 37 Field Work '.
45
18
18
36
36
18
18
Certificate Courses
Nursing B and Nursing C are available as Certificate Courses to
graduate nurses who possess the required qualifications.-
1. General education. All applicants must fulfil the educational
requirement of University Entrance. An official transcript of the
high school education record should be submitted along with the
application.
2. Professional education. Graduation from a recognized school
of nursing. Applicants must satisfy the department that they have
received adequate instruction and experience in the nursing care of
communicable diseases and of diseases of infancy and childhood.
3. Professional experience. Applicants who have had one or two
years of satisfactory nursing experience derive greater benefit from
the courses than those who come directly from the school of nursing.
Applicants for admission to Nursing C are required to have had at
least one year of satisfactory experience as graduate nurses.
4. Health. A certificate of good health signed by a practising
physician and a report on an X-ray of the chest (taken within the
preceding three months) are required of all applicants.
5. Ability to drive a car. Applicants for admission to Nursing B
are advised to learn to drive a motor car and to secure their driver's 250
Faculty of Applied Science
licence. Ability to drive well is often a deciding factor in securing
a position.
6. Personal fitness. Because it is very important that applicants
have the necessary personal qualifications for their proposed work,
and also because facilities for field work limit the number of students
who can be enrolled, the Department reserves the right of selection.
A personal interview is required whenever possible.
Applications for admission to the Certificate Courses should be
submitted before July 1st. The requisite form may be obtained
on request from
Department of Nursing and Health,
The University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B. C.
Nursing D
This is a course for graduate nurses who are eligible for admission to the University and who desire to qualify for the degree of
B.A.Sc. (Nursing).
Admission requirements:
1. The applicant's professional preparation shall be considered
by the Department to be a satisfactory alternative to the professional
course included in Nursing A. y
2. The applicant's record, both academic and professional, shall
indicate the probability of success in her chosen field.
Course requirements:
Three years of academic work at the University.
1. The applicant shall complete satisfactorily the work of the
First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science (see page 85) or
Senior Matriculation.
2. Candidates will register in the Faculty of Applied Science and
take the following courses as Second Year students in Nursing D:
Subject
i? co
5 *
I*"- TO
First Term
3 *
o 2 .
2 TO CU
£ >- 9
Second Term
3*
0) CO
J a
Sax
25*
English 3 and 4
Psychology 1
Nursing 2 Elementary Biochemistry
Nursing 3 Bacteriology in Relation to
Health and Disease
266
196
287
287
Six additional units to be selected, on the basis of student interest and
needs, after consultation with the Department. 5RJf«B ^-V-S^^jHJ?
Courses in Applied Science 251
3. Nursing B or Nursing C as outlined on pages 248 and 249.
Those candidates who already hold a certificate in Nursing B or
Nursing C must, except in very unusual circumstances, meet the
requirements listed under (2) above'by attendance at a winter
session within a period of five years following completion of the
certificate course.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF
M.A.Sc.
1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Science must
hold a B.A.Sc. degree from this University, or its equivalent.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to
enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application an official statement of his graduation, together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course.
The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this
University. A
3. Prerequisites: Candidates must have at least Second Class
average standing in the Fourth and Fifth Year undergraduate subjects of the course in which they wish to specialize. In case this
standing has not been obtained, or in case certain subjects have
been omitted, the deficiency must be made up by repeating or
taking the course or courses concerned.
4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who
proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a) to spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(b) (at the discretion of the Faculty concerned) :
(i) to do two or more years of private work under the
supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to one year of graduate study; or
(ii) to do one year of private work under University
supervision and one term of resident graduate study,
the total of such work to be equivalent to one year
of resident graduate study.
5. One subject of specialization shall be selected, to which the
required thesis must be definitely related. (Three typewritten copies
•of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. See special circular entitled
Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 252 Faculty of Applied Science
The latest date for receiving Masters' theses in the Second Term
shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for
the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st.
The work shall be of graduate nature and equivalent'in quantity
to at least that of a Final Year. About three quarters of the
time should be devoted to the subject of specialization including
the thesis, and one quarter to other subjects. Special encouragement will be given to the solution of problems related to British
Columbia industries.
The choice of courses taken and their relation to the subject
of specialization, the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work,
must be approved by the heads of the departments concerned, by
the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special
forms entitled Application for a Course Leading to the Master's
Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office.
6. Examinations shall be written, or oral, or both, and standing
equivalent to at least 75 per cent, in the courses of specialization
and 65 per cent, in other subjects shall be required.
7. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be
made to the Registrar by October 1st. For fees see page 37.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations are held in December and in April. December
examinations will be held in all subjects of the Second and Third
Years, and are obligatory for all students of these. December
examinations in subjects of the Fourth and Fifth Years, excepting
those subjects that are completed before Christmas, shall be
optional with the departments concerned. Applications for special
consideration on account of illness, or domestic affliction must be
submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of
the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for
absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented
on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean's
office, or if the illness occurs at the University the student may
report to the Nurse, Auditorium Building, who may furnish the
necessary certificate.
2. Candidates, in order to pass, must obtain at least 50 per cent,
in each subject (for First Year see pages 225-226). The grades are
, as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second
Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. (Secpars. 12
'and 13.) l^P^'S^S^-Mf^f^^f^Wf^^-i
fgspgspf^pHSf-s*
Examinations and Advancement 25$
Candidates in the Final Year of the B.A.Sc. course in Nursing,
in order to obtain this degree, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in
each subject, and at least 65 per cent, on the aggregate.
3. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of
any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has
failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations
have been granted.
A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the results
of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must state
clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the fact
that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing mark in
a subject is read at least a second time before -results are tabulated
and announced. A_ re-reading of an examination paper will be
granted only with the consent of the head of the department concerned. The fee for re-reading is $2.00.
4. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special
examinations will not be granted, except by special permission* of
the Faculty and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per paper, and then
only during the third week in October or the third week in January.
Nursing students with supplementals in the Second Year must, in
order to enter the hospital in September, obtain standing in these
subjects^by attendance at Summer Session. They may, however,
take the September supplementals, thus postponing the date of
entering upon the hospital course.
5. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by
the necessary fees (see Special Fees, page 38), must be in the hands
of the Registrar by August 15th.
6. No student may enter the Fourth or higher year with supplemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4
units of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year unless special
permission* to do so is granted by Faculty. Students in Nursing A
must remove all outstanding supplemental examinations before
entering their Third Year (the First Year of the Hospital Course).
7. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless he has
previously passed, or secured exemption, in all prerequisite subjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it, both
must be taken in the same session.
8. A student who is required to repeat his year will not be
allowed to take any work in a higher year excepting that a student
*Special permission of the Faculty is granted only under exceptional circumstances,
such as illness, or as outlined on page 224. 254 Faculty of Applied Science
who has taken the field work of Civil Engineering 2 or 7 of the
preceding summer may take Civil Engineering 5 or 13 the following session. A student repeating his year need not repeat, however,
any of the following subjects in which he has made 65 per cent.:
Civil Engineering 2, 5, 7, 10 (b), 12 (b), 13; Mechanical Engineering 1, 2, 6, 7 (Lab.), 8, 9, 10 (Lab.), 30; Geology 1 (b) and 1 (d);
Metallurgy 1 (c), 5, 6.
9. Any student repeating his year will not be admitted with
any supplementals outstanding.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate
to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the
tests and examinations of the First Term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required
by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the
remainder of the session. Such a student will not be re-admitted
to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.
13. Honours will be granted in any one of the last four years
to students who obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject and 80
per cent, on the whole at the annual examinations of that year.
14. Honours graduate standing will be granted to those who
obtain Honours in the final year and who have passed any one of
the three preceding years with at least 50 per cent, in each subject
and 75 per cent, on the whole.
DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE
Note. The following subjects may be modified during the year
as the Senate may deem advisable.
Department of Biology and Botany
Professor and Head of the Department: A. H. Hutchinson.
Professor: Frank Dickson.
Associate Professor: John Davidson.
Associate Professor: John Allardyce.
Assistant Professor: Miss Ruth E. Fields.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to more
advanced work in General Biology, Botany, or Zoology; also to
courses closely related to biological science, such as Agriculture,
Forestry, Medicine. Vf?*f &g*&WT** >T '
Biology and Botany 255
The fundamental principles of biology; the interrelations of
plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division of labour;
life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology.
The course is prerequisite to all courses in General Biology,
Botany, and Zoology, except as otherwise stated.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory a week.
2. Principles of Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 123.)
3. General Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 124.)
4. General Biology.—As in Arts. (See page 124.)
5. Basic Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 125.)
Botany
1. (a) Gentral Botany.—As in Arts. (See page 125.)
1.' (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—As in
Arts. (See page 125.)
1. (c) General Forestry.—A study of silvics and a general
survey of forest distribution and influences.
Text-book: Tourney and Korstian, Foundation of Silviculture,
2nd edition, Wiley.
References: Mulholland, Forest Resources of British Columbia,
B. C. Forest Service, Victoria; A National Plan for American
Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Zon
and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World, McGraw-Hill;
various government publications.
Prerequisites: Botany 1 (a), 1 (b), or equivalent.
Three lectures a week. Third Year. 3 units.
2. Morphology.—As in Arts. (See page 126.)
3. Plant Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 126.)
4. Histology.—As in Arts. (See page 127.)
5. (a) Economic Flora.—As in Arts. (See page 127.)
5. (b) Dendrology.—As in Arts. (See page 127.)
5. (c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—As in Arts. (See page 128.)
6. (b) Forest Pathology.—As in Arts. (See page 128.)
6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—As in Arts. (See page
128.)
7. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—As in Arts. (See page
129.)
7. (b) Advanced Forest Ecology.—As in Arts. (See page 130.) 256 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Chemistry
Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark.
Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Associate Professor: William Ure.
Associate Professor: J. Allen Harris.
Assistant Professor: J. Gilbert Hooley.
Instructor: Michael Stusiak. ,
Instructor: Robert A. MacLeod.
Instructor: Percy Mundell.
1. General Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 131.)
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of the term
an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory
work.
Text-book: Reedy, Theoretical Qualitative Analysis, McGraw-
Hill.
Laboratory Manual: Reedy, Qualitative Analysis, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory a week.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the .more'important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Text-book: Willard and Furman, Quantitative Analysis, Van
Nostrand; or Pierce and Haenisch, Quantitative Analysis, Wiley.
One lecture and three hours laboratory a week.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).
3. Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 132.)
4. (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 133.)
4. (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with the omission of the laboratory.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.—As in Arts.
(See page 133.)
6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering.—In this course the
elements of unit processes, such as filtration, distillation, crystallization, evaporation, and drying are to be considered. Several
lectures will be devoted to the chemistry of combustion. The
lectures will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing plants
in the neighbourhood.
Text-book: Badger and McCabe, Elements of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Summer reading: Read, Industrial Chemistry, Wiley.
Two lectures a week. pf?**
Chemistry 257
7. Physical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 134.)
8. Electrochemistry.—(a) Solutions are studied from the standpoint of the osmotic and dissociation theories. The laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, and primary and secondary
cells are considered in detail.
Text-book: Creighton-Fink, Theoretical Electrochemistry, Vol. I,
Wiley.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
(b) Electric furnaces and electrolytic refining and deposition of
metals will be studied in detail.
Text-books: Creighton & Koehler, Principles of Electro-chemistry,
Vol. II., Wiley; Thompson, Theoretical and Applied Electrochemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 134.)
11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 135.)
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
12. Colloid Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 135.)
16. (a) Advanced Chemical Engineering Theory.—The First
Term will comprise a course of study dealing with the general
hydrodynamical equations for fluid flow. The thermodynamic
aspect will be stressed wherever necessary. The theory, of heat
transfer with special reference to heat exchangers and condensers
will also be considered.
The Second Term will be devoted to theories of diffusion processes
in general. The unit processes, such as humidification, drying,
extraction, and adsorption will be studied in, some detail.
16. (b) Chemical Engineering Problems and Laboratory.—Each
student must submit solutions to a list of problems dealing with
the unit processes discussed in both Chemistry 6 and Chemistry
16 lectures.
The laboratory work will be arranged to supplement the lectures
as much as time and equipment will permit.
Text-books: Walker, Lewis, McAdams, and Gilliland, Principles
of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill; Zemansky, Heat and
Thermodynamics, Wiley; Jameson, An Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics, Longmans; Jakob and Hawkins, Elements of Heat
Transfer, Wiley.
Three lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 258 Faculty of Applied Science
17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—As in Arts. (See page 135.)
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 136.)
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
21. Chemical Kinetics.—As in Arts. (Seepage 136.)
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
22. Surf ace Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 136.)
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
Summer reading. Industrial Chemistry. ■— Read, Industrial
Chemistry, Wiley.
30. Research Conference.—This course is required of all graduate
students.
One hour a week. 1 unit.
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor and Head of the Department: John Norison Finlayson.
Professor: J. F. Muir.
Professor: A. H. Finlay.
Assistant Professor: E. S. Pretious.
Assistant Professor: Archie Peebles.
Assistant Professor: A. Hrennikoff.
Part-time Lecturer: J. B. Alexander.
1. Descriptive Geometry.—Orthographic projection involving
points, lines, and planes; use of auxiliary planes; interpenetrations
and developments; practical applications.
Text-book: Smith, Practical Descriptive Geometry, 4th edition,
McGraw-Hill.
One three-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious.
2. Field Work I.—Elementary surveying; practical problems
involving the use of the chain, stadia, compass, transit, and level;
traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys; levels for
profiles, benches, and contours.
Work commences immediately upon the close of spring examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours a day for twenty
days, or equivalent.
Mr. Pretious.
3. General Engineering.—A course designed to give the student
a knowledge of the commercial and financial aspects of the engin- npqfiJUr ■* »;<■■ v~ -
Civil Engineering 259
eering profession, its historical background, and the relations between science and modern industry.
One lecture a week. Mr. Finlayson.
4. Graphical Statics.—Elementary theory of structures; composition of forces; general methods involving the force and equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions, centres of
gravity, bending moments; stress in framed structures, cranes,
towers, roof-trusses, and bridge-trusses. Algebraic check methods
will be used throughout.
Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic Statics,
McGraw-Hill.
One two-hour period a week. Mr. Peebles.
5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2;
maps of telemeter, compass, and transit surveys; contour and
topographical maps in convention or colour.
One three-hour period a week. Mr. Peebles.
6. Surveying 1.—Chain and angular surveying; the construction,
adjustment, and use of the transit, level, compass, planimeter,
aneroid, sextant, and plane table; levelling; topography; contour
surveying; stadia; railway curves; vertical curves.
Text-book: Davis, Elementary Plane Surveying, McGraw-Hill.
References: Allen, Curves and Earthwork, McGraw-Hill; Breed
and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Vol. I., Wiley.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Lighthall.
7. Field Work 2—(a) Route, surveys, reconnaissance, preliminary and location surveys; methods of taking topography, cross-
sectioning ; estimating quantities; running in easement and vertical
eurves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work for mapping
and for estimating quantities and costs.
(b) Hydrometric surveying: cross section of a stream, gauge
readings, velocity of flow by current meter, and calculation of the
volume of flow.
(c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth;
adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant, and
minor instruments.
Time, same as for C.E. 2.
Mr. Finlay, Mr. Muir.
8. Foundations and Masonry.—(a) Soil exploration; bearing
power of soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons;
open dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes. j*' SjWKj ■,
260 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and Buildings, McGraw-Hill.
C.E. 10 must either precede or be taken concurrently.
Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. First Term. Mr.
Hrennikoff.
(b) Theory of earth pressure for cohesionless and cohesive
materials; active and passive pressures; design of retaining walls;
bulkheads; pressure on hoppers; stability of unretained slopes.
References: Ketchum, Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators; Howe,
Retaining Walls for Earth; Cain, Earth Pressure, Walls and Bins.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Hrennikoff.
9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating
designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities and costs;
preparation of plans. i
Text-books: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary
Design, Wiley; Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel
Construction.
Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. Mr. Muir.
10. Strength of Materials.—-(a) A thorough introduction to the
fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials;
stress, deformation, elasticity, and resilience; the application of the
laws of derived eurves to the construction of load, shear, moment,
inclination, and deflection diagrams; fibre stress; deflection of
simple, cantilever, and continuous beams under any loading; riveted
joints; torsion; columns, combined stresses; longitudinal shear;
reinforced concrete; special beams.
Two lectures a week and one three-hour period alternate weeks.
(b) Laboratory.—Testing of timber, steel, and concrete specimens to determine the strength of these materials; hardness testing;
the testing of cement aggregates and the proportioning of concrete
mixes. Lecture course covers properties of engineering materials.
About one-half of the laboratory time will be set aside for the
solution of problems in investigation and design.
Text-books: Maurer and Withey, Strength of Materials, Wiley;
Selected Standards for Students of Engineering, American Society
for Testing Materials; Standard Specifications for Structural Timber A 28, 1937, Canadian Engineering Standards Association,
Ottawa; Wood Handboojc, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C.
References: Swain, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill { Morley. Strength of Materials, Longmans; Canadian Woods, Their* - ■■»•
Civil Engineering 261
Properties and Uses, King's Printer, Ottawa; Douglas Fir Use
Book, West Coast Lumbermen's Association, 364 Stuart Building,
Seattle; Wood, Structural Design Data, National Lumber Manufacturers' Association, Washington, D.C.
One lecture a week. First Term.
One three-hour period alternate weeks. Both terms.
Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Alexander, Mr. Hrennikoff.
Note. Part of the laboratory testing is performed in the Forest
Products Laboratory.
11. Transportation 1. Railways.—The development of railway
transportation; co-ordination of transportation systems; railway
location, grades, curvature, and distance, and their effects upon
operating .costs; economics, traffic, and revenue; maintenance of
way and structures.
References: Williams, Design of Railway Location, 2nd edition,
Wiley; Raymond, Elements of Railroad Engineering, 5th edition,
Wiley; Tratman, Railway Track and Track Work, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Peebles.
12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.—(a) Fundamental principles and
their application. Problems on gauges, pressure on surfaces; translation and rotation of liquids, Bernoulli's theorem, flow through
orifices, short tubes, nozzles, weirs, pipes, and open channels, and
the dynamic action of jets.
Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, 5th edition, Holt.
One lecture and one two-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious.
(b) Laboratory period includes experimental work on gauges,
pipes, weirs, orifices, and hydraulic machines.
Reference: Freeman, Hydraulics Laboratory Practice, A.S.M.E.
One two-hour period a week. Mr. Muir.
13. Mapping 2.—Mapping from notes obtained in Civil 7; mining,
forestry, or geological maps.
One three-hour period a week. Mr. Pretious.
14. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 6. Transition curves
for highways and railways; mine, hydrographie, and phototopo-
graphie surveying; Dominion and Provincial surveys; field astronomy.
Text-book: Bouchard, Surveying, International Textbook Co. '
References: Manual of Surveys of Dominion Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land Surveyors; Davis Foote and Raynor, Surveying, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Lighthall. 262 Faculty of Applied Science
15. Drawing.—Map projections, perspective drawings, photographic maps.
One three-hour period a week. Second Term. Mr. Lighthall.
16. Field Work 3.—The adjustment, care, and use of precise surveying instruments; method of carrying out triangulation surveys;
determination of latitude, azimuth, and time to a high degree of
accuracy; base line measurements and precise levelling.
Time, same as for C.E. 2. Mr. Lighthall.
17. Structural Design 2.—Design of simple span steel bridges;
determination of stresses due to vertical, longitudinal, and lateral
forces; proportioning of parts; design of sections, connections, end
supports, and various details; making detail drawings.
Text-books: Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction ; Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, American Railway Engineering Association; Standard Specification for Steel
Highway Bridges, Canadian Engineering Standards Association.
References: Kirkham, Structural Engineering, McGraw-Hill;
Kuntz, Design of Steel Bridges, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one three-hour period a week. First Term.
Two lectures and two three-hour periods a week. Second Term.
Mr. Hrennikoff.
18. Engineering Economics.—Elementary mathematics of investment; interest; annuities; financial comparison of engineering
installations; organization of business enterprise; principles of
financing; bonds; stocks; graphical analysis of fixed and variable
expense; elementary accounting; interpretation of financial statements ; elements of statistical method.
Text-book: Woods and DeGarmo, Introduction to Engineering
Economy, Macmillan.
References: Dewing, Financial Policy of Corporations, Ronald;
Jordan, Investments, Prentice-Hall.
One lecture and one one-hour period a week. Mr. Muir.
19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees, salary; the
engineer as a witness; responsibility; engineering contracts; tenders ; specifications; plans; extras and alterations; time; payments
and certificates; bonus or liquidated damages; maintenance and
defects; subcontractors; agents; arbitration and awards; specification and contract writing.
Text-book: Kirby, Elements of Specification Writing, Wiley. j'ffl ' -JV5 i
Civil Engineering 263
References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law of
Canada; Laidlaw and Young, Engineering Law, University of
Toronto.
One lecture a week. Mr. Pretious.
22. Municipal Engineering. — Sewerage and Sewage Disposal:
general methods and economic consideration; quantity and run-off;
design of sewers, man-holes, flush tanks, etc.; construction methods,
materials, and costs; estimate, design, maintenance, and management of sewerage systems; physical, chemical, biological, and
economic aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening, sedimentation, filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management
costs.
Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal,
McGraw-Hill.
Water Supply: rainfall; evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality,
and pressure required; pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts,
pipe lines, and distribution systems; purification systems; valves,
hydrants, and fire service; materials, estimates, and designs; construction methods and costs. *
Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Babbitt and Doland, Water Supply Engineering,
McGraw-Hill.
Town Planning: the economical and artistic development of a
city; city management; street cleaning and disposal of waste;
composition and quantity of city wastes; collection, dumping, and
disposal; land treatment; incineration and reduction; costs and
returns.
Reference: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.
Two lectures and one two-hour period a week. Mr. Muir.
23. Transportation 2. Highway Engineering.—Development and
organization; administration and finance; economics and planning;
location and design; materials and construction methods; soil
studies, including laboratory analysis of soils; highway safety and
traffic control; transportation surveys.
References: Bruce, Highway Design and Construction, 2nd
edition, International Textbook Co.; Hogentogler, Engineering
Properties of Soil, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Peebles.
24. Reinforced Concrete Design.—Intended to train the student
in methods of analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures -r--—T-? ■■ .,j.'-.\\.,yii.>^..m,i.u„w j,;.*
264 Faculty of Applied Science
including beams, slabs, columns, footings, and rigid frames. A complete design of a small reinforced concrete building, including the
necessary drawings, is prepared by each student.
Text-books: Sutherland & Reese, Reinforced Concrete Design,
2nd edition, Wiley; Reinforced Concrete Design Handbook, American Concrete Institute.
Two lectures and one three-hour period a week First Term, and
one four-hour period a week Second Term.
25. Theory of Structures.—An analysis of the principal types of
framed structures under dead and live loads, including a study
of the deflections to which such structures are subject.
Text-book: Sutherland & Bowman, Introduction to Structural
Theory and Design. ^\\
Reference: Johnson, Bryan, and Turneaure, Modem Framed
Structures, Vols. 1-3, Wiley.
Two lectures and two three-hour periods a week. First Term.
Mr. Finlay.
26. Class Excursions.—Members of the Fifth Year class in Civil
Engineering, under tfte supervision of an instructor, will visit such
factories, industrial developments, public works, docks, shipyards,
and important examples of engineering construction as are calculated to assist the student best to grasp the application and scope
of the studies pursued and to broaden his vision of the engineering
field. Written reports of trips are required.
Note. In periods where no trips are taken, tests of hydraulic
machines will be made in the Hydraulic Laboratory. (See C.E. 29.)
27. Civil Engineering Thesis. — Original research on selected
topics; analysis of engineering projects; experimental or theoretical
investigations. Topics may be selected from divisions of the Civil
Engineering Course: Geodetics; Railways; Hydraulics; Municipal,
Highways, Economic, and Business Engineering; Structures. Copy
of thesis in regular form and binder must be filed with the Department.
28. Seminar.—Written and oral discussion of articles appearing
in the current transactions and proceedings of the various engineering societies, also reviews of important papers in engineering
periodicals; reports on local engineering projects visited in Civil
26; preparation of written outlines for all oral reports; training
in technical writing and public speaking.
Required of all Fourth and Fifth Year students in Civil Engineering. ■- t?s- xr .■:■-■,■ -0 - •
n«sr
Civil Engineering 265
Reference: Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill.
One hour a week.
29. Water Power Development.—The principles of hydrology,
rainfall, run-off, stream flow, hydrographs, specific speed, characteristic curves, selection of hydraulic machines, theory of turbines,
tangential water wheels, and centrifugal pumps, hydro-electric
installations, waterhammer, and surge tanks.
Laboratory work consists of testing pumps and turbines, plotting
curves, and solving problems.
Text-book: Barrow, Water Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References: Meyer, Elements of Hydrology, 2nd edition, Wiley;
Creager and Justin, Hydro-electric Engineering, 1st edition, Wiley;
Daugherty, Hydraulic Turbines, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one two-hour period a week. Second Term.
Mr. Muir.
30. Engineering Problems 1.—Training in methods of attacking,
analyzing, and solving engineering problems; coaching in proper
methods of work and study, including drill in systematic arrangement and workmanship in calculations. The content is based upon
the application of mathematics to problems in physics and engineering.
Two two-hour periods a week.
Mr. Finlay, Mr. Peebles.
31. Mechanics 2.—An extension of the subject matter of Physics
4 (a), applying the methods of the differential and integral calculus.
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Finlayson.
Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of Engineering Problems 1, involving a thorough drill in problems in the principal
divisions of mathematics given in the Second and Third Years of
Applied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics, surveying,
draughting, and engineering.
One three-hour period a week.
Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Finlay.
50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with
drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation,
simple structures, and surveying. Adapted to the needs of students
in Agriculture.
One lecture a week. Mr. Lighthall. ~— - . ■'■
266 Faculty of Applied Science
Course for Graduate Students
100. Advanced Structural Analysis.—A course devoted to the
analysis of statically indeterminate structures, such as arches, rigid
frames, continuous trusses, and suspension bridges.
Mr. Finlay.
Department of English
Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick.
Assistant Professor: Edmund Morrison.
2. Literature.—For students in Nursing. As in Arts. (See page
159.)
3. Composition.—A course in composition especially designed to
meet the needs of students in the Faculty of Applied Science.
It offers training in economical and accurate objective writing.
The work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected
reading, and (2) written examinations. Students will be required
to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work.
Text-book: To be announced.
Two hours a week. Mr. Morrison.
4. Technical Writing.—This course offers instruction in the preparation and writing of technical papers and reports, with emphasis
upon the organization and forms appropriate to such work.
Text-book: To be announced.
One hour a week. Mr. Morrison.
Department of Forestry
Professor and Head of the Department: J. E. Liersch.
Associate Professor: F. Malcolm Knapp.
Assistant Professor: Braham G. Griffith.
Assistant Professor: Thomas G. Wright. (On leave of absence.)
Special Lecturer: J. L. Alexander.
Honorary Lecturer: R. M. Brown.
Part-time Lecturer: L. B. Dixon.
Part-time Lecturer: William Byers.
1. (b) General Forest Botany (General Dendrology).—An
introductory course open only to Forestry students, and including
the study of tree characteristics, identification, structure, nutrition,
and ecology.
Reference readings are assigned. ■» - - - . . -
»
Forestry 267
Biology 1 is recommended as a preceding course.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Year.
3 units..
Mr. Davidson, Mr. Dickson, Mr. Griffith,, Mr. Hutchinson, Mr.
Knapp.
This course is the same as Botany 1 (b). (See page 255.)
1. (c) General Forestry.—A study of silvics and a general
survey of forest distribution and influences.
Text-book: Tourney and Korstian, Foundation of Silviculture,
2nd edition, Wiley.
References: Mulholland, Forest Resources of British Columbia,
B. C. Forest Service, Victoria; A National Plan for American
Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.; Zon
and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World, McGraw-Hill;
various government publications.
Three lectures a week. Third Year. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Knapp.
3 units*
This course is the same as Botany 1 (c). (See page 255.)
2. (a) Mensuration.—Log scaling and measurement of felled
timber products. r" ^
References: Chapman and Demeritt, Elements of Forest Mensuration, Lyon; Rapraeger, Log Scaling and Grading Practice in
the Douglas Fir Region, Pacific Northwest Forest Experiment
Station, Portland, Oregon.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory or field work
a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Byers. 1 unit.
(b) Timber cruising and stumpage appraisal.
Reference books: Instructions for Forest Surveys, King's Printer,
Victoria, B. C.; Instructions for Appraising Stumpage in National
Forests, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory or field work
a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. Mr. Sprott. 1 unit.
(c) Preparation of volume and yield tables; measurement of
growth of trees and forests; statistical analysis.
Text-book: Bruce and Schumacher, Forest Mensuration, McGraw-
Hill.
Three lectures and one period of two hours laboratory or field
work a week. First Term, Fourth Year. Mr. Griffith. 2 units. 268 Faculty of Applied Science
3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organization
for prevention and control.
Text-books: Hawley, Forest Protection, Wiley; Western Fire
Fighters' Manual, Western Forestry and Conservation Association,
Portland.
Reference books: Various government publications.
Two lectures a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp
5. Wood Technology.—The structure of wood; the identification
of different woods and their qualifies and uses; wood seasoning;
wood preservation; emphasis on the Canadian woods of commercial
importance.
Text-book: Brown and Panshin, Commercial Timbers of the
United States, McGraw-Hill.
References: Record, Identification of the Timbers of Temperate
North America, Wiley; Forsaith, The Technology of New York
State Timbers, Technical Publication No. 18, New York State
College of Forestry, Syracuse, New York; Koehler, The Properties_
and Uses of Wood, McGraw-Hill; Koehler and Thelen, Kiln Drying'
of Lumber, McGraw-Hill.
Three lectures and one period of three hours laboratory a week.
Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp. 2 units.
6. Forest Management.—Principles of forest organization and
regulation of the cut; sustained yield management of forests;
forest working plans; forest finance.
Text-book -. Matthews, Management of American Forests, McGraw-Hill.
Four lectures and one period of three hours laboratory a week.
First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith. 3 units.
7. Forest History and Legislation.—The development of forestry
in different parts of the world, with special reference to British
Columbia, Canada, and the United States.
Two lectures a week. First Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith.
1 unit.
8. Silviculture.—Silvicultural systems; intermediate and final
cuttings; natural and artificial regeneration.
Text-books: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, 4th edition, Wiley;
Tourney and Korstian, Seeding and Planting in the Practice of
Forestry, 3rd edition, Wiley.
References: Westveld, Applied Silviculture in the United States,
Wiley; various government publications. SWg5»-Wf !K«^»1 --J^J^, (j^-- :
Forestry 269
Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory a week.
Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith. 3 units.
10. Logging Engineering.—Principles and practices of logging
in the chief timber regions of North America, with special emphasis
on the logging systems and operations in Pacific Coast forests.
Text-books: Brown, Logging Transportation, Wiley; Brand-
strom, Analysis of Logging Costs and Operating Methods in the,
Douglas Fir Region, Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry Foundation,
Washington, D. C.
References: Matthews, Cost Control in the Logging Industry,
McGraw-Hill; Brown, Logging Principles and Practices, Wiley;
Kirkland and Brandstrom, Selective Timber Management in the
Douglas Fir Region, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C.;
various articles in The Timberman, B. C. Lumberman, and other
journals and government publications. 1^ ^1
Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory or field
work* a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Knapp. 3 units.
11. Milling, Products, and Marketing.—Manufacturing methods
and problems of the lumber and other forest industries, including
pulp and paper, shingles, veneers, boxes, etc.; marketing methods,
domestic consumption and export, markets in foreign countries.
Text-books: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley; Brown, Timber Products
and Industries, Wiley.
References: Brown, American Lumber Industry, Wiley; The
Manufacture of Pulp and Paper, Vols. Ill to V, McGraw-Hill;
Knight and Wulpi, Veneers and Plywood, .Ronald.
Four lectures and one period of four hours laboratory a week.
First Term, Fifth Year. N Mr. Knapp. 3 units.
13. Lumber Grading.—An intensive study of the grading, tallying, and shipping of Pacific Coast lumber products for domestic and
export markets.
Text-book: Beaulieu and Lauritzen, Lumber Grading Practice,
British Columbia Lumber & Shingle Manufacturers' Association.
One lecture and one period of two hours field work a week.
Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Dixon. 1 unit.
14. Seminar.—Oral presentation and discussion of current forestry topics and reviews of important papers in forestry periodicals,
also reports of field trips in connection with Forestry 8, 10, and
11; preparation of written outlines; training in technical writing
and public speaking. ^
One hour a week. Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Knapp.
1 unit. 270 Faculty of Applied Science
15. Forestry Thesis.—Research in some phase of forestry which is
of particular interest to the student. The project must be approved
by the Department and two copies of the thesis in regular form and
binder must be filed with the Department not later than the end of
the spring examination period.
Three hours a week throughout the Fifth Year. Mr. Griffith,
Mr. Knapp. 2 units.
16. Forest Economics.—Principles of forest economics; economic
and social values of forests; forest resources and wood requirements; economics of wood production, consumption, and distribution; forestry and land use; prices of forest products; forest
taxation, forestry credit, and forest fire insurance; forestry as a
private business enterprise.
References: Buttrick, Economics of Forestry, Wiley, and numerous periodicals and publications.
Four lectures a week. Second Term, Fifth Year. Mr. Sprott.
3 units.
Vancouver Laboratory
Forest Products Laboratories of Canada,
Forest Service
Department of Mines and Resources, Canada
Superintendent: R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto).
Assistant Engineer: R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill).
Division of Timber Mechanics
Chief of Division: J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick).
Forest Products Engineer, Grade 1: W. J. Smith, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.).
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: J. T. Lee.
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: W. W. Davidson.
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: J. Varley.
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: J. T. Yelf.
Laboratory Assistant: Mrs. P. D. Birrell.
Division of Timber Products
Acting Chief of Division: H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington).
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 2: C. J. Archer, B.Sc.F. (Toronto).
Forest Products Assistant, Grade 1: Miss Mary L. Mulvin, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.).
The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada is a research organization maintained by the Forest Service of the Department of Mines
and Resotircesv Canada. Research in forest products is carried on
in two laboratories, one in Ottawa and the other in Vancouver, while
all questions relating to pulp and paper research are dealt with by I
Forestry 271
a co-operative laboratory established at McGill University, Montreal,
through an arrangement between the Forest Products Laboratories
of Canada, the Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, and McGill
University.
The Vancouver laboratory was established in 1918 and has been
maintained in association with the University of British Columbia
since that time. Originally equipped only for the mechanical testing
of western woods, the organization has shown a rapid expansion and
now includes research in all branches of timber mechanics, lumber
seasoning investigation, timber decay problems, mill studies, waste
utilization, wood identification, etc.
One of the most-important phases of the work of the laboratory
is its technical service to all branches of the timber industry in the
dissemination of information on a wide.variety of subjects having
to do with forest products. While research in wood preservation,
wood distillation, container tests, pulp and paper, etc., is at present
confined to the Ottawa and Montreal laboratories, the close contact
maintained among the three organizations permits the extension
of this technical service to include such subjects as wood utilization
of all kinds, wood preservation, wood distillation, pulp and paper,
new industries, etc.
A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation is maintained
between the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of
the University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the
Laboratory to watch the work being carried on and to use the
apparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff of
the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University library and
the advice and assistance of University specialists in related work.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson.
Professor of Economic Geology: Henry C. Gunning.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren. <
Assistant Professor: Vladimir J. Okulitch.
Geology
1. General Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 163.)
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—As in Arts. (See page 164.)
(b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—As in Arts.
(See page 165.)
3. Petrology.—An elementary course on the common rocks and
the processes which formed them. Determinations are made entirely 272 Faculty of Applied Science
on hand specimens. Results to be obtained by microscopic studies
of rock sections are outlined and demonstrated, but no attempt is
made to instruct the student in Petrography. The course is designed primarily for students in Mining Engineering.
Text-book: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Gunning.
4. Structural Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 165.)
5. History of the Earth Sciences and Geological Theories.—As in
Arts. (See page 165.)
6. Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 166.)
7. Petrography.—As in Arts. (See page 166.)
8. Economic Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 166.)
9. Mineralography.—As in Arts. (See page 167.)
10. Field Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 167.)
11. Regional Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 167.)
12. Geomorphology.—As in Arts. (See pages 168,170.)
Courses for Graduate Students
(To be arranged by consultation with the instructors and the
Head of the Department.)
20. Sedimentation.—As in Arts. (See page 168.)
21. Problems in Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 168.)
23. Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the
rarer minerals; the determination of some of the more important
gem stones.
Text-books: Dana, Text Book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
4th edition, Wiley; Brush & Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy
and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley.
One lecture or seminar and four hours laboratory work a week.
Mr. Warren.
24. Advanced Mineralography.—A 'critical study of some approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation,
including the examination of polished sections under polarized
light, microchemistry, mierophotography, use of "super-polisher,"
etc.
Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic
Determination of the Ore Minerals.
Occasional seminars and seven, nine, or eleven hours laboratory
work a week. Mr. Warren.
25. Petrogeny.—As in Arts. (See page 169.)
26. Mineral Deposits.—As in Arts. (See page 169.) 7$W ""•* ?*%■•• v*
Mathematics 273
Department of Mathematics
Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan.
Professor: F. S. Nowlan.
Professor: Ralph D. James. (On leave of absence.)
Professor: Walter H. Gage.
Associate Professor: S. A. Jennings.
Associate Professor: D. C. Murdoch.
Instructor: Miss May L. Barclay.
2. Trigonometry and Solid Geometry.-—Graphs and periodicity
of simple and compound trigonometric functions; inverse functions,
trigonometric equations, and identities; De Moivre's theorem; series
expansions; exponential, logarithmic, and hyperbolic functions.
Selected topics in plane and solid geometry.
Text-book: Kells, Kern, and Bland, Plane Trigonometry, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Leighton, Solid Geometry and Spherical Trigonometry, Van Nostrand. ^-f
Two lectures a week. Mr. Murdoch. |
3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, and combinations; a study of complex numbers, the binomial theorem,
exponential and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and
continued fractions, graphical algebra, elementary theory of equations, convergence of series, and determinants.
Text-book: To be announced.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Jennings.
4. Calculus.— An introductory study of the differential and
integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler applications
considered.
Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, Heath.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Gage.
6. Calculus. — Differential and integral calculus with various
applications.
Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, Heath.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Gage.
7. Plane and Solid Geometry.—A study of the conies, cycloids,
and other plane curves; elementary statistics and curve fitting;
introduction to solid analytic geometry, including the quadric surfaces, space curves, developable surfaces, the convolute and helicoid;
introduction to spherical trigonometry.
Text-books: Young, Fort, and Morgan, Analytical Geometry,
Houghton Mifflin; Leighton, Solid Geometry and Spherical Trigonometry, Van Nostrand.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Murdoch.
_j 274 Faculty of Applied Science
8. Applied Calcidus and Differential Equations.—More advanced
calculus, including harmonic analysis, interpolation, Fourier series;
probability; ordinary and partial differential equations met in
physics and engineering.
Text-book: Reddick and Miller, Advanced Mathematics for Engineers, Wiley.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Gage.
10. Analysis.—A course dealing with selected topics in analysis,
designed for graduate students in Engineering.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Gage.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering
Professor and Head of the Department: H. J. MacLeod.
Professor of Mechanical Engineering: F. W. Vernon.
Professor of Electrical Engineering: S. C. Morgan.
Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering: W. B. Coulthard.
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: W. O. Richmond.
Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: H. M. Mcllroy.
Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering: D. W. Thomson.
Instructor: L. R. Kersey.
Mechanical Engineering
1. Mechanical Drawing.—Free hand lettering; geometric figures;
orthographic projection; dimensioning; thread conventions; technical sketching; detail and assembly drawings of machine parts;
tracing and blueprinting.
Text-book: French and Svensen, Mechanical Drawing, McGraw-
Hill.
One three-hour period a week.
Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Thomson, and Mr. Kersey.
2. Mechanical Drawing.—Continuation of M.E. 1. Isometric and
oblique projection; auxiliary views; more advanced working drawings; checking a drawing.
This course commences immediately upon the close of the spring
examinations and continues for a period of twenty days, four hours
a day, in conjunction with M.E. 30.
Required of Third Year students proceeding in Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering.
Text-book: French and Svensen, Mechanical Drawing, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference: Schuman, Technical Drafting, Harpers.
Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Vernon, Mr. Richmond, Mr. Thomson. •PPHSfcr'-f^rTr1 -, '
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 275
3. Kinematics of Machines.—Velocity and acceleration diagrams
of mechanisms; instantaneous centre of rotation; slider crank and
quadric-crank chain; quick return mechanisms; inversion; straight
line motions; epi-cyclie 'trains; valve-gears and miscellaneous
mechanisms.
Text-book: Guillet, Kinematics of Machines, 4th edition, Wiley.
Three lectures and one two-hour drawing office period a week.
First Term. Mr. Richmond.
4. Dynamics of Machines. — Diagrams of crank effort, piston
velocity, and acceleration; flywheel; balancing, rotating, and
reciprocating masses; secondary balancing; governors; brakes and
dynamometers; belt-drives; dynamics of the gyroscope; friction
and friction-clutches; impulsive forces in mechanisms.
Text-book: Low, Applied Mechanics, Longmans.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Vernon.
5. Machine Design.—A study is made of the design of machines
and machine parts. Emphasis is placed on the selection of proper
materials and the rational design of standard machine parts for
strength, giving proper consideration to rigidity, safety, and
economical operation. J
Text-books: Vallance and Doughtie, Design of Machine Members,
2nd edition, McGraw-Hill; Marks, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
Three lectures and one two-hour drawing office period a week.
Second Term. Mr. Richmond.
6. Applied Thermodynamics.—-A practical course for students
not specializing in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Fuels
and combustion; steam boilers; steam engines and turbines; combustion engines; air compression; refrigeration.
Text-book: V. W. and G. A. Young, Elementary Engineering
Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Mr. Mcllroy, Mr. Thomson.
7. Applied Thermodynamics.—This course deals with the application of the laws of thermodynamics to problems concerning steam
cycles and steam engines, the flow and compression of air, the
combustion of fuels, internal combustion engines, and refrigerating
machines.
Text-book: Faires, Applied Thermodynamics, Macmillan.
References: A.S.M.E. Power Test Codes; Shoop and Tuve,
Mechanical Engineering Practice, McGraw-Hill. 276 Faculty of Applied Science
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Mr. Richmond, Mr. Vernon, Mr. Thomson.
10. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory.—The work carried out
embodies the operation and testing of the various laboratory
machines, illustrating the theory covered in the corresponding
lecture courses. Written reports are required on the tests carried
out.
One four-hour period a week. Mr. Vernon, Mr. Mcllroy, Mr.
Richmond.
11. Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration.
—Factors affecting human comfort; calculation of building heat
losses and gains; design of the various steam, hot-water, and
warm-air heating systems; measurement of air flow and design
of duct systems; air humidification and dehumidification; design
and performance of the various refrigerating apparatus; study
of refrigerants; heat transfer and flow of fluids. ,
Text-book: Severns, Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Fundamentals, Wiley.
References: Macintire, Refrigeration Engineering, Wiley;
A.S.HV.E. Guide; Allen and Walker, Heating and Air Conditioning, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Thomson.
12. Design of Steam Power Plants.—A study of the function,
construction, and performance of the various units that comprise
a modern steam power plant; i.e., boilers, grates, chimneys, pumps,
feed-water heaters, economisers, condensers, steam piping and
valves, fuel and ash-handling equipment; calculations regarding ,
capacity, efficiency, and operating cost of the various types of these
units; inspection trips to a number of local plants.
References: Gebhardt, Steam Power Plant Engineering, Wiley;
Gaffert, Steam Power Stations, McGraw-Hill.
One hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Mr. Mcllroy.
14. Mechanical Design of Electrical Machinery.—A course dealing with the various mechanical problems arising in the design and
construction of electrical machinery. The subjects treated include
the design of transmission lines and supports; the design of shafts
and bearings for high-speed rotating machinery; vibrations and
balancing. For Fifth Year Electrical Engineering students.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Thomson.' ^^^^rr*waaWfl*, u» vy** '-'-•
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 277
15. Prime Movers.—A more advanced course in the theory of
all types of prime movers, namely water turbines, steam turbines,
and internal combustion engines.
Water Turbines: impulse turbines; Pelton wheel; Girard turbine; reaction turbines; Francis turbine; Kaplan turbine; specific
speeds; draft tube; centrifugal pumps; reciprocating pumps;
hydraulic pressure machines.
Steam Turbines: flow through nozzles; impulse turbines; De
Laval, Curtis, Zoelly, Rateau; velocity compounding; pressure
compounding; reaction turbines; Parsons; velocity diagrams; reheating of steam; the reheat cycle; the regenerative cycle; bleeding
condensers and air pumps; steam consumption of turbines.
Internal Combustion Engines: a more advanced course in the
thermodynamic theory, design, and performance of petrol, gas,
.and oil engines.
Text-book: Poison, Internal Combustion Engines, Wiley.
References: Goudie, Steam Turbines, Longmans; Stodola, Steam
and Gas Turbines, McGraw-Hill; Moyer, Steam Turbines, Wiley;
Lea, Hydraulics, Longmans; Gibson, Hydro-electric Engineering,
Vol. 1, Blackie.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Vernon.
16. Machine Design. — The design of machine and structural
parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of wheel teeth,
belt, rope, and chain gearing, flywheels, cams, clutches, couplings,
machine frames, etc.
Text-book: Norman, Ault, and Zarobsky, Fundamentals of
Machine Design, Macmillan.
Two lectures and one four-hour drawing office period a week.
Mr. Vernon
17. Applied Mechanics.—An advanced course in the theories of
bending of beams, critical loading of struts, bending stresses in
curved bars, stresses in rotating discs and in rotating cylinders,
bending of thin plates, and harmonic vibrations.
Text-book: Freberg and Kemler, Elements of Mechanical Vibration, Wiley.
References: Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-Hill;
Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Part 1 and Part 2, Van Nostrand.
One lecture a week. Mr. Richmond. 278 Faculty of Applied Science
18. Aeronautics.—General theory of flight; aerofoils, lift, drag,
distribution of pressure, aspect ratio, effect of variation of camber;
stream lines, airscrews, performance curves; general principles of
design and methods of construction; theory of stability.
Text-book: Jones, Elements of Practical Aerodynamics, Wiley.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Vernon.
* 19. Problems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.—The
solution under supervision of problems arising from the lecture
courses.
One two-hour period a week. Mr. Morgan, Mr. Richmond.
30. Machine Shop Practice.—This course is intended to give an
introduction to shop practice and some practical experience in
the processing of metals. It includes work on the bench, lathe,
shaping machine, drill press, and milling machine, lay-off, and
tempering.
This course commences immediately upon the close of the spring
examinations and continues for a period of twenty days, four
hours a day, in conjunction with M.E. 2.
Required of Third Year students proceeding in Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering.
31. Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of M.E. 30. Required of students in Mechanical Engineering only. Optional for
students in Fourth Year Electrical Engineering.
One two-hour period a week.
32. Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of M.E. 31. Required of students in Fifth Year Mechanical Engineering only.
One two-hour period a week.
Course for Graduate Students
101. Applied Theory of Elasticity.—A study of the mathematical theory of elasticity as applied to various problems arising in
mechanical engineering. The subjects treated include plane stress
and plane strain in rectangular and polar co-ordinates, the torsion
problem, and the bending of prismatical bars.
References: Timoshenko, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill;
Southwell, Theory of Elasticity, Oxford.
Mr. Richmond. 2 units. is-"-!}-' •~.»?j.-»'-"-s'--*
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 279
Electrical Engineering
1. Theory and Operation of Electrical Machines.—A general
course for students not specializing in Electrical or Mechanical
Engineering. The course includes the theory, characteristics, and
applications of both D.C. and A.C. machines.
Text-book: Gray and Wallace, Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week and one two-hour period a week for experimental work and problems. Mr. Morgan and Mr. Kersey.
2. Principles of D.C. Machines.—Electromagnetic theory. The
theory, operating characteristics, efficiency, and applications of
direct current generators and motors..
For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.
Text-book: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. 1, Wiley.
Reference: Langsdorf, Principles of Direct Current Machines,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Morgan.
3. Principles of Alternating Currents.—A thorough treatment of
alternating current theory and calculations, with an introduction
to the principles of the chief alternating curj-ent machines.
For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.
Text-book: Kerchner & Corcoran, Alternating Current Circuits,
Wiley.
References: Morecroft and Hehre, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Wiley; Junior Laboratory Manual.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Morgan.
2 and 3 Laboratory.—Experimental work and problems, on D.C.
machines and A.C. circuits, illustrating the theory covered in the
lectures.
Text-book: Junior Laboratory Manual:
One three-hour period a week. Mr. Morgan and assistant.
5. Electrical and Magnetic Measurements .and Instruments.—A
study of the units and quantities of magnetism and electricity,
developing therefrom a detailed treatment of measurements and
measuring instruments of all kinds, in theory and practice.
Brief Summary: Absolute instruments, secondary instruments;
measurements of current, resistance, potential difference, and
power; measurement of inductance and capacity; watt-hour meters, 280 Faculty of Applied Science
recording instruments, phase, power-factor, and frequency measurements; instrument transformers; determination of wave form;
calibration of instruments; etc.
For Fourth Year Electrical Engineering students only.
Text-book: Golding, Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments, Pitman.
Reference: Drysdale and Jolly, Electrical Measuring Instruments, Benn.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Coulthard.
7. Design of Electrical Machinery.—The design of direct and
alternating current motors and generators and of constant potential
transformers, with special • reference to the theory and limits of
design; design problems in radio circuits and transmission systems.
Text-book: Kuhlmann, Design of Electrical Apparatus, Wiley.
Reference: Still, Elements of Electrical Design, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Mr. MacLeod.
8. Principles of Illuminating Engineering.—Radiation; luminous flux; light sources; photometric units and measurements; vision
and the elements of lighting design.
A number of experiments on illumination are included in the
laboratory course under E.E. 11.
Text-book: Boast, Illumination Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Moon, Scientific Basis of Illuminating Engineering,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Morgan.
9. Electric Power Transmission and Distribution.—The calculation of line resistance, inductance, and capacitance; steady state
currents and voltages; circle diagrams; corona and insulators;
transmission line design; the electrical layout of power plants, substations, and distribution systems; short circuit calculations; relays;
an introduction to the theory of rates.
Text-book: Woodruff, Electric Power Transmission, Wiley.
References: Sanderson, Electric System Handbook, McGraw-
Hill; Lovell, Generating Stations, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. MacLeod.
10. Electrical Problem Course.—Problems on A.C. machinery.
Two hours a week. Mr. Coulthard. '7?*,^? %*tf®r"^T*-*,* .-''vy -"% "v.* ■--* *-;■-* ^ ^ ;
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 281
11. Electrical Communication.—Resonant and coupled circuits;
properties of coils and condensers; the theory and application of
vacuum tubes as amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, and detectors;
radio circuits; the electrical characteristics of telephone lines;
filters; impedance transformation and antennae.
Text-book: Eastman, Fundamentals of Vacuum Tubes, McGraw-
Hill.
References: Ware and Reed, Communication Circuits, Wiley;
Everitt, Communication Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours a week.
Mr. MacLeod and Mr. Kersey.
12. Principles of Alternating Current Machines. — A detailed
analysis of the theory and characteristics of alternating current
machinery, including the transformer, the alternator, the synchronous motor, the induction m,otor, the rotary converter, and the
commutator motor.
Text-books: Langsdorf, Theory of Alternating Current Machinery, McGraw-Hill; Vickers, The Induction Motor, Pitman; Senior
Laboratory Manual.
Reference: Morecroft and Hehre, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Wiley. » -^
Three lectures a week. One laboratory period of four hours.
Mr. Coulthard.
13. Transient Phenomena and Oscillations.—In this course will
be considered the transient phenomena which occur in switching
electric circuits; long transmission lines; standing and travelling
waves; the penetration of current and flux into magnetic materials
at high frequency; the effective resistance, inductance, and capacity
of high frequency circuits; abnormal voltage rises in A.C. circuits;
transients in radio circuits; waves and impulses; etc.
Text-book: Coulthard, Transients in ^Electric Circuits, Pitman.
Reference: Steinmetz, Transient Phenomena, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one hour problem work a week. Mr. Coulthard.
14. Alternating Current Machines.—The theory and characteristics of alternating current machines. For Fifth Year students
in Mechanical Engineering.
Text-books: Puchstein and Lloyd, Alternating Current Machines,
Wiley; Senior Laboratory Manual.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours a week.
Mr. Morgan. Faculty of Applied Science
Course for Graduate Students
101. Electromagnetic Theory and Electronics. — A study of
electromagnetic fields and waves with reference to radio and electronics engineering. The main subjects are Maxwell's equations,
potentials, circuit concepts, propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves, radiation; transmission lines, wave guides, radio
circuits and apparatus with special reference to high frequencies.
References: Skilling, Fundamentals of Electric Waves, Wiley;
Ramo and Whinnery, Fields and Waves in Modern Radio, Wiley;
Guillemin, Communication Networks, Vols. I and II, Wiley; Ultra
High Frequency Techniques, Von Nostrand; current journals.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Mr. MacLeod.
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Professor and Head of the Department:
Professor of Metallurgy: Geo. A. Gillies.
Professor of Metallurgy: Frank A. Forward.
Mining
1. Metal Mining.—An introductory course in metal mining, including the following subjects: ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining; ordinary, prospecting; mineral belts;
conditions in British Columbia; preliminary development of mines;
timbering and framing; tunnelling; shaft sinking; transportation
and haulage.
Two lectures a week.
2. Coal and Placer Mining.—A general course in coal and placer
mining, including the following subjects: (a) classification of coals;
prospecting; mine development; mining methods; ventilation;
transportation and haulage; drainage; tipples; coal mines acts and
laws; (b) gravel deposits; nature and origin of paystreaks; prospecting ; examination and testing of deposits; ordinary mining
methods; hydraulic and dredging methods; plant and equipment;
placer mines acts and laws.
Two lectures a week.
3. Metal Mining.—An advanced course in metal mining, including the following subjects: drainage; ventilation; scientific prospecting ; geophysical methods; development work in mines; blasting
and explosives; examination of mines and prospects; methods of
ore sampling; mine valuation; accounting and costs; administration; welfare and safety work; mining laws and contracts; economics; ethics.
Three lectures a week. f ^ -j -•*■£-, "n>~ * v *■"-■•/ r
Mining and Metallurgy 283
4. Mining Machinery.—A special course dealing with the structural and mechanical features of mining engineering, as follows:
mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and churn
drills; tramways; etc.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Gillies.
5. Mine Surveying.—A practical course describing the work of
the surveyor and staff in metal mines.
Methods and practice in mine surveying; geological work underground ; maps; plans and models; notes and records. ,
One lecture a week. First Term.
7. Mining Methods.—A special course dealing with the principles
and practice of mining methods in metal mines.
One lecture a week. Second Term. ■
Metallurgy
1. (a) Physical Metallurgy.—Introductory. Structure and physical properties of metals; alloys; equilibrium diagrams; principles
of heat treatment of steel and non-ferrous alloys.
Text-book: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand.
Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Forward.
1. (b) Reduction Metallurgy.—Principles underlying metallurgical production methods; sampling; fuels; refractories; hydro-
pyro-, and electro-metallurgical operations.
Text-book: Newton, An Introduction to Metallurgy, Wiley.
References: Hofman, General Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill; Liddell, Handbook of Non-Ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill; Fulton,
Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Forward.
1. (c) Metallography.—Preparation of specimens and observation of micro-structures; heat treatment of carbon steels and non-
ferrous alloys; simple physical tests.
Text-book: Kehl, The Principles of Metallographic Laboratory
Practice, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Teichert, Ferrous Metallurgy — Metallography and
Heat Treatment of Steel, Volume III, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
Mr. Forward. 284 Faculty of Applied Science
2. Reduction Metallurgy.—Principles of the production of iron
and steel; principles of roasting, leaching, smelting, and refining,
in particular reference to the metallurgy of copper, lead, zinc,
gold, and silver.
References: Stoughton, Metallurgy of Iron and Steel, 4th edition,
McGraw-Hill; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Forward.
3. (a) Physical Metallurgy. ■— The crystal structure of metals
and alloys; effect of alloy additions; principles of heat treatment;
special alloys; atmosphere control; furnaces.
Text-book: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand.
References: Hume-Rothery, The Structure of Metals and Alloys,
Institute of Metals; Bain, The Alloying Elements in Steel, American Society for Metals; Bullens, Steel and Its Heat Treatment,
4th edition, Wiley; Metals Handbook, 1939 edition, American
Society for Metals. 4
Two lectures a week. Mr. Forward.
3. (b) Calculations.—A laboratory course dealing with problems
related to the fields of combustion, roasting, smelting, leaching, and
refining. The course includes a discussion of fundamental features
of ore-buying contracts and computation of smelter charges.
References: Butts, Textbook of Metallurgical Problems, McGraw-
Hill ; Spurr and Wormser, Marketing of Metals and Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Two hours a week. Mr. Forward.
4. Metallurgy Laboratory.—Laboratory analysis of ores, alloys,
and other metallurgical products. During the Second Term time
will be devoted to experimental and analytic work in conjunction
with some specific problem in reduction metallurgy or physical
metallurgy.
References: Scott, .Chemical Methods for the Analysis of Metallurgical Products, 2nd edition, Van Nostrand; Low-Weinig-Schoder,
Technical Methods of Ore Analysis, Wiley.
Six hours laboratory a week. Mr. Forward.
5. Fire Assaying.—Quantitative determination of gold and silver
by fire methods, with underlying principles.
Text-book: Bugbee, Textbook of Fire Assaying, 3rd edition,
Wiley.
Seven hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Forward. 3W1-TrT***-«3*-ngp'w-*. • *: -\\" **u ,■''
Mining and Metallurgy 285
6. Wet Assaying.—Introductory. Metallurgical analysis of ores
and concentrates. Principal attention is paid to the technical
determination of lead, zinc, copper, and iron.
Three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Forward.
7. Base Metal Production.—A study of methods of production
*of some base metals and the factors influencing the market for them.
Students are required to prepare a report on the current production methods and economic aspects of one of the metals.
References: Spurr and Wormser, Marketing of Metals and Minerals, McGraw-Hill; Roush, Strategic Mineral Supplies, McGraw-
Hill; Mineral Economics, American Institute of Mining and Metallurgy; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, McGraw-
Hill; Mantell, Industrial Electrochemistry, McGraw-Hill; current
technical and statistical literature.
One lecture a week. Mr. Forward. w ■
8. Process Laboratory.—The work includes a practical study of
metallurgical, principles; the laboratory technique employed in
conducting investigations in reduction metallurgy and metallography; pyrometry.
Three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Forward.
9. Advanced Metallography.—A continuation of the work of
Metallurgy 1(c) -. polishing soft metals, identification and micro-
constituents, macro-etching, contact prints, and photography. For
students taking the physical metallurgy option.
Text-book: Dowdell, Jerabek, Forsyth, and Green, Metallography,
Wiley.
Three hours laboratory a week.
Course for Graduate Students
102. Metallurgy.—Advanced studies in the field of reduction
metallurgy or of physical metallurgy. The major portion of the
work will consist of laboratory research on a specific problem in
the field chosen.
Twenty-one hours a week. Mr. Forward.
Mineral Dressing
1. Mineral Dressing.—A general course covering the concentration of ores by mechanical means.
Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental principles,
typical machines, and their general operations and relations in 286 Faculty of Applied Science
modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic and practical
aspects.
Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics
of true concentrating ores; the general principles on which the
size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed; the
general layout of crushing, handling, and separating machinery*,
the laws of crushing and of various classifying and separating
actions; and the design, operation, and comparative efficiency of
typical machines, such as crushers, rolls, stamps, ball and tube
mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and slime handling devices.
Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation,
and other special processes, including coal-washing.
References: Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley;
Gaudin, Flotation, McGraw-Hill; Truscott, Text-book of Ore Dressing, Macmillan; Richards and Locke, Text-book of Ore Dressing,
Wiley; Taggart, Handbook of Ore Dressing, Wiley; Gaudin, Principles of Mineral Dressing, McGraw-Hill; Wark, Principles of
Flotation, Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
Two lectures a week. Mr. Gillies.
2. Mineral Dressing Laboratory.—A variety of crushing, sizing,
classifying, and separating operations are carried out by the
students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines,
singly and in combination. Special attention is paid to flotation
processes, several types of machines being used.
Ores from British Columbia mines are usually chosen, so that
the work of the students is along practical lines in comparison with
actual work in operating plants.
Four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Gillies.
3. Mineral Dressing Laboratory.—Advanced laboratory work,
chiefly on selected problems and on more complex ores.
Six hours a week. Mr. Gillies.
Course for Graduate Students
101. Mineral Dressing.—An advanced course in mineral dressing
for graduate students, including theory and laboratory work of a
research character.
Concurrent courses: Chemistry 3, and either Chemistry 4 or
Chemistry 7.
Eighteen hours a week. Mr. Gillies. Nursing and Health 287
Department of Nursing and Health
Professor and Head of the Department: C. E. Dolman
Associate Professor: Miss H. Evelyn Mallory.
Instructor: Miss' Pauline Capelle.
Lecturer: L. E. Ranta.
Part-time Lecturers:
Alfred Howard Spohn, M.B. (Toronto).
Arthur L. Crease, M.D., C.M. (McGill).
Miss J. Kilburn, R.N.
T. R. Hall, B.A. (Dalhousie).
Honorary Lecturers:
S. Stewart Murray, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto).
G. F. Amyot, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto).
Nursing
1. History of Nursing.—A study of the origin and history of
nursing.
One hour a week. Second Year. Miss Mallory.
Lectures: 1.30-2.30, Tuesday.
2. Elementary Biochemistry, as Applied to Physiology.
Two hours a week. Second Year, Second Term. Mr. Allardyce.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Friday.
3. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A special
course for Degree Course Nursing students only, consisting of
lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work.
Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic
micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis;
infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to public health.
References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath;
Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and
Wilkins.
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Dr. Ranta, Miss
Todd.
Lectures: 2.30-3.30, Monday.
Laboratory: 3.30-5.30, Monday and 2.30-4.30, Friday.
This course is the same as Bacteriology 3. ((See page 120.)
4. Preventive Medicine.—A study of the public health aspects
of preventable disease, including the acute infections; tuberculosis
and venereal diseases; heart disease, cancer, and other degenerative
conditions; preparation and utilization of biological products; and
the newer knowledge of nutrition. ■v-S-^-fW-V***"*-""!-
288 Faculty of Applied Science
Two hours a week, First Term. Three hours a week, Second
Term. Dr. Dolman, Dr. Ranta.
5. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction to the study of mental
illness, with emphasis upon its prevention; child guidance clinics
and the psychiatric social history.
7. Infant and Child Hygiene.—A study of the physical, psychological, and other factors affecting the development of the infant
and child. The prevention of the common disorders of infancy and
childhood, and an analysis of those factors which promote and
maintain infant and child health.
One hour a week. Dr. Spohn and special lecturers.
9. Sanitation.—A study of community sanitation and of relevant
legislative measures; field visits.
One hour a week. One term. Dr. Ranta. L^
11. Public Health Organization.-—A series of lectures dealing
with the organization and administration of health services.
One hour a week. Both terms. Special lecturers.
12. Vital Statistics.—The general principles governing the collection, arrangement, presentation, and interpretation of vital
statistics; health publicity and the preparation of health exhibits.
Two hours a week. One term.
13. Principles of Public Health Nursing.—A study of the development of public health nursing, including problems of organization
and administration.
Text-book: Gardner, Public Health Nursing, Macmillan.
Two hours a week.
14. Practice of Public Health Nursing.—A study of the duties
and techniques in the special branches of public health nursing;
field visits.
Text-book: Manual of Public Health Nursing, Macmillan.
One hour a week.
16. Methods in Health Teaching.—Health education, its purpose
and content; the application of the principles of teaching to health
instruction as carried out in the home, the school, and the community.
Text-book: Kirkpatrick and Huettner, Fundamentals of Health,
revised edition, Ginn.
Two hours a week. '«i"vv?" TV- "!"-"■■•*
Nursing and Health 289
17. Current Nursing Problems.—Consideration of recent developments in the nursing field.
One hour a week. Miss Mallory.
18. Teaching in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the curricula
of schools of nursing; the content and arrangement of courses of
study, and the application of teaching principles to the subjects
found in the nursing curriculum; a study of nursing school records.
Two hours a week. Miss Mallory.
19. Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing.—A study
of the organization of the school of nursing, with especial reference
to the function of a ward or teaching unit; a discussion of experience records, case studies, ward clinics, and other means which
assist in the correlation of theory and practice.
Two hours a week. Miss Mallory. >^^.
21. Social Case Work.—The general principles underlying social
case work will be studied and the interrelation of nursing and
allied welfare agencies will be discussed.
Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Reebel.
27. Sociology.—The family; an approach to the study of society
by way of a basic institution.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Topping.
31. Principles and Methods of Teaching.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Hall.
35. Essay.—Written presentation and discussion of a report upon
assigned problems or topics within the scope of nursing education
or public health.
36. Field Work in Nursing B*.—Field work will be arranged
with various associated public health and welfare organizations. It
may be necessary for part of this field work to be taken before and
after the academic year.
37. Field Work in Nursing C.—Opportunities for practice teaching and for the observation of school of nursing administration
and ward supervision will be provided in associated hospitals.
*In calculating the probable expense of the course, students are reminded to allow
for costs in connection with Held work. The sum of $100.00 is mentioned as probably
the maximum amount required to cover the expenses of board and lodging while with the
rural nursing organization, and of transportation. 290 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Physics
Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Shrum.
Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: Harold D. Smith.
Assistant,Professor: A. M. Crooker. (On leave of absence.)
Assistant Professor: Kenneth C. Mann. (On leave of absence.)
Assistant Professor: George Michael Volkoff. (On leave of absence.)
Lecturer: R. Eric Langton.
Lecturer: William Petrie.
Lecturer: R. Keith Brown.
Lecturer: H. R. Milley.
The instruction includes lectures on the general principles of
physics, accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory.
A. Introduction to Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 200.)
1. Elementary Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 200.)
4. (a) Mechanics.—An elementary treatment of statics, kinematics, and dynamics, with particular emphasis on the working of
problems. This course is given in the first half of the Second
Year of Applied Science. ^
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, 1940, McGraw-Hill.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
(b) Heat.—This course is begun when Physics 4 (a) is finished. It is assumed that the student is already familiar with the
elementary principles of heat.
Text-book: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, 1936, Macmillan.
References: Allen and Maxwell, A Text-book of Heat, Macmillan;
Cork, Heat, Wiley.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer.
The course includes a short treatment of the elements of alternating currents and an introduction to vacuum tube circuits.
Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism,
2nd edition, Wiley.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
10. Light.—A short lecture course for engineering students.
The subject matter includes radiation theory, photography, interference instruments, refractometers, spectroscopy, and applications
of polarized light to engineering. -"--,-
Physics 291
References: Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw-Hill; McAdams, Heat Transmission, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture a week.
12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—As in Arts. (See page
203.)
Department of Zoology
Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens.
Professor: G. J. Spencer.
Professor: I. McT. Cowan.
Note. Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Zoology.—As in Arts. .(See page 208.)
10. Forest Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) THE
FACULTY
OF
AGRICULTURE
THIRTY-FIRST SESSION
1945-46 O' '■-■*■ * "
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN
AGRICULTURE
The particular course of study* selected by any student in the
Faculty of Agriculture is determined by his previous training
and by thev use he intends to make of his university work, whether
for farming, district agricultural work, teaching, research, industry,
or other vocation.
The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agriculture
are devoted largely to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences,
in adding to the student's knowledge of language, and in laying a
foundation for more advanced studies in the practical and scientific
phases of agriculture and of related subjects.
During the first year, the student who is not yet clear as to
what special phase of agriculture he may care to follow is given
an opportunity of becoming acquainted with the general field of
agriculture and of its various branches, through the medium of an
orientation course (Agriculture 1). This introductory course is
given in the applied departments.
During the last two years of the course the student is permitted,
in consultation with the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and the
head of a department, to select from a wide list of subjects either
a generalized course in agriculture or a specialized course in some'
one phase of agriculture, as in Agricultural Economics, Agronomy,
Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry Husbandry;
or a still further specialized course within these or closely allied
fields, such as in Animal or Plant Nutrition, Animal or Plant Pathology, Applied Genetics, Bacteriology, Entomology, Physiology,
Soils, and similar fields of study.
The extent of the course, whether for a few weeks or for several
years, and the nature of the course, whether generalized or specialized, scientific or practical, is to be decided by each individual on
the advice of the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and a department head.
In advising on the selection of courses or vocation, the student's
personal preference and his adaptability are given careful consideration.
For those interested in continuing their university training
beyond the work of the four years leading to the bachelor's degree,
*The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from time to
time as deemed advisable by the Senate. •V.^^^^^WW^:j^WM^^f.
296 Faculty of Ageicui/tuee
excellent opportunity is afforded in many of the fields mentioned
above for further work leading to the master's degree.
A judicious selection of courses permits of the completion of
the required work for both the B.S.A. and the B.A. or the B.S.A.
and B.Com. degrees in five years.
(For further information regarding the various courses, see
statements which follow the Outline of Courses; also description
of courses as listed under the separate departments.)
Admission, Registration, Etc.
For statement as to general requirements for admission to the
University, registration, etc., see pages 30-35.
Degrees ^ mf
The degrees offered in this Faculty are:
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.).
Courses of Study
Seven distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:
(1) Four-year courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of
Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
(2) A double course for.the degrees of B.A. and B.S.A. (See
Double Courses.)
(3) A double course for the degrees of B.Com. and B.S.A. (See
Double Courses.)
(4) A one-year occupational course leading to a diploma in
Agriculture.
(5) A winter course at the University, consisting of a Short
Course in one or more of the agricultural subjects: Poultry,
Horticulture, etc.
(6) Extension courses at different points in the Province.
(7) Graduate work in agriculture leading to the degree of
Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.).
Courses Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.
These courses are planned for students who wish to obtain
practical and scientific knowledge of agriculture, or closely allied
subjects, either as a basis for demonstration, teaching, or research,
or as an aid to successful farming.
Students are required to have University Entrance or its equivalent before entering upon these courses. (See University Entrance
Requirements.) V , • *
CoirasES in Ageicultuee 297
The Occupational Course
The Occupational Course is planned for those students whose
academic qualifications may not be high, but whose practical qualifications are satisfactory. The course permits of work in Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Poultry Husbandry, Dairying, and Horticulture on the part of those who wish
to extend their practical knowledge. A successful completion of
the course leads to a diploma in Agriculture. University Entrance
standing is not required.
Short Courses
The Short Courses are planned for those men and women who
are unable to take advantage of the longer courses, but who desire
to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those
branches in which they are particularly interested. The work
throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and periods
devoted to demonstration and judging work are features of the
course. No entrance examination is required, nor are students asked
to write an examination at the conclusion of the course.
Special announcements giving details of the various divisions
of the course are issued in December of each year, and may be
obtained from the Registrar on application.
Extension Courses
All extension courses are under the direction of the Director
of the Department of University Extension.
Graduate Work
For regulations, see pages 299-301.
Curriculum
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of
not less than two or more than three hours) per week throughout
the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods)
throughout a single term.
Outline of Courses
Students are required to select their courses in consultation with
the head of the department in which the undergraduate essay is to
be written. In addition to Agriculture 1, all students are required
to take as a minimum of agricultural subjects outside of their 298
Faculty of Ageicultuee
major department, twelve units of courses to be chosen in not less
than three of the six departments: Agricultural Economics,
Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and
Poultry Husbandry. Students writing essays in fields other than
those indicated above, such as Plant Pathology and Economic
Entomology, are required to include in their outlines at least
Agronomy 2, Horticulture 13, Horticulture 41, and Horticulture 42.
At the beginning of the First Term of each session all students
are required to submit to the Dean for approval by the Committee
on Courses an outline of courses to be taken during that session.
First and Second Years
The requirements for the first two years consist of 30 units, 15
of which must be t^ken in each year. Courses must be chosen in
conformity with the requirements that follow.
Each student must take:
(a) Agriculture 1
(b) Biology 1
(c) Chemistry 1
(d) English 1, and either English 2 or English 3 and 4
(e) Mathematics 1
(f) Three units from electives A
(g) Not less than 9 units from electives B and C, at least 6 of
which shall be from electives B
Electives
A
B
C
Agronomy 2
Bacteriology 1
Beg. German
Animal Husbandry
Biology 2 (a) and
Beg. Spanish
15
2(b)
Commerce 1
Dairying 1 and 2,
Botany 1 (a)
Economics 1
or 3
Chemistry 2
History 1
Horticulture 13
Geology 1
University Entrance
Poultry Husbandry
Mathematics 2 or 3
Language 1
12
Physics A or 1
University Entrance
Zoology 1
Language 2
Psychology 1
Home Economics
Students who enter with Senior Matriculation or higher standing
snay, on approval of the Committee on Courses, be excused from
Agriculture 1, but if so excused, are required to take 6 units from
>electives A for credit in First and Second Years.
Students who contemplate proceeding to the Normal School after
taking one year of the course in Agriculture may take the First ■^r,_»if»< * t. -
Coueses in Ageicultuee 299
Year course in the language taken for University Entrance in First
Year and defer either Chemistry 1 or Biology 1 until Second Year.
Subject to the approval of the Dean and the Committee on
Courses, other subjects from the Faculty of Arts and Science,
or from the Faculty of Applied Science, may be accepted for
credit in the Faculty of Agriculture; also, but for First Year
only, from Senior Matriculation; further, any two of the elective
subjects in the Second Year not taken in that year, subject to
approval, may be taken in the Third Year. A student may take in
his Fourth Year an elective of the Second Year subject to the
approval of the Faculty.
Third and Fourth Years
Prior to registration, and preferably before the close of the
Second Year, all students are required to discuss with the Dean
all courses which they intend to take. ^^
There are no specific subjects which must be taken by all students;
students are required, however, to elect up to a total of 36 units,
essay included, but not more than 18 units of study may be
undertaken in either year without approval of the Faculty.
A student's standing at graduation will be determined by
averaging the grades obtained in the best 36 units of required work
taken in the Third and Fourth Years.
An essay shall be prepared by each student on some topic, the
subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the heads
of the departments concerned, before the end of the Third Year's
work.
Two typewritten copies of each essay on standard-size paper
(8-^xll# in.) shall be submitted not later than the last da"y of
lectures in the Second Term of the graduating year. The corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st.
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A.
1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.) must hold a bachelor's degree from this University,
or its equivalent. Students, however, who have not more than six
units of the undergraduate course to complete will be allowed to
take courses counting toward a graduate degree; but these courses
will not be counted as graduate credits until the students have
registered as graduate students.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation, together with 300 Faculty of Ageicultuee
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his
course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student
in this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.
3. The prerequisites for graduate work include a major and
minor consisting of eight and six units, respectively, of courses
regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years.
A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtained in
each course.
The candidate must satisfy the Committee on Graduate Studies
that he is fitted to undertake advanced work.
4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who
proceed to the Master's degree will be required:
(a) to spend at least one year in resident graduate study; or
(b) (at the discretion of the Faculty concerned)
(i) to do two or more years of private work under the
supervision of the University, such work to be
equivalent to one year of graduate study; or
(ii) to do one year of private work under University
supervision and one term of resident graduate
study, the total of such work to be equivalent to
one year of resident graduate study.
5. Students doing tutorial work will not be allowed to come
up for final examination in less than two academic years after registration as M.S.A. students.
6. One major and one minor will be required. Candidates may
select their minor in another Faculty.
At least Second Class standing is required in the subjects of the
major and minor.
The choice of and relation between major and minor subjects,
and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, must be
approved by the head of each of the departments concerned, by
the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special
forms of Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree
may be obtained from the Registrar's office.
7. A candidate presenting himself for the degree of M.S.A. may
be required by the head of the department in which he is majoring
to have a reading knowledge of French or German.
8. (a) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic in the
major subject and must be submitted not later than
' the last day of lectures in the Second Term of the gradu- !{■-«"-•» .i t, , • *
Courses in Ageicultuee 301
i ■—■
ating year; the corresponding date for*the Autumn
1 Congregation will be October 1st.
(b) A thesis represents three to six units of work.
(c) Examinations, written or oral, or both, will be required.
9. Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted.
(See special circular of Instructions for the Preparation of Masters'
Theses.)
10. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be
made to the Registrar by October 1st. (See Fees.)
Teacher Training Course
Students planning to enter the Teacher Training Course through
Agriculture must have obtained at least twelve (12) units of credit
in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1, and at least nine (9)
units of credit in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry,
Physics, Mathematics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology),
in addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1, and Biology 1.
In addition to the above, prospective candidates for the Teacher
Training Course are required to select undergraduate courses,in
such a way that, in addition to English 1 and either 2 or 3 and 4,
they will have obtained either six units of credit in one, or three
units of credit in each of two of the following: English, Mathematics, University Entrance Language, Social Sciences (History,
Economics, Political Science, and Sociology).
Students who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course
are required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite to Educational
Psychology.
For further particulars, see Teacher Training Course under
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Examination and Advancement
1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are
held in April. In the case of subjects which are final at Christmas
and in the case of courses of the First and Second Years, examinations will be held in December as well. Applications for special
consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be
submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of
the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for
absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented
on the appropriate form, which may be obtained from the Dean's
office. 302 Faculty of Ageicultuee
2. Undergraduate students in all years as well as those taking
work in the Summer Session will not be considered as having passed
unless they obtain 50 per cent or more in each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class,
an average of 80 per cent or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent;
Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of
any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty "may grant him supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has
failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special
examinations will not be granted, except by special permission of
the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 for each paper.
Application for special examinations must be made at least two
weeks prior to the scheduled meetings of the Faculty in October
and February.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by
the necessary fees (see Fees), must be in the hands of the Registrar
by August 15th.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of
the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of University
Entrance, unless special permission to do so is granted by Faculty.
Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied
that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject in
which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from an
earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects of
that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat his year
will be exempted from attending lectures and passing examinations
in subjects in which he has already made at least 50 per cent. In
this case, he may take, in addition to the subjects of the year which
he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate
to withdraw from the University. P-«ipipfi
Courses in Ageicultuee 303
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the
tests and examinations of the First Term of the First or Second
Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation
of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance
at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student
will not be readmitted to the University as long as any supplemental
examinations are outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and, in
this event, students will be required to pass a special examination
in English to be set by the Department of English.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES IN
AGRICULTURE
Agriculture
1. General Agriculture. — This course provides by means of
lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory exercises a general survey
of the field of Agriculture and an introduction to the work of the
various branches of Agriculture, such as Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Year.
The staff. YaM 3 units.
Department of Agricultural Economics
Professor and Head of the Department: F. M. Clement.
A. Farm Organization and Management.—An intimate study of
the business and organization of farms of the general and specialized
types, as revealed by a detailed analysis of the financial records of
400 British Columbia farms over a period of ten years; a general
study of the farm business in Europe, the United States, and
Canada.
References and assigned readings from Gray, Ross, Warren,
Adams, and others.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week throughout the year.
3 units.
(Not given in 1945-46.)
1. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as
applied to agriculture; historical background, the main problems
of agriculture, and some special topics, such as production in
relation to population growth, farm tenaney, rural credits, prices
of farm products, and the share of agriculture in the national
income. W'i-
*-v--»_
304 Faculty of Ageicultuee
References and assigned readings from Taylor, Carver, Nourse,
Gray, Black, and others.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Lectures: 10.30-11.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2. Marketing.—The principles of marketing as applied to the
individual farm and to agriculture as a whole. The contributions
of farmer movements to our knowledge of marketing, cooperative
marketing, and the evolution of marketing legislation.
References and assigned readings from Patton, Mackintosh, Hib-
bard, Black, Boyle, Macklin, Benton, and others.
Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Lectures: 11.30-12.30, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
50. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as
applied to the individual farm and to agriculture as an industry.
Lectures, discussions, and assigned readings. (Open to graduates
only.) 3 to 5 units!
Prerequisite: Agricultural Economics 1.
51. Agricultural Economics.—The general principles of marketing, price fixing, marketing by commission, the influence of the
market on production, cooperation; special topics and assigned
reading. (Open to graduates only.) 3 to 5 units.
Prerequisite: Agricultural Economics 2.
Department of Agronomy
4 Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Moe.
Prof essor: D. G. Laird.
Assistant Professor: V. C. Brink.
General Agronomy.— (Included in Agriculture 1 in the First
Year.)
2. Field Crops.—A systematic study of the most important
grain, forage, and root crops. The laboratory work includes studies
of noxious weed seeds, the commercial and seed grades of Canada,
the commercial grain and hay grades of the United States, and the
identification and judging of the principal types and varieties of
field crops. Special problems of production, weed control, harvesting, and storage are considered, as well as the physical phases of
marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
3. Weeds.—A study of the common noxious weeds of the Province. Influence of weeds on crop growth, identification, mode of ' " ••"■■ -
Agronomy • 305
reproduction, cultural and chemical methods of control.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
4. Range Ecology.—A study of the vegetation of range lands and
arable pastures. Ecological relations of grasses and forbs. Experimental methods and maintenance problems.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units.
5. Field Crops (Advanced).—-Studies of the climatic, ecological,
and biological factors which influence the distribution and world
production of field crops.
Three lectures a week. First Term. iy2 units.
6. Plant Breeding and Seed Production.—-Principles of plant
breeding, methods of crop improvement. Production of improved
seed of cereals, forage crops, and roots. ]
Prerequisite: Biology 2(a).
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
IL Soils.—An introductory course. Origin, mode of formation,
physical structure, and general character of soils of British Columbia. Different systems of cultivation, rotation and manuring, as
practised in Canada and elsewhere, and the influence of these factors
on the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
12. Soil Bacteriology.—Laboratory and lecture course, in which
the bacteria ot,soils are studied qualitatively and quantitatively,
wifh special reference to soil fertility. (Same as Bacteriology 6.)
Reference: Waksman, Principles of Soil Microbiology, latest
edition, Williams and Wilkins.
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Five hours a week. 3 units.
13. Drainage and Irrigation.—Principles underlying drainage
and irrigation practices. Field work and drainage problems.
Prerequisite: Agronomy 11.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units.
14. Soil Conservation.—Land use, erosion, and inter-relations
of forest, range, and arable lands.
Prerequisite: Agronomy 11.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
\\y2 units.
J 306 Faculty of Ageicultuee
15. Soils (Advanced).—Interaction of physical, chemical, and
biological forces of the soil; soil morphology, classification, and
mapping.
Prerequisite: Agronomy 11.
Three lectures a week. 3 units.
21. Experimental Methods.—Field experimentation, corrections
for plot variability. Use and application of probable error, standard
deviation, coefficient of variability, correlation coefficient. Students'
method of paired experiments. Fisher's methods.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units.
22. Crop Production Problems.—Preparation of reports and submission of recommendations based on a detailed study of crops,
cropping systems, soils, and soil management practices on individual
farms.
Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 units.
23. Seminar.—Discussion of literature relative to student problems.
1 unit.
25. Undergraduate Essay.—The preparation of a report on an
applied problem.
3 units.
30. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem.
3 units.
50. Applied Plant Genetics.—The genetics of crop plants. Lectures, seminar periods, and research.
3 to 5 units.
51. Field Crops.—Special phases of field crop production, management and improvement, with particular emphasis on the application of recent research findings.
Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 to 5 units.
52. Soil Analysis.—Soil analysis based on the work given in
Agronomy 15, including a detailed study of a representative soil.
Prerequisites: Agronomy 11 and 15.
One lecture and two laboratories a week. 3 units. •|p^«-p^-f«^ _,-^gT»^"**:
•*-**»r
Animal Husbandry 807
Department of Animal Husbandry
Professor and Head of the Department: H. M. King.
Associate Professor: Stanley N. Wood.
Assistant Professor: J. C. Berry.
General Animal Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in the
First Year.)
15. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry.—An introductory
course. The judging of livestock and a study of the origin, development, characteristics, and adaptations of the various "breeds of
cattle, horses, sheep, swine, and goats; principles of breeding,
selection, feeding, management, and marketing; disease problems.
Students may he required to visit conveniently located farms.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
17. Animal Feeding.—A study of feeds and their suitability to
the various kinds and classes of livestock; the importance of homegrown materials; the economic and other problems involved in the
feeding of all classes of livestock.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1945-46 and alternate years.)
18. Livestock Marketing and Management. — A study of the
requirements of livestock markets, marketing livestock products,
and breeding stock; the management of the range, ranch, and
farm for the production of livestock.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
19. Seminar.—Open to all students interested in animal husbandry. Research and experimental problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; private libraries of research reports, bulletins,
and periodicals; livestock advertising and sales, exhibitions, field
service, and promotion work. Conducted by staff in Animal Husbandry.
Three periods a week. 3 units.
20. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology.—The gross anatomy
of farm animals, with special laboratory dissection study of the
respiratory, circulatory, digestive, and urogenital systems; the
fetus and fetal membranes.
Physiological functions of the body organs and systems, with
special study of the fluid circulation, endocrine activity, growth,
reproduction, nutrition, and the response of the body to injury and
disease.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units. « S? . T .t * »<**M J^ ft
308 Faculty of Ageicultuee
21. Animal Diseases, Hygiene and Sanitation.—A microscopic
study of organs and tissues, including histology, embryology, and
pathology.
Applied studies in the recognition, rational treatment, and control of functional and nutritional disturbances in growth and reproduction, of parasitism, and of sporadic and infectious diseases.
Outlines of programmes for eradication of diseases, control of
parasites, health inspection and quarantine of livestock for export
or import, animal hygiene, sanitation, and public health regulations.
Prerequisite: 3 units of Animal Husbandry; Bacteriology 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
22. Animal Nutrition.—The elements and compounds important
to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal organism; the
digestive system; the digestion, absorption, assimilation, and disposition of food materials; the causes and effects of malnutrition.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units,
23. Animal Breeding.—A study of variation and inheritance in
animals; selection and mating systems for the improvement of
livestock; blood lines and pedigree construction.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
25. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units.
30. Directed Studies. 3 units.
50. Research. — Special problems in dairy cattle production.
Sanitary and pathological conditions in relation to milk production.
3 to 5 units.
51. Research.—Special phases of animal nutrition as related to
growth, production, and reproduction. 3 to 5 units.
Department of Dairying
Professor and Head of the Department: Blythe Eagles.
Instructor: Miss Nora E. Neilson.
General Dairying.— (Included in Agriculture 1 in the First
Year.)
1. Butter-Making.—An elementary course.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units. r,..„„tWfa^?!f!l7>>?^l:|f'i"W■'r!*s~',''■''
Dairying 809
2. Cheese-Making.—An elementary course.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
3. Fundamentals of Dairying.-—An introductory course. Principles underlying the hygienic aspect of milk production, the manufacture, handling, testing, and grading of dairy products.
Reference: Eckles, Combs, and Macy, Milk and Milk Products,
latest edition, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1946-47 and alternate years.)
4. (a) Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk; sources
of bacteria in milk, and quantitative and qualitative determinations
of the bacterial content of milk; normal and abnormal fermentations of milk and a study of certain organisms responsible therefor.
References: Orla-Jensen, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition,
Churchill; Hammer, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1. p^
Four hours a week. First terln. iy2 units.
4. (b) Dairy Bacteriology.—The physical and chemical properties of milk and their influence on the growth of bacteria in
milk and in milk products; the handling and management of
milk for city consumption; the grading of milk and milk products
on bacterial standards.
Reference: Rogers, Fundamentals of Dairy Science, latest edition,
A. C. S. Monograph.
Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1.
Four hours a week. Second term. iy2 units.
6. Cheese and Cheese-Making.—This course deals with the principles and practices of cheese-making—hard-pressed, blue-veined,
and soft.
Two lectures and two laboratories a week. Fourth Year.
A-y2 units.
7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.—The ripening of hard-pressed
cheese and a systematic study of the lactic acid bacteria.
Reference: Orla-Jensen, The Lactic Acid Bacteria, Copenhagen.
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a).
One lecture and two laboratories a week. 3 units.
13. Dairy Mycology.—This course concerns itself with the study
of the molds that take part in the ripening of cheese. To an extent, 310 Faculty of Ageicultuee
attention is given to the molds associated with the spoilage of
butter.
Prerequisite: Dairying 4.
One lecture and two laboratories a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
25. Undergraduate Essay. — A written report on a prescribed
laboratory study.
Fourth Year. 3 units.
30. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem.
3 units.
50. Directed systematic studies of defined phases of the work
introduced in Dairying 4 or 7. 3 to 5 units.
(Open to graduates only.)
Department of Horticulture
Professor and Head of the Department: A. F. Barss.
Professor: G. H. Harris.
Lecturer: F. E. Buck.
General Horticulture.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in the First
Year.)
13. Practical Horticulture.—A detailed study of the principles
involved in tree-fruit and small-fruit growing, in plant propagation,
and in nursery and greenhouse management; supplemented by
orchard, garden, laboratory, nursery, and greenhouse practice in
the various horticultural operations.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 3 units.
14. Commercial Horticulture. — A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables — harvesting,
grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and storage
houses; costs of production and of marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
15. Special Horticulture.—The study of special branches of
commercial horticulture, including
(a) Horticultural Products and By-Products.
A study of the principles and practices involved in canning
of fruits and vegetables; preparation of fruit juices; vinegar
making; preservation by freezing; dehydration; etc. VS ''.
Hoeticulture 311
(b) Special Horticultural Crops.
A study of the growing and marketing of such horticultural
crops as citrus fruits, bananas, pineapples, figs, dates, avb-
cadoes, walnuts, filberts, almonds, pecans, etc.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. 1% units.
16. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture. — The eourse aims
to give the student a working knowledge of the selection, planting,
and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and flowers; with the
principles for the improvement of home grounds, school grounds,
city streets, and parks. The course includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term.
1--/-2 units.
17. Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems connected
with the commercial growing of vegetables, including the selection
of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special
cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course
also deals with the forcing of vegetable crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
18. Systematic Horticulture. — The description, identification,
classification, displaying, and judging of horticultural crops—tree
fruits, small fruits, and vegetables.
One lecture and two laboratories a week. First Term.
iy2 units.
19. Methods of Research.—A study of the methods of research,
with special reference to problems in horticulture, including the
breeding of horticultural crops and variety adaptations; and a
review of. horticultural and related investigational work in other
institutions. There will also be practice in outlining investigations
and in preparing reports.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. 1% units.
- 25. Undergraduate Essay. — A satisfactory report on some
approved subject upon which the student has done special investigational work. 3 units.
30. Research in Horticulture.—Directed Study on some special
problem in the applied phases of horticulture. 3 units.
50. Research in Horticulture.—Directed study on some special
problem in systematic horticulture, plant propagation, genetics
as related to horticultural crops, etc. 3 to 5 units. g-JHRS^,J.-X-3i-T.'
312 Faculty of Ageicultuee
60. The Structure of Economic Plants.—A detailed study from
growing material supplemented by microscopic slides of a number
of important crop plants. (To be taken only with consent of
instructor.)
Three laboratories a week. First Term. iy2 units.
Plant Nutrition
41. Plant Nutrition (a).—This course comprises a study of the
organic constituents of plants and the physiological changes
occurring during plant growth. (Same as Botany 3(b).)
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. First
Term. 2 units.
Text-book: Onslow, Plant Biochemistry, latest edition, Cambridge.
References: Haas & Hill, The Chemistry of Plant Products, vol. i,
latest edition, Longmans; Harvey, Plant Physiological Chemistry,
Appleton-Century.
42. Plant Nutrition (b).—Diagnosis and control of plant deficiency diseases; nutrient solutions; hydroponics (tank farms) ;
photoperiodism; growth hormones; and the latest developments of
such subjects as utilization of inorganic elements, nitrogen relations, plant buffer systems, permeability, photosynthesis, respiration,
enzyme action, and growth rates. This course includes laboratory
and greenhouse experiments, designed to train students of the plant
sciences in an understanding of the interrelations of plants and
soils. (Same as Botany 3(c).)
Reference: Miller, Plant Physiology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. Second
Term. 2 units.
43. Seminar in Plant Nutrition. — This course comprises a
discussion of papers on modern views of plant nutrition, together
with more recent papers on applied plant physiology.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
51. Research in Plant Nutrition.—Directed study on some speeial
problem in plant nutrition or applied plant physiology.
3 to 5 units.
54. Advanced Plant Nutrition. — An advanced study of the
physiology and the organic constituents of plants and plant products. Special attention is given to specific problems in this Province
which require a knowledge of the correlation of the various sciences *"-
Horticulture 313
to plants and plant products. Food values of horticultural crops,
and factors which affect these, are emphasized.
(Open to graduates only.)
Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. 4 units.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
Professor and Head of the Department: E. A. Lloyd.
Associate Professor: J. Biely.
General Poultry Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 1 in
the First Year.)
12. (a) Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—Feeds, feeding
management, poultry housing, sanitation, hygiene- and diseases.
References: Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth
edition, 1939, Lea and Febiger; Winter and Funk, Poultry Science
and Practice, Lippincott.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. lx/2 units.
12. (b) Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—-Breeds, breeding,'
judging, selection, culling, incubation, brooding, egg grading,
marketing, general management.
References: American Standard of Perfection, 1942-1944; Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, 1939, Lea and
Febiger.
• Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
13. (a) M-arkets and Marketing.—Poultry products in British
Columbia, the British Columbia market, inter-provincial trade,
export trade, egg grading, Dominion and Provincial regulations,
channels and functions of marketing, care and preparation of eggs
and poultry for market, judging, culling, and selection for egg and
meat production, killing, dressing, grading, packing, and storing of
poultry meats, marketing baby chicks and breeding stoek, co-operative marketing, prices.
Reference: Benjamin and Pierce, Marketing Poultry Products,
Wiley.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units.
13. (b) Advanced Marketing.—Organization in marketing, including the history and development of cooperative marketing of
eggs and poultry; domestic and export trade.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 unite. 314 Faculty of Agriculture
14. (a) Breeding and Judging.—The breeds of poultry, their
history, origin, and economic qualities; judging and selection for
egg and meat production.
Reference: Rice, Hall, and Marble, Judging Poultry for Production, Wiley.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units.
14. (b) Advanced Breeding.—Theories of inheritance; study of
progeny tests.
Reference: Jull, Poultry Breeding, second edition, Wiley.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term.
iy2 units.
16. (a) Poultry Farm Management.—Types of poultry farms and
their respective problems; farm lay-outs; poultry-house construction; investment of capital in land, buildings, stock, and equipment ; efficiency in labour, housing, production, and personnel; farm
income, labour income, and profit as based on farm surveys; costs
of production. Visits to farms.
References: Jull, Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Charles and
Stuart, Commercial Poultry Farming, Interstate Printing Co.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term, Fourth
Year. • iy2 units.
16. (b) Incubation and Hatchery Management.—An advanced
course dealing with the principles and practices of incubation.
Students will study and be required to operate different types of
incubators and brooders. Inspection of hatcheries and survey of
hatchery business methods and costs.
References: Jul], Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Lippincott
and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, Lea and Febiger.
One lecture and two laboratory periods, or one laboratory of
four hours' duration a week. Second Term, Third or Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
18. Diseases and, Hygiene. — Anatomy and physiology of the
fowl; poultry sanitation and hygiene; common ailments of poultry
and their treatment; external and internal parasites; bacterial
diseases of poultry, chicks, turkeys, geese, and ducks; virus diseases.
Study of micro-organisms pathogenic for poultry. Practice in
serological tests. Microbial content of eggs. Autopsies. Study of the
literature. Inspection of farms.
References: Barger and Card, Poultry Diseases, Lea & Febiger-;
Biester and Devries, Diseases of Poultry, Iowa State College. ii?-vs»",-^-i-."--\\. ■ -.".•;
Poultry Husbandry 315
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term. Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
19. (a) Poultry Nutrition.—A general study of the underlying
principles and recent advances in the field of nutrition, involving a
detailed examination of the nutrients, the physiology of digestion,
and the requirements of the body for maintenance and production.
Students are required to conduct personally or observe nutritional
experiments. -
References: Sherman, Chemistry of Food and Nutrition, latest
edition, Macmillan; Maynard, Animal Nutrition, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. First Term, Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
19. (b) Feeding management.—Study of feed-stuffs; compounding of rations for poultry; feeding practices and costs; feeding
chicks, growing stock, laying hens, breeding males and females;
turkeys, ducks, and geese; use of lights; study of standard methods
of routine management. Problems and assigned reading. Survey
of recent literature on poultry feeding.
References: Jull, Poultry Husbandry, McGraw-Hill; Morrison,
.Feeds and Feeding (abridged), Morrison Publishing Co.
Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Second Term, Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
19. (c) Seminar in Poultry Nutrition.—This course comprises a
study of current problems and literature in poultry nutrition.
Students will be required to conduct biological tests with chicks.
Reference: Ewing, Handbook of Poultry Nutrition, revised edition, W. R. Ewing, South Pasadena, California.
Laboratory work to be arranged. iy2 units.
(Open to graduates only.)
20. Seminar. — Poultry literature; research and experimental
problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; marketing problems; advertising poultry products; poultry services and organisations.
One lecture a week. Four hours practice a week.
iy2 units.
25. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units.
30. Research (Directed). 3 units.
50. Research (Directed). 3 to 5 units.
(Open to graduates only.) * J^ ^'jT'.TiJ- -T
316 Faculty of Ageicultuee
Department of English
Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick.
Assistant Professor: G.Philip V. Akrigg.
Second Year
3 and 4. Composition.—Courses in composition especially designed to meet the needs of students in the Faculty of Agriculture,
offering training in economical and accurate objective writing. The
work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected reading,
and (2) written examinations. Students will be required to make
a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work.
Text-book: To be announced.
Three hours a week. Mr. Akrigg. 3 units.
Genetics ' Sft
A. H. Hutchinson.
V. C. Brink.
Miss Ruth E. Fields.
1. (a) Principles of Genetics. — This course is the same as
Biology 2(a). (See page 123.)
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.
Mr. Hutchinson. iy2 units.
1. -(b) Principles of Genetics.—This eourse is the same as Biology
2(b). (See page 124.)
Prerequisite: Genetics 1 (a).
One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.
Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Brink, Miss Fields. iy2 units.
2. Advanced Genetics.—
(a) An introduction to genetical methods.
Prerequisites: Genetics 1 (a) and 1 (b).
One lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 2 units.
(b) A review of advanced phases and the more recent developments in genetics.
Prerequisite: Genetics 1 (b).
Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. ^^•"F^-fSflp
Allied Departments 817
Department of Bacteriology and
Preventive Medicine
Professor and Head of the Department: C. E. Dolman.
(For details of courses see pages 119-123.)
Department of Biology and Botany
Professor and Head of the Department: A. H. Hutchinson.
(For details of courses see pages 123-130.)
Department of Chemistry
Professor and Head of the Department: R. H. Clark.
, (For details of courses see pages 130-137.)
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor and Head of the Department: J. N. Finlayson.
(For details of courses see pages 258-266.) '
Department of Classics
Professor and Head of the Department: O. J. Todd.
(For details of courses see pages 137-142.)
Department of Commerce
Professor and Head of the Department: Ellis H. Morrow.
(For details of courses see pages 143-145.)
Department of Economics, Political Science,
and Sociology
Professor and Head of the Department: H. F. Angus.
(For details of courses see pages 145-153.)
Department of English
Professor and Head of the Department: G. G. Sedgewick.
(For details of courses see pages 158-163.)
Department of Geology and
Geography
Professor and Head of the Department: M. Y. Williams.
(For details of courses see pages 163-171.)
_i 318 Faculty of Agriculture
Department of History
Professor and Head of the Department: W. N. Sage.
(For details of courses see pages 171-178.)
Department of Mathematics
Professor and Head of the Department: Daniel Buchanan.
(For details of courses see pages 183-187.)
Department of Modern Languages
Professor and Head of the Department: D. O. Evans.
(For details of courses see pages 187-193.)
Department of Philosophy and Psychology
Professor and Head of the Department:
(For details of courses see pages 193-199.)
Department of Physics
Professor and Head of the Department: G. M. Shrum.
(For details of courses see pages 199-205.)
Department of Zoology
Professor and Head of the Department: W. A. Clemens.
(For details of courses see pages 208-213.) DOUBLE COURSES t j « *"• ^'^-'Vj "»W*. ■ ■'"■*• . *rv-"t
DOUBLE COURSES FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.A. and B.A.Sc.
I. Arts and Science, and Nursing
First, Second, and Third Years
The students register in the Faculty of Arts and' Science for
three years' work as follows:
English 1, Mathematics 1, Language 1, Chemistry 1, in the First
Year. English 2, Language 2, Bacteriology 1, in the Second Year.
Biology 1, Physics A or 1, Zoology 1, Psychology A or 1, in the
First, Second, or Third Years.
Bacteriology 2, Nursing 1, Nursing 2, in the Third Year.
Nine additional, units to be chosen in accordance with Calendar
regulations, not more than three of which may be chosen from First
and Second Year subjects. ^ ^^^
Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Years (Professional)
The degree of B.A. is granted upon completion of the professional
years. 'The diploma from the hospital school of nursing is also
awarded.
Final Year
As in the Combined Course, i.e., a choice between the two courses,
Nursing B and Nursing 0. The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) is
granted upon completion of the Final Year.
The degree of BA.Sc. (Nursing) may also be awarded to other
candidates holding the degree of B.A. who have fulfilled all requirements for the degree of B.A.Se. (Nursing).
II. Arts and Science, and Engineering
Two complete years in Arts and Science and four complete years
in Applied Science are required for a Doable Degree. On account
of time table difficulties, students must not select courses in Arts
and Science that are included in the Applied Science years.
The requirements for the First and Second Years are as set forth
in the Calendar for the First and Second Years of Arts (pages
85-87) except as follows:
1. Physics 1 and Chemistry 1 must be taken. The passing grade
for each of these subjects and for Mathematics 1 is 60 per cent.
(JSee also Admission to Applied Science, page 222.) Students
are recommended to take Mathematics 2 (b) (Calculus). .. , . ..^ ,.. ,
322 The University of British Columbia
2. Chemistry 2 (except for Forestry), Geology 1, Mathematics
2 (a), Physics 4, Physics 5, or Physics 6 may not be taken
except as an extra subject. These subjects are covered later
in Applied Science.
3. A course in German is recommended (and, for those intending to enter Geological or Civil Engineering, French also).
Two years in the language elected is necessary to count
towards a degree, three years when the student has not
presented the language for University Entrance.
The Third, Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Years of the Double Course
correspond to the Second, Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years of
Applied Science. The degree of B.A. is conferred on completing the
Fifth Year of this course.
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.A. and B.Com.
Students may obtain the degrees of B.A. and B.Com. concurrently
in five years on completion of 75 units Chosen so as to cover the
requirements of both degrees. While the B.A. degree may be completed in one year by students holding the B.Com. degree, the converse may not be true, because prerequisites in some of the Commerce courses involve two years of consecutive work. Students intending to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the
necessary forms from the Registrar's office and to have their course
approved by the Head of the Department of Commerce and the
Dean.
DOUBLE COURSES FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.A. and B.S.F.
I. Biology and Botany (Forestry Option), and
Forestry
Students completing the Honours course in Biology and Botany
(Forestry Option) for the B.A. degree (see page 89) may qualify
for the degree of B.S.F. by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry
(see page 233).
Prerequisites: First Year, Biology 1; Second Year, Botany 1 (a),
Civil Engineering 2; Zoology 1, Physics A or 1, and Chemistry 1,
2, and 3 (to be taken as early as possible).
Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), Botany 4, Botany 5 (a), 5 (b),
Botany 6 (c) or 6 (e), Botany 7, Zoology 4, a thesis; and the following courses which are common to all Third and Fourth Year options
leading to a degree in Forestry: Botany 1 (c) and Civil Engineer-, mmwYtT'^yw^'Z'*?)^' -*-'"s* *f " " *■ ,""
Double Courses
ing 5, in the Third Year; Forestry 2 (b, c), in the Fourth Year.
Botany 5 (b) should be taken in the Third Year.
Other courses to complete the requirements to be arranged in
consultation with the Department. Agronomy 51 and Botany 6 (b)
are recommended.
II. Economics or Political Science, and Forestry
Students with at least a major in Economics or in Political
Science for the B.A. Degree (see page 85) may qualify for the
degree of B.S.F.by taking the Fifth Year in Forestry (see page 235).
Required Courses: In the Second Year, Botany 1 (b), Civil Engineering 2; in the Third Year, Botany 1 (c) and Civil Engineering 5; in the Fourth Year, Forestry 2 (b, c). \\
To complete the required additional 15 units for the extra degree
an optional course (exclusive of the above) may be taken from
the courses (not already taken for the B.A. degree) offered in the
Department of Economics.
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.Com. and B.S.F.
Options in Forestry are open in the Second, Third, and Fourth
Years of the B.Com. course to students who are looking forward to
work with the forest industries. Students who complete the work
for the B.Com. degree with these options and take the field work
incidental to them may qualify for the degree of B.S.F. by taking
the Fifth Year Forestry course in Applied Science.
Students proceeding to the combined degrees of B.Com. and
B.S.F. will take the course outlined below. Upon completion of
the Fourth Year the student will be granted the degree of B.Com.,
and upon completion of the Fifth Year, the degree of B.S.F.
First Year Second Year
A First Year course in Arts and English 2 or English 3 and 4
Science or the equivalent. Mathematics 2 or 3
Economics 1
Commerce 1 or an elective*
Botany 1 (b)
Civil Engineering 2
Students will not be permitted to register for the Third Year in
Commerce unless they have secured a standing of 60 per cent in
Economies 1. , 1-
The University of British Columbia
Third Year Fourth Year
Economics 4 Economics 6
Economics 12 Commerce 4
Commerce 6 Commerce 9
Forestry 1 (c) Forestry 2 (b, c)
Civil Engineering 5 'Elective
Commerce 1 if not already
taken or an elective*
Fifth Year
The Fifth Year Forestry course in Applied Science for the B.S.F.
degree. See page 235. ,
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.A. and B.S.A.
Students may so plan their courses that the degrees of Bachelor
of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture may be obtained
in five years of attendance at the University. The courses must be
so chosen that all requirements of both Faculties are met. Students
intending to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the
necessary forms from the Registrar's office and to have their courses
approved by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned before
embarking on their courses of study.
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF
B.Com. and B.S.A.
Students proceeding to the combined degrees of Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture must choose their
course in accordance with the following outline. Both degrees
will be conferred at the end of the Fifth Year. Students intending
to qualify for the two degrees are advised to obtain the necessary
forms from the Registrar's office and to have their courses approved
by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned before embarking on
their courses of study.
First Year
Agriculture 1; Biology 1; Chemistry 1; English 1; Mathematics 1
15 units.
Second Year
English 2, or 3 and 4; Mathematics 3; Economics 1; Commerce 1;
an elective from Group A (Agriculture) 15 units.
*Electlves must be chosen from the options- for the Commerce Course in consultation with the Head of the Department. Double Courses
325
Third Year
Commerce 5; a pure science; Commerce 6; Agricultural Economics 1; two Agriculture courses 18 units
Fourth Year
Economics 4; Economics 12; four Agriculture courses 18 units.
Fifth Year
Economics 6; Commerce 4; Commerce 9; Commerce 11; Agriculture elective; graduating essay to satisfy both faculties 18 units. ' 326 The University of British Columbia
ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS
April, 1944-March, 1945
Fellowships and Scholarships
The Consolidated Mining arid Smelting Company of Canada Ltd., a fellowship
of $750; for equipment, $450.
The Vancouver Central Lions Club, a fellowship of $1,200; for equipment, $300.
Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, a scholarship of $250.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, a scholarship of $100.
The Vancouver Sun, two scholarships of $200 each.
Price, Waterhouse & Company, a scholarship of $250.
The British Columbia Electric Railway Co. Ltd., a research scholarship of
$500; for equipment, $100.
Two scholarships of $200 each.
Under the will of the late Chancellor R. E. McKechnie, the residue of his
estate for the establishment of a scholarship trust fund.
Prizes
Dorothy and William Dorbils, a prize of $100.
The Vancouver News-Herald, two prizes of $200 and $150.
Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, a prize of $50.
Bursaries
The Rotary Club of Vancouver, live bursaries of $200 each.
The British Columbia Cooperative Seed Association, a bursary of $100.
The Vancouver Section of the National Council of Jewish Women of Canada,
a bursary of $100.
The Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters League, a
bursary of $100^
The University Women's Club of Vancouver, a bursary of $100.
The Alpha Lambda Chapter of Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, a bursary of $50.
An anonymous donor, a bursary of $1,000.
Increase in Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries
(1) The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship, from, $30 to $40.
(2) The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes, from $60, $25, and $15, respectively, to $65, $45, and $25.
(3) The British Columbia Fruit Growers Golden Jubilee Scholarship, from
$100 to $125.
(4) The Ahepa Prize for proficiency in Greek, from $75 to $100.
(5) The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary, from $200 to $250.
(6) The Lady Laurier Club Bursary, from $75 to $100.
Loan Funds
Mr. H. R. MacMillan, to establish a loan fund in Forestry, $2,500.
The Alumnae, University of Toronto, for a Dean of Women's Fund, $50.
Mrs. Douglas Stewart, for the President's Fund, $200.
Dr. Laval Leeson, for the University Loan Fund, $10.
Mr. P. R. Brissenden, for the War Memorial Bursaries Fund, $35.
Miss F. H. McLeod, Secretary-Treasurer of Alfred W. McLeod, Limited, for
the War Memorial Bursaries Fund, $300.
Endowment of Lectureship
The Misses Bostock, to establish the Hewitt Bostock Memorial Lecture,
$5,000. ^ffl^vi'W-tf* i1* "•¥.*'
Endowments and Donations 327
Endowment of Chairs of Instruction
Under the will of the late Mrs. Mary Catharine Fisher, for the establishment
of a Chair of Medicine, $50,000, and for the establishment of a Chair of
Aeronautics, $25,000.
An anonymous donor, for the establishment of a Chair of Home Economics, $10.
Donations for Research
Mr. H. R. MacMillan, for work in forestry, $22,500.
British Columbia Packers Limited, for work in fisheries, $22,500.
An anonymous donor, for research in the field of medicine, $25,000.
Dr. W. Chalmers of Western Chemical Industries Limited, for research in
fish oils, $650. .
Junior League of Vancouver, for work in the Department of Social Work,
$9,000.
Dr. William D. Patton, for research on infantile paralysis, $1,000.
Safeway Stores Limited, for research in poultry and egg production, $2,000,
and for research in vegetable foods, $300. ^^^
Donations for Buildings
Cunningham Drug Stores, Limited, for the construction of a Pharmacy
Building, $25,000.
The British Columbia Parent-Teachers Federation, for the erection of a Home
Economics Management House, $20,000.
The Surrey Cooperative Association, for the Poultry Nutrition Building, $250.
Associate Professor J. Biely, for the Poultry Building Fund, $298.90.
Miscellaneous
Mr. Leon J. Koerner, for a set of models of mushrooms, $500.
The Britrsh Columbia Division of the Canadian Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy, for books and equipment, $100.
Mr. and Mrs. A. A. Matthison, the Honorary Degree gown, cap, and hood
belonging to the late Judge F. W. Howay.
Mrs. E. J. Urwick, the gown, cap, and hood belonging to her husband the
late Professor Urwick.
Mrs. J. N. Ellis, a framed steel engraving of "Shakespeare and His Friends".
Donations to the Library
Private Collections
The library of the late Judge F. W. Howay.
The library of the late Chancellor R. E. McKechnie (other than medical
books).
From Mrs. J. C. M. Keith, a collection on architecture bequeathed to the
University by the late Mr. J. C. M. Keith.
From the estate of the late Mr. Moses B. Cotsworth, a collection dealing -with
calendar and calculating tables.
The library of Canadiana gathered by the late Dr. Robie L. Reid, K.C; to be
shelved with the Judge Howay library.
The engineering library of Major-General H. F. G. Letson.
From Mrs. Alan Flaunt, the library of Canadiana of her father, the late Mr.
A. M. Pound.
Books and Periodicals
From Dr. L. S. Klinck, President Emeritus, Mr. H. R. MacMillan, Mrs. R. J.
Sprott, Dr. G. H. Clement, Mr. W. T. Lane, Mr. Leonard Miller, Mr. and
Mrs. Lawren Harris, Dr. Olive Sadler, Mr. T. Dowbor, Mr. Hal Griffin,
Dr. Basil Mathews, Mr. Gordon Scott, the Women's Auxiliary of the Vancouver Branchy B'nai Brith, Mr. Harold Daly, K.C, Mrs. J. H. Humbird,
Mr. Maurice Carmichael, Mrs. A. J. Doull, Mr. J. Duff, Mr. Donald Stalker,
various members of the University's teaching staff, Squadron Leader
W. C. Gibson, Mr. R. T. Rodd, Mrs. C. A. L. Payne, the Vancouver Medical
Association, the Vancouver General Hospital, the Canadian Fishing Company, the Vancouver Public Library, the Libraries of the University of
Chicago, and the New York Public Library. (WMPSI-^B
..,'.' ll."1."lVH»1iH.l.-L.-.-*..J-J-rl?!
328 The University of British Columbia
Department of Biology and Botany
Mr. Leon J. Koerner: Grateful acknowledgment Is made of a gift of fifteen
unique mushroom models valued at $500 presented to the University by
Mr. Leon J. Koerner of Vancouver In June 1944. Each set Is carved from
a solid block of linden wood and is the work of the late Mr. W. Kvak, a
celebrated Czechoslovakian sculptor and wood-carver of Vienna, Austria.
(For Herbarium and Botanical Gardens)
SEEDS
CANADA Montreal Botanical Garden.
ENGLAND Royal Horticultural Society.
SCOTLAND Botanic Garden, University of St. Andrews.
Department of Forestry
Gordon M. Abernethy: Large framed photograph of original stand of cedar
timber on University Forest Reserve at Pitt Lake.
Ian D. Matheson: Turned specimen of Lignum vitae wood.
Dr. I. McT. Cowan: Specimen of wood of Pinus albicaulis, collected in the
B. C. Rockies. V
B. C. Forest Service: Douglas fir seed.
Department of Geology and Geography ,
Dr. Ian McT. Cowan: Suites of fossils from Jasper Park.
Dr. V. Dolmage: Suite of ores, rocks, and microscope slides from Hedley Mascot
Mine, B. C.
Mr. Franc R. Joubin: Suite of ores and rocks from Pioneer Mine, B. C.
Mr. Alex. Halkett: Fossils, minerals, photographs, sea shells, Indian implements, kauri gum, and other objects of interest.
Dr. A. H. Dang: Gold and base metal ores from mines of N. W. Quebec.
Mr. Rodney Morris: A number of books, periodicals, and maps.
Mr. H. A. (Bud) Rose: Crystallized gold on quartz, Spud Valley Mine,
Zeballos, B. C'
Valuable suites of ore from:
The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company, Ltd.;
Island Mountain Mining Company, Ltd.;
Bralorne Mines, Ltd. .
Highland Bell, Ltd.
Department of Horticulture
Dominion Experimental Station, Summerland, B. C.: Shipments of fruit specimens of pears, apples, and grapes for systematic study.
Dominion Experimental Station, Saanichton, B. C: Fruit specimens for systematic study.
Mr. W. H. Robertson, Provincial Horticulturist, Victoria, J3. C, and district
horticulturist and field men: Twelve boxes of fruit variety specimens
for systematic study.
Provincial Department of Agriculture, The B. C. Co-Operative Seed Association, Brackman-Ker Milling Co., Buckerfield's Ltd.: Contributions toward
the cost of the Vegetable Seed Trial Project. s-sjs-F-wS!!-"- * v^n^» •
Endowments and Donations
Department of Zoology
(For Museum of Zoology)
Insects:
Mr. E. R. Buckell, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Specimens of rare Diptera of British Columbia.
Dr. I. McT. Cowan, Vancouver: Ectoparasites of birds and mammals.
Mr. O. E. French, Lempriere: Ectoparasites of wild mammals.
Mr. J. M. Gilmour, Egmont: Botfly larva In lesion In mouse.
Mr. H. Gray, Science Service, Ottawa: Prairie Spider beetles.
Mr. H. B. Leech, Vernon: Collections of insects of several orders, especially
extensive collections of named beetles of two families.
Mr. Kenneth Racey, Vancouver: Ectoparasites of birds and mammals.
Mr. H A. Spaulding, Pender Island: Large supply of ectoparasites of deer.
Other invertebrates:
Dr. N. M. Carter, Vancouver: Parasites of mackerel shark.
Mr. K. Ketchan, Vancouver: Squid, etc.
Mr. R. W. Pillsbury, Vancouver: Mollusca, etc.
Fishes:
Mr. G. F. Allen, North Vancouver: 1 lantern fish from Atlantic Ocean.
Mr. K. Ketchan, Vancouver: 1 ribbed sculpln. W
Birds:
Mr. A. C. Brooks, Okanagan Landing: 1 Cooper hawk, 1 marsh hawk.
Mr. L. Jobin, Williams Lake: 1 hawk owl.
Mr. K. Racey, Vancouver: 1 flicker.
Mammals:
B. C. Game Commission through Inspector R. M. Robertson: Bighorn skull.
Mr. A. C. Brooks: 10 pocket gophers.
Miss D. Dalziel, Okanagan Landing: Skulls of coyote and bobcat.
Mr. L. Jobin, Williams Lake: Skulls of lynx, bobcat, otter, beaver, fox,
mink, marten, wolf, badger, and fisher.
National Parks of Canada, Ottawa: 1 wolverine.
Mr. A. Peake, Duncan: 3 black bear.
Mr. J. Simpson Jr., Banff, Alta.: 1 buffalo skull.
Mr. H. Wearne, Quick, B. C: Skulls of wolves, fox, mink, and moose.
(General Acknowledgments)
B C. Packers, Vancouver: Dogfish for class use.
Dr. W. J. Brown, Science Service, Ottawa: Identification of B. C. beetles.
Mr. E. R. Buckell, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Further
additions to the card index catalogue of the Journal of Economic Entomology.
Dr. Carl Duncan, San Jose, California: Identification of specimens from
wasps' nests.
Mr. G. Holland, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Kamloops: Identification
of B. C. Aphaniptera.
Mr. G. Hopping, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Vernon: Identification
of B." C. Coleoptera. .
Mr. H. B. Leech, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Vernon: A further
contribution of entomplogical books, bulletins, and separates.
Mr. Kenneth Racey, Vancouver: A mounted human skeleton and additional
human skeletal material.
Vancouver Shellfish Co., Vancouver: Several pounds of prawns for class use.
Dr. Stuart Walley, Science Service, Ottawa: Identification of B. C. parasitic
Hymenoptera.
Dr. M. Y. Williams, Vancouver: Class demonstration material.
J* «■!■ ,
LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE
SESSION 1944-45
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
First Year
Name Home Address
Abramson, Jack J Vancouver
Ahrens, Robert H Vancouver
Aikins, H. Carol Naramata
• Aird, Hugh N Vancouver
Aish, Jane Anita Matsqui
Aldridge, William Vancouver
Alexander, Arthur W Vancouver
Alexander, Donald L Vancouver
Allsebrook, Naomi J Kaslo
Alward, E. Byron White Rock
Anderson, Donald McD Vancouver
Anderson, Fern R Vancouver
Angus, John S Vancouver
Anslow, J. Stanley Vancouver
Appleby, Kenneth G Vancouver
Archeck, Lillian D Vancouver
Argyle, Catherine M Nelson
Armytage, Margaret E.
North Vancouver
Arthur, John R Vancouver
Aspinall, Roy J. A Vancouver
Atkinson, S. R. Jean Vancouver
Auld, Jean T Vancouver
Austin, Shirley E. M Vancouver
Avellng, Madeline B.
New Westminster
Baker, Rowena M Ladysmith
Bakony, C. Stella Vancouver
Baldwin, R. George Vancouver
Bamford, Gwendolyn J. E...Vancouver
Barker, H. Terence Vancouver
Barnes, G. Reginald Vancouver
Barraclough, Lila. P Nanaimo
Bartlett, J. Geoffrey P Vancouver
Barton, Howard S. Vancouver
Baseley, Patricia V Vancouver
Bassett, Beverley A Vancouver
Bates, William O Ladner
Baxter, John S Vancouver
Bayles, Theodore M Langford
Bayliss, Carol J.......New Westminster
Bayne, M. Joan Vancouver
Baynes, Shirley L Matsqui
Beaton, J. Alexander Vancouver
Beattie, Kenneth J.. New Westminster
Beck, Fridella Vancouver
Becker, Ruth R Vancouver
Beech, Howard E Vancouver
Belcher, Kenneth M Vancouver
Bell, Kenneth W Vancouver
Bellamy, Patricia H. Canal Flats
Bennett, F. A. Barrie. Britannia Beach
Bennett, Robert W South Slocan
Benton, Ernest Burnaby
Berardino, Melia A Vancouver
Berg, Margaret B Britannia Beach
Berisford, Robert Nanaimo
Bernhart, Marie Antoinette
Vancouver
Best, Helen L Vancouver
yame Home Address
Bing (Mah), Mayne Steveston
Binsted, Norman L Revelstoke
Birkinshaw, Adele G Burnaby
Blair, David C Vancouver
Blashill, Alfred F Vancouver
Blomquist, Holger L Vancouver
Boardman, John H Vancouver
Borrie, Harry R Vancouver
Borthwick, John W, Vancouver
Bossons, Frederick H Vancouver
Boucher, Robert White Rock
Boyle, Harry D Penticton
Boyle, Marion A Prince George
Bridger, L. Scott Vancouver
Bremner, Joyce F Salmo
Brooks, Diana E Vancouver
Brotherton, Jean V Vancouver
Brown, Harold R Vancouver
Brummitt, William M Nelson
Bryant, Charlie W...Lethbridge, Alta.
Buchanan, Jean I Vancouver
Bulman, Lola M Vancouver
Bulmur, Loyd Vancouver
Burgoyne, Frank N Kamloops
^urke, G. Thomson Vancouver
Burke, Ruth E Vancouver
Burke, William T Vancouver
Burmeister, Russell M Bradner
Burnell, Joan C New Westminster
Burnett, David H.....New Westminster
Burns, Helen M Vancouver
Burton, Alfred W White Rock
Butterfield, Lorne A Vancouver
Byers, Dorothy J Vancouver
Byrnes, J. Lorin Burnaby
Cafferky. J. Emmet Vancouver
Calder, Rachel E New Westminster
Cameron, Donald G Victoria
Camidge, A. Mary Vancouver
Campbell, Graham G.
New Westminster
Campbell, Jeannette B Port Alberni
Campbell, John A Vancouver
Caplette, M. Elizabeth Lynnmour
Carlson, Norman L Eburne
Carmichael, Kathleen D Vancouver
Carter, David M Vancouver
Carter, Shirley I Vancouver
Cartwright, Thomas A Cultus Lake
Cawley, Margery M.. Salmo
Celli, Alberico Vancouver
Challis, Thomas W Koksilah
Chalmers, Beverley R Vancouver
Chambers, Mary L...New Westminster
Chang, Robert Vancouver
Charnley, Elizabeth M Vancouver
Chernov, Eva T Vancouver
Chin, Shing Quen Vancouver
Chisholm, Anita G Vancouver
Chitty, Audrey M North Vancouver S-'P-.VP ' "•
List op Students
331
Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Chiz, Peter Vancouver
Chown, Nancy L Vancouver
Christian, C Joan Vancouver
Christian, Patricia M Vancouver.
Clark, Douglas H Vancouver
Clark, James D Nanaimo
Clark, Keith R Vancouver
Clarke, John W Ocean Falls
Clarke, Joyce G. Abbotsford
Clarke, 0. Nora J Vancouver
Clerkson, Dorothy B Vancouver
Coady, Mary Margaret Vancouver
Collison, Jocelyn M Victoria
Collum, Jack A. L Vancouver
Comely-Combe, Monica Vancouver
Connal, Ross G. White Rock
Conner, Orville G Vancouver
Connor, Terry D, Vancouver
Considine, Daniel M Duncan
Cook, Cecil W Vancouver
Cook, Katharine Vancouver
Cook, Richard M Smithers
Coope, Felicity M Victoria
Corbitt, Charlotte W Kaleden
Corfleld, Sheelagh M Courtenay
Cornish, Mary A. Port Alberni.
Cossentine, H. John Penticton
Cotter, Barbara J West Vancouver
Cotton, M. Joan Roberts Creek
Coullng, S. R. Lawrence ...Vancouver
Cowan, Patricia Duncan
Cowley, Roy D Vancouver
Cox, F. V. Beverly Vancouver
Cox, J. Robert G. Brilliant
Craig, Robert H Eburne
Crawford, Donald H Vancouver
Croll, Robert O Vancouver
Crombiev Fred J Vancouver
Crowe, Sanford J : Vancouver
Cumming, Marion S Penticton
Cuthbert, Betty J Cecil Lake
Cuthill, Leonard D. J Vancouver
Cutler, Keith H Hollyburn
Daly, M, William Penticton,
Damer, Warren R Vancouver
Darby, George H Vancouver
Darling, Beverley C Vancouver
Davidson, Doreen A Vancouver
Davies, Marguerite E Vancouver
Davis, Robert T Vancouver
Dearing, Elinor L Vancouver
DeBeck, Frederick A...: Victoria
DeBou, R. Alan Vancouver
Denholm, Isabella M Vancouver
Denman, F. Joan Vancouver
Dennett, Ernest W Britannia Beach
Dixon, Isabel F. Calgary, Alta.
Dixon, Mary M Vancouver
Dobie, Robert W Mission City
Donald, Douglas G.New Westminster
Dougans, Roy A Vancouver
Duff, William T Vancouver
Dunbar, James B Vancouver
Dunbar, John W Britannia Beach
Dunton, Claire C Vancouver
Dyer, Lawrence N. Vancouver
Edwards, Dudley New Westminster
Edwards, J. Eda Vancouver
Edwards, John S Royston
IPartial.
Name Home Address
Edwards, Susan J Galena
Eeman, R. Leon Vancouver
Efford, Robert J Vancouver
Elart, Alice J New Westminster
Elder, Gordon W New Westminster
Elliott, Donald R Vancouver
Ellis, John F Vancouver
Ellison, Felix H. H Lower Nicola
Ellison, Kenneth V Oyama
Eng, Harry Victoria
Epstein, Hirsch Vancouver
Erickson, Ture C New Westminster
Evans, James W. Vancouver
Ewart, E. May.... Princeton
Eyres, R. Joy Chilliwack
Fabbro, Attilio Kimberley
Fearn, D. Rodney Vancouver
Feast, Joan E. C Vancouver
Fedoroff, Ludmilla Eburne
Fenn, William E Vancouver
Ferguson, Joanne S Chilliwack
Finlayson, Alexander J Vancouver
Fletcher, Alan E Nanaimo
Flumerfelt, Bruce R Vancouver
Foote, Robert A Vancouver
Ford, K. Patricia Vancouver
Forrester, B. Shirley Vancouver
Forsyth, William M'...: Vancouver
Foster, Gladys Prince Rupert
Frankovitch, C. Jerrold Grand Forks
Fraser, B. Elaine Dawson, Y.T.
Fraser, G. Joan , Vancouver
Fraser, J. Douglas Vancouver
Fraser, Robert M Vancouver
Frazee, John D Vancouver
Freer, John T Vancouver
Freeze, G. Allen Vancouver
French, Yvonne L Vancouver
Frost, Gordon A Vancouver
Fry, Howard C Vancouver
Fudger, Margaret P Vancouver
Gallagher, Herbert K Vancouver
Gait, T. Dpuglas Vancouver
Gamey, Margaret D Vancouver
Gansner, John W Vancouver
Gattenmeyer, John D Vancouver
Gatz, Arthur B Cumberland
Gaube, Doreen New Westminster
Gava, June P. E Nanaimo
Gayton, Raymond R Oliver
Gehl, Athur J Vancouver
Genis, Konstanteno Vancouver
George, L. Eugene Salem, Oregon
Gertz, Lena Vancouver
Gibson, H. Douglas Vancouver
Giegerich, Margaret A.
Yellowknife, N.W.T.
Gillespie, Douglas C ...Vancouver
Gillespie, Malcolm J Vancouver
Gillies, Mary Louise Vancouver
Gilmore, Molly M North Vancouver
Gilpin, Roy W New Westminster
Girvin, James A Vancouver
Gordon, Griselda M. J. London, Eng.
JGorvlch, Menora Vancouver
Graham, Peter Cranbrook
Gray, Elizabeth P Vancouver
Gray, William M Vancouver
Green, Mary C Vancouver ' i &r n-«*vnr**v.,r,<
332
The University of British Columbia
Faculty op Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Greenaway, Jean E Vancouver
Gregersen, Gregers P Verdun, Que.
Greyell, Velma F Vancouver
Griffiths, G. Peter Ocean Falls
Grigoruk, Daniel ...Natal
Grimson, Victor J Vancouver
Groll, Shirlie N Vancouver
Grunlund, Barbro E Port Alberni
Grunlund, Jean M Port Alberni
Haahti, John Stewart
Haas, Robert L Vancouver
Hackett, Thomas L Vancouver
Hadwen, Colleen V Dawson Creek
Haggart, Ronald B. Vancouver
Hall, Beverley E Vancouver
Hall, Jean E Vancouver
Halpin, Hilda L Kimberley
Hamilton, George C. Vancouver
Hamilton, Leila M Vancouver
Hankinson, George K...Prince Rupert
Hart, F. Brian New Westminster
Harwood, Robert S Eburne
Hatch, William R Britannia Beach
Hawkinson, Joyce P Prince Rupert
Haxton, Phyllis Vancouver
Heaps, Philip A Vancouver
Heard, Francis H Vancouver
Heaton, Patrick E Vancouver
Helders, John Vancouver
Henderson, Clifford B Vancouver
Henderson, George C Vancouver
Henderson, Ross McG Vancouver
Hern, M. Jane Vancouver
Herron, D. Lorraine Vancouver
Hertig, Lucienne B Rossland
Hibberd, Richard A Vancouver
Hilbert, John A Vancouver
Hill, Ernest C Vancouver
Hill, Raymond C. Burnaby
Hilliard, Henry F Vancouver
Hirtle, Walter H Oliver
Hochman, Harriet Vancouver
Hodgins, Rosemary E Vancouver
Hody, Reginald E Vancouver
Holdsworth, John E. Vancouver
Hollands, Keith G Sidney
Hollenberg, Irvie A Vancouver
Holtby, L. Gwynn G...Prince Rupert
Homan, Frances M. L Milner
Home, Betty-Jean Vancouver
Hoskins, Marcella R Vancouver
Hough, John D Courtenay
Howard, Malvina M Vancouver
Howard, William A Hollyburn
Hudson, Grace B Vancouver
Hunt, F. Owen Port Alberni
Hunter, Lawrence P Vancouver
Hyde, Ian G. W Montreal, Quebec
Idsardi, William F .Vancouver
Inglis, B. Stephen Vancouver
Irish, Ruth I Vancouver
Irwin, L. Beatrice Kamloops
Jackson, Brian P Vancouver
Jackson, Donald S.
East Kingston, N. Hamp., U.S.A.
Jaffary, Paul A .Vancouver
James, Dorothy C White Rock
Jarman, Beatrice L Vancouver
Jeffery, Arthur W Vancouver
Name Home Address
Jenkins, C. Leonard Vancouver
Jenkins, James R Chemainus
Jobllng, John S Duncan
Jones, Margaret H Vancouver
Josephson, Helmer W Merritt
Kamm, Leonard M Vancouver
Kask, A. Charles Lochdale
Kayll, S. John Vancouver
Keddy, Harry A White Rock
Keller, Lloyd B Vancouver
Kemp, Reta L Vancouver
Kenny, Edith W Vancouver
Kent, C. Ernest Vancouver
Ker, J. Ross Vancouver
Kerk-Hecker, Esther Mary..Vancouver
Kerr, A. Scott Victoria
Kerr, Joan I Vancouver
Kier, Donald T Youbou
Killick, George A Penticton
Kilty, Mary-Teresa Vancouver
King, Donald N Port Alberni
King, Malcolm G Vancouver
King, P. Joseph Eburne
Kinghorn, James M Victoria
Kingsley, Mary I Parksville
Kirk, Kenneth I. R .....Vancouver
Klett, Mary S Vancouver
Knapp, Katherine Vancouver
Knighton, Norman W Vancouver
Kovalvich, William Fernie
Kucharsky, Victor Vernon
LaCasse, Ernest North Vancouver
Lade. Gordon W. Vancouver
Laird, Douglas A Vancouver
Lane, Sylvia L Vancouver
Lavery, Daniel Allenby
Lawrence, Charles C Vancouver
Lawrence, James A .-...Hatzic
Lawrence, M. Georgene. Dawson Creek
Lees, Helen M Vancouver
Leiterman, Douglas S Vancouver
Leshgold, Jack B. Vancouver
Leslie, Alexander A ...Kamloops
Lewis, Carol Ann....New Westminster
Lewis, F. Nancy Vancouver
Lewis,, Henry L Vancouver
Lindgaard, Harold C Demmitt, Alta.
Lindgren, Irene North Vancouver
Lindsay, Harold Vancouver
Lister, William G Vancouver
Little, Robin W Vancouver
Livingstone, Michael A.
Roberts Creek
Lockhart, Alan D New Westminster
Lockwood, Frank... New Westminster
Longley, Charles E Vancouver
Lowther, Bruce A Britannia Beach
Lowther, Dorothy E Nanaimo
Lum, G. Mun Vancouver
Lye, Robert G Kimberley
Mackend, Harvie ...New Westminster
Macready, John W Nanaimo
Maddin, I. Beryl Vernon
Malensek, Clementine Vancouver
Manning, Rodger P Vancouver
Manning, W. Lawrence Vancouver
Mariseo, Maurice Vancouver
Marken, George A Thrums
Marshall, Robert E Vancouver **5!"- wc ^a- w-i-r' "assr-s^w ■ > *; a ,v-
List or Students
Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Martin, William R. J.
New Westminster
Mason, Joan F North Vancouver
Mathers, John L Vancouver
Matthew, Frances L Vancouver
Mayne, Henton B New Westminster
Mee, John A,.; ..Vancouver
Mehling, Frank R. Vancouver
Meldrum, Ronald M Vancouver
Michie, Georgia C Vancouver
Milan, Betty E Port Alberni
Millar, Delbert J Capilano
Mironoff, Victor B...New Westminster
Mitchell, Esther R Grand Forks
Mitchell, H. Patience Vancouver
Mitchell, Joan B.. Vancouver
Moloney, Patrick J Vancouver
Moon, Diana E Vancouver
Moore, Colleen J Vancouver
Moore, Eugene F Vancouver
Moore, Joan I Vancouver
Moore, R. John Prince Rupert
Moorhouse, Meredith L... Ladner
Morris, Gwendolyn E Vancouver
Morrison, S. Roy Vancouver
Mortison, Margaret E. N Chilliwack
Motherwell, Elizabeth L.
K Calgary, Alta.
Moul, Albert A Port Alberni
Moulds, James H Vancouver
Muir, Robert A Vancouver
Mulligan, Maurice W. Langley Prairie
Munro, Raymond G...Entrance, Alta.
Myros, Charles V Hazelton
McAlpine, Mary Vancouver
McArthur, Thomas C.
New Westminster
McArthur, William M. Lochdale
McBride, Russell M Vancouver
MacCarthy, Jessie G.
New Westminster
McCloy, Alistair F Vancouver
McClung, P. Maxine Vancouver
McGord, Clive D Vancouver
McCulloch, James P Comox
McDiarmid, Mary E.... Vancouver
MacDonald, A. David
West Summerland
MacDonald, Donald H Vancouver
McDonald, Frances S.
New Westminster
Macdonald, Jerry A ^...Courtenay
MacDonald, Robert G Vancouver
McDougall, Clarence D.
Langley Prairie
■ McDougall, Mary-Jane Vancouver
McDowd, Mary M. ...Portland, Oregon
McEachern, Alan D Vancouver
McEwan, James T Vancouver
McFarlane, June E Vancouver
McGeer, Patrick L. Vancouver
McGregor, Iona M ..Vancouver
Macindoe, Grace M Powell River
Macindoe. Helen J Powell River
Mclver, Donald C Courtenay
McKay, Donald Ladysmith
McKee, Osborne C." Vancouver
McKenzie, Margaret E Vancouver
McKenzie, Robert D Chapman Camp
Name Home Address
MacKinnon, Jean B Vancouver
MacKinnon, John A, Vancouver
McLaren, Ilia E Vancouver
McLauchlin, Donald L ...Vancouver
MacLean, Shirley C Vancouver
McLellan, Douglas. New Westminster
McLellan, Marney J Hedley
McLennan, Charles S Vancouver
McLennan, Donald J Duncan
McLeod, Constance D Vancouver
MacLeod, Joan C North Vancouver
McLeod, Marilyn J Vancouver
MacLeod, William D Vancouver
MacLeod, Winona L.
New Westminster
McLoughlin, Kathleen F Vancouver
McMartin, Peter J Vancouver
MacMillan, Lois A ....Vancouver
McNab, James A ........Vancouver
McNair, Mary E Vancouver
McNary, Thomas E Vancouver
McRae, Alma E Vancouver
McRae, K. Peter Vancouver
McTaggart, Ralph L ..Vancouver
McTavish, W. Bruce Vancouver
McTurk, Helen G Kamloops
Neighbor, Frances M...Entrance, Alta.
Nekrassoff, Marguerite Vancouver
Nelles, Gordon B Vancouver
Neville, Ralph J Vancouver
Newbauer, Mary Frances
Grand Forks
Newport, Violet G Vancouver
Newson, Katherine L Vancouver
Ney, Robert S Vancouver
Nichols, Jacqueline B Vancouver
Nightingale, Frank H Vancouver
Nordale, Joann Dawson, Y.T.
Nordlund, Lloyd H Kimberley
Norris, Flora C Vancouver
Nykolyn, J. Alec Sardis
O'Connor, Gerald T Vancouver
O'Hara, Richard N Vancouver
Oliver, C. Edward....New Westminster
Oliver, John Vancouver
Oliver, R. J. Patrick Killarney, Man.
O'Neill, Eileen M Vancouver
Orasuk, Peter L Oyama
Osen, Einar Vancouver
Outram, Donald N Vancouver
Ozol, Nelda Vancouver
Paddon, Betty L Vancouver
Pagura, Peter L Kimberley
Pastinsky, R. Rae Vancouver
Patterson, Eugene B Vancouver
Payne, Doris D Vancouver
Peacock, M. Doreen... Milner
Pearson, Emma S Vancouver
Pegues, Josiah J.. Horsefly
Pendleton, Susanne K.
New Westminster
Penn, Muriel B. Vancouver
Perkins, Arthur G Vancouver
Perkins, Ronald A Vancouver
Perks, Ronald L Bloedel
Perry, Hazel E Vancouver
Pettenuzzo, Jerry B Prince Rupert
Pittson. Victor J New Westminster
Plant, George E Port Alberni 334
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Confirmed)
Name
Home Address
Polos, Donald Vancouver
Ponsford, Ada M Vancouver
Poole, William H Chapman Camp
Pope, M. Doreen Courtenay
Pope, Stephen H Vancouver
Preston, Thomas B Vancouver
Prevost, Edward C Vancouver
Pringle, Margaret E Mission City
Pye, M. A. Eleanor Duncan
Quan, Dick Vancouver
Rae, Robert McC Vancouver
Rally, Charles R. M Vancouver
Randall, Robert McG Vancouvsr
Rathie, Joy Vancouver
Rea, David T Vancouver
Redpath, W. Ernest Vancouver
Reed, Wilma H Vancouver
Reid, Dorothy M New Westminster
Reid, Kennth R Vancouver
Rice, Ronald G Vancouver
Richardson, Paul W Vancouver
Rietchel, Helen E Vancouver
Rivers, William A Vancouver
Rixon, Raymond H Vancouver
Robinson, David D. S Vancouver
Robinson, Jacquelyn R Vancouver
Robinson, M. Kathleen Vancouver.
Rochat, R. Charles Powell River
Rogers, Mary E. M Ladysmith
Roots, J. Walter Vancouver
Rorvik, George A Prince Rupert
Rose, Norma M Vernon
Rosen, Philip E Vancouver
Rosengren, R. Morley Milner
Ross, Margaret J. Vancouver
Ross, William LeB...New Westminster
Rowledge, J. James Northfield
Runkle, Peter Vancouver
Ryan, Ruth C Nanaimo
Sainas, Mary Vancouver
Sanford, Robert M Vancouver
Sapp, Robert E Vancouver
Sauder, "William L Vancouver
Schjelderup, Hassel C Courtenay
Scriven, Pamela M...North Vancouver
Scully, John P Vancouver
Seale, Beverly C Vancouver
Searle, Marion E Vancouver
Selkirk, Robert B. .New Westminster
Shafer, Dixon H Vancouver
Shafer, Donald G Vancouver
Shaw, Lois E Vancouver
Shearman, Jacqueline Vancouver
Shier, R. Philip Vancouver
Simpson, Marguerite G Vancouver
Sinclair, Kenneth I Vancouver
Smetanuk, W. Gordon..Williams Lake
-Smith, Allan R. M Vancouver
Smith, Denis C North Vancouver
Smith, H. Craig Fort St. James
Smith, Helen A Vancouver
Smith, Helen-Mary Vancouver
Smith, James E New Westminster
Smith, Jeanette Vancouver
Smith, Thomas H New Westminster
Somers, D. Marie Vancouver
Soon, Q. Y. Isabel Vancouver
Spall, Clara J Kelowna
Speer, Raymond C Vancouver
Name
Home Address
Spencer, Herbert W Nanaimo
Spragge, Donald L Vancouver
Staf, Bernice G Aldergrove
Stainsby, Donald O Ladner
Stanley, Ned B Vancouver
Stedman, Shirley-Ruth Vancouver
Steiner, Robert R...New Westminster
Stenhouse, James F Vancouver
Sterling, Doreen M Whonnock
Stevenson, Gerald H. Vancouver
Stewart, Catherine A Port Alice
Stocks, Daphne I Penticton
Stringer, A. Roy Vancouver
Stuart, Roy A Vancouver
Stuef, F. Walter Lake Cowichan
Swanson, Lorne E Vancouver
Sweeney, W. Alan Ocean Falls
Tabbernor, C. Joseph Vancouver
Talbot, Colleen A Vancouver
Talbot, M. Kathleen T Vancouver
Tannar, Norman E .Vancouver
Tanner, Aubrey C Essondale
Tassie, Peter... Vernon
Taylor, Joan R Vancouver
Taylor, Shirley I Vancouver
Taylor, William L Nelson
Temoin, Maurice D Vancouver
Ternan, M. Jane Vancouver
Thibaudeau, Muriel T Vancouver
Thom, H. Gilbert Duncan
Thompson, Basil H. M Vancouver
Thompson, Ben Vancouver
Thompson, G. H. Preston
Britannia Beach
Thomson, A. Jean Abbotsford
Thomson, Marguerite Vancouver
Thornber, W. Robert Vancouver
Thorne, Leonard R Vancouver
Thornton, J. Milton Vancouver
Thornton, W. Maitland Vancouver
Tiedje, Patricia A Trail
Tierney, Camille P Vancouver
Tindle, Phillip A Vancouver
Tomlinson, Robert B Vancouver
Tratch, Ernest P Vancouver
Trip, Christian H Vancouver
Trorey, G. Alan W Vancouver
Turland, Douglas J Vancouver
Turner, Patricia A Vancouver
Viau, J. Viviane Vancouver
Victor, Maurice Vancouver
Walden, Adelene M Vancouver
Walden, Frank C. Grand Prairie, Alta.
Wallace, Stuart H Vancouver
Wallace, William H Vancouver
Walls, L. Jerrold Vancouver
Watson, Jeannie A Vancouver
Watson, Kenneth Vancouver
Watts, Natalie J Vancouver
Webb, W. Philip > Vancouver
Webster, David Nelson
Weir, C Sheila West Vancouver
Weir, K. Marguerite Vancouver
Welch, Herbert C Qualicum Beach
Welsh, Daynard McC. Tacoma, Wash.
Welte, Marion E Vancouver
Westinghouse, Margaret V.
Saanichton
Westwood, Catherine R Ladysmith List of Students
335
Faculty of Arts and Science—First Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Wharton, Agnes Britannia Beach
Wheeler, Shelagh J Vancouver
White, Massie D. Vancouver
Whitney, Joan E : Vancouver
Whitney, Raymond B.
Palos Verdes Est. Calif.
Wilby,. Derek R Victoria
Wilcox, Edie A Dawson Creek
Wjlklns, Ruth E. A Vancouver
Willcox, Jeanne M Vancouver
Williams, Barry. H...New Westminster
Williams, Dorothy M Vancouver
Williams, E. Byllie.-. Vancouver
Williamson, Gerald Vancouver
Wilson, Beverley Nanaimo
Wilson, Catherine A .....Vancouver
Wilson, June M Vancouver
Wilson, Robert J Nelson
Wilson, Robert M Cowichan Station
Wong, Elsie Vancouver
Wong, John Vancouver
Woods, Earl B Courtenay
Woods, Leslie V Vancouver
Woodward, Shirley A Vancouver
Wright, Alma M Vancouver
Wright, Charles W Vancouver
Yelf, Kathleen E Vancouver.
Yuill, Lois A Vancouver
Zacks, Arthur Vancouver
Zacks, William Vancouver
Zahar, Franklin A Vancouver
Zarry, Etna V Victoria
Zitko, Henry Vancouver
Zlvot, Aaron Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Allward, Gerald C :.. Vancouver
Anderson, Dan E Vancouver
Anderson, Richard P Courtenay
Ball, James Vancouver
Barraclough, John R.
North Vancouver
Begley, Gordon R Vancouver
Blake, F. Humfrey Kelowna
Bremner, David J.. New Westminster
Brown, Richard M Penticton
Brown, William M Armstrong
Butters, Thomas H West Vancouver
Cobb, Charles E Comox
Creelman,, Claude W Chilliwack
Crossan, Lawrence McA.....Vancouver
Curtis, Bertram E Vancouver
Darlison, A. Joseph Vancouver
Dodd, Frederick D Greenwood
Eirikson, Eirik Vancouver
Fawcus, Geoffrey C Vancouver
Filberg, Robert McC Comox
Frith. Patrick V Vancouver
Gaskell. Hugh T Royal Oak
Gould, Raymond C. D Vancouver
Name Hon\\e Address
Govier, Oren W Vancouver
Graham, Peter W Vancouver
Greig, W. Robert Vancouver
Guest, Charles R. Vancouver
Hamilton, Theodore C Vancouver
Heath, Ron New Westminster
Helm,' Harold W Vancouver
Henschel, Arthur W Vancouver
Holdom, James E. B • Vancouver
Holt, John A Vancouver
Hooper, Michael W Cobble Hill
Horwood, James E Marigold
Howsam, Peter S Ottawa
Huva, Gerhart Summerland
Laidlaw, John S Kamloops
Lee, George N Vancouver
Lock, John B New Westminster
Martin, R. Nell Headquarters
Mason, Arthur W „ Vancouver
Mathers, Jay D Vancouver
Mitchell, George J Vancouver
Morley, Donald New Westminster
Morrow, Frederick C Vancouver
Morrow, James A Vancouver
Muir, Eric W. A Vancouver
Mulvln, Robert W.. Vancouver
Mussenden, Raymond N Vancouver
Mylrea, Frank Henry Victoria
McCandless, John ■. Victoria
McColl," Donald J Parksville
McDowell, William R. Vancouver
MacGregor, Malcolm G Vancouver
Mclsaac, John F Powell River
Newton, George F Vancouver
Nightingale, Jacob A Yarrow
Olds, William W. G Vancouver
Pappajohn, James P Vancouver
Paulsen, Roy C ...Stewart
Penny, Grant D Vancouver
Ponder, Iola G. D Eugene, Ore.
Powell, Patrick A Copper Mountain
Prince, George E Vancouver
Raine, Joseph Vancouver
Rees, S. Lloyd Penticton
Reid, James G ...Vancouver
Robinson, Davfd E Penticton
Robinson, John A Milner
Ross, Keith- A Vancouver
Rowse, Denis J New Westminster
Rush, William L Vancouver
Seggie, James M Vancouver
Slader, David J. Nelson
Smitton, Frank A Vancouver
Soward, Stuart E Vancouver
Stevens, Hugh G Vancouver
Teasdale, J. Arnold Vancouver
Techy, Sigmond ..Penticton
Tener, John S New Westminster
Thomas, John A Vancouver
Wright, William D Vancouver
HOME ECONOMICS
First Year
Baldwin, M. Betty ..Vancouver
Bayley, Sally M Vancouver
Bigsby, E. Jean Armstrong
Bishop, Doris M Vancouver
Black, Evelyn A. Sidney
Bluechel, June E Vancouver
Bone, Margaret M..... .....Vancouver
Bowen, Jean E Vancouver 336
The University of British Columbia
Home Economics—First Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Campbell, Marlon E Summerland
Chalmers, Ruth E... Chilliwack
Christie, Eileen A Vancouver
Clark, Catherine McR Kimberley
Collier, Gwen K Bracken, Sask.
Cotterall, Gertrude A Vancouver
Coulter, Maureen A Vancouver
Diamond, Rita Vancouver
Dyrndahl, Lillian C.
New Westminster
Ellis, Beverley G.". Hollyburn
Fawcitt, Mildred E. Port Alberni
Franklin, Mary E Vancouver
Gaspard, Edith M Winnipeg, Man.
Greenfield, Margaret E.
Langley Prairie
Hamilton, M. Marie Port Alberni
Harrison, M. Bernice Vancouver
Haskins, Wendy L. J Vancouver
Hepburn, Phyllis R.
New Westminster
Hollingum, Betty B Vancouver
Hopkins, M. Isabel ...Vancouver
Hopkins, Muriel A Vancouver
Irving, Betty I Calgary, Alta.
Jamieson, Jean E Vancouver
Name
Home Address
Klusendorf, Edith M Vancouver
Laird, E. Anne Vancouver
Loutit, Kathleen A Vancouver
Miller, Marilyn JE Vancouver
Montgomery, Mary M Cultus Lake
McCarter, Jean L Vancouver
McKillop, Margaret J Vancouver
McKinley, F. Eva J Vancouver
MacQueen, M. Jean Vancouver
McTavish, Shirley A Vancouver
Park, Joan E Vancouver
Perry, Joan B Ladner
Roan tree, Frances J Regina, Sask.
Sinclair, Frances B Calgary, Alta.
Smillie, Elsie R Eburne
StaMey, Marie E New Westminster
Sutherland, Elizabeth M Penticton
Techy, Margaret T Penticton
Temple, Elvira M. R Summerland
Thorpe, Jacqueline D Nanaimo
Turner, Blanche M Vancouver
Wallace, Ardath S West Vancouver
Walling, Evelyn J.. New Westminster
Wright, E. Marion Nanaimo
Zink, Norma M Sardis
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
Second Year
Abear, Peter T Kamloops
Adams, Geraldine G Vancouver
Addems, Allan H Vancouver
Adkin, Edmond Y Vancouver
Aho, Aaro E. Ladysmith
Allan, John R Hollyburn
Amy, Rozel J New Westminster
Anderson, Cathrine McL Vancouver
•Anderson, George C Vancouver
Anderson, P. Joanne Vancouver
Andrews, Dorothy-Ann Vancouver
Antille, Frances B Vancouver
Appleby, Cyril A Powell River
Archer, Douglas H Vancouver
Armour, John D Vancouver
Armstrong, Robert J Vancouver
Arnold, Shirley J New Westminster
Atherton, Donald L Vancouver
•Bagan, Russell Vancouver
•Baillie, R Violet Vancouver
•Baker, David J Vancouver
Ball, Ernest R Nelson
Bampton, Diana L Vancouver
Bampton, Virginia F Vancouver
Banning, Stanley E.
New Westminster
Barclay-Ross, L. Mignon . Victoria
Barrett, Izadore Vancouver
Bartlet, Alexander W Victoria
Baxter, Anne H Vancouver
•Bell, G. Mary Ladner
Bellamy, Donald F Victoria
Bennett, Ray N Buena Vista
Bennie, James R Vancouver
Berto, Irene M Vancouver
Bjarnason, Leon E Vancouver
•Blair, Gordon H .....Vancouver
Blals, M. Andree ...Vancouver
Blank, George Vancouver
Blower, Thomas J. H Port Alberni
•Blundell, Heather Vancouver
Booth, Elizabeth A. New Westminster
Boultbee, H. Patricia Vancouver
Bowell, Nancy E Vancouver
Bradshaw, Margaret W Kamloops
Brockley, Christopher A. Vancouver
•Brooks, Allan C Okanagan Landing
Brooks, Elizabeth E Cloverdale
Brough, Rosemary J Vancouver
Brown, Betty B Vancouver
Brown, Donald G Vancouver
Brown, Helen M Vancouver
•Brusset, Henry L Blairmore, Alta.
Bucknall, M. A. Joy Vancouver
•Buhler, William A Vancouver
Bunting, I. Joan G Fort Fraser
•Burns, Margaret M Vancouver
Burritt, Eleanor E. Vancouver
•Burroughs, William B.
Chaplin, Sask.
Butters, Isobel J. D Penticton
•Byrnes, L. Marguerite Vancouver
•Caffrey. Lillian T Vancouver
Campbell, Malcolm H Vancouver
•Canning, Albert Mission City
Capozzi, Harold P Kelowna
•Carmichael, Robert M. Powell River
Caster, Garnet H. ..Newmarket, Ont.
Castillou, Harry G Vancouver
Champion, William Vancouver
Chang, Jone Vancouver
Chow, Richard H Vancouver
•Christie, Robert L Vancouver
Clark, Mary E Ocean Falls
Clarkson, Reginald L Vancouver
Clearihue, Joyce G Victoria
•Conditioned. IP .•n. - -i\\ <■ -y.>' -- •
List of Students
337
Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Cllmie, John H Vancouver
Coghill, Joy D Vancouver
Collins, June V. V Vancouver
Cools, Adrienne E.... Okanagan Centre
Corbould, Shirley M.
New Westminster
Cormier, Beverley M.
New Westminster
Corrlgan, Wallace R ..Vancouver
Coughlan, E. Dale Vancouver
Couldwell, William J Burnaby
Court, Reginald A Vancouver
•Cowan, Douglas V Vancouver
Craig, Margaret H Chemainus
Crapko, Onysia Eburne
Cribb, R. Stephen Cranbrook
Crook, Lois M. New Westminster
Crosby, Donald M Cloverdale
•Crowe, Dorothy M Trail
Currie, Ian H Nelson
Currie, Rolf D Vancouver
Cutler, Ryllys M New Westminster
Dain, Doris M. R Kelowna
Dale, Grant E North Vancouver
•Dann, Roy W Vancouver
DePencier, Edith M Vancouver
Dobbin, M. Mary1. Westbanlo
Dolmage, Mary E Vancouver
Donegani, Joyce A. P Sea Island
Downman, Lorna M. S Duncan
Driver, Margaret W. J Kamloops
•Drope, Patricia J Regina, Sask.
•Eastman, James H Atlin
Eberleln, Edwajd G Cranbrook
Edge worth,- Leslie Vancouver
•Epstein, Rochelle Vancouver
Evans, Arthur M Vancouver
Evans, Gerald E. ..New Westminster
•Ewert, Katherine E. Prince George
•Pagan, Mary S West Vancouver
Farr, Robin M Vancouver
Field, Joan E Vancouver
Fleishman, Ruth E ...Vancouver
Foerster, Darryl K " Nanaimo
Ford, Margaret J New Westminster
Forster, Alan B.... Penticton
Fowler, Charles S Riondel
•Fraser, Leslie J Prince George
Frith, Robert S ...Vancouver
Frood, David G Vancouver
Frost, J. S. Calvin Squamish
Fullerton, Margaret A..; Quesnel
Fuoco, John R Kamloops
Fyfe, Margaret Vancouver
Gerrie, Eleanor A West Vancouver
•Gibson, Janette I Rosedale, Alta.
Goguillon, Irene L. C Victoria
•Goodwin, Gwendoline F.
St. Catharines, Ont.
Graham, Anne E Cranbrook
•Graham, Colin L Duncan
Graham, J. Alexander Vancouver
Granberg, Ingrld H Britannia Beach
Granhold, Ella M Port Coquitlam
Grant, H. Kenneth Vancouver
•Grant, John W. R. New Westminster
Grant, Patricia M Vancouver
Grant, Winifred D Whonock
Graves, Nancy M Vancouver
•Conditioned.
Name Home Address
Green, Joanna E North Vancouver
Green, John W. Vancouver
Greenwood, Hazel V. E...Fort Langley
Griffin, George H. Vancouver
Gritten, Richard A Powell River
Grover, Archie F Vancouver
Grover, Frederick W Vancouver
•Haddad, Abe Vancouver
Haggart, Elinor G Vancouver
•Hamilton, S. Brian... Vancouver
•Hanna, A. E. Thomas Vancouver
•Harford, Ian M..... Vancouver
Harkness, Alan C Victoria
Harp, John A Vancouver
Harradine, Sylvia F Vancouver
Harris, Paul W New Westminster
Hawkens, Luclll Vancouver
Hayes, Beatrice M Vancouver
Hayes, Ean... Vancouver
Henderson, James S Vancouver
Henderson, R. Gordon...Bowden, Alta.
•Hill, Frederick R. L Vancouver
Hill, Geoffrey W Vancouver
Hill, Shirley I Trail
HUlier, Frances C Vancouver
Ho, Arthur Vancouver
•Holbrook, Douglas R Vancouver
Holman, T. David Vancouver
Holt, Margaret C New Westminster
•Housser, J. Doo Vancouver
•Hoy, Benjamin C Kelowna
Hudson, Jessie M Vancouver
Hugh, Marion J Vancouver
Irvine, Henry C Vancouver
Irwin, Jane Patricia Ottawa, Ont.
Isenor, Maurice G Vancouver
James, E. Rosemary J Victoria
James, Frances E Victoria
•Jamieson, Don,ald W. Vancouver
•Jeffery, Mary-Lou E.
West Vancouver
Jensen, Hennlng Vancouver
Jenvey, Gerald J Vancouver
Jervis, Herbert W Vancouver
Johnson, Derrick F. Victoria
•Johnson, Mrs. M. Genevieve
. Vancouver
Johnston, Florence E Vancouver
Jones, Barbara M Vancouver
•Jones, G. Alex Vancouver
Jones, Ruth G Vancouver
Jones, Stanley C Vancouver
Jutte, Audrey D Vancouver
Kanwischer, William Vancouver
•Kelly, James Merritt
Kelsberg, Barbara J Vancouver
Kerr, Janet M Vancouver
Kidd, John R New Westminster
King, Michael R Vancouver
Kitos, Helen A Vancouver
Kitson, John A. Kelowna
Laird, Daphne E Vancouver
Lam, Milton Steveston
Lamb, John F. Vancouver
Laubach, Anna L North Vancouver
•Lazzarin, John A Quesnel
Leddy, Joseph L ..Vancouver
Lee, Harry Prince Rupert
Lee, Jone TK. D Prince Rupert ■y > "--jt v
338
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Lee, Sybil Victoria
Lee, W. C Henry Victoria
Liddell, Constance A Vancouver
•Llemen, Helen L Vancouver
Lipson, Peggy Vancouver
Lisicka, Iva M. Vancouver
Lloyd, Harvey J Vancouver
•Loewen, William S Mt. Lehman
Lord, M. Helen Vancouver
Lotzkar, Helen Vancouver
Loucks, John E Vancouver
•Louie, Helen Vancouver
Louis, Ruth Regina, Sask.
Low, John .' Duncan
Lubzinski, James F Steveston
Lymbery, Alice R Gray Creek
Mader, Glenn E Vancouver
Mallinson, Thomas J.. Winnipeg, Man.
Mann, Barbara Vancouver
Manning, Valerie J Vancouver
Margeson, Ross D Nanaimo
Martin, Deirdre Vancouver
Martin, Ruth E Vancouver
Mason, Hugh B North Vancouver
Mason, Stanley J Vancouver
•Maurer, Verene Royal Oak
•Mayne, Patricia E Vancouver
Medland, Kenneth H Ladysmith
Mehling, Agnes E Vancouver
Meldrum, Donna G Vancouver
Miller, Hugh S Vancouver
Miller, Leonard G Vancouver
Mills, Ruth C Vancouver
Mitchell, Georgina H Vancouver
•Mitchell, Iris D Vancouver
Mitchner, Morton Vancouver
Monk, Richard H. J Eburne
Montgomery, Eleanor G. M.
Vancouver
•Morgan, Douglas S Vancouver
Morris, Jack A Chilliwack
Morris, Yvette M Vancouver
Morrison, J. Patrick..North Vancouver
Mundell, John D Vancouver
•Murfltt, Reginald F Penticton
•Murray, John S ..Vancouver
Murray, K. Isobel Vancouver
Murray, Mollie M. C South Slocan
Mylett, Patrick V Vancouver
Macaulay, Archibald R Vancouver
•MacBride, F. John..Whitehorse, Y.T.
McCallum, Mary F........'. Vancouver
•McCusker, Thomas Vancouver
McDiarmid, Barbara G Vancouver
McDonald, A. Grace Vancouver
MacDonald, Donald A.
New Westminster
MacDonald, Douglas K Kelowna
MacDonald, John A Trail
McDonald, M. Frances
New Westminster
Macdonald, Nancy K Penticton
McDonald. Roma F. Burnaby
McDougall, Edna M Penticton
MacFarlane, V. Jean
New Westminster
MacGilllvray, H. Marianne
New Westminster
MacGillivray, Marjorie G.
Powell River
Name Home Address
McGlashan, Pamela D Vancouver
McGregor, Jessie G. Vancouver
McGregor-Eadie, Peter Vancouver
•Maclnnes, James A Vancouver
McKay, Donald F. Eburne
McKenty, J. Mary : Vancouver
MacKenzie, Hugh A Prince Rupert
MacKenzie, Mrs. M. Laura H.
Vancouver
MacLeod, A. Shirley Vancouver
McPherson, Kenneth F Vancouver
•Newman, Russell G Vancouver
Nicholson, Katherine M Golden
Nieuwdorp, John L Vancouver
•Nordan, Harold C. New Westminster
Northrop, David N Vancouver
Ourom, Lorraine I Battrum, Sask.
Outerbridge, Henriette E..Vancouver
Panton, Sally A. M Vancouver
Pappajohn, Agnes H .....Vancouver
Parker, Mary E Merritt
Parnum, Ruth B West Vancouver
Paton, Gordon MacG Vancouver
Paul, Frank Kelowna
Paul, Yvonne L... Vancouver
Paulik, Wilmar Brighouse
Pearce, David Nelson
•Peltz, Konrad J. . Carmel, Calif.
Perrault, Raymond J Vancouver
Peterson, Lester Ray
Gibson's Landing
Phelan, Mary E Vancouver
•Pilkington, Lawrence
New Westminster
Plenderleith, E. Mavis Nanaimo
•Powell, Pauline H Vancouver
Purvis, Audrey B.... New Westminster
•Radcliffe, Roland W Vancouver
Ralston, Derek Vancouver
Rampone, Alfred J Kelowna
•Reed, T. Gordon Vancouver
•Reibin, Peter P Nelson
Reid, Agnes New "Westminster
Reid, Dianne E ...Vancouver
Rennie,. Jean M Vancouver
Rice. Ernest T Coalmont
Ritchie, Gordon J ...Lynmour
•Rittich, Tibor V Kelowna
Roberts, Gwendolyn E Vancouver
Roberts, William Eburne
Robertshaw, M. Arthur ..Vancouver
Robertson, Alexander L. .Vancouver
Robertson, Murdoch R Vancouver
Robinson, Frederick W Vancouver
Rodenchuk, Jenny Eburne
Roeher, Gottfred A. Hodgeville, Sask.
•Rogers, I. Patricia Vancouver
Rome, Alexander H Vancouver
Rose, Margaret A Vancouver
Rosen, Linda C Vancouver
Ross, Robert D Vancouver
Rossetti, Hector A. Vancouver
Rowell, Dorothy M Vancouver
Runnalls, M. Jean Prince George
•Ryan, Edward D Vancouver
Salter, Patricia M Vancouver
Sanderson, Joy E Vancouver
Scagel, Robert F Vancouver
•Schofield, Frances Vancouver
Schroeder, Charlotte H Sardis
•Conditioned. 1 *
List of Students
339
Faculty of Arts and Science—Second Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Scott, George D Vancouver
Scott, K. Elizabeth Vancouver
Segur, Delphine C Revelstoke
Seidler, Alfred Regina, Sask.
Sellon, Mathilde S. Vancouver
Senay, Charles M...New Westminster
Seymour, Jane D Vancouver
Shaw, E. June ..West Vancouver
Shepherd, Ethel B Steveston
Siddoo, Jagdis Vancouver
Siddoo, Sarjit K Vancouver
Simmons, M. Elizabeth Vancouver
Slade, G. Raymond Vancouver
Smith, Donald A New Westminster
Smith, James A North Vancouver
Smith, June M New Westminster
Smith, M. Bruce Vancouver
Smith, Thomas F North Vancouver
Smith, William Vancouver
Sortome, E. Eleanor M Kimberley
Stacey, H. Elizabeth Vancouver
St. Cyr, Guy J Moose Jaw, Sask.
Steele, Marjorie Lethbridge, Alta..
Steiner, Irene R Vancouver
Stewart, Jack Vancouver
Stewart, William D Vancouver
Stroyan, Patricia Vancouver
Sutherland, Douglas D. Vancouver
Sutton, Frank N Vancouver
Terier, Robert H New Westminster
Thomas, Ethel B Vancouver
Thomasson, Averilla K Vancouver
Thomson, W. Audrey
New Westminster
Thorson, Allan Vancouver
•Turner, Raymond B Vancouver
Twizell, Barbara M ..Vancouver
•Vaughan, Margaret K Vancouver
•Vernon, Robert C Vancouver
Verrall, Vivian M Vancouver
Vlag, Ann May A Matsqui
JVosper, Catherine E Vancouver
Walker, Robert E Vancouver
Wallace, Robert Vancouver
Ward, George A. H Vancouver
Wardle, M. Eunice Vancouver
Watt, Marjorie Vancouver
Webster, David J Trail
Wells, John R. H Vancouver
Welsh, Dorothy A Vancouver
Whiddington, William B...Vancouver
•White, Anna D Vancouver
•White, Joseph F Vancouver
White, Robert D Cloverdale
Whitehead, Calvin J Vancouver
Whittaker, William G Youbou
Wldman, Charles R Vancouver
Wilde, George D New Westminster
Name
Home Address
Wilkinson, Margaret C. Vancouver
Williams, Dorothy E. D Vancouver
Winter, Walter E Por? Alberni
Wong, Vivian M Vancouver
Wood, William S Vancouver
Woodman, I. Rae.. Vancouver
•Woodward, Mary T Vancouver
Worthington, Albert E Vancouver
Wright, Evelyn M Steveston
Wright, R. lone....New Westminster
Yates, Douglas E New Westminster
•Yip, Wing D Vancouver
Yorke, Mrs. Mary Vancouver
Young, Archibald D Vancouver
Young, E. Bernice ..New Westminster
Young, Margaret M Victoria
Zubek, John P West Grand Forks
SECOND TERM
Black, Francis L Kelowna
Blake, Ian S Vancouver
•Booth, R. Douglas Vancouver
Bruchet, Anthony F. C Vancouver
Cowan, John C Vancouver
Cunningham, Frederick M.
Chilliwack
Duthie, W- James M. Sardis
Fell, Ralph C Victoria
•Greer, George M Kamloops
Henstridge, William E Vancouver
James, Morton S Vancouver
Malcolm, Robert A Quesnel
•Marsh, Walter C Vancouver
Mason, Roy B Hope
•Menzies, David C Vancouver
•Milner, Ronald S Vancouver
Morrison, George E Vancouver
McCutcheon, David J Vancouver
MacLeod, Kenneth I Vancouver
•McPherson, John D Vancouver
Percival, J. Kenneth Vancouver
Perry, Francis A Vancouver
Rideout, Eldon F Sardis
Rowell, Hedley J Victoria
Russell, Charles H Vancouver
Spray, Donald R Vancouver
Stigant, Bryan E Vancouver
•Sultan, Paul E Vancouver
Sutherland, H. Loyd Peachland
Thomas, Kenneth J Vancouver
Vandrick, S. John A Chilliwack
•Walker, Murray K.... Vancouver
Wallace, Charles H Vancouver
Wayne, Gordon P North Vancouver
Wilson, David R Vancouver
Wilson, George A. C.
New Westminster
Wilson, John S New Westminster
COMMERCE—Second Year
Abbott, Arnold T New Westminster
•Acheson, H. Howard Chilliwack
Allen, Harry J Vancouver
Anderson, Gustav B.
New Westminster-
•Andrews, Ernest H Vancouver.
Argue, James H Cranbrook
•Conditioned. -[Partial.
Baillie, David Prince Rupert
Barnwell, John A Vancouver
Bell-Irving, Duncan H.
West Vancouver
•Belyea, A. Douglas Vancouver
Bitz, Marie Regina, Sask.
Bodie, Robert T Vancouver 340
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—Commerce—Second Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Carnsew, Valerie I Vancouver
Christopher, Charlotte
• North Vancouver
Chu, Jennie ~~ Vancouver
Clucach, Moros Vancouver
Cohen, Jack Vancouver
Comparelli, David E Vancouver
Cribb, John M Vancouver
•Davidson, J. Douglas Vancouver
d'Easum, Beverley J Vancouver
Ellis, D. Catherine Vancouver
Estey, Robert M Vancouver
Fleming, John B Vancouver
Freudiger, Ronald Vancouver
Galbraith, John A. B Vancouver
•Gardom, Gardy B Vancouver
Glucksman, Trevor Vancouver
Goodman, Juanita V Vancouver
•Greer, Frederick J New Denver
Grigg, Naomi I Vancouver
Hodgson, Elizabeth J Vancouver
Holt, D. Marguerite Vancouver
Johnston, Joan Cloverdale
Kersey, W. Gordon Vancouver
-•King, William N. Vancouver
Knutson, Alvin L Prince Rupert
Lechtzier, Merton R Vancouver
Levy, Albert E Victoria
•Marak, Peter '..Vancouver
Marshall, Warren E Vancouver
•Mill, Ronald McD...New Westminster
Munn, Anne C Vancouver
•MacAskill, Barbara J Vancouver
McConnell, Thomas W Vancouver
McCubbin, William D Vernon
Name
Home Address
MacDougall, John F. F Banff, Alta.
McFarlane, Alexander W.
Gibson's Landing
McLeish, Glenna G Vancouver
McMullin, Dallas G Vancouver
Orton, Anthony C Victoria
Peirson, George F Vancouver
Peftson, Norman H Vancouver
Poulos, John Vancouver
Pratt, F. Joan Vancouver
Quick, Beverley C Squamish
Robinson, Norman A Vancouver
•Robinson, Theodore J Vancouver
Scott, Margaret C Vancouver
Sigalet, Harold J ...Lumby
•Switzer, William Calgary, Alta.
Thompson, Thomas D Vancouver
•Turko, Laurie W Vancouver
Varcoe, John B Trail
Vaughan, Margaret E Vancouver
Wilson, Eric P Vancouver
Woodman, MabeJ E Vancouver
Wright, Margaret I Rossland
Yorkston, Doreen M.
New Westminster
SECOND TERM
Abbott, Robert W. Vancouver
Asselstine, James W Vancouver
Bradner Gilbert G Westvlew
Carey, Leo P .Vancouver
Dakin, Frederick W Regina, Sask.
•Michas, Lucas Vancouver
Wilson, Joseph W Vancouver
Wyatt, Robert C Vancouver
HOME ECONOMICS—Second Year
Allman, Mary B Vancouver
Anderson, Evelyn M Vancouver
Berry, Helen E Langley Prairie
Brody, Florence V Edmonton, Alta.
Brown, Patricia R Vancouver
•Christie, Margaret S Vancouver
•Davids, A. Doreen..Lethbridge, Alta.
Dunlop, Audrey M Vancouver
Dyson, Sylvea Upper Lynn
Eddy, Geraldine M.. New Westminster
•Foster, Marion F North Vancouver
•Frith, Margaret A Vancouver
•Gadbois, Lorraine M.
New Westminster
Gaff, Beryl A New Westminster
George, B. Catherine Vancouver
Graham, Margery A.. Langley Prairie
Hayes, Dorothy W Vancouver
Hayes, Kathleen M Vernon
Hill, Shirley J Vancouver
Horen, Anita E Vancouver
Irving, Lorna E Calgary, Alta.
•Kendall, Fredda J...North Vancouver
King, Kathleen F Vancouver
Lake, Yvonne M Vancouver
Leach, Shirley A Vancouver
Lindsay, J. Eleanor Kimberley
Lowes, H. Ann Calgary, Alta.
Mehan, Betty-Louise Vancouver
Mjos, Lillian New Westminster
MacGillivray, Verda I Vancouver
•McKenzie, Jean B Vancouver
McLean, Louise L Dewberry, Alta.
McRae, Mildred D Mission City
Nation, Elizabeth J Vancouver
Payne, Teresa E. Edmonton, Alta.
Rathlef, Elizabeth I Nanaimo
Russell, Ethel M Vancouver
Simpson, A. Barbara Vancouver
Siscoe, Mrs. Margaret C Vancouver
Symonds, Ann P Vancouver
•Voss, Helen L Vancouver
Walton, Vivian M Vancouver
Wilson, H. Rosemary Peachland
Wilson, Irene Victoria
Wilson, Lorna M Calgary, Alta.
Wilson, M. Jean New Westminster
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—Third Year
Adie, Isabel New Westminster
Ainsworth, Allan H Vancouver
Ajello, Erie A Hollyburn
Ajello, Peter A Vancouver
Alderdice, Donald F Vancouver
Anderson, K. Joyce Vancouver
•Conditioned. List of Students
341
Faculty of Arts and Science—Third Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Angove, Edith K. Chapman Camp
•Axford, Patricia J Port Moody
Baker, Wallace R Vancouver
Baldwin, William F. G Vancouver
Bales, Russel C Victoria
Ball, Marian Victoria
Bartholomew, M. Yvonne
North Vancouver
Barton, George M ...Vancouver
Beech, Emma L Vancouver
Begert. H. Kendall Vancouver
•Bell, William M...-. Vancouver
Belton, Nancy K ...loco
•Bennett, O. Kenneth Abbotsford
Birmingham, W. Pattison. Vancouver
Bishop, Francis L Vancouver
JBlunden, C. M. Denis Vancouver
Borden, Jane L Vernon
Borgerson, M. Patricia Vancouver
Brine, Ralph H Vancouver
Brockman, A MacKenzie
Kindersley, Sask.
Brown, E. Ann Vancouver
Brown, Martin L Vancouver
Bryer, Edith M New Westminster
Buchanan, Audrey J Vancouver
•Bulger, T. D. Clement....... Vancouver
Bullen, Charles F....... Vancouver
Bunker, Jacqueline L Vancouver
•Burroughs, William H. M.
Powell River
Calder, Sheila H New Westminster
Campbell, Annette V. L Vancouver
•Campbell, William M Vancouver
Canty, J. Leslie Vancouver
Carey, Lewis S Port Washington
Carre, Hilary M Westbank
Carrothers, Alfred W. R Vancouver
•Carter, David S.. ...Vancouver
Carter, Philip A...: Vancouver
Caulderwood, Joan M. D. Abbotsford
Chenoweth' Patricia M. C...Vancouver
Chu, Dodd Q Vancouver
fClark. Esther M Vancouver
•Clarke, Joan L Vancouver
•Clayton, Blanche P. Victoria
•Clerkson, Alice Vancouver
Codrington, Robert S Vancouver
Colquhoun. J. Lenore Penticton
Copp, Marion E New Westminster
Couling, Phyllis M Vancouver
•Crease, Audrey A Vancouver
Culter, Barbara A.. New Westminster
Dalawrak, Elsie E Vegreville. Alta.
Darling, John G Victoria
Davis, Richard N Vancouver
Davy. I. Sheila New Westminster
Daykin, Harold C Vancouver
•DeBeck, Betsy Anne Victoria
DeBeck, Myra E Vernon
deGrace, Lawrence A.
Big Valley, Alta.
Dewdney. Pamela R Nelson
Done, Dorothy M New Westminster
Down, David C Burnaby
Dundas, Marion I Vancouver
Edmonds, Mildred Victoria
Epp, Frank L Vancouver
Ewing, Frances M Vancouver
Faulkner, Leone C Kelowna
•Conditioned. JPartial.
Name
Home Address
Ferguson, Marion A Chilliwack
Flavelle, Sidney S Vancouver
•Fleetwood, Cecilia C.
Cowichan Station
•Flesher, Mary F New Westminster
Fowler. Evelyn M Vancouver
Francis, M. David Redonda Bay
Gardner, Claude W Vancouver
Garrard, M. B. Audrey Vancouver
•Gay, W. George Vancouver
Glllis, John G Merritt
Giovando, Laurence F Vancouver
•Gooderham, M. Eleanor
Gleichen, Alta.
Grant, Phyllis F Vancouver
Gray, Jean K Vancouver
Gregorak, William Vancouver
Halpin, Kathleen B Kimberley
Hamilton, Joan M Vancouver
Hanley, John G Vancouver
Hardy, Ruth E Vancouver
Harman, Joyce A Victoria
Harris, Betty H..... Vancouver
Harris, Gordon R. Vancouver
Harris, M. Julienne Vancouver
Haworth, Gerald N. New Westminster
Hebb, Marion C Vancouver
Henderson, Barbara M Victoria
Henderson, Clarence R Falkland
Henderson, J. Neil Kelowna
Hickey, Gordon R Saskatoon, Sask.
•Hicks, Roger B Victoria
Hobbins, Rebecca Victoria
Hofmann, Freda J ....--....Vancouver
Hofmann, William G Vancouver
•Holms, Donald L Victoria
Hughes, Richard D Vancouver
Hulford, Edward J Victoria
Jardine, Judith Vancouver
Johnson, Caroline L.
North Vancouver
Johnston, E. Rosemary Vancouver
Jones, Arthur F Vancouver
Jones, Elvet G Victoria
Katznelson, Edith Vancouver
Keast, Russell R .....Vancouver
Kennedy, John S Vancouver
JKennelly, Raymond J Vancouver
Killas, Kosta J Prince Rupert
King, E. Uene N Vancouver
Klopp, Thomas A Cloverdale
•Kydd, John G. P Burnaby
•Lang, Frank A Vancouver
•Lazareff, Anne E Shoreacres
Lee, D. Dim Victoria
Lee, Glenna L Vancouver
•Lee, Rosemary Vancouver
•Leitch, Alexander H Vancouver
Lew, Anne Vancouver
Llndow, Maxine L Salmo
•Lowrie, David A Vancouver
Mah, Eva Vancouver
•Manzer, Nobel R Vancouver
•Margach, John A ...Vancouver
Martin, Muriel E Vancouver
Martinson, Muriel E.
North Vancouver
Matheson, Betty Jane Vancouver
Miller, C. David Sardis
Mitchell, Patricia A. M Victoria T-^?;?Pp^r-^ >i
342
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—Third Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Moll, Joyce E. M Vancouver
Moore, D. Eileen Vancouver
Moresby, William J Victoria
Morris, Philip A Vancouver
Morton, Kenneth S...New Westminster
Moyls, F. David Vancouver
Murphy, J. Barney Vernon
McConnell, John A Vancouver
McDonald, Isabel G ...Ocean Falls
Macdonell, John ~ Victoria
McDougall, Donald N Vancouver
•MacEwen, John A Vancouver
Macfarlane, Allan A. J Vancouver
•McIntosh, Phyllis J Vancouver
•MacKenzie, Malcolm A Vancouver
McKim, Audrey E Vancouver
MacLaren, Nancy A Oyama
•McLennan, H. Ann Vancouver
•McLeod, Doreen L. Vancouver
McLeod,. Hugh N Victoria
McMartin, Donald C Vancouver
•McNaughton, Robert H. F. .
Vancouver
McPherson, Charles J. Vancouver
Nager, Dorothy D Calgary, Alta.
Naughton, Charles J Vancouver
•Newman, Gerald M Vancouver
Ney, Marjorie S. A Vancouver
Nichols, Dorothy I Vancouver
Nickells, Robert G Oak Bay
Nielson, Alfreda M Vancouver
Noble, John G. Victoria
Nordin, Vidar J Vancouver
Norton, Mary A. J Vancouver
JNutchey, Harry Powell River
Oben, Dorothy J New Westminster
•Olliver, John F .■- Vancouver
Olson, Beatrice E Westview
Ozeroff, Michael J Vancouver
Pallas, Ethel Vancouver
Parker, Margaret J Vancouver
Pedlow, Kenneth D Vancouver
Peele, Rohan F. M Vancouver
Pepper, Peggy E Victoria
Peterson, Nancy F Burnaby
Petrie, Don J. M Vancouver
Pettit, Allison B Vancouver
Phillips, Jacquelyn N Vancouver
Piderman, Rene J Port Coquitlam
Piercy, George I Denman Island
•Pitman, Nancy M. A Sherman
Poje, Tony Nanaimo
Poison, Robert C Vancouver
Poore, Dorothy E Vancouver
Poulton, Sidney A Vancouver
Prowd, Lawrence W Victoria
Pudney, Peter H Vancouver
Reid, June C Vancouver
•Reimer, David P Sardis
Richards, Joan A New Westminster
•Ripley, Mary E New Westminster
•Robertson, James H Fanny Bay
Robson, Marita H Vancouver
Ross, A. Elizabeth Vancouver
Ross, John D Vancouver
Ross, Winona P Victoria
Rothstein, Morton Vancouver
Roulston, Aline M Vancouver
Ruccius, Adalbert P. C Vancouver
Rumsey, Jane S Calgary, Alta.
Name
Home Address
•Sager, S. Murray Garden Bay
•Sanford, Malchia Vancouver
Saunders, Marybeth..North Vancouver
Savard, Daisy J. I Fraser Mills
Schulz, Godfrey Milner
•Scott, Roy Vancouver
Shields, Lorna M New Westminster
•Siemens, Abraham W Abbotsford
Silver, Lorna M New Westminster
Simpson, Carl Vancouver
Sinclair, Jean G White Rock
Sinclair, Jean L Victoria
Skipsey, J. Leslie Alberni
Smart, Catherine J Nanaimo
Smith, Dorothy B Vancouver
Stacey, Iris Vancouver
Stacey, May Vancouver
•Stamatis, John T Vancouver
Standeven, Rita D Vancouver
Stead, Mrs. Kathleen M Vancouver
Stevenson, B. Kyle Port Coquitlam
Stewart, Ross Vancouver
Stokes, John W Cowichan Station
Stone, Dorothy I Vancouver
Stowe, Norma M New Westminster
Strachan, Jessie Vancouver
Syrett, John H Victoria
Thomas, Blodwen Vancouver
•Thompson, Anita J Vancouver
Thompson, S. Elizabeth Vancouver
Tourtellotte, Alice R Victoria
•Trefry, Ethel L Vancouver
JTroyer, Rev. J. Gordon
New Westminster
Tryon, Muriel J. Vancouver
Tufteland, Jack W. Lethbridge, Alta.
Tunbridge, Marjorie A. Vancouver
Urquhart, Doreen B. West Vancouver
Usborne, Mrs. Edith F Dawson, Y.T.
•Vantreight, Elsie E Victoria
Veeberg, Ruth E Cranbrook
•Vogt, John New Westminster
Walden, Phyllis S .....Vancouver
Walsh, Helen M Vancouver
Warren, Marjorie I Regina, Sask.
Wasylkow, Walter C.
New Westminster
•Watt, Nancy W. Vancouver
Watts, William B Vancouver
Weare, Maxwell K...Qu'Appelle, Sask.
•Weber, Ronald J Vancouver
White, P. Bridget Chilliwack
White, Patrick C. T Vancouver
White, Roy Eburne
Willcox, Edward C.North Vancouver
Wilson, Donal S Vancouver
Wood, Robin L Esquimau
Woodland, Arthur G Vancouver
Woodward, Faith M Victoria
Worth, Helen C Vancouver
Wragg, Laurence E Oshawa, Ont.
Wright. George A Prince George
•Yeo, Shirley-Anne A Vancouver
Young, Diana R ^....Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Brandreth. Harold G Vancouver
•Parsons, Terrance G.
New Westminster
•Service, P. Kelvin W. Vancouver
•Conditioned. -fPartial. 'Vt** .
List of Students
COMMERCE—Third Year
Name Home Address
Adams, Donald K Vancouver
Bakken, Ole Vancouver
Batt, Jacqueline A Vancouver
Bennet, Margaret K Vancouver
Bertrand, Mrs. Jean F Vancouver
Black, Runa A.... Vancouver
Blair, Olive M .....Vancouver
Bond, William E Prince Rupert
Brown, James R Victoria
Clarke, Joyce M Victoria
Clifford, Richard L. T.,..:....Vancouver
Crawford, William M Vancouver
Day, M. June Vancouver
Dennis, Melvin W Vancouver
Duncan, Helen J Vancouver
Edwards, Gilbert J. T Vancouver
Fieldhouse, Roger H Vancouver
Forbes, Jack A Revelstoke
•Fowler, Richard W.
New Westminster
Gilley, Gordon R Vancouver
Name Home Address
Guimont, Margaret M :.'. Penticton
Hacking, George W Vancouver
iHammersley, Donald W Vancouver
Johnston, Roy F Vancouver
Jones, R. Bruce Vancouver
Lott, Joseph W Victoria
Lowrey, Ray New Westminster
Miller, R. S. Garry Vancouver
IMorris, Robert A Vancouver
MacMillan. Alan U Vancouver
O'Brien, William J Vancouver
JPeacock, Robert C Nelson
/Smith, Arthur B Calgary, Alta.
Thompson, Ross S Vancouver
Vernon-Jackson, Hugh O. H. Victoria
•Wakelynn, Morris Vancouver
Wilson, Nancy M Victoria
Zahar, Edward Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Goldberg, Arthur H Vancouver
HOME ECONOMICS—Third Year
•Cohen, Annette Lethbridge, Alta.
•Curnow, T. Bernice. Britannia Beach^
Forbes, Mary A Vancouver
Frostrup, Eilsha Vancouver
Gibbard, Margaret H Okotoks, Alta.
Gulloch,. Muriel I Vancouver
Hammond, Mary E Vancouver
Johnson, Maxine Vancouver
Katainen, Violet O. Webster's Corners
McEachern, Lillian M Vancouver
MacKenzie, A. Isabel Vancouver
Parks, Doreen M New Westminster
Rogers, M. Elaine Vancouver
Stead, Ursula Duncan
Weber, Marjorie E Vancouver
White, Leslie A. H Chilliwack
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—Fourth Year
Adutt, Peter S Vancouver
Affleck, Edward L Vancouver
Airey, Frances M Eburne
•Almas, Gabriel Vancouver
Anderson, Elizabeth M Vancouver
•Appleby, Lyon H. T Vancouver
•Armstrong, Kenneth S.....Vancouver
Ashton, Harry E. Vancouver
Attree, Richard W. A Queen's Bay
Aubrey, June L. Vancouver
Barraclough, W. Edward.: Nanaimo
Baumbrough, Edna D . ...Vernon
Beale, Margaret F Vancouver
Behnsen, Thelma A Vancouver
Bennett, Anne L Vancouver
Bertram, Gordon W. Vancouver
Bloch, Inez E- Vancouver
•Bloom, Martha M Sointula
Boothby. Hortense W Mission City
Boyd, Alan W. Vancouver
Brown, Edward G Vancouver
Burnett, Bruce K New Westminster
•Burney, Ross H New Westminster
Calam, A. Margaret New Westminster
Campbell, Gordon Medicine Hat, Alta.
Campbell, Nora V Vancouver
Carlisle, Sheila J Vancouver
Chatwin, Mary K Vancouver
Cherniavsky, John R. D Vancouver
JChristie. Hugh G. Port Coquitlam
Church, John S Victoria
Clark, Douglas P West Vancouver
•Conditioned. tPartial.
tClement, C James Kelowna
Cline, Richard E Vancouver
•Coady, Campbell J Vancouver
Colclough, John R Vancouver
Cole, Kathleen M Hollyburn
Constabarls, George Vancouver
Coote, Arthur R Vancouver
Coulter, Shirley V Vancouver
Craig, Marie I New Westminster
Croll, Margaret F Vancouver
Cull, George N Duncan
Cuthbert, Grace I Vancouver
Dalrymple, Suzanne I Vancouver
Daly, Flora Hamilton, Ont.
Doyle, Irene V Trail
Edwards, Beth E Vancouver
Embree, William H Kamloops
English, H. Edward Victoria
•Evans, Elizabeth ...: Roberts Creek
Falconer, Sheila K Victoria
Falk, William A Vancouver
Farrell, Kathleen W Vancouver
Ferguson, Walter H Ladysmith
Fischer, Joan G Vancouver
Friesen, Edward P Mission City
Gallie, Norman P Rossland
•Gerein, Leo J Odessa, Sask.
Goodlad, John I Port Coquitlam
•Gordy, John Kimberley
Greene, Barbara H......: Vancouver
Greig, M.'Nina Victoria
Griffiths, David A Vancouver 344
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—Fourth Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Grinnell, Mrs. M. Patricia.Vancouver
Gurwitz, Marcia R Vancouver'
Hamilton, J. Kelvin..North Vancouver
•Hatter, James Lake Cowichan
Hillier, Chesley R Vancouver
Hodgson, Margaret A Vancouver
Holroyd, Louis V Vancouver
Hood, Marjorie H.. Vancouver
Huckerby, Fannie M...Kennedy, Sask.
•Hunter, J. Gerald Alert Bay
Huyck, Edward B Ottawa, Ont.
Inch, Beatrice E Vancouver
Ireland, Aldythe M Armstrong
Irwin, Winnifred M Vancouver
Johnsen, Hans P. E Rossland
Jones, Myrtle M Cranbrook
•Jones, Netta Victoria
Julian, Terence S New Westminster
Kanwischer, Frederick Vancouver
Kazun, Walter J Vancouver
•Keeves, Moira E Port Alberni
Kendall, Marie J Vancouver
Kennedy, Irene M Vancouver
Kenny, Douglas T Victoria
Ketchen, Keith S Vancouver
Kinnaird, Ellen A. Vancouver
Kirkpatrick, Sheila W Vancouver
Kurth, Burton O Vancouver
Lake, June M Vancouver
Lawrence, Blair G Vancouver
Lees, Sylvia A Vancouver
Leith, Anna R Vancouver
Liddell, Ruth B Vancouver
Livingston, Gertrude H Vancouver
Long, Joshua Vancouver
Lotzkar, Eva Vancouver
Louie, Edward K. H Vancouver
Lowther, Roy A Britannia Beach
Lyons, Nancy-Lou Powell River
Magee, William H. New Westminster
Manson, Marion M... Vancouver
Manson, Nicol B Vancouver
Maunsell, Charles D Victoria
Mayo, Eleanor G Vancouver
Merry, Margaret G Victoria
Metro, John ...Victoria
Miller, Gregory.. Prince Albert, Sask.
Mitchell, James G Vancouver
Moran, John W Vancouver
Musfelt, Iola W Vancouver
JMuttart, Mary C Vancouver
McBay, Robert R. Vancouver
McCabe, M. Margaret Vancouver
MacCulloch, Armelda A Comox
McGhee, Margaret G Port Alice
McGregor, George A Vancouver
•MacKenzie, J. Conrad Vancouver
McLaren, Ada L Vancouver
McLeish, Sheila A Vancouver
MacLeod, Margaret H Vancouver
MacLeod, P. Arnold Vancouver
Macpherson, Barbara W. M.
Vancouver
McPherson, Hugh J Vancouver
Nalos, Erika M Vancouver
Neilson, James S Vancouver
Ney, Phyllis W ...Vancouver
Nickerson, Mrs. Ara S Vancouver
Norris. Mary F. Vancouver
•O'Neill, John J... Kimberley
Name
Home Address
Ore, Elizabeth J Port Alice
Ostle, Bernard Vancouver
•Palmer, Russell E Vancouver
Parker, Douglas G...New Westminster
Parker, H. Victor Taber, Alta.
Pearce, Irene S New Westminster
Pilmer, Margaret Victoria
Pitts, Harry Vancouver
Pridham, Jean B Creston
Pritchard, Phyllis E Victoria
Pronger, Ivy R Vancouver
Quan, Mary Vancouver
Quebec, Mona B. G Vancouver
"fRalston, Donald J. C Vancouver
Raphael, Leslie A Vancouver
Reid, Lois C Vancouver
Richardson, S. Leeds Port Alice
Robinson, Joyce M Mt. Lehman
Robinson, Robert J...New Westminster
Rodgers, M. Joan Vancouver
-[Schwabe, Miriam F Victoria
Scott, John T Vancouver
•Seyer, Anthony W Vancouver
•Sherratt, Mona M Vancouver
Shopland, Stella Vancouver
Short, John W Vancouver
Sloan, Barbara J Victoria
Smellle, Elsie L Vancouver
Smith, Barbara A Victoria
Smith, Herbert S North Vancouver
Smith, P. Anne Vancouver
Staley, Ruth M Calgary, Alta.
Stamatis, D. Patricia Vancouver
Steele, Isobel F. New Westminster
Stevens, J. Earl Vancouver
Stewart, Ann M Vancouver
Stewart, Rosemary G Vancouver
Stonhouse, Alice H Vancouver
Stothers, John H. Vancouver
•Straight, Byron W Vancouver
Sutherland, Herbert W Vancouver
•Sutton, Douglas M ...Vancouver
Tessman, Fred B Vancouver
Thomas, Wallace J Vancouver
Thompson, Harry ...New Westminster
Thompson, William B Vancouver
Thompson, William H Vancouver
Tierney, Letitia M Vancouver
Trumbull, M. Frances Vancouver
Tufts, Aileen M Vancouver
•Van de Putte, Madeline L.
Aldergrove
Van Gorder, C. Julia Vancouver
•Veitch, E. Bruce Vancouver
Vincent, Vivian A Chileotin
Wainwright, John W Canoe
•Waldie, R. Arthur Trail
Walker, Claude E Vancouver
Wallace, William J Vancouver
Walther, Garth L Victoria
•Walton, M. Elizabeth Bralorne
Watson, Carol R Victoria
Weeks, Donald J Vancouver
Wellwood, Mrs. Margaret C.
Vancouver
•Wener, Robert A Vancouver
White, Eleanor J Vancouver
White* Loise A.. Vancouver
White. Ruth L Vancouver
Whittemore, Thomas E Victoria
•Conditioned. ^Partial. -%. —.-,-».», , 1 •.. .- If
List of Students
345
Faculty of Arts and Science
Name Home Address
Williams, W. James Vancouver
Willson, Margaret M Vancouver
Wilson, Atholl ..Vancouver
Winch, Eric W New Westminster
Withler, Frederick C Boston Bar
—Fourth Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Wood, Juanlta E Vancouver
Wyatt, Gerard R. Victoria
•Yard, W. Edward Vancouver
Yeasting, Alice M. Vancouver
•Yip, Cecil E. Vancouver
COMMERCE—Fourth Year
Aitken, Evelyn M Victoria
Alexander, D. Robert Vancouver
Allison, George W Hollyburn
•Aqua, Harry Vancouver
Bell, Barbara A Vancouver
Bennett, Cyril J Abbotsford
Black, Norman J Vancouver
Brookes, Miles G New Westminster
Burke, Brian E Victoria
Camerman, Margaret Vancouver
Chambers, Edward J. S Vancouver
Cotter, Harry B. C Victoria
Coyle. Patricia Vancouver
Creighton, Kenneth D Vancouver
Cunningham, Patricia M Vancouver
Glenesk, Alfred H Vancouver
Guy, Beverly E. Vancouver
Hardy, Gordon P Vancouver
•Hayward, Gilbert J Kamloops
High, Robert L Vancouver
Hole, Leonard W..' Vancouver
' Johnson, George A Vancouver
Korsch, Stanford Vancouver
Marhull, Allen Vancouver
Matheson, William D.
Britannia Beach
Morgan, Helen E Vancouver
Morgan, Margaret E Vancouver
Morritt, Harry H Vancouver
McCarter, William K. Victoria
McDonald, L. Marion
New Westminster
McKercher, R. John Burnaby
Nlcolls, Joan G Vancouver
Paulin, M. Elizabeth Vancouver
Payson, Dorothy B , Vancouver
Phelps, James W Vancouver
Porteous, Stuart W Vancouver
Prior, Dennis C New Westminster
Renwick, F. Elizabeth Vancouver
Smith, Marjorie C. L Vancouver
•Still, John T Vancouver
Waldron, B. Harry.New Westminster
Wills, M. Eileen Victoria
Wilson, James R Vancouver
Wong, Leslie G. J Vancouver
Yorke, Gregory B Vancouver
"GRADUATES
Aberdeen, J. Fredrick Brighouse
Barton, Dorothy F Chilliwack
Barton, Edgar C Vancouver
Bene, Mrs. Eva M Vancouver
Bertrand, Raoul C Vancouver
Bowering, Ewart H Oliver
Boyd, Ottilie G Lake Cowichan
Brearley, Katherine T White Rock
Brown, R. Keith West Vancouver
Buchanan, James B... Vancouver
Burnett, Catharine L Powell River
Carefoot, Garnet L Vancouver
Carter, Lillian A Nanaimo
Casselman, W, G. Bruce Vancouver.
Chapman, V. Lennie Vancouver
Chave, Cyril S Vancouver
Chong, Yoke Vancouver
Clague, John E Vancouver
Cleveland, E. M. Donald Vancouver
Cooper, W. Charles Victoria
Cusack. Mrs. Belle McG...Grand Forks
Dauphinee, Thos. McC Vancouver
Davidson, Robert J. H Vancouver
Davie, Robert G. Vancouver
Desjardins, Pit U Vancouver
Donaldson, John S Vancouver
Duncan, Marjorie E Vancouver
Duncan, William S Natal
Ensor, Annie A Vancouver
Farquhar, Hugh E Victoria
Ferguson, John C Chilliwack
Ferguson. William C Vancouver
Findlay, Ivan W Bella Bella
Fisher, H. Dean Kamloops
Fleck, Janet S Vancouver
Flick, Frederick W Oliver
Forster, John H Vancouver
French, L. Elizabeth ..Toronto, Ont.
Frith, Mrs. Elizabeth A Vancouver
Garstin, Lawrence H Kimberley
Gillie, Bernard C. Victoria
Goodman, Abraham H Vancouver
Grigg, Vernon H. Vancouver
Gutierrez, William D Vancouver
Hagen, M. Alice Essondale
Hamilton, J. A. Roy. New "Westminster
Harper, John A Vancouver
Harrop, Esther G. Vancouver
Harry, Kenneth F Prince George
Height, Joseph S Vancouver
Henderson, John Prince George
Heywood, Robert H Victoria
Hodgson, Barbara E Alberni '
Howard, G. Vincent
New Westminster
Ivey, Donald G Vancbuver
James, Albert H Vancouver
Jenkinson, Elizabeth Vancouver
Johnson, Arthur C Vancouver
Johnson, G. Harold F Vancouver
Johnson, Patricia M Ladner
Johnstone. Laura Nanaimo
Kennedy, Charles D Hollyburn
Kippen,'Gladys M Toronto, Ont.
Kirk, Robert B. Vancouver
Kitley, Philip J Vancouver
•Conditioned. fP^SP
346
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Arts and Science—Graduates—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Lee, Ernest West Vancouver
Liu, Faith D Chungking, China
Manly, Newell W Sidney
Marrion, R. Francis C Vancouver
Matheson, Helen R. Vancouver
Mercer, Jack E Vancouver
Metcalfe, Stanley W Victoria
Metzak, Anne E Winnipeg, Man.
Michell, Cyril A Victoria
Mouat, William J New Westminster
Mundell, Percy M Vancouver
Murray, Dorothy A Vancouver
MacDonald, Wilfred J Vancouver
McGeer, J. Peter Vancouver
McGill, Donald A. C Vancouver
McGown, Walter M Vancouver
Macintosh, James A Powell River
MacKay, Ronald D Vancouver
MacKenzie, W. Hector Vancouver
McLean, Harold W Vancouver
MacLeod, Robert A.
New Westminster
McMahon, Vernon H Victoria
MacNeill, A. Daisy Vancouver
O'Neill, Albert N Prince Rupert
Owen, Gladys W Vancouver
Peyman, D. Alastair R Vancouver
Name
Home Address
Pickering, Mary G Vancouver
Rattenbury, John A. Powell River
Ridgway, Walter S Vancouver
Robertson, Roderick F Vancouver
Robinson, Marian Esquimau
Scott, Annie E Vancouver
Shore, Alma M Vancouver
Smith, Clyde McK Vancouver
Smith. David J. S Abbotsford
Tatroff, Daniel Vancouver
Taylor, Arthur E Vancouver
Taylor, Bernard W...New Westminster
Taylor, Edward R Vancouver
Taylor, G. Stewart Victoria
Thomas, Ralph C Vancouver
Townsend, John A Vulcan, Alta,
Tracy, Wilmot E New Westminster
Tyner, Ralph V. New Westminster
Wales, Bertram E Vancouver
Warden, John G Vancouver
Warne, R. Maxwell Keremeos
Waters, W. John Vancouver
Witherly, Erven O West Vancouver
Yerburgh, E. Robert M Vernon
SECOND TERM
Badger, Elizabeth McN Vancouver
SOCIAL WORK
Diploma Course
Atkins, Eleanor Steveston
Beckett, Mrs. Isabella E Vancouver
Brock, June C D Kitchener, Ont.
Brown, Joanne V Vancouver
Christie, Jean Vancouver
Garrett, Dorothy E Vancouver
Headrick, Olive M.....Vegreville, Alta.
Hodge, Muriel Vancouver
Holmes, Mrs. Gertrude M.. Vancouver
Hooson, William Vancouver
Kidd, S. Evelyn Vancouver
Lauder, Mrs. Cecilia MT Victoria
Locke, Elizabeth M Vancouver
Marshall, M. E. Kay Vancouver
Special
Adams, A. May New Westminster
Anderson, Mamie S Regina, Sask.
Collier, Mrs. Catherine R.
Bracken, Sask.
Cowper, Mrs. Margaret L...Vancouver
Cox, Mrs. E. G. Robyn Vancouver
Curry, Patricia M Vancouver
Dales, Alice H Regina, Sask.
Davies, Katherine M. S........ Penticton
Dewar, Elizabeth H Vancouver
England, Alice M. Vancouver
Gordon, Mrs. Edith Vancouver
Hennessy, Madonna M Vancouver
Hopen, Mrs. Lillian Vancouver
Hunter, M. Erica England
Martin. Carol M. S Vernon
Melville, Robert N. S Vancouver
McAllister, Mrs. Clare N Victoria
McCrae, Mrs. Helen D. Vancouver
Sanders, J. Lloyd North Vancouver
Seivewright, Pamela McL. Vancouver
Smith, Christine M Toronto, Ont.
Sparks, John E Vancouver
Stewart, Margaret K. Penticton
Taylor, Audrey R Winnipeg, Man.
Taylor, June C Vancouver
Thompson, Doris L Vancouver
Williams, Mrs. Gertrude B.
Vancouver
Course
Jenns, Mrs. Alice R Mission City
Middlemass, Mrs. Mary S.
Calgary, Alta.
McGougan, Edward H, B Vancouver
Richardson, Mrs. A. Jean ...Vancouver
Rogerson, Ena R Regina, Sask.
Scarth, Agnes E. P.... Scotstown, Que.
Scott, Mrs. Jean P Vancouver
Stevenson, E. Vivian... Mortlach, Sask.
Strachan, Mrs. Olive M Vancouver
Sturgess, Mrs. Gwendolyn..Vancouver
, SECOND TERM
Smith, Herbert S. H.
North Vancouver
TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
Bell, Ralph R A'ancouver
Boyes, Edgar D Vancouver
Bradley, Evelyn E. M Vancouver
Brown, Norma M Vancouver
Godfrey, Barbara E Vernon
Green, Charles A Vancouver ■"■»■»-•■«> r
List of Students
347
Teacher Training Course—(Continued)
Name
Name Home Address
Hollins, Raymond N Victoria
Johnston, Donald W Vancouver
Keel, Eileen R New Westminster
Mikkelsen, Phyllis M. Vancouver
Moresby, Barbara Victoria
Pallot, Margaret E Vancouver
Parker, Albert M. D.
• New Westminster
Paul, Mary E Vancouver
Home Address
Paulsen, -Edmond J. A Trail
Pearson, Gwenneth L...Calgary, Alta.
Sankey, Gerald R..'. Vancouver
Sheeley, Ralph G Mission City
Simpson, Keith B Penticton
Thomson, Jean M Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Smith, Leo M Vancouver
DIRECTED READING COURSES
Allan, James .....Nanaimo
Annis, William A Chilliwack
Armstrong, Jean E Sirdar
Barritt, Dorothy E Chilliwack
Bartle, Thelma E Vancouver
Bishop, George A Rossland
Bowering, Ebbie W Vancouver
Bradley, Eleanor J Vancouver
Bricker, Emma V. M Dawson Creek
Brown, Gilbert G. Ladysmith
Bunt, Douglas L Vancouver
Burdon-Murphy, Desmond Vancouver
Campbell, Jean A. K Vancouver
Campbell, Morag E Chilliwack
Campbell, Nora M, E Vancouver.
Cox, Stanley J Premier
Crow, Benjamin W Vancouver
Curteis, Thomas N Victoria
Dunnett, Malcolm Royal Oak
Enwright, John J North Vancouver
Fairman, Emma F Victoria
Fleming, Robert E Nelson
Gibb, Henry D Kamloops
Gibbs, Doris B Edgewood
Goldie, James Vancouver
Greenaway, Ellen M Cloverdale
Grimmett, Newton Vancouver
Guthrie, Mrs. lone V Victoria
Henrickson, Alexander B...Vancouver
Hibberson, Robert J Port Alice
Home, Anne Kimberley
Houston, John Nelson
Hutcheson, Amy M...New Westminster
Johnson, Guy A Prince George
Johnston, May S Lake Cowichan
Jones, William R Victoria
Kennedy, Mrs. Pearl A ...Vancouver
Kitley, Walter J Victoria
Langdon, Joan M Vancouver
Lips, Annie Terrace
Magar, W. Lloyd White Rock
Marriott, Earl Creston
Martello, Fred J Wynndel
Menzies, Carol M Victoria
Mercer, J. Alex Copper Mountain
Miller, Edward F North Vancouver
Morrison, Malcolm C Vancouver
Murray, Patrick L ...Chase
McAlister, Louise M Vancouver
McGregor, Marjorie H Vancouver
McHallam, Ena G. Kelowna
McKierahan, Edward A Vancouver
McLean, Winifred P Port Coquitlam
MacLeod, John A. Snag, Y.T.
McPhail, W. James A.
New Westminster
McVea, J. Morrison.New Westminster
McWilliams, Robert W Vancouver
O'Connor, James J... Calgary, Alta.
Osborne, Russell H Vancouver
Parfltt, Percy D Victoria
Pedley, Marie E New Westminster
Penner, Jacob H Vancouver
Perkins, Edgar E Rossland
Pitcairn, Evelyn M Vancouver
Poulton, Mary A Vancouver
Price, Robert S Powell River
Roberts, R. H. Donald Rossland
Ross, Margaret A....New Westminster
Schatz, James H :Milner
Simpson, Ernest J Vancouver
Smith, Donald O Vancouver
Smyth, James D Vancouver
Smyth, Joseph ' Vancouver
Soderholm, Ruth L. G Kimberley
Sparkes, Clifford S Vancouver
Stewart, Rosa T Nelson
Strang, James B Powell River
Tilson, B. Cynthia Vancouver
Vickberg, Allen C White Rock
Vise, P. Margaret....New Westminster
Wade, Gladys M Cloverdale
Wahl, Edward Prince Rupert
Whatmough, Wilfred E Vancouver
Woodman, S. Eric....North Vancouver
There are also 17 students who are
taking a Directed Reading Course in
addition to their other work, and who
are, therefore registered otherwise.
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
Second Year
Adams. William S Vancouver
Amy, John C. New Westminster
Anderson, Reginald S Vancouver
Andrews, John H. M Kamloops
Ard, Thomas R. A. Vancouver
Armstrong, Henry W. D Trail
Babb, A. Leslie Vancouver
Bain, William A Vancouver
Barrass, Cyril W Vancouver
Barron, John M Vancouver
Barron, William A Vancouver
Barton, Donald C Victoria - -^r^ffiewf^f/ •
348
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Applied Science
Name Home Address
Baruch, Gideon Vancouver
Bauder, E. Marshall Vancouver
Bene, Joseph Eburne
Bigsby, Floyd W Armstrong
Bluechel, Allan J Vancouver
Borisuk, Michael Fernie
Brandes, Morris Winnipeg, Man.
Bredt, Malcolm D Vancouver
Bridges, Russell B Hollyburn
Brodie, Malcolm N. Vancouver
Bruce, James R. D. Vancouver
Burnham, G. Alan Vancouver
Butters, Robert G...New Westminster
Carpenter, Donald M Vancouver
Carter, Ralph Vancouver
Charles, Richard J Vancouver
Cherniavsky, Peter Vancouver
Chisholrn, Hugh R. D.
New Westminster
Collen, William D Oliver
Craig, R. Alex New Westminster
Dalla-Lana, Ivo J Trail
Darling, Peter A Vancouver
Davey, Grant M Vancouver
Davies, Raymond D Vancouver
Davis, Evan T Vancouver
Denluck, N. Robert Ranger, Sask.
Dennys, Ronald G Vernon
DeVito, Fred P Vancouver
Dobie, Thomas T Britannia Beach
Donovan, Denis N Vancouver
Dryer, Lorne K Vancouver
Duff, Phillip A Langley Prairie
Duffus, H. John Vancouver
Edwards, Brian H Vancouver
Edwards, Inglis W Vancouver
Edwards, Robin W Galena
Elia, Nick Vancouver
Eng, Thomas S Victoria
Fletcher, Alan G North Bend
Gabrielse, Hubert Cloverdale
Goodmurphy, Ralph M...Regina, Sask.
Gordon, Robert N Vancouver
Grantham, Ronald D Vancouver
Gray, Duncan S Trail
Gray, Robert V. Vancouver
Gray, Walter J Victoria
Gulley, Laurence M Greenwood
Hagen, Jon C. Kimberley
Hansen, H. David Powell River
Harbell, Joseph L Salmon Arm
Harrison, Roland S Grand Forks
Hirtle, J. Gordon Oliver
Ho, Robert J Vancouver
Hobson, George W Victoria
Hogan, Lewis F Vancouver
Holman, M. Neil. Vancouver
Holmes, David C Victoria
Holmgren, Eric J Nelson
Hopkins, Charles N Vancouver
Hotham, Geoffrey A Victoria
Howard, John M Vancouver
Howes, William S Kindersley, Sask.
Hudak, Nicholas Vancouver
Humble, William H Vancouver
Jackson. Kenneth J..West Vancouver
James, Herbert B Vancouver
Jeffery, C Barrie North Vancouver
Johnson, Robert Vancouver
Kabush, Harry Vancouver
-Second Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Keller, John R Vancouver
.Kelly, James Kimberley
Kerr, J. S. Stevenson Vancouver
Kervlri, Ronald H Marysville
Kolberg, Joseph Vancouver
Krmpotich, Michael E Vancouver
Kuznitzoff, Michael N Vancouver
Laakso, Oliver A ...Vancouver
Lambe, Edward B. D Prince Rupert
Lang, Lorna North Vancouver
Lawrie, William E. Vancouver
Lawson, Robert D... Vancouver
Leaney, David B Vancouver
Lee, Edmond J Vancouver
Leith, William C Kimberley
Lessard, Joseph I Malllardville
Lewis, David K Nanaimo-
Lipsett, Frederick R Vancouver
Low, Raymond Vancouver
Lyons, E. Hugh Victoria
Mar, Jack B Victoria
Maslanka, Walter Vancouver
Matson, Herbert M Vancouver
Mazzocchi, Americo Fife
Mitchell, James A. W. Banff, Alta.
Morgan, David W Vancouver
Mortwedt, Jess E Beaverlodge, Alta.
Mufford, William T Milner
Munro, Robert C Winnipeg, Man.
Murdoch, John E Vancouver
McCrossan, Robert G Vancouver
Macdonald, Donald A.
West Vancouver
McDonough, James E Vancouver
McKay, George F New Westminster
MacKay, Robert S Vancouver
McLaurin, Duncan M.... Victoria
McLellan, Gordon N loco
MacLeod, Donald M. Vancouver
McRae, Roderick K Vancouver
Nastich, Milan Brighouse
Nelson, Samuel J Vancouver
Nicholson. Henry D Vancouver
Olson, Philip E. Hope
Packford, Alec C Victoria
Paulik, Egar Brighouse
Pellicano, Joseph Penticton
Perrault, Robert H Vancouver
Peterson, Earl R Chilliwack
Phare. G. Rowland Vancouver
Phillips, Randolph D.
North Vancouver
Pillman, Raymond A Sointula
Pinson, William E...New Westminster
Player, Glen W Vancouver
Pollard, R. Anthony Penticton
Pollock, William O Duncan
Powley, Maurice B ■. Vancouver
Pringle, William L Vancouver
Prior, Charles A New Westminster
Reid, John D Tuxford, Sask.
Reid, Terrance M Vancouver
Robertson, James D Ladner
Robertson, Philip W Nanaimo
Robertson, Robert W Vancouver
Robinson, Malcolm C.
New Westminster
Rockson, Paul Langley Prairie
Roddick, James A White Rock
Rose, William E Vancouver fifgqertgmrw^tj "-"-»• r3jFyHifpwm'!«t,rw'{' ■•*•*•• j
List of Students
349
Faculty of Applied Science-
Ndme Home Address
Schoening, M. Allan Penticton
Scott, James S...; Victoria
Sing, James L Vancouver
Smith, Leslie F Vancouver
Snowling, Richard G. Vancouver
Soros, Knute New Westminster
Stewart, Mervln J.. New Westminster
Stokkeland, Margaret C Ucluelet
Sumpton, Murray G...North Vancouver
Tait, David H :...New Westminster
Taylor, Chester C ../.Vancouver
Taylor, Ralph E ...Vancouver
Thompson, Mavor S Vancouver
Thomson, James G Vancouver
Velay, Charles Maillardville
—Second Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Wallls, John H Victoria
Watt, Arthur Vancouver
Whitp, Robert A Vancouver
Willcox, J. Allan North Vancouver
Williams, Nicholas T.Port Hammond
Wilson, Donald D ..Vancouver
Wilson, James T Vancouver
Wilson, Robert W Vancouver
Wiltshire, Edward Vancouver
Winter, Wallace H Port Alberni
Wolfram, Gordon Eburne
Woodward, Frank A.. Victoria
Worsfold, David Oliver
York, T. Kurt Montreal, Que.
Young, William H Chilliwack
Third Year
Adams, Robert G New Westminster
Adie, Lawrence New Westminster
Allan, John D Vancouver
Ames, Gordon W North Vancouver
Andrew, Frederick J Vancouver
Bateman, William A Vancouver
Beal, Evan S Vancouver
Beguin, Andre C Argenta
Berson, Morris J Vancouver
Beveridge, James A Vancouver
Bortolin, Lindo G Powell River
Brown, Robert W Vancouver
Bruce, John G Vancouver
Burgess, Harold N Trail
Bushfield, Roy E Vancouver
Cains, Richard W Sooke
Calver, George L Salmon Arm
Campbell, Patrick D Vancouver
Carter, A. Gordon Trail
Cook, Robert E...: Smithers
Cooper, Ernest E Vancouver
Coventry, William V Vancouver
Cowie, Alexander Vancouver
Cox, Robert A. Vancouver
Denkman, Norman H Vancouver
Douglas, Colin M Vancouver
Dyck, Hubert I Wells
Evans, .Donald J.....New Westminster
Fenn, Raymond A Vancouver
Fyles, James T Vancouver
Gallon, Alan -V. Vancouver
Gamble, George H Vancouver
Genge,. Gordon M Vancouver
Gill, Lawrence Nanaimo
Gill, William D Vancouver
Glover, Nelles H Vancouver
Greenius, Arnold W Vancouver
Hannan, John G Victoria
Harris, Ian W. E. , Victoria
Hayes, John Vancouver
Hazlewood. David A Vancouver
Herring, Philip S New Westminster .
Hesla, Erling C New Westminster
Hill, Robert H Nanaimo
Hooley, Roy F Vancouver
Home, Edgar B Vancouver
Huff, M. Walter West Vancouver
Hughes, James H. C Vancouver
Hughes, Roger C Courtenay
Hunter, Stanley J Hazelton
Jack, Peter S Victoria,
James, Rodney A. N Vancouver
John, John G ..Cranbrook
Kaliski, Tadeusz Vancouver
Kirkpatrick, Edward T. Vancouver
Kirkpatrick, Guy G Vancouver
Larson, N. Lawrence Ocean Falls
►Layard, Camvllle P. Sidney
Lee, James W North Vancouver
Levelton, Bruce H Bella Coola
Lewchuk, Michael Vancouver
Lister, Robert W -,..... Vancouver
Lockhart, Gerald P.. New Westminster
Loyd, Don B New Westminster
Magee, James B Vancouver
Mah, Thomas Vancouver
,Marshall, James Vancouver
Marzocco, Edo Kimberley
Milan, A. Roy Port Alberni
Miller, Wallace B Vancouver
Morrison, E. Scott Vancouver
,Murray, Gordon S Vancouver
McCarthy, Albert Vancouver
Macdonald, Roderick M Courtenay
McFeely, Cameron J, Savona
MacKay, James W Vancouver
MacLean, Fraser A. New Westminster
McLellan, Harold D loco
McLellan, Jack W Vancouver
McLennan, John R. B Vancouver
Naylor, Thomas K Vancouver
Neilson, Allan P Vancouver
Nelson, J. William Port Alberni
Newmarch, Thomas F. R Vancouver
Oehlerking, Roy F Vancouver
Pavich, Michael Vancouver
Pearson, Lawrence O Vancouver
Pedersen, Chester H Vancouver
Philps, Fred M New Westminster
Polowy, Joe ...Vancouver
Quan, Ben Vancouver
Quirk, Edwin T Kimberley
Racine, Rejean W...New Westminster,
Ralston, Gordon B Victoria
Reaville, Eric T Vancouver
Redmond. H. Clifford Vancouver
Richardson, Kenneth G.
"North Vancouver
Robinson, John W Port Coquitlam
Robinson, William G Vancouver
_J» r-r - -
350
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Applied Science—Third Year—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Ross, William J Vancouver
Sainas, Constantine Vancouver
Seppala, Keijo H. W Port Hammond
Seyer, Frank H Vancouver
Shadbolt, Douglas Victoria
Sherman, Deane D. Vancouver
Slaney, Francis F Hilliers
Sllngsby, John C Victoria
Speers, Edward A Brandon, Man.
Starck, Louis P Vancouver
Stilwell, M- Arthur Vancouver
Stokes, H. Aldred C.
New Westminster
Stroud, Ross C Vancouver
Sykes, Gordon G Vancouver
Tanner, A. Gordon Vancouver
Tautorus, Emil Vancouver
Thomson, Stanley G Vancouver
Name
Home Address
Thomson, Thomas M Victoria
Tinney, Edwy R Vancouver
Tukham, Godfred W Headquarters
Tweed, William J Vancouver
Vaughan, Victor H. D Hollyburn
Watts, James A Vancouver
Webster, Alan W Dillooet
Wheeler, John O Banff, Alta.
White, Alan M Dawson, Y.T.
Whitney, Gordon E...New Westminster
Widmeyer, Walter D Kelowna
Wong, Kwong J Vancouver
Woods, Eric J. H. Vancouver
Woodside, Owen W Vancouver
SECOND TERM
McGinn, Alexander Vancouver
Fourth Year
Chemical Engineering
Aitken, Thomas Vancouver
Allen, George .Cloverdale
•Andersen, Albert A. I.. Powell River
Banman, John Yarrow
Barrow, Gordon M Vancouver
Bevan, Rhys D Lower Nicola
Beveridge, John W. Vancouver
Bowell, Stephen T Vancouver
Bramhall, George Vancouver
Burrows, Michael .".Rossland
Dowding, W. Charles Vancouver
Evans, Wilfred M New Westminster
Fordyce, David B Vancouver
Gee, Roy W. C Vancouver
•Jorgensen, Harry D Vancouver
Josephson, Gilbert M Merritt
Lewis, Robert A Vancouver
Machell, Eugene F Matsqui
Martin, James P Vancouver
Mearns, Alan N Vancouver
Miniato, Oswald K Vancouver
Moore, Charles A Vancouver
Perris, George Vancouver
•Ross, George A Victoria
Stewart, Donald L. North Vancouver
Underwood, Eldin S Vancouver
Waters, H. Bryce....New Westminster
Welton, R. John H Trail
Wood, Norman M Courtenay
SECOND TERM
•Wate, G. Kenneth Vancouver
Civil Engineering
Bayly, Lemuel J Chilliwack
Currie, Robert H Vancouver
Dimock, Arthur C Smithers
(Ellis, Gordon McL Vancouver
Gallaher, Ernest E Vancouver
Golcman, Robert Vancouver
Harris. Robert G Penticton
Heal, D. Gordon North Vancouver
Johnson. Leonard C Victoria
Kolbeins, Henry Vancouver
Munroe, Lawrence R Victoria
•Conditioned.
McNaughton, J. Hugh Vancouver
O'Neil, William J Vancouver
Peatfield, John H.
Radium Hot Springs
•Robertson, E. Alistair Vancouver
Teevan, James T Vancouver
Electrical Engineering
Ascroft, Gerald C Victoria
Auld, Bert A Nelson
Bodnar, Michael W. Vancouver
Broe, Kenneth L Hammond
•Fisher, Ralph E.
Grantham's Landing
Hammerslag, Julius Vancouver
Howlett, Stephen B Victoria
•Jones, Hugh C Vancouver
Kenny, Wilfrid E Vancouver
Kent, Norman S Vancouver
Lindenfeld, Peter Vancouver
Long, Luke Vancouver
Marks, Walter Vancouver
♦Montador, Andrew J Nanaimo
Moore, William J. M Victoria
McMichael, William G Victoria
Nalos, Ervin J Vancouver
Nicholson, William V.
North Vancouver
Olsen, J. Norman Vancouver
Reksten, Arvld L Eburne
Sansum, John D Vancouver
Sukava, Lahja Trail
Wight, Lawrence E Vancouver
Forest Engineering
Bakewell, David R Vancouver
Lloyd, William E Victoria
Geological Engineering
Campbell, Douglas D Vancouver
Fyles, John G Vancouver
Gouin, Leon O St. Paul, Alta.
Hodgson, Alexander G Marysville
Seraphim, Robert H Clayburn
"Whiting, Francis B Vancouver '-\""""H1*^
List of Students
351
Faculty of Applied^ Science—(Continued)
Name
Home Address
Mechanical Engineering
Bird, John McL. Grande Prairie, Alta.
Burgess, John A .Trail
Chutter, Paul W Vancouver
Crocker, Charles B Vancouver
Edwards, Owen C Vancouver
Gagliardi, Sam Victoria
Galloway, Leslie C Vancouver
George, Stanley E Vancouver
Gordon, Harry Vancouver
Horton, J. William Vancouver
Johannson, Edgar F...Edmonton, Alta.
Lake, Addison A Vancouver
•Latimer, Norman H Penticton
LeBrun, Julius A Vancouver
Lewis, L. Allen New Westminster
Lyle, Wallace E. Vancouver
Mitten, Leonard A Cranberry Lake
Moran, John R Victoria
Morriss, Harry F Vancouver
McLellan, Robert N Vancouver
McLeod, George W Vancouver
Newson, Donald A Vancouver
Parkinson, Geoffrey V Vancouver
Rhodes, Ernest S New Westminster
Name
Home Address
Scott, Tom F Vancouver
Skene, Alexander W Calgary, Alta.
Stevens, Donald R Calgary, Alta.
Sutherland, H. John Vancouver
Tapay, Harold M Nanaimo
Taylor, David H Vancouver
•Thomas, John W Ladysmith
Wales, Donn Vancouver
Waller, Arnold B Wellington
Warrender, A. Campbell Victoria
Wong, D. William ...Vancouver
Wong, Gilbert Vancouver
Metallurgical Engineering
Bewell, Bruce E Victoria
Dickson, Peter Vancouver
Hansen, Harris T Vancouver
•Hilton, H. Brian North Vancouver
Kilburn, James H Vancouver
Rutquist, Fred E Vancouver
Scott, Donald A Victoria
•Shadwell, Howard J Vancpuver
Mining Engineering
O'Dynsky, Peter G ...Vancouver
Fifth Year
Chemical Engineering
Bibbs, Richard M Vancouver
Brandon, George F Vancouver
Clarke, William D Victoria
Clifton, Everard H. Britannia Beach
Cochrane, James A New Westminster
•Coleopy, Norman Hollyburn
Cooke, Norman E Vancouver
Dawson, John A Huntingdon
Dunell, Basil A New Westminster
Griffiths, Donald F Monte Lake
Howie, Henry J Cloverda!le
Leith, James A Kimberley
Powell, John R. P Vancouver
Robinson, Donald B Oliver
Ruck, William Oliver
Sceats, Hubert B Victoria
Sexsmith, Roderic F. Vancouver
Steele, Ian McL North Vancouver
Yip, Chuck W Vancouver
Younger, Andrew H ..Vancouver
Civil Engineering
Anderson, J. Douglas Vancouver
Binnie. Robert F Vancouver
Bunnell, Frank R Vancouver
Calderhead, Gordon A. Calgary, Alta.
Confortin, John C Squamish
Dennison, James A Vancouver
Eyre, Alan M Vancouver
Fraser, D. Arthur Calgary, .Alta.
Graves, Harold B. R Vancouver
Grimble, Wilf G Vancouver
Hicks, John B Vancouver
Hole, Frederick R Vancouver
Kent, C Joseph Vancouver
Ker, Walter A Vancouver
Lefeaux, Stuart S West Vancouver
Scott, William B Vancouver
* Stamford, Gordon W Victoria
Turley, Francis E Nanaimo
Wigen, Sydney O Wynndel
Electrical Engineering
'Best, George C Victoria
Creelman, Elliott A Port Alberni
Ellis, Harry McP. New Westminster
•Gardner, Melvin T Vancouver
Gregory, Edward S Vancouver
Guichon, Lloyd J Quilchena
Haney, Daniel F Revelstoke
Healey, Albert J New Westminster
Hetherington, John D Vancouver
Isherwood, Sidney D Haney
LaBelle, Eugene P Vancouver
Lara, Mathias Vancouver
LeBus, George H Victoria
Louie, John Vancouver
Lytle, Dennis D Vancouver
Mohr, Frank K Wistaria
•Moore, Donald C. Kamloops
Newbury. Edward W .... Nanaimo
Piercy, Earle W Courtenay
Roos, Albert E Kamloops
Roper, Austin J- Lethbridge, Alta.
Tarrant, Edmund H Vancouver
Walker, William M Vancouver
Woodcroft, John Victoria
Forest Engineering
Cawley, P. Guy S Vancouver
Flader, Samuel Vancouver
Knowles, Robert A Vancouver
McCardell, William H Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Smith, Douglas S Vancouver
•Conditioned. 352
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Applied SCience—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Geological Engineering
Jones, Alexander G Victoria
Parliament, J. Harvey Vancouver
Roots, E. Fredrick Vancouver
Sharp, William McM Vancouver
Mechanical Engineering
Barry, Frank W. Ocean Falls
Blumenauer, George H Enderby
Bryant, James L Ocean Falls
Campbell, Alastair G Vancouver
Cochran, Edward O Barriere
Doyle, James P Vancouver
Finnie, J. Douglas Vancouver
Francis, Frank M Vancouver
Galbraith, D. Ewen Vancouver
Gronlund, Max D Vancouver
Hatte, Ross Vancouver
Kells, Owen C Vancouver
Lawley, Gordon E Eburne
Lloyd, George A Vancouver
Long, Joseph D Vancouver
Maybank, Herbert A. G Olds, Alta.
Name
Home Address
McAdam, James C Vancouver
McGuinness, David I Invermere
MacKay, Wallace I Vancouver
Nelson, James T North Vancouver
Orskog, Arthur G Vancouver
Payne, Harold R Vancouver
Smith, Herbert S Vancouver
Taylor, Leonard H ..Vancouver
Wannop, Leonard G Vancouver
•Williams, Thomas G Vancouver
Willis, C. Norman Victoria
Woo, John S Vancouver
Metallurgical Engineering
Barer, Ralph D Vancouver
Berryman, David J Oliver
Mining Engineering
Carver, Robert R Vancouver
Morton, Roy E Wells
MacKinnon, Donald F...Cadomin, Alta.
Olson, Eric R ..Hope
Seraphim, Andrew F Clayburn
GRADUATES
Assaly, Tom C Rosetown, Sask.
Bennett, Reginald B Vancouver
DeLeen, John L Vancouver
Gruenberg, Harry Vancouver
Hopper, David A Vancouver
Kersey, Lorne R Vancouver
Mussallem, Peter M Port Moody
Tiedje, John L Trail
NURSING
Second Year
Bell, Mary A Vancouver
Brandon, Colleen Revelstoke
Breadon, Mary L Vancouver
Brown, Margaret M Vancouver
Butler, Eugenie R Vancouver
Butters, Marguerite C Victoria
Chang, Wilma Vancouver
d'Easum, Edlin M. New Westminster
Elley, Jean E Brighouse
Ferguson, Jean M Vancouver
Golos, Vivian J Abbotsford
Hodges, June L. M.. ....Vancouver
Jordan. Patricia I Vancouver
Kerr, Helen J. Vancouver
Shields, Lila M Eburne
Torrance, Ethel E Kimberley
Traer, Dolores R Duncan
Trethewey, Helen C Vancouver
Turnbull, Frances P.
New Westminster
Watson, Waverlie A... Vancouver
Third Year
Barber, E. Bernice Vancouver
Campbell, Margaret A. (4).Vancouver
Forbes, M. Louise (4) .-...Nelson
Greenhorn, Doreen. New Westminster
•Joh, Anita D Vancouver
Montgomery, Nancy J Vancouver
Reston, Mary McD. (4) Vancouver
Saunders, Ruth E Invermere
Stafford, Cora-May Vancouver
Vincent, Marguerite V... .Buena Vista
White, Eleanor J Vancouver
Wilson, Mae B Vancouver
Fourth Year
Carruthers, Winona L Victoria
Chang, Zoe Vancouver
Davies, Frances K Britannia Beach
Gillies, Barbara B Vancouver
Harrison, Suzanne West Summerland
Irwin, I. Eleanor Vancouver
Jenkins, Margaret R- Vancouver
Lazzarin, Fioretta (5) '....Quesnel
Murray, Bernice V Merritt
Ogilvie, Sheila M. (5) Vancouver
OstrOm, E. Margaret West Vancouver
Rae, Elizabeth B. (5) Vancouver
Read, Joyce M Vernon
Scoones, A. Elizabeth....Galiano Island
•Conditioned. ' n—•¥ •-, -s ■
List of Students
353
Faculty of Applied Science (Continued)
Fifth Year
Name
Home Address
Abernethy, Margaret J Parksville
Abrams, Betty M New Westminster
Ades, Audrey I Vancouver
Atkins, Roma, J Vancouver
Augustine, Betty-Valerie
Nfew Westminster
Boyes, Margaret M Vancouver
Dobson, M. Pauline Vancouver
Driver, Joyce I Kamloops
Duncan, Margaret W. (6).Revelstoke
Hazlewood, Mary-Gordon....Vancouver
Hobden, F. Elizabeth (6)
West Vancouver
Humphreys, Marjorie E., Kamloops
Name
Home Address
Lane, Ruth A Vancouver
Martin, Sally V New Westminster
Messenger, Georgina A (6)
Vancouver
Morison, Joan D Victoria
McWilliams, Helen C (6)..Vancouver
Rendell, Norah J ..Vancouver
Taylor, Jean E Vancouver
Taylor, Joyce M Kamloops
Tucker, Norma McC. (6)
Winnipeg, Man.
Wilkinson, Mary H. Regina, Sask.
Witter, Beverly M. (6) Vancouver
Sixth Year
Adam, J. Kirstine ,....Vancouver
Baker, Margaret A. New Westminster
Bolton, Nancy New Westminster
Gulloeh, Ennis E Vancouver
Hawkins, Mary E Vancouver
Hicks, Mary N Agassiz
McLean-Bell, Janet M. G. (7)
Vancouver
Sorenson, Marie Nanaimo
PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING
Campbell, Margaret A Vancouver
Hele, Violet A '.. Ganges
Home, Jessie V. E Edmonton, Alta.
Hyslop, Mrs. Kathleen M...Vancouver
Kennedy, Fanny A Vancouver
Lazzarin, Flavia G. Quesnel
Marano, Liana M Drumheller, Alta.
Murdoch, M. Madaline Vancouver
McKinlay, Mary E.! Cres'ton
MacKinnon, Mrs. F. Elisabeth
Victoria
McLean, Mary McT Vancouver
Purslow, Mrs. Phyllis A.
Okanagan Mission
Rles, Marguerite I Calgary, Alta.
Robinson, K. Estelle.North Vancouver
Rogers, Gwendoline E Vancouver
Rollo, Gertrude M Vancouver
Sabourin, Dorothea M Salmon Arm
Smellie, M. S. Ruth Vancouver
Stewart, M. Frances Qualicum Beach
Treble, Blanche M. E...Wolseley, Sask.
.Tredaway, F. Winnifred
Edmonton, Alta.
Udall, Dorothy E Pioneer Mine
Velde, Mabel Shaunavon, Sask.
Voss, Helen B. L Irvine, Alta.
Wayles, Eden J Vancouver
Williams, Mildred J Victoria
Willis, Marjorie E Vancouver
Williscroft, Iris R Vancouver
Wolverton, Janet R Vancouver
TEACHING AND SUPERVISION
Campbell, Mrs. Joyce Vancouver
Griffin, Pauline M Vancouver
Madden, Margaret M Vancouver
Merritt, Hazel J Vancouver
MacDonald, G. Lenora Vancouver
Purves, Lavonne B Victoria
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
First
Allbury-Clou, Peter J.
New Westminster
Arnason, S. Baldwin .'.....Vancouver
Barber, Louie E Vancouver
Baxter, Bernice M Vancouver
Bell, Fred S Vancouver
Blair, Gilbert J Steveston
Chong, G. John Vancouver
Dalpre, Roy J; Mission City
Davidson, Kenneth E Cloverdale
•Conditioned, t Partial.
Year
Eacrett, George W Mission City
Eby, Jocelyn M Hornby Island
Gee, W. Kuey Vancouver
Gibson, David L ...Vancouver
Gibson, Margaret P Burnaby
Goodman, C. Eric Osoyoos
Graham, Mrs. Joan I Vancouver
Graham, Philip D Vancouver
Greenwood, Ian F. Nelson
Hadland, Richard E Baldonnel
J , •-^^naw.-vr-^,!,,
354
The University of British Columbia
Faculty of Agriculture—!
Name Home Address
Heal, Geoffrey H. G Armstrong
Holloway, Elaine P ..Hollyburn
Hutchings, Frederick R.
New Westminster
Hyde, Ronald B New Westminster
Ingram, Maurice S. Cloverdale
Irwin, E. Louise Vancouver
Jones, Norman O Cloverdale
King, Joyce V Vancouver
Kline, Cecil M Calgary, Alta.
Knott, Douglas R New Westminster
Longfield, Howard F Vancouver
May, Ian A Saanichton
Meikle, Thomas A Vancouver
McGeer, Dudley M...New Westminster
McKay, Kenneth A Eburne
Nash, Philip E Vancouver
First Year—(Continued)
Name Home Address
Pickles, Norman R Saanichton
Reynolds, Robert T Ladner
Spicer, Vivien A. M Victoria
Taylor, James W Abbotsford
Thorsteirison, James E White Rock
Tonning,-Eila M New Westminster
Vincent, Ronald J. A Burnaby
Wallick, Nancy Vancouver
White, M. Jacqueline Vancouver
Wiggins, Murray M Vancouver
York, Alexander McL Vancouver
SECOND TERM
Richardson, Donald W Chilliwack
Smith, Eric S Vancouver
Smith, Howard W. D Rock Creek
Second Year
Bayfield, John T Hollyburn
•Buchanan, Sheila C Vancouver
Burdock, Robert A Nanaimo
Butterworth, Earl McK Kamloops
Campbell, Dan R. J...New Westminster
Chomyc, Nicholas A...Two Hills, Alta.
Day, John H .Vancouver
Gregory, Kenneth F Vancouver
♦Huff, Harry L Cee Pee Cee
Lambert, Nona C Vancouver
Larkin, Grant B Vancouver
Leavy, John A Vancouver
•Leavy, Leo F. Vancouver
Manery, H. Ronald Cawston
•Maurer, Alfred R Victoria
•Maxwell, James S...New Westminster
•Miller, Robert A Victoria
•Moyls, Charles M Vancouver
•Moyls, W. Joseph Vancouver
MacDonald, M. Allan Vancouver
MacKay, Margaret C Vancouver
•MacLeod, Dorothy M Vancouver
Paulsen, Albert Vancouver
•Pyne, Francis Regina, Sask.
Smith, Derward Vancouver
•Stephenson, L. Jacquelyn .Vancouver
•Wakely, Walter J Vancouver
Wallace, Myron T...New Westminster
•Webb, Halcyone Vancouver
Young, Soomee Vancouver
SECOND TERM
•Shewan, Robert H Burnaby
Swartz, Burrell Vancouver
Third Year
Bell, Gordon R Vancouver
Blair, David J Steveston
Caldecott, Richard S. Vancouver
•Carson, Douglas J Kamloops
JDeas, Catherine P Hollyburn
Devlin, Kenneth A.. North Vancouver
Gasperdone, Herbert C Vancouver
•Hall, John G Three Rivers, Que.
Hall, Sylvia R Kamloops
•Hewitt, Ruth L Vancouver
•James, Reginald B Bronx, N.Y.
Milroy, James E Powell River
Monk, Fred C. J Eburne
Mowatt, J. Graham Vancouver
•McKinnon, Neil C...New Westminster
Nilan, Robert A Vancouver
•Ripley, Thomas A. F.
New Westminster
Smith, D. Frederick Brighouse
Stevens, Joan M Vancouver
Woo, Effie Vancouver
Fourth Year
Axen, George C Brackendale
•Bryant, Eleanor H Ocean Falls
Burton, Margaret O Vancouver
Cook, Fred D Smithers
Denby, Lyall G Victoria
•Farrow, John V New Westminster
Fleming, Ormond W Vancouver
•Hutchinson, Joy-Marie Vancouver
Keenlyside, Thomas R Vancouver
King, J. David Vancouver
Lourie, Helene Vancouver
•Masters, L. Reay Victoria
Menzies, Vernon H Vancouver
Miller, Ian McK Vancouver
McLeod, Melville C Vancouver
Neilson, James A. S Vancouver
tOlliver, Muriel A Vancouver
Rush, George E Vancouver
tStewart, Wilson B Vancouver
•Still, Constance L. B Vancouver
•Terrace, James R.W Vancouver
Wilkinson, Barclay R Vancouver
Willis, Thomas G Keremeos
Yip, Yen W Vancouver
Young, Victor M Vancouver
•Conditioned. (Partial. - ■
List of Students
355
Faculty of Agriculture—(Continued)
GRADUATES
Name
Home Address
Ash, A. Bruce Vancouver
Awmack, Joseph W Vancouver
Eek, Catherine J Vancouver
Farstad, Laurence Vancouver
Lidster, Echo L. R Vancouver
Marshall, Rexford S Kelowna
Mulvin, Mary L Vancouver
McLean, Alastair Vancouver
Novikoff, Morris Vancouver
Reid, James A Vancouver
Name
Home Address
Saunders, James B Vancouver
Sully, Lynn K New Westminster
Tamboline, Florence R Ladner
Woodward Eugene D.
North Vancouver
Wright, Norman S Steveston
SECOND TERM
Killick, Stanley R...New Westminster
Occupational Course
Archibald, Robert D.. Edmonton, Alta.
Rose, Mark W Mission City
Street, William H Victoria
Mann,
SECOND TERM
Hugh A Vancouver 356
The University of British Columbia
REGISTRATION FOR 1944-15
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
First Year
Men
416
Women
270
56
191
21
46
127
10
16
106
16
28
23
23
10
38
- 6
Total
686
56
Second Year
Second Year Home Economics
221
48
742
412
69
46
Third Year
142
527
269
Third Year Commerce
!.... 28
38
16
Fourth Year
106
323
211
Fourth Year Commerce
29
45
Graduates
Social Work
Special Course
87
1
256
115
24
Diploma Course
Teacher Training Course
4
10
27
51
20
Directed Reading Courses
63
101
Less Double Registrations (D.R.C.)
-11
- 17
84
1143
975
-2118
All Years
SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL
133 2
135
Second Year
Third Year
Fourth Year
Fifth Year
Graduates
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
176
130
121
106
8
541
178
130
121
106
8
543
All Years
SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL
:. ; 3
NURSING
Second Year
Third Year
Fourth Year
Fifth Year
Sixth Year
Certificate Course
20
20
12
12
14
14
23
23
8
8
35
35
112
112 f'^lV^Wt"^ *«*'■
Registration
857
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
First Year 36 10
Second Year 23 7
Third Year 15 5
Fourth Year 19 6
Graduates 11 4
Occupational 3
107 32
SECOND TERM EX-SERVICE PERSONNEL
All Years 8
TOTALS 1935 1123
Summer Session 1944 222 219
Botany Evening Class 1944-45 19 20
46
30
20
25
15
3
139
8
3058
441
DEGREES -CONFERRED
Mat, 1944
Faculty of Arts and Science
The Degree or Master of Arts
(Names in alphabetical order)
Casselman, Warren Gottlieb Bruce, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Bacteriology
Thesis: War Problem XR-34 and XR-54.
Duncan, Donald Gordon, B.A. Major: Mathematics
Minor: Physics
Thesis: Special 'study prepared under the direction of the National
Research Council.
Fowle, Charles David, B.A. Major: Zoology
Minor: Biology and Botaiiy
Thesis: "The Sooty Grouse, Dendragapus fuliginosus, on its Summer
Range."
Kuo, Chang-Lu, LL.B. (National Wu-Han
University, Wuchong, China) Major: Political Science
, Minor: History
Thesis: "A Study of a Regional Peace Machinery in the Pacific."
Polglase, William James, B.A. Major: Chemistry
Minor: Bacteriology
Thesis: War Problem XR-37 and XR-54.
Underhill, Anne Barbara, B.A. Major: Physics
Minor: Mathematics
Thesis: "The Stark Effect of Helium in Some B Type Stars." 358 The University of British Columbia
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts
With Honours
(Names in alphabetical order)
Adcock, Zelle 2nd Class Honours in Philosophy
Anderson, Donald Edward 1st Class Honours in Economics
Bakony, Lionel Irwin 2nd Class Honours in Economics
Beresford, Lillian Grace 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Buchanan, James Balfour 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Bulman, Norman 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Checov, Louie 2nd Class Honours in Psychology
Dodwell, Roland B. 1st Class Honours in Economics
Estey, Byron Thomas 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry
Farr, David Morice Leigh 1st Class Honours in History
Fisher, Harold Dean 2nd Class Honours in Zoology
Forster, John Heslop 2nd Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics I
George, Margaret Susan 2nd Class Honours in Mathematics
Goodman, Abraham Henry 1st Class Honours in History
Greer, Paulene Mary 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Hamilton, James Arthur Roy 2nd Class Honours in Biology (Zoology
option)
Height, Joseph Stuart 1st Class Honours in German and Philosophy
Henrikson, Arne 2nd Class Honours in Physics
Ivey, Donald Glenn 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics
Jarvi, Helga 1st Class Honours in French and German
Johnson, Arthur Clark 2nd Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics
Mann, John Howard 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Manson, George Gordon 2nd Class Honours in Psychology
Mathews, Frank Samuel 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics
Mikkelsen, Phyllis Margaret 1st Class Honours in Latin
Morton, James William 1st Class Honours in Bacteriology and
Preventive Medicine
McDiarmid, Muriel Ann Isabel 1st Class Honours in Latin and English
McGeer, James Peter 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Nygard, Holger Olof Victorson 1st Class Honours in English Language
and Literature
Redlich, Berta Barbara 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Reynolds, Aingelda St. Leger Beasley.lst Class Honours in French and German
Ridgway, Walter Sydney 2nd Class Honours in Classics
Robertson, Roderick Francis 1st Class Honours in Chemistry
Rodger, Margaret Jacqueline Cruden ..1st Class Honours in English Language
and Literature
Sandison, Annabel Mary 2nd Class Honours in Bacteriology and
Preventive Medicine
Scott, Norma Elizabeth 2nd Class Honours in Bacteriology and
Preventive Medicine
Seaton, Norman Theodore 1st Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics
Sinclair, Robert Elmer 2nd Class Honours in Mathematics
Singer, George Edward 1st Class Honours in Chemistry and
Zoology Degrees Conferred
359
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—Honours—(Continued)
Smith, Douglas Scott 1st Class Honours in Biology and Botany
(Forestry Option)
Smith, Wilma Gene 1st Class Honours in Economics
Taylor, Arthur Edwin ! 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry
Woo, Mary Muyen 1st Class Honours in Mathematics
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts -
General Course
(Names ip, alphabetical order in each class)
Class 1
Adams, Beverley J.
Danby, Florence R. C.
Davie, Robert G.
Grigg, Vernon H., B.Com.
Higgins, Ruth E.
Almas, D. James
Barton, Dorothy F.
Bertrand, Raoul C.
Bishop, Marion L.
Boothe, G. Macrina
Bradley, Evelyn E. M.
Brown, Norma M.
Budd, Joan
Carey, Agnes M.
Christie, Jean
Conkey, Elizabeth E.
Craig, M. Patricia
De Pencier, E. Audrey
Errico, Ernest
Francis, Joseph
Goard, Harold D.
Godfrey, Barbara E.
Hammitt, Virginia A.
Headrick, Olive
Herberts^/Lewis T.
Hollins, Raymond N.
Inkster, J. Donald
Kenny, John E.
Kidd, Mary H.
Kirkby, Arthur M.
Knowles, Robert A.
Lane, William T.
Lapworth, Phyllis
Lee, Jean-Carol
Lucas, Colin R.
Marshall, Doris P.
Moresby, Barbara
McAdam, Lorne K.
McCallum, Norma R.
McCauley, W. Douglas
Lam, Andrew
Patrick, Barbara A.
Pearson, Gwenneth L.
Villiers-Fisher, Joan R.
Class II
McDiarmid, Lorna K.
McDougall, Alexander D.
McKinlay, William D.
Nairne, Mildred M.
O'Neill, Margaret M.
Pallot, Margaret E.
Parker, Albert M. L.
Parrott, Harold N.
Phillips, David B.
Rawlings, Phyllis T.
Reid, Margaret McD.
Reimer, Nicholas
Sanderson, Alan L.
Scott, Elizabeth A.
Seymour, E. Aileen
Simpson, Keith B.
Smith, H. Paul
Sparks, John E.
Taylor, Bruce E.
Taylor, June C.
Thicke, Joan C.
Thompson, Doris L.
Thumm, Walter D.
Touhey, Thomas B.
Turyk, Michael D.
Wallace, Robert B.
Warne, R. Maxwell
Webber, Erminie L.
Weber, Virginia
Welch, Helen P.
Wilkie, Gavin G.
Williams, Bernice M. S.
Wybourn, Edbrooke S.
Wyness, Eleanor J. 360
The University of British Columbia
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—General Course—(Continued)
Passed
Bakony, Edward G. J.
Bonner, Barbara
Boultbee, M. Elizabeth
Code, Ruth L.
Conway, Lorraine C:
Foster, Jean E.
Garrett, Dorothy E.
Grant, Doreen M.
Hewitson, June M.
Hodge, Muriel
Hood, John A.
Hooson, William
Large, Lorraine D.
Lee, Frances B.
Lightstone, Jack
Maitland, Margaret
Millins, Betty P.
Morris, Dorothy R. A.
Morwood-Clark, Lawrence L.
Murray, R. Elaine
Macdonald, M. Joan
McFarlane, Helen E.
McGarry, Kathleen
MacKinnon, George L. C.
McLean-Bell, Janet M. G.
Nimmons, Phillip R.
Paul, Mary E.
Pollock, John M.
Robertson, Donald A.
Rose, M. Evelyn
Rose, Meryle E.
Ryan, Daphne M.
Sanders, John L.
Sanderson, Phyllis A.
Smedley, Jack V.
Taylor, Edward R.
Touhey, William B.
Veregin, Thomas A.
Watson, Mary V.
Whimster, Muriel F.
Williams, L. June
Wood, Mary Alice
The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Class I
Whyte, Robert S.
Class II
Almas, D. James
Bishop, Phyllis D.
Boyd, Nora E.
Buckland, H. Miram
Cawley, P. Guy S.
Chong, Peter
Chutter, S. Donald C.
Edwards, Douglas A.
Ellis, Barbara
Flader, Samuel
Friesen, Edward P.
Giuriato, Lino
Glover, Maurice H. A.
Glover, Percy C.
Baillie, Graham C. B.
Bakony, Edward G. J.
Carmichael, Andrew J.
Manzer, Carson G.
Nevison, James H, B.A.
Johnston, Victor W.
Koenigsberg, Irving N.
Lucas, Colin R.
Marshall, Henry J.
Morgan, Phyllis G.
Morrow, Margaret E.
MacKenzie, Murdo G.
Ross, Donald H. MacR., B.A.
Saunders, Richard G.
Short, John W.
Todhunter, S. Caswell
Wallace, Robert B.
Wilson, Charles H.
Passed
Nickerson, D'Arcy G.
Smedley, Jack V.
Whitelaw, Glenn R.
Yeasting, Alice M. 'GfKV'nf;.
Degrees Conferred
361
The Degree of Bachelor of Education
Smith, Henry Bertram, B.A.
Faculty of Applied Science
The Degree of Master of Applied Science
(Names in alphabetical order)
Buck, Frank Alan Mackinnon, B.A.Sc .. Chemistry and PhysiCs
, Thesis: "The Production of Liquid Hydrocarbons by the Fisher-Tropsch
Synthesis."
Carlisle, Donald, B.A.Sc Economic Geology and
Chemistry and Physics
Thesis: "Vanadium in an Interlava Sediment, Quadra Island, British
Columbia."
Graham, Harold Morton, B.A.Sc. Chemistry and Physics
Thesis: "TBe Specific Heat of Cis-Decahydronaphthalene."
Mann, Clarence William James, B.A.Sc Chemistry and Physics
TTiesis: "Latent Heats of Cis and Trans-Decahydronaphthalene."
McLeod, Alexander Allan, B.A.Sc Chemistry and Physics
Thesis: "War Problem C.E. 154."
Smith, William Roy, B.A.Sc ..Metallurgy and Chemistry
Thesis: "The Separation of Schulite from Calcite."
Stusiak, Michael, B.A.Sc I -Chemistry and Physics
Thesis: "War Problem C.E. 154."
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science
(Names ire alphabetical order ire each class)
Chemical Engineering
Honours
Tiedje, John L.
Class I t
Assaly, Tom C. Lucas, Arthur R. ' '
Bonutto, Alfred L., B.A. Toombs, E. Harold
Ekman, Frank O.
Class 11
Carrothers, P. John G. Oles, John E.
Frost, Paul J. Shaw, A. John
Gitterman, Louis H. Sleigh, E. Barry
Hood, John A. Syme, Thomas D.
Hooper, Perry McF. Taylor, Norman E.
Muir, John W. Turner, A. Desmond
Murray, John M. Workman, Allan B.
Passed
Haile, Isaac (Aegrotat) Soulsby, Alan St. G.
Ontkean, Orville M.
'/' ■«*-TStfrr^w
362
The University of British Columbia
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued)
Civil Engineering
Honours
Bentall, Robert G.
Clay, Charles H.
Coope*, Alexander C.
Mosher, Vaughan L.
Narod, Alvin J.
Scarisbrick, Richard .G.
Beaton, Stanley J.
Gruenberg, Harry
Carlile, Jack C.
Filman, Norman J.
Godfrey, Gerald F.
Gush, John B.
Hausch, Robert C.
Auchinleck, Gilbert F.
Clarke, Edna A.
Davidson, Robert A.
Class II
Slater, John S.
Smith, H. Leslie
Swerdfeger, John H.
Wallace, John M.
Electrical Engineering
Honours
Pearson, Carl E. «
Class II
Julson, O. Melvin
Legeer, Ronald J.
Nosworthy, Frank M.
Rome, Alexander H.
Wilding, Malcolm F.
Hughes, R. B. Chalmers
Mosher, Allison F.
Geological Engineering
Class II
Morris, H. Rodney
Passed
Burns, David
Mechanical Engineering
Honours
Burton, John A.
Caine, Geoffrey R.
Anderson, Blair W.
Bourns, John D.
Chestnut, R. Glenn
Christie, A. S. Hugh
Crosby, Robert S.
Deptford, James A.
Douglas, J. Boyd
Jagger, Paul S.
Kaneen, Arthur G.
Langenek, Frederick
Livingston, Donald A.
Carncross, Charles A.
Wighton, John L, B.A.
Class II
Marzocco, Aldo
Moore, Robert G.
McCarter, Donal C.
MacKay, Ronald N.
McLorg, Terence W.
Porter, James A.
Saunders, Harold L.
Scott, H. James
Shumas, Fred
Small, Fred, B.A. W^pTUg . ,-**-». jjl^rrmi,- ,
Degrees Conferred
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued)
Metallurgical Engineering
Honours
Goodman, James E.
Class I
Currie, D. Allan
Class II
Abbott, Hugh M. Hookings, Paul H. H.
Bennett, Orval W. Robinson, M. Dennis E.
Mining Engineering
Class II
Mason, Ralph P. McLean, Donald
Passed
Gall, Louis J.
The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry
Class II
Matheson, Ian D., B.A. Roussel, David M., B.Com.
Robinson, Eric W., B.Com. 1
Nursing and Health
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Class I
Jamieson, Doreen L. Rowe, Phyllis S.
Mann, Alison M.
Class II
Cross, Josephine Munro, Mae E.
Fleck, Janet S., B.A. MacKay, Jean C.
Ladner, Dorothy M. Trout, M. Ferae, B.A.
Faculty of Agriculture
.The Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture
Thomson, J. Lorraine, B.S.A Major: Plant Nutrition
Minor: Horticulture
Thesis: "A Foliar Diagnosis Study of the Influence of Soil Applications
of Micro-Elements on Raspberry Nutrition."
The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Class I
Buck, Paul A. Pinchin, Victor L.
Hanson, Angus A. Reifel, George H.
Lacey, Kathleen M. Robinson, John
Marshall, Rexford S. Wright, Norman S. 364 The University of British Columbia
The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Agriculture—(Continued)
Class II
Ash, A. Bruce McLean, Alastair
Bell, Ralph R. McManus, Gerald F.
Gillingham, Jack T. McMillan, Robert H.
Gitterman, Charles O. Reid, James A.
Goodwin, C. Rex . Robson, Mabel G.
Haggart, Douglas A. Woods, Wilfrid E.
Hammond, Paul L.
Passed
Blair, Robert C. Weir, John
Sully, Lynn K.
DEGREES CONFERRED
October, 1944
The Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws
His Excellency Ray Atherton, A.B.
American Ambassador to Canada
His Excellency Liu Shih Shun, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.
Chinese Ambassador to Canada
The Right Honourable Malcolm MacDonald, P.C, M.P., BA.
High Commissioner for the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland
Major-General George Randolph Pearkes, V.C., C.B., D.S.O., M.C.
General Officer, Commander-in-Chief, Pacific Command
Faculty of Arts and Science
The Degree of Master of Arts
Turner, David Binnie, B.S.A., B.A Major: Education
Minor: Zoology
Thesis: "Conservation in the Schools of British Columbia."
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts
With Honours
Griffin, Frederick Paul 2nd Class Honours in Chemistry '
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts
General Course
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Class I
Gillie, Bernard C. Wright, Christopher C.
Class II
Bissell, G. Claude DuMoulin, P. Anne
Boyes, John C. P. Fleming, Norma W.
Brisco, George E. Herberts, Edward D.
Brynjolfson, Stephen G. Hope, Agnes C.
Day, Joan I. L. ■ Johnstone, Laura Wr "» "> ■
Degrees Conferred 365
The Degree of Bachelor of Arts—General Course—(Continued)
Keeble, Raymond C. W.. Mcintosh, Laura Jean
Marshall, M. E. Kay Paulsen, Edmond J. A.
Marshall, Solveig L. A. Phillips, Brenda C.
Mercer, E. Florence StC. W. Smith, David J. S.
Morrison, John T. Spearing, Laurence F.
Morton, Evaline A.
Passed
Belkin, Morris J. Gillis, Glenna H.
Bligh, Hildred N. Grimble, Wilfred G.
Buck, Arthur A. Hibbert, Barbara Z.
Campbell, Norman K. James, Albert H.
Chong, Yoke Martin, Carol M. S.
Cleland, R. Dick Plercy, Mary Jean
C6t4 Elizabeth D. Sale, Thomas D.
Farina, Charlie O. St. Denis, Frederic G.
Ferguson, John C. Wark, Bruce E. *
Foley, Frederick R. Weins, Elvira
Franklin, David StG.
The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Class II
Lawson, David A. Lee, Jack Wai Yen
Passed
Nobbs, William H. L. Snyder, Edward W.
The Degree of Bachelor of Education
(Names in alphabetical order in each class)
Elmore, Grace H., B.A. Jantz, Leo, B.A.
Evans, Stanley, B.A. , Johnson, Gordon E., B.A.
Garrison, Florence T., B.A. Maclean, Donald N., B.A.
'Greenwood, Charles G., B.A.
Faculty of Applied Science
. The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science
Electrical Engineering
Sanderson, John A.
Nursing and Health
Hunter, Trenna G.
The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry
Roche, Robert G., B.A.
Faculty of Agriculture
The Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
(Names in alphabetical order in each class).
Class II
Fraser, C. Arnold Pearson, Harold H.
Hill, Robert W. 366 The University of British Columbia
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AND BURSARIES
Awarded May, 1944
MEDALS
The Governor-General's Gold Medal (Head of Graduating Class for the B.A.
Degree) Wilma G. Smith
The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal (Commerce) Robert S. Whyte
The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal and Prize (History)
John F. K. Lidstone
The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship (Chemistry) James B. Buchanan
The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal (Head of Graduating Class for the
B.S.A. Degree) Rexford S. Marshall
SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES
University Graduate Scholarship, $200.00 Donald G. Ivey
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $125.00 Muriel A. I. McDiarmid
The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships:
1. For Chemistry, $500.00 Roderick F. Robertson
2. For Geology, $500.00 No award
The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00
(B. C. History) No award
The Native Daughters of British Columbia Scholarship, $50.00
(Early B. C. History) No award
The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation Scholarships, $125.00 each:
1. Kathleen M. Lacey. f ^
2. No award.
The Ahepa Scholarship (Proficiency in Greek), $75.00 Walter S. Ridgway
The Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited Scholarship, $600.00
John L. Tiedje
The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship, $250.00
awarded in December, 1943, jointly to—•
William Roy Smith and Donald Carlisle.
The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship, $100.00
awarded in December, 1943 John L. DeLeen
The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship, $700.00 Albert N. O'Neill
The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Research Scholarship, $500.00 Harry Gruenberg
The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited Fellowship, $750.00 No award
SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES
I. In All Faculties
University Great War Scholarships (First Year), $175.00:
1. Beryl A. Gaff.
2. Donald M. MacLeod.
II. In Arts and Science
Third Year
University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $175.00:
Group (1)—Charles D. Maunsell.
Group (2)—Ruth L. White.
The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship (general proficiency, Commerce),
$50.00 Marjorie C. L. Smith
The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott Memorial Scholarship,
$100.00 Garth L. Walther Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries 367
Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued)
Second Year
University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $175.00:
1. Iris Stacey.
2. Jean K. Gray and Felix A. E. Pirani, equal—full amount by reversion
to Jean K. Gray.
The Shaw Memorial Scholarship (First in two of English, Latin, and Greek),
$125.00 Iris Stacey by reversion to Isabel Adie
The McGill Graduates Scholarship (First in English and French), $125.00
Blanche P. Clayton and Marjorie E. Williams, equal
—full amount by reversion to Blanche P. Clayton
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship (First in English and Economics), $100.00 Laurence F. Giovando
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship (First in Canadian
History), $100.00 John F. K. Lidstone (relinquished)
First Year
Royal Institution Scholarship (general proficiency), *$175.00
Edward B. D. Lambe
University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), *$175.00:
1. Donald G. Brown.
2. L. Joyce Russell, relinquished.
The Beverley Cayley Scholarship (First male student in English), $100.00
Donald G. Brown by reversion to Edward B. D. Lambe by reversion to
Donald M. MacLeod by reversion to Richard A. Gritten
III. In Applied Science
University Scholarship in Nursing and Health (general proficiency), $175.00
awarded in December, 1943 Ann Elizabeth Scoones
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in Nursing and Health,
$100.00 .'. Mary N. Hicks
The Dunsmuir Scholarship (Highest in Mining Engineering, proceeding to the
Fifth Year), $150.00 E. Robert Olson
University Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency, proceeding to
the Fourth Year), $225.00 Geoffrey V. Parkinson
Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency, proceeding to the Third Year), $225.00 Donald J. Evans
The G. M. Dawson Scholarship (Highest in Geological Engineering—Geological subjects, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $50.00 !e. Fredrick Roots
The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship (Highest in Metallurgical Engineering,
proceeding to the Fifth Year), $200.00 Ralph D. Barer
The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Scholarships, $200.00
each:
1. Highest in Electrical Engineering and proceeding to Fifth Year
George C. Best
2. Highest in Mechanical Engineering and proceeding to Fifth Year
C. Norman Willis
The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship (Highest in Chemical Engineering, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $50.00 Donald B. Robinson
*Students winning general proficiency scholarships in the First Year of Arts and
Science and enterftig the Second Year of Applied Science will be given scholarships
of a value of $223.00. c -"--w-f^^-^wp-* •J
368 The University of British Columbia
Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued)
IV. In Agriculture
University Scholarship in Agriculture (general proficiency, proceeding to the
Second Year), $175.00 Kenneth F. Gregory
The David Thom Scholarship (general proficiency, proceeding to the Third
Year), $100.00 Thomas G. Willis
The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship
(proceeding to the Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year), $100.00
Lyall G. Denby
PRIZES
I. In All Faculties
The University Essay Prize (Books), $25.00 Holger O. V. Nygard
The Players' Club Prize (Original Play), $50.00 No award
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 Muriel A. I. McDiarmid
(Canadian Literature)
II. In Arts and Science
The Frances Willard Prize, $50.00. Joan I. L. .Day
The David Bolocan Memorial Prize, $25.00 Beverley J. Adams
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 James W. Morton
(Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine)
The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize, $50.00 G. Edward Singer
(Zoology)
The University Graduate Historical Prize (Books), $25.00 David M. Farr
III. In Applied Science '
The Convocation Prize (general proficiency in Fifth Year), $50.00
Carl E. Pearson
Engineering Institute of Canada—Vancouver Branch—Walter Moberly Memorial Prize (Engineering Thesis in Fifth Year) (Books), $25.00
James E. Goodman (Metallurgical Engineering)
"Smelting of Sullivan Tin"
The Association of Professional Engineers' Prizes (Books), $25.00 each:
1. Basil A. Dunell, Chemical Engineering, "The Nature and Manufacture
of Fuel Gases."
2. John B. Hicks, Civil Engineering, "The Preliminary Survey of the
Athabasca Forest Reserve."
3. Harry Ellis, Electrical Engineering, "Generation of Electrical Power at
No. 2 Power House, Lake Buntzen."
4. Leonard G. Wannop, Mechanical Engineering, "Carbide High Speed
Tools Used at the Heaps Engineering (1940) Ltd."
5. Roy E. Morton, Mining Engineering, "Development of the Myrtle
Group."
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes in Public Health Nursing, $100.00:
1. Alison M. Mann, $50.00.
2. D. Eleanor Goodwin, $50.00.
The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize (Fourth Year), $25.00
Richard M. Bibbs ■»■ « A- .• ■'
Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries 369
Prizes—(Continued)
The British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association Prizes:
1. $100.00, Stuart S. Lefeaux.
2. $50.00, Frank R. Bunnell.
3. $25.00, Frank E. Turley.
The William N. Kelly Prize (Highest in Mechanical Engineering 30, Machine
Shop Practice, proceeding to the Fourth Year)* $15.00
William MacF. Walker'
BURSARIES
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary (preference to returned soldiers or
dependents), $150.00 Phyllis M. Couling
The Khaki University and Y. M. C. A. Memorial Fund Bursaries, $100.00 each,
(in alphabetical order):
1. Richard W. A. Attree. 6. Donald B. Robinson.
2. Edna D. Baumbrough. 7. Marjorie A. Tunbridge.
3. Mildred Edmonds. 8. Julia Van Gorder.
4. John W. Nelson. 9. Irene Wilson.
5. Earle W. Piercy. 10. David Worsfold.
The University Women's Club Bursary, $100.00. 1 Elsie L. Smellie
The Geldart Riadore Bursary, $175.00 David J. Blair
The J. M. Taylor Bursary in Metallurgy (Fifth Year), $150.00, awarded in
December, 1943, jointly to Donald A. Currie and James E. Goodman
The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary, $200.00 Eric W. Winch
No. 2 Canadian Army University Course Prizes, awarded to the students with
highest standing in the examinations.
Senior Level n
First Prize ($100.00)— Richard A. Kendall.
Second Prize ($100.00)—James Shiu.
Junior Level
First Prize ($100.00)—David E. Gornall.
Second Prize ($100.00)—J. Hugh C. Lane.
AWARDED AFTER THE MAY CONGREGATION
University and .Royal Institution Scholarships for University Entrance:
Provincial—$175.00 Elizabeth May Charnley
District 1—$175.00 (Victoria College) Kenneth David Henderson
$175.00 (Victoria College) Shirley Mae Drysdale
by reversion to Dorothy May Tubbs
District 2—$175.00 William Alan Sweeney
$1?5.00 John William Clarke
District 3—$175.00 Dick Quan
$175.00 Margaret Ann Giegerich
District 4—$175.00 Yvonne Louise French
$175.00 Doris Deborah Payne
District 5—$175.00 Anna Jean Thomson
$175.00 .-. Bernice Gunhild Staf
District &—$175.00.: Elizabeth Jean Bigsby
$175.00 Walter Heal Hirtle
District 7—$175.00 John Robert Gordon Cox
$175.00 ; William Hope Poole 370 The University of British Columbia
Awarded After the May Congregation—(Continued)
University and Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior Matriculation:
Provincial—$225.00 Leslie Trueman Edge
$225.00 Winnifred E. Charlotte Morgan
by reversion to James Sanford S. Kerr
$175.00 Charlotte Heddy Schroeder
$175.00 Margaret Winnifred Bradshaw
$175.00 Lorna Margaret Scarlett Downman
$175.00 Margaret Winnifred Jean Driver
American Woman's Club Bursary, $100.00 Iva Maria Lisicka
Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary, $200.00,
jointly to Aldythe May Ireland and Kathleen B. Halpin
($100.00 each)
Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary, $75.00 Phyllis Mikkelsen
Frances Milburn Bursary (Vancouver P.E.O. Sisterhood), $150.00 Mary Quan
Lady Laurier Club Bursary, $75.00 Gwenneth L. Pearson
Faculty Women's Club Bursary, $75.00 Jacqueline Batt
Alumni Association Bursary, $50.00 Doris Deborah Payne
William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary, $250.00 Arvid L. Reksten
deceased—by reversion to Tom F. Scott
Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry, $225.00 Robert Alan Knowles
David Thom Bursary, No. 1, $87.50 Margaret Gibson
David Thom Bursary, No. 2, $50.00 Dan Robert Campbell
David Thom Bursary, No. 3, $60.00 George Christian Axen
Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind, $100.00 No award
Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary, $200.00
Lois Catherine Reid
Alberta Meat Company Bursary, $50.00 Laurence Reay Masters
Rotary Memorial Bursaries, $200.00 each
Marie Elizabeth Caplette, Linda Catherine Rosen, Audrey Eleanor McKim,
Lorna Margaret Silver, Ian Greenwood
Co-operative Seed Growers' Bursary, $100.00 Barclay R. Wilkinson
Bursary (anonymous donor), $250.00. Aubrey C. Tanner
Alliance Francaise Bursary, $25.00 No award
Timber Preservers Limited Prizes:
1. $60.00, Harold Leslie Smith.
2. $25.00, A. Charles Cooper.
3. $15.00 each, John S. Slater and Robert G. Bentall.
University Scholarship in Arts and Science (First Year), $225.00,
relinquished by L. Joyce Russell, awarded by reversion to M. Allan
Schoening
Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, $100.00,
relinquished by John K. Lidstone, awarded by reversion to Patrick C. T.
White
The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship, $50.00 No award
The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship (completing the Second
Year with the highest standing), $30.00 Robert Henry Donald Roberts
The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship, $250.00
No award
The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship, $100.00
No award
University Scholarship in Nursing and Health, $175.00
Nancy Joan Montgomery , Jv-» gs™F>iP3'
THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1946
Seven Weeks—July 2nd to August 16th
The Announcement of the courses to be offered in a Summer
Session will be issued in January if possible.
No course may be offered for which there are fewer than eight
registrations. Students, therefore, desiring any courses, particularly
Third and Fourth Year courses, are requested to advise the Director
of the Summer Session as early as possible and not later than May
15 as to the courses desired. If the demand for these courses seems
adequate, an effort will be made to offer them.
The regulations, etc., governing the Summer Session, the Directed
Reading courses, and the Extra-sessional classes follow.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.
1. The degree of B.A. will be granted on completion of courses
amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations. (See pages 83-99.)
2. Candidates for the degree are advised to attend at least one
Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year.
3. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one
calendar year is six units.
4. Courses of private reading will be open to Summer Session
students in the same way as to Winter Session students (see page
89), but only to those students who are proceeding to a B.A. degree
at this University (except as at present to M.A. candidates).
5. Directed Reading courses will be offered mainly for students
not in attendance. The following regulations pertain to these
courses:
(a) A minimum registration of twenty is required.
(b) An applicant for a Directed Reading course (1) must be at
least 18 years of age; (2) must qualify for registration at least as
a Second Year student (full undergraduate or conditioned), or
must hold a normal school diploma; and (3) must have completed
the course prerequisite for the Directed Reading course for which
he is applying.
(c) The final examinations will be held at the University.
(d) If the Directed Reading course is one on which there is a
sessional examination in April, the student may either write this
sessional examination in April or the Directed Reading course
examination at the opening of the Summer Session, otherwise only
at the opening of the Summer Session.
J* -372 The University or British Columbia
(e) No Directed Reading course may be taken for undergraduate
credit concurrently with an Extra-sessional course, nor with a
course of private reading as outlined on page 89, except by special
permission of Faculty.
(f) Not more than one Directed Reading course may be taken,
during the academic year.
6. Extra-sessional classes to be held at the University may be
arranged, and, if so, may be taken for credit by students proceeding
to the B.A. degree, who are at least 18 years of age, who are qualified
for registration as Second Year students (full undergraduate or
conditioned), or who hold normal school diplomas, and who have
the prerequisite standing.
7. The maximum credit for work other than that of the regular
Summer and Winter Sessions may not exceed 15 units subsequent
to Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts, nor 3 units in any one
academic year.
8. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to registration at this University may be accepted if approved by Faculty, but
may not exceed the total number of units of credit obtainable at
this University without attendance at either Winter or Summer
Session.
9. If credit is granted for extra-mural work taken elsewhere,
the total amount of work which the student concerned may take
at this University without attendance at a Winter or Summer
Session will be correspondingly reduced.
10. No credit will be granted for extra-mural work done at
other universities in the same academic year in which any work
has been attempted at this University, whether in the Summer
Session or in the Winter Session or by Reading courses or Extra-
sessional classes.
Courses which count towards an Honours B.A. degree, the B.Ed,
degree, or the M.A. degree in the Winter Session will be allowed
•equivalent credit in the Summer Session.
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE
1. Students are required to register on or before the opening
day of the session,. A fee of two dollars ($2.00) will be charged for
late registration.
2. All students desiring to obtain formal credit for work done
in the Summer Session must, upon entrance, present evidence of
University Entrance standing of this Province, or its equivalent. "- v" • - -■
University Summer Session 878
3. Summer Session students shall be registered as follows:
Students proceeding to a degree in due course whose full
University Entrance standing has been approved shall register
as First Year students until they have completed the 15 units
of work prescribed by the Calendar.
Students proceeding to a degree in due course with full First
Year standing shall register as Second Year siudents until they
have completed the Second Year in conformity with Calendar
regulations.
Those students only may register as Third or Fourth Year
students who have completed the work of the previous years in
accordance with Calendar regulations.
Students who do not come under one of these classes shall
register as Partial students.
4. Students must attend regularly the classes in a course for
which they register. Those whose unexcused absences from such a
course exceed one-eighth of its total number of meetings will not
be credited with attendance in that course.
FEES
For statement of fees, see page 38.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Summer Session examinations are held at the close of the
Summer Session. Students attending Extra-sessional classes will
-be tested by the ordinary Winter Session examinations.
2. The passing mark on each paper is 50 per cent. Credit,
however, will not be granted for any part of a course until the
whole course has been completed. Part courses in different subjects
may not be combined. >
3. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written
examinations, students may be debarred from examination if they
fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will
be required to pass in both parts of the course.
4. Supplemental examinations may be granted by Faculty tp
students attending the Summer Session or the Extra-sessional
classes in the subject or subjects in which they have failed, but a
student obtaining less than 30 per cent, in a subject will not be
granted a supplemental in that subject. Supplemental examinations
on Summer Session courses are held on the opening day of the
Summer Session. If the course is given again in the current Summer
Session, the candidate may write the final examination in this course
as a supplemental. f '7*~*rs " | -j
374 The University of British Columbia
Department of University Extension
Under a grant from the British Dominions and Colonies Fuiid
of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, the University of
British Columbia organized early in 1936 a Department of University Extension. This department carries on a comprehensive and
varied programme of adult education.
The grant from the Carnegie Corporation enabled the University
to collect much valuable information on the special requirements
of adult education in British Columbia. Various experimental
projects were tried and, in accordance with the experience gained,
were rejected, modified, or accepted as the basis for a more permanent programme. As a result a practicable policy has been evolved
—one adapted to local conditions, yet within the financial resources
of the University. Through the activities of the Department of
University Extension, the University is contributing enduring
benefits to the educational, cultural, and economic life of the
Province.
From 1938 to 1941, at which time the rural programme was suspended because of war conditions, the Department of University
Extension cooperated with the Dominion and Provincial Departments of Labour in the Dominion-Provincial Youth Training Plan.
Since 1940 the Department of University Extension has been cooperating with the Dominion Department of Fisheries in providing
an educational programme for British Columbia fishermen. For
the past three years the Department of University Extension, in conjunction with the Department of Labour, has conducted a series of
short courses in Personnel Management. The Department is also
conducting film circuits in the rural areas for the National Film
Board and the War Information Board.
The present activities of the Department include the following:
(a) Extension Lectures.
Through the Department arrangements are made for
members of the University teaching staff to give lectures
at various centres throughout the Province.
(b) Evening Classes.
Each year evening classes on various subjects are held in
the city of Vancouver.
(c) Discussion Groups.
Discussion group courses are offered each year. These
include:
(i) Canada and the Post-War World,
(ii) British Columbia History. University Extension1 375
(iii) Child Psychology for Parents.
(iv) Community Clinic.
(v) Marriage and Family Life.
(vi) Modern Literature.
(vii) Art Appreciation.
(viii) Music Appreciation.
(ix) Acting for Drama Groups.
(x) Public Speaking.
(xi) Introduction to the Cooperative Movement.
(xii) Credit Unions,
(xiii) The Cooperative Buying Club.
(xiv) Introduction to Navigation.
•
(d) Visual Instruction.
(i) Lantern and Film Slide Service. Approximately 900
sets of lantern and film slides, many with lectures, are
available for loan to schools, churches, and other organizations. A catalogue of these may be obtained
upon request. ^>
(ii) Motion Picture Service. A Film Library of 550 educational subjects has been established. Films from the
National Film Board and the National Film Society
are distributed in British Columbia through the
Extension Department. A catalogue listing the films
may be obtained upon application.
(e) Dramatics.
During the winter the Department offers short courses in
dramatics, as well as correspondence courses and general
assistance to drama groups throughout the Province. The
regular Summer School of the Theatre, suspended in 1942
because of the war, will be re-opened in July, 1945. A large
lending library of plays and books on the theatre has been
established.
(f) Short Courses.
Short courses in various subjects are offered by the Department during both the Winter and Summer Sessions.
(g) Extension Library.
The University Extension Library is maintained for the/
purpose of providing good books in fields of current interest
for groups and individuals throughout the Province.
Pamphlets on a wide variety of topics are available on
request.
/ 876 The University or British Columbia
(h) Radio.
For the past four years the Department has cooperated
.with the National Farm Radio Forum in organizing listening groups throughout the Province of British Columbia.
During the past two years it has also cooperated with the
Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and the Canadian Association for Adult Education in forming Citizens' Forums for
the programme "Of Things to Come." For the "U. B. C.
Music Hour" of the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation,
recordings are selected from the Carnegie Music Set.
In 1941 and 1942 the Department conducted a Summer
School in Radio Script Writing. This has been temporarily
suspended owing to war conditions. The Extension Library
includes radio texts and plays.
(i) Art and Music. J
The facilities supplied by the Carnegie Art Teaching Set
and the Carnegie Music Set enable the Department to offer
courses in this field. Courses in Music Appreciation and
in Art Appreciation have been specially prepared by well-
known artist-teachers and are available to study groups
throughout the Province.
A phonograph record loan service has been established
for the use of music appreciation groups.
(j) Educational Programme for British Columbia Fishermen.
Through assistance received-from the Dominion Department of Fisheries, the University has been able to offer
courses on Credit Unions and Cooperatives to British Columbia fishermen.
■(h) Public Relations.
Frequently items of interest to the public are prepared
and released to the press. The Department of University
Extension offers its services to any individual, group, or
Organization requiring information regarding the University.
Full particulars regarding any of the above services will be
furnished upon application to the Director, Department of University Extension.
UNIVERSITY SERVICE TRAINING CORPS
Prior to September, 1939, the University of British Columbia
Contingent, Canadian Officers' Training Corps, provided opportunities for University students to obtain War Office certificates
of qualification as officers in the Canadian Militia and other Empire
forces. At the outbreak of the war the training syllabus for the f>9W®f--%?!
University Service Training Corps 877
Corps was modified so that students might take the regular Army
qualifying examinations.
In August, 1940, the Senate and the Board of Governors of the
University passed a regulation making military training compulsory
for all physically fit male students for the duration of the war.
On November 22, 1941, the University Armoury was officially
opened by His Honour Colonel Wm. C. Woodward. This building,
176 by 110 feet, cost approximately $50,000.00. In addition to the
drill floor it contains an orderly room, offices, locker rooms, showers,
lecture rooms, officers' mess, dining room, and kitchen. Since 1928
all officers and men on the strength of the Unit have waived their
Local Headquarters training pay. The funds thus accumulated
have been used to provide accommodation for the Corps,
On September 22,1943, a $29,000.00 addition to the Armoury was
formally presented to the Chancellor, the President, and the Board
of Governors at a dinner held in the Armoury.
At January 31, 1945, the strength of the Corps was as follows:
Officers 31
Other Ranks 1126 (including 110 O.R. 's in " I"
Company at Victoria College)
Total ...1157
Students who join the U.B.C. Contingent of the C.O.T.C. may
go on active service in any of the three Services on leaving or
graduating from the University.
In order to coordinate the Service training on the campus a
Joint Services University Training Committee was formed in
October, 1944. The members of this Committee are the President
of the University, the Commanding Officers of the C.O.T.C. and
U.N.T.D., the Deans of Arts, Agriculture, and Applied Science,
and Active Service representatives from the Navy and the Army.
Lt.-Col. G. M. Shrum, M.M., Officer Commanding the Canadian
Officers' Training Corps, is Senior Officer Commanding, University
Service Training Corps.
On March 29, 1943, the Board of Governors approved the
■establishment of a University Naval Training Division. Lt. H. M.
Mcllroy of the Canadian Officers' Training Corps was appointed
Lt.-Cmdr. (Special Branch) and Officer Commanding the U.N.T.D.
On December 1, 1944, the strength of the U.N.T.D. was one officer
and 177 ratings. The purpose of the U.N.T.D. is to give specialized
training to students who are definitely going on active service with
the Navy on leaving or graduating from the University. All
■students training with the U.N.T.D. are attested members of the
B.C.N.V.R. The training is arranged on a progressive basis from
year to year and is given at the University and at H.M.C.S. 378 The University of British Columbia
"Discovery", Stanley Park. The two weeks Spring Training,
after the University examinations in April, is usually given at
H.M.C.S. "Naden", Esquimalt, B.C.
The University Air Squadron was formed on June 28, 1943,
under the command of Squadron Leader J. A. Harris. On Dec. 31,
1944, the U.A.S. was disbanded in accordance with the policy of
reducing Air Training in Canada. The members of the U.A.S.
were absorbed into the C.O.T.C.
Although the C.O.T.C. files do not contain a complete record of
all University students who have enlisted for active service, the
following is the number of enlistments recorded for the period
September 3, 1939 to January 31, 1945:
C. 0. T. C.
R. C. N. V. R 259
C. A. (A) 591
R. C. A. F ■ 556
1406
U. N. T. D.
R. C. N. V. R 71
U.A.S.
R. C. A. F 57
Total 1534
Each service has an orderly room in the Armoury and students
wishing information should call at one of these orderly rooms.
SUMMARY OF TRAINING PROVISIONS OF THE
POST-DISCHARGE RE-ESTABLISHMENT
ORDER, P.C. 5210
Department of Veterans' Affairs
University Training
I. Undergraduate Students—(Paragraph 8, P.C. 5210).
The Minister has authority to approve training, including
maintenance grant and fees—together with appropriate allowances for dependents,—for any discharged person who has the
aptitude and inclination and who
(a) has been regularly admitted to a university before his discharge and resumes within one year and three months after
discharge a course, academic or professional, interrupted
by his service, or Psjs^WP^-p
Post-Discharge Re-Establishment 379
(b) becomes regularly admitted to a university and commences
any such course within one year and three months after
his discharge, or
(c) because of ill health or because his admission to the university has been conditional upon his fulfilling some additional
matriculation requirements or for any other good reason
shown to the satisfaction of the Minister, delays resumption
or commencement of such course beyond the aforementioned
periods.
The -period of assistance in university training is governed
by the length of service. Where progress is satisfactory, the
assistance may be continued for as many months, in university,
as the man served in the Forces. If the student's progress and
attainments in his course are such that the Minister deems it
in his interest and in the public interest, the payment of the
grant may be extended beyond the period of service to permit
the man to complete his course.
However, the grant shall not be continued to any such person
who fails in more than two classes or subjects in any academic
year, nor to any such person who having failed in either one or
two classes or subjects also fails in either or both supplementary
examinations next offered by the university in such classes
or subjects.
Note. "Attainments" means unconditioned standing in the
top 25 per cent of his class on the finaL examinations on the full
work of the year next preceding the year in which his period of
entitlement expires.
II. Graduate Students—(Paragraph 9, P.C. 5210).
In case any discharged person
(a) has entered upon a graduate course, either academic or
professional, in a university before enlistment, or was
about to do so at the time of his enlistment, or having completed his undergraduate course in a university after his
discharge, enters upon a graduate course as aforesaid, and
(b) resumes or commences such graduate course within
i. one year from his discharge, or
ii. one year from the commencement, next following his
discharge, of such course in such university, if his discharge precedes such commencement by not more than
three months, or
iii. in the case of a discharged person who'completes his
undergraduate course after his discharge, as soon as
may be after such completion, 380 The University of British Columbia
if the Minister, having considered such person's attainments and his course, deems it in the public interest
that he should continue such course, the Minister may,
subject to the provisions of this Order, authorize the
payment to such person of a maintenance grant and
fees for as many months as he served. The assistance
may be extended if the progress and achievements are
so outstanding that it is in the public interest that the
grant should be continued.
Vocational, Technical, or Other Educational Training-
(Paragraph 6, P.C. 5210.)
This makes provision for
(1) resumption of education leading to high school graduation or
University Entrance;
(2) "refresher" or "brush-up" courses in the professions.
The Minister has authority to approve training, including maintenance grant and fees—together with appropriate allowances for
dependents,—to any discharged person, provided he has the aptitude
and inclination, where
i. such person is pursuing vocational, technical, or other educational training;
ii. the Minister approves such training as being training which will
fit him or keep him fit for employment or re-employment or will
enable him to obtain better or more suitable employment; and
iii. he makes progress in such training to the satisfaction of the
Minister.
Note. This training is governed by the length of service. For
most types of training the maximum will be twelve months. In
instances where the required training exceeds twelve months grants
may be continued for a period not exceeding the length of service.
In no case shall grants be paid beyond the period of service except
in the case of a disability pensioner.
^ Maintenance Grants
A "grant" under the provisions of paragraphs 6, 8, or 9 of this
Order means a grant at the rate of $60.00 per month in the case of
an unmarried person and at the rate of $80.00 per month in the
case of a married person, together with, in either case, such additional allowance for dependents, if any, as is provided by sub-,
paragraph 3 hereof, and, in either case, reduced by such amount on
account of any pension, wages, salary, or other income such person fyWi&Qffr&Wrr**-*' iJg" *",-<,"
Post-Discharge Re-Establishment 381
may have received or be entitled to receive in respect of the period
for which such grant is paid, as to the Minister seems right.
(Sub-paragraph 3). Additional allowance may be paid to or on
behalf of the following dependents at the following rates per month
and subject to the following conditions:
Additional allowance for person in lieu of wife $20.00
Additional allowance for one child 12.00
Additional allowance for second child 12.00
Additional allowance for third child—*. 10.00
Additional allowance for each subsequent child not in excess
of three 8.00
Additional allowance for parent or parents 15.00
STUDENT ORGANIZATION
Alma Mater Society
President: Allan H. Ainsworth. J^
Secretary: Sidney S. Flavelle.
Treasurer: R. S. Garry Miller.
The Alma Mater Society with its governing executive, the
Students' Council, handles all student activities. Each student on
admittance -to the University automatically becomes a member of
the Society. The nine members of Students' Council are elected
from the two upper years every spring, to take office the following
year. They control activities of the students and of the clubs and
societies under the Alma Mater Society, and are responsible for
student discipline.
Funds for the Society are obtained from the compulsory fee of
$7.00 per student, plus a compulsory levy of $3.00 for retirement
Of the Brock Memorial Building bonds and a fee of $3.00 for the
Pass System, a total of $13.00.
Students may take part in many sports, in debating and public
speaking, and in other activities noted below. No student, however,
will be allowed during the session to take part in athletic competition or games for any team or organization other than a University
team, without the consent in writing of the Men's or Women's
Athletic Association duly approved by resolution of the Students'
Council.
Administrative Facilities
For the use of the students, and to carry on the business of the
Society, the Students' Council maintains an office in the Brock
Memorial Building. The services offered at this office are outlined
in the student handbook, the Tillicum, issued each year. Members of Council may be interviewed at the office. 382 The University of British Columbia
Book Exchange
This bureau operates to exchange second-hand books between
students in the most convenient manner possible. The office of the
exchange is located in the basement of the Broek Memorial Building,
in the north east corner.
Employment Bureau
The Employment Bureau devotes its activities to the placing
of students in part-time work during the academic year. In addition, the Bureau acts as a clearing house for employment information. The service is for both students and employers, but is at
present limited by governmental legislation respecting employment.
At the time of registering at the University, students interested in
part-time employment are requested to register at the Bureau office
in the Broek Memorial Building. The Bureau welcomes information of vacant positions. Correspondence should be addressed to
the Director, Employment Bureau, Alma Mater Society.
Publications Board-
The Publications Board has charge of the Totem, the Society's
yearbook; of the Tillicum, the student handbook issued to all freshmen; of the Student Directory, listing addresses and phone numbers of all members of the Society; and of the Ubyssey, the triweekly student newspaper.
The Literary and Scientific Executive
The Literary and Scientific Executive coordinates the following
campus clubs and its president represents those clubs on Students'
Council.
The Players' Club presents to the public one-act plays at Christmas and a full-length play in the spring which tours the province.
Other performances are given at army camps. Membership is
granted after competitive tryouts.
The Musical Society presents its annual operetta in the spring;
the orchestra and chorus are under professional leadership. Membership in this likewise is granted after tryouts.
The Radio Society broadcasts a weekly radio programme called
Varsity Time. It has its own campus studio. Membership is
granted to persons able and interested in script writing, announcing,
producing, or technical work.
The public speaking and debating clubs are the Parliamentary
Forum, open to all students, which is a member of the Western tryt*f ^ , '
Student Organization
University Debating League, and the Women's Public Speaking
Club.
Membership in the Canadian Universities Returned Men's Association is open to general service veterans of" this war.
The Engineering Clubs are the G. M. Dawson Club, the Forestry
Club, the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers, the American Society of Chemical
Engineers, and the Engineering Institute of Canada.
Clubs open to students in the upper years are the Letters Club,
the Historical Society, the International Relations Club, the Biological Discussion Club, the Mathematics Club, the Physics Club,
the Psychology Club, La Canadienne, and Le Cercle Frangais.
Membership in the Social Problems Club apd the Chess Club
is open to all students.
The social clubs are the Cosmopolitan Club and the Chinese
Students' Club; the religious clubs are the Student Christian Movement, the Varsity Christian Fellowship, the Menorah Society, and
the Newman Club.
The Monro Pre-Medical Society, the Law Society, the Commerce
Club, and the Home Economics Club are open to students studying
for medicine, law, commerce, and home economics respectively.
Instrumentalists may play in the Varsity Band, the Varsity
Dance Band, the Musical Society Orchestra, or the Concert
Orchestra.
The Camera Club is equipped with dark room and facilities for
all those interested in photography of any kind.
The Mamooks is the campus service organization, participating
in yell leading, ticket selling, decorating, etc.
Recognition of outstanding club members takes the form of
election to the Honorary Literary and Scientific Society. A limited
number of students, nominated by their respective clubs, are voted
this award each year.
Women's Undergraduate Society
The Women's Undergraduate Society unites all the women of
the University under a representative executive body. W.U.S., at
present, directs much of its effort to War Work—raising Red Cross
funds and carrying out the Compulsory War Work Plan: War
Work A, consisting of a physical fitness program; War Work B,
including all Red Cross work and other wartime courses; the members of the University detachment of the Red Cross Corps are
exempted from other war work. 384 The University of British Columbia
Women's Athletics #
The Women's Athletic Association, under the jurisdiction of the
Women's Athletic Directorate, includes all the women's athletic
clubs of the University and is affiliated with the Women's Amateur
Athletic Federation of Canada. The W. A. D., made up of the
President of W. A. A., the Director of Physical Education for
Women, two faculty members, and two students, cooperates in
administering the athletic programme of the University. The
Directorate is designed to carry out long-term policies by establishing a continuity in the personnel.
The chief clubs in the Women's Athletic Association are the
Women's Basketball Club, which enters two teams in the City
Cagette League, plays challenge games, and competes in the
Dominion championships, and the Grass Hockey Club, which enters
two teams in the Lower Mainland League and also plays challenge
games.
Women may also join the Badminton, Tennis, Golf, and Outdoor
Clubs, which are under the Men's Athletic Association.
Women's gymnasium classes meet during morning hours under a
physical instructor. Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton, archery, volley-ball, swimming, etc., for which
points are awarded, the winning classes being the holders of the
Chris. Spencer Cup for the ensuing year.
Points are given for women's participation on athletic teams, 200
points constituting a Big Block award and membership in the Big
Block Club. The Women's Big Block Club was organized to maintain a high standard of awards.
Men's Athletics
All men students in the Alma Mater Society are members of
the Men's Athletic Association. Its executive is composed of the
presidents of all branches of sport and the senior managers. The
Association is a local board of the Amateur Athletie Union of
Canada, and is affiliated with the Western Canadian Intercollegiate
Rugby Union comprising the athletic associations of the Universities
of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia.
Supervising the Association is the Men's Athletic Directorate,
made up of the president of the Alma Mater Society, the president
of the Men's Athletic Association, two student members, two faculty
members, and the Director of Physical Education for Men. It controls badminton, basketball, Canadian rugby, English rugby, golf,
grass hockey, ice hockey, ski-ing, soccer, swimming, rowing, track,
and the Training Club. ^rp. •«..'■".-jt^ -j?*"'
^-•i1
Student Organization 385
A certain scholastic standing is required of students wishing to
jgjf ■" represent the University on any team, and this is sufficiently high
to ensure that scholastic achievement is not subordinated to athletic
prowess. By this means, athletics at the University are maintained
on a sound and healthy level.
Detailed information may be obtained from the Student Handbook
and from any of the executive of the above sports or the Men's
Athletic Directorate.
Fraternities
Fraternities are officially recognized as active student organizations. They are governed by an Inter-fraternity Council composed
of representatives.of each of the fraternities and a member of the
Faculty. Mutual friendship and interest in the University are
stressed by the individual fraternities. Membership is by invitation.
Sororities • ▼
Sororities, also, are officially recognized by Senate as active student organizations. The Women's Panhellenic Association is established to regulate all matters of common interest to the sororities
on the campus, and to advise and foster sorority and inter-sorority
relations. Membership in sororities is by invitation.
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
OFFICERS OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
President: G. E. Ted Baynes, B.A.Sc. i
Secretary: Mrs. Shirley Gross.
Treaurer: H. S. Fowler.
The Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia
is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary
membership includes all members of the Board of Governors and
any honorary life members appointed by the Association from time
to time.. Active membership includes all Association members who
have paid their annual fee of $3.00 or a life membership fee of
$10.00. Associate membership includes all other graduates of the
University.
The aims and objects of the Association are:
(a) to bring about the unity of all graduates of the University
of British Columbia and to further among them the spirit
;. of friendship of undergraduate days ;....■• The University of British Columbia
(b) to instill in all graduates of the University of British
Columbia a feeling of loyalty to the University and a sense
of responsibility for the continuance of the educational work
of the University and for service to the public of British
Columbia;
(c) to support suitable undertakings for the facilitation of the
work of the University or of education in general, and to
cooperate with organizations with the same aims and objects;
(d) to educate public opinion regarding the use and benefit of
the University of British Columbia, and education in general;
(e) to adopt a definite policy on any question directly or indirectly affecting the University of British Columbia, education in the Province of British Columbia, graduates of
the University of British Columbia, or persons engaged in
educational work in the Province of British Columbia.
The new constitution of the Alumni Association has provided
for a system of branches to be organized in any place where there
are a sufficient number of University of British Columbia alumni
to make an active organization.
An executive council composed of a general executive elected
at the annual meeting and appointed representatives from each
organized branch is the governing body of the Association. Through
this council each branch is kept in touch with the activities of the
other branches, and is given a voice in the organization and operation of the Alumni Association as a whole.
The Association magazine, called The Graduate Chronicle, is
issued quarterly throughout the college term to paid up members.
Further information concerning the Association may be obtained
through the Alumni Office, University:
Notices of change of address and reports in regard to the activities of members should be sent to the Alumni Office.
SUMMER SESSION STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION
1944-1945 EXECUTIVE
President: John Goodlad.
Secretary: Jack Merrell.
Treasurer: Don Smith.
The Summer Session Students' Association of the University of
British Columbia is composed of all students in attendance at the
Summer Session. All members are required to pay a fee of $2.00,
payable at time of registration.
This student organization originated as a body to care for the
purely social requirements of the Summer Session. Growth and W9mr
Student Organization 387
expansion down through the years have brought it to one of major
importance on the summer campus.
Dances, banquets, teas, musicales, lectures, quiz programmes,
athletic tournaments embracing golf, tennis, badminton, horseshoes,
and table tennis, all fall within the Association executives' scope.
On the more serious side the executive deals with student resolutions, fees, matters of constitution; in reality, all matters pertaining-
to student life at the Summer Session. It serves as a liaison group
between the student body and the various governing bodies of the
University and helps to provide a proper balance between academic
pursuit and recreation.
The Summer Session Students' Association holds at least two
general meetings each summer. The executive meets at least weekly
during the summer and as often as is deemed necessary throughout
the year.
INTER-UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE OF
UNDERGRADUATES
Through this plan the National Federation of Canadian University Students offers to Canadian students the opportunity to
study for one year at a university in another part of Canada. The
favoured students, whose number must not exceed one per cent, of
the total enrolment, are chosen by a selection committee from
their own universities, and the university which the student selects
for the year's study remits the fees for that year. The only prerequisite is that any student who desires to take advantage of this
opportunity must have completed at least two years of study with
at least second class standing in the second year, and must be an
undergraduate below the final year. All applications ^rnust be in
the hands of the Registrar on or before the first day of March.
Further information may be obtained from the Registrar.
VICTORIA COLLEGE
VICTORIA, B. C.
(In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia)
Staff
John M. Ewing, B.A. (Queen's), D.Paed. (Toronto), Principal, Associate
Professor of Philosophy and Psychology.
Jeffbeb A. Cunningham, B.A. (Queen's), Vice-Principal, Assistant Professor
of Biology and Zoology.
E. Stanley Fare, B.A., LL.B. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of Economics.
Roger J. Bishop, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of
English.
.jjf 388 The University of British Columbia
W. Harry Hickman, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Modern
Languages.
George P. Black, M.A. (Man.), Assistant Professor of Classics, and Librarian.
Edward J. Savannah, A.B., S.B. (Calif.), Instructor in Chemistry.
Robert T. D. Wallace, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Sydney G. Pettit, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of History, Psychology, and Sociology.
* William H. Hughes, B.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (Sask.), Assistant Professor of
Physics.
W. Gordon Fields, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Instructor in Biology.
Miss Phyllis Baxendale, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in English and German.
Miss Dorothy M. Cruickshank, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Registrar.
Mrs. Barbara Hinton Smith, B.Sc. (Ore.), Instructor in Physical Education
for Women.
The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first two
years of the course in Arts and Science (including Commerce).
The courses offered are as follows.
First and Second Years
The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of which
must be taken in each year.
Each student must take: Units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the Second
Year v— 6
(b) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance, one course in each year 6
(c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year 3
(d) History 1 or 2 or 3, or Psychology A or 1, or Economics
1 or 2, or Philosophy 1, or Sociology 1 3
(e) Biology 1, or Chemistry A or 1, or Physics A or 1 3
(f) Three courses, not already chosen, selected from the
following:
Biology 1, Chemistry A, Chemistry 1, Chemistry 2,
Commerce 1, Economics 1, Economics 2, Economics 10,
French 1, French 2, Beginners' German, Greek A,
Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Beginners'
Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3,
Psychology A, Psychology 1, Philosophy 1, Physics A,
Physics 1, Sociology 1, Zoology 1 9
The rules and regulations governing the College are the same
as those in force at the University.
Information regarding Victoria College and calendars of the
College may be obtained on application to the Registrar, Victoria
College, Victoria, B. C.
.«*
-fc»_ ., \\ ' ■",''» *' .,' - ' /-»
Affiliated Colleges
UNION COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
(United Church of Canada)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A., D.D.
Union College offers courses of instruction in Theology leading
to the degree of B.D., and for ordination to the Christian ministry,
and, under the general regulations of the University with reference
to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides Religious Knowledge
options, for which credit is given in the course leading to the B.A.
degree. (See page 84.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of
study, etc., see Calendar of Union College.
THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE
OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. H. R. Trumpotjb, M.A, B.D., D.D.
Registrar
Rev. D. P. "Watney, B.A., B.D. (On leave of absence.)
The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology
leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the degrees
of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the
University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Religious
Knowledge options, for which credit is given in the course leading
to the B.A. degree. (See page 84.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of study,
etc., see Calendar of the College.
if-- KEY TO UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS
UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, EC.
WESBROOK CRESC
tnflish Sty
city of vancouver
[formerly west point grey)
FARM LANDS
Key Map -University or Britbh Columbia and its relation to Greater Vancouver
RETERENCE NUMBERS
1 CVMKA3IUM
2 LIBRARY
• SCtCHCC
4 AtMWISTKATIOH
> auditorium, catkuiiu
• ART*
T AGRICULTURE .
• A»PL1C» SCIENCE
• W» terminal
m powerhouse
ii garascs
12 campus tool mouse
is receiving mouse
U FHtCHALL
I* WORKSHOPS
II MKIMG, METALLURGY 4HVMA-UUC*
IT ELECTRICAL LABORATORIES :
W MECHANICAL LASOAATO-RlES
I* rCDCRAL FOREST PRODUCTS LABOR ATO**»
m ru« OAIRT
JvoCATlONAl ■wn.WWM AGRICULTURAL)
ADMINISTRATION 4
AOMCULTURC 7
AGRONOMY Z*
Am,H» science a
ART* •
AUOTORHrti S
Kir BARM 2*
BUS TERMING •
CATETEMA •
CAMPUS TOOL HOUSE «
DAIRY BARM ST
ELECTRICAL LABORATORIES IT
PARWCOTTACCS 1*
r*RK DAIRY 20
rCMRALfORCST PROOUCTS LAB*. It
PlREKALL 14
porcstry field musts sz
GARAGCS II
GREENHOUSE «
GYMNASIUM I
MORS* BARM M
HORTICULTURAL, barm »ft
HVORAULK* LABORATORr ifl
LIBRARY t
MECHANICAL LABORATOtntf i*
MtMIMC* METALLURGY IS
PIGGERY t*
I HOUSC *0
receiving mouse il
»CICNCC X
WEEP M*M 24
VOCATIONAL BWLDtNOS Cw CULTURAL) X,13
WORKSHOPS 15
BROCK MEMORIAL 33
ARMOURY 34
Scale or Feet
1000"""@en, "Titles in chronological order: Annual Calendar of the McGill University College of British Columbia (1909 - 1914) ; Calendar of the University of British Columbia (1915 - 1919) ; Calendar University of British Columbia (1920 - 1922) ; The University of British Columbia Calendar (1923 - 1964) ; UBC Calendar (1963 - 1968) ; The University of British Columbia 69/70 Fifty-Fifth Session ; The University of British Columbia 70/71 Fifty-Sixth Session ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Seventh Session Calendar 1971/72 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Eighth Session Calendar 1972/73 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Ninth Session Calendar 1973-4 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada Sixtieth Session Calendar 1974/5 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver/Canada Sixty-First Session Calendar 1975-76 ; 1976-1977 The University of British Columbia Sixty-Second Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1977/78 Sixty-Third Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 64th Session 1978/1979 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 65th Session 1979/1980 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1980-1981 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1981-82 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 68th Session 1982-83 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 69th Session 1983-84 Calendar ; UBC 1984/85 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 71st Session 1985-86 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 72nd Session 1986-87 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 73rd Session 1987-88 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 74th Session 1988-89 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 75th Session 1989-90 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 76th Session 1990-91 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 77th Session 1991-92 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 78th Session 1992-93 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 79th Session 1993-94 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1995/96 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1997/98 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1998/99 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1999/2000 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 2000/2001 Calendar ; 2001/2002 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2003/04 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2004/2005 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/2006 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2006/07 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2007/08 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2008/09."@en ;
edm:hasType "Periodicals"@en ;
dcterms:spatial "Vancouver (B.C.)"@en ;
dcterms:identifier "LE3 .B8"@en, "LE3_B8_1945-46"@en ;
edm:isShownAt "10.14288/1.0169865"@en ;
dcterms:language "English"@en ;
edm:provider "Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library"@en ;
dcterms:publisher "Vancouver : University of British Columbia"@en ;
dcterms:rights "Images provided for research and reference use only. Permission to publish, copy, or otherwise use these images must be obtained from The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services: direct inquiries to www.students.ubc.ca/calendar"@en ;
dcterms:source "Original Format: University of British Columbia. Archives"@en ;
dcterms:subject "University of British Columbia"@en ;
dcterms:title "The University of British Columbia Calendar"@en ;
dcterms:type "Text"@en ;
dcterms:description ""@en .